Disinformation and Misinformation in Online Content and its Impact on Digital Trust

Disinformation and Misinformation in Online Content and its Impact on Digital Trust

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion, titled “More Truth Less Trust,” focused on the growing challenges of misinformation and disinformation in the digital age, particularly as AI technologies become more sophisticated. The panel featured Christine Strutt as moderator, along with Tara Harris from Prosus, Mike Mpanya from Newbie.ai, and Lori Schulman from INTA, examining how false information impacts public trust and exploring potential solutions.


The conversation began by distinguishing between misinformation (unintentional spreading of false information) and disinformation (deliberate deception intended to cause harm). Tara Harris highlighted how bad actors increasingly use deepfakes and AI impersonation to create investment scams targeting consumers, noting that current IP laws don’t adequately address these emerging threats. She emphasized the need for multi-faceted enforcement approaches and welcomed regulatory developments like France’s ban on sharing deepfakes and Denmark’s consideration of granting copyright to faces and physical likeness.


Mike Mpanya addressed a critical but often overlooked issue: how large language models trained primarily on data from the Global North create inherent biases that disadvantage users in the Global South. He explained that AI systems trained on historically biased datasets can perpetuate discrimination, particularly in healthcare and financial services, and stressed the need for testing data integrity before deployment. Mpanya advocated for establishing global frameworks and best practices for AI development, similar to engineering standards in other fields.


The discussion revealed tension between the desire for harmonized global AI regulation and the reality of fragmented regional approaches. While speakers agreed that harmonization would benefit smaller companies and startups, they acknowledged that current regulatory diversity actually favors large tech companies with resources to navigate multiple legal frameworks. Lori Schulman emphasized that solving AI’s trust and safety challenges requires multi-stakeholder collaboration, noting that these technological disruptions, while challenging, are not unprecedented and can be successfully managed through inclusive cooperation.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Distinction between misinformation and disinformation**: The panel explored how misinformation involves unintentional spreading of false information (like a “mistake”), while disinformation is deliberately created to cause harm. They discussed how both concepts manifest in AI-generated content, deepfakes, and executive impersonation scams.


– **Bias and representation in AI training data**: A significant focus on how large language models are predominantly trained on data from the Global North (US and Western Europe), creating inherent biases that disadvantage users from the Global South. This affects everything from healthcare diagnostics to financial services, with historical biases (like apartheid-era data in South Africa) being perpetuated in AI systems.


– **Regulatory fragmentation vs. harmonization**: The speakers debated the challenges of navigating multiple, fragmented AI regulations across different jurisdictions. While harmonized regulation would benefit scaling and innovation, the current reality forces companies (especially smaller ones) to spend more time with lawyers than engineers, potentially favoring big tech companies over startups.


– **Enforcement challenges in current IP law frameworks**: Discussion of how existing intellectual property laws inadequately address AI-generated deepfakes, voice cloning, and executive impersonation. The panel noted emerging solutions like France making deepfakes illegal and Denmark considering granting copyright to faces and physical likeness.


– **Solutions and future outlook**: The conversation concluded with optimism about small language models, open-source AI development, and the need for multi-stakeholder collaboration. Speakers emphasized the importance of creating resource hubs and interdisciplinary cooperation to address these challenges.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to examine the growing threat of AI-powered misinformation and disinformation, explore current challenges in combating these issues through existing legal frameworks, and identify potential solutions through better regulation, improved data practices, and multi-stakeholder collaboration. The panel sought to bridge perspectives from legal, technical, and policy domains to address how false information erodes public trust and what can be done about it.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a professional, collaborative tone throughout, with speakers building on each other’s points constructively. While the conversation began with a somewhat concerning overview of the misinformation landscape, it evolved into a more optimistic and solution-oriented discussion. The speakers demonstrated mutual respect and expertise, with the tone becoming increasingly hopeful toward the end as they discussed emerging technologies like small language models, open-source AI, and the potential for better resource sharing and collaboration to address these challenges.


Speakers

– **Christine Strutt** – Intellectual property attorney and partner at Fonsidals (IP law firm focusing on African region), Chair of the Global Governance Subcommittee of the International Trademark Association (INTA’s Internet Committee), Session moderator


– **Lori Schulman** – Former board member and senior director of Internet Policy at INTA, General counsel and intellectual property counsel for Fortune 100 companies and major non-profit organizations, Immediate past president of the IPC, High-level facilitator at WSIS


– **Mike Mpanya** – Entrepreneur and AI strategist, Founder and CEO of Newbie.ai, Former leader of Africa’s largest youth organization, Has a foundation that trains young leaders, Background in engineering and public policy


– **Tara Harris** – Group IP Lead for Digital and Regulatory at Prosus (global consumer internet group and technology investor), Responsible for intellectual property strategy, enforcement, and risk management across global portfolio, Provides strategic support for digital policies and regulatory initiatives and AI governance frameworks


**Additional speakers:**


– **Audience** (specifically **Nanya Sudhir**) – Works at the ILO (International Labour Organization)


Full session report

# More Truth Less Trust: Comprehensive Discussion Report


## Executive Summary


The panel discussion “More Truth Less Trust” examined the challenges of misinformation and disinformation in the digital age, particularly as artificial intelligence technologies become increasingly sophisticated. Moderated by Christine Strutt, an intellectual property attorney and partner at Fonsidals, the session brought together diverse expertise from Tara Harris (Group IP Lead for Digital and Regulatory at Prosus), Mike Mpanya (Founder and CEO of Newbie.ai), and Lori Schulman (former INTA board member and Internet Policy senior director).


The conversation evolved from initial concerns about AI-powered fraud and deepfakes to a broader examination of systemic biases in AI training data and regulatory challenges. Speakers generally agreed on the need for multi-stakeholder collaboration and better resources for smaller companies, while discussing various approaches to regulatory frameworks and technical solutions.


## Key Themes and Definitions


### Distinguishing Misinformation from Disinformation


The discussion began with establishing clear definitions between two related but distinct concepts. Tara Harris explained that misinformation involves the unintentional spreading of false information—essentially mistakes that propagate through digital channels. In contrast, disinformation represents the deliberate creation and dissemination of false information with the intent to cause harm.


Mike Mpanya introduced a more nuanced perspective, arguing that the most widespread form of misinformation stems from large language models themselves, which are trained on internet data that reflects “the most widespread information” rather than “the most correct information.”


### The Scope of AI-Generated Threats


Christine Strutt presented statistics demonstrating the rapid acceleration of AI-generated deceptive content, noting that video deepfakes tripled between 2022 and 2023, while voice deepfakes increased eightfold during the same period. However, she acknowledged getting some statistics from ChatGPT and invited skepticism about the data.


Tara Harris provided concrete examples of how bad actors exploit these technologies, describing how Prosus has been targeted by sophisticated schemes where criminals use deepfakes and voice cloning to impersonate their executives for Bitcoin scams and fraudulent investment schemes. These attacks target consumers through social media platforms, creating convincing audio and video content that appears to feature trusted business leaders endorsing fake investment opportunities.


## Systemic Bias and Global Representation


### The Global North Bias Problem


Mike Mpanya delivered one of the discussion’s most significant insights by highlighting how large language models perpetuate systemic bias through their training data. He explained that most large language models are trained predominantly on information from the Global North, particularly the United States and Western Europe, creating inherent disadvantages for users in the Global South.


This bias manifests in critical applications such as healthcare diagnostics and financial services. Mpanya provided a particularly striking example from South Africa, where AI systems trained on historical credit data perpetuate apartheid-era discrimination in lending decisions. As he explained, these systems continue to reflect historical biases that systematically disadvantaged certain populations.


### Generational Shifts in Information Verification


Mpanya identified a fundamental shift in how AI-native generations approach information verification. Unlike previous generations who might consult libraries or search engines to verify information, younger users increasingly turn to AI systems as their primary source of truth. This creates a circular problem where biased AI systems become both the source of misinformation and the tool used to verify information.


The implications of this shift extend beyond individual decision-making to broader societal trust in information systems. As Mpanya noted about the regulatory complexity: “Some weeks I spend more time with lawyers than I do with engineers. And I don’t think that’s a great position to be in as a founder of a technology company.”


## Legal and Regulatory Challenges


### Inadequacy of Current IP Frameworks


Tara Harris emphasized that existing intellectual property laws prove inadequate for addressing AI-generated impersonation and deepfakes. Current legal frameworks were not designed to handle sophisticated AI-generated content that can convincingly replicate voices, faces, and mannerisms. This forces companies to pursue creative multi-jurisdictional enforcement approaches, often with limited success.


Christine Strutt highlighted a particular vulnerability: while celebrities and public figures have some recourse through defamation laws, everyday people lack similar protections against AI-powered impersonation.


### Emerging Regulatory Responses


The discussion revealed some encouraging developments in certain jurisdictions. France has made sharing deepfakes illegal, and Tara Harris mentioned that Denmark is considering granting copyright protection to faces and physical likeness. These initiatives represent early attempts to adapt legal frameworks to address AI-generated threats.


However, Lori Schulman raised fundamental questions about the regulatory rush, asking: “Do we know enough about how things work to regulate? What we’re seeing now is a lot of regulations come into place, and then either the ability to technically enforce them, or the principle behind the enforcement isn’t syncing up with, again, the technology.”


### The Regulatory Fragmentation Challenge


Mike Mpanya highlighted how fragmented regional regulations can favor large technology companies over smaller innovators. Only major corporations possess the resources to navigate compliance across multiple jurisdictions, effectively creating barriers for smaller competitors.


Lori Schulman noted the scope of this challenge, mentioning that “dozens, over 60 jurisdictions” have introduced “nearly if not more than 1,000 regulations,” creating uncertainty about enforcement and technical feasibility.


## Areas of Agreement and Collaboration


### Multi-Stakeholder Approaches


The speakers generally agreed on the necessity of multi-stakeholder approaches to AI governance. Tara Harris advocated for companies to adopt global ethical AI policies, noting that Prosus based their policy “largely on the OECD AI principles.” Mike Mpanya emphasized the need for interdisciplinary collaboration extending beyond engineering to include legal, social, and humanities expertise. Lori Schulman reinforced this view and mentioned INTA’s five principles for AI governance.


### Support for Smaller Players


The speakers agreed that smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs require better access to resources and training for AI governance. Lori Schulman suggested that the ITU could create information hubs providing primers and training for entrepreneurs scaling AI solutions across jurisdictions.


### Technical Evolution Towards Specialization


Both Tara Harris and Mike Mpanya discussed how small language models trained on specific, local datasets can often outperform large language models. Mpanya mentioned that JP Morgan Chase uses small language models, suggesting this represents a promising direction for addressing bias and representation issues.


## Audience Engagement and Youth Perspectives


An important part of the discussion involved an audience question from Nanya Sudhir from the International Labour Organisation about motivating AI-native generations to understand the gravity of biased data sources. This prompted detailed responses from all speakers about youth engagement with AI bias issues.


Mike Mpanya expressed optimism about youth consciousness regarding decoloniality and their demand for technology that reflects their experiences. The speakers discussed various approaches to education and engagement with younger generations who are growing up with AI as a primary information source.


## Solutions and Future Outlook


### Technical Solutions


The discussion revealed growing interest in technical solutions to bias and representation problems. Mike Mpanya highlighted that open-source AI development enables global communities to fine-tune tools to reflect their specific needs and contexts. Small language models offer particular promise, as they can be trained on carefully curated, representative datasets.


### Governance Frameworks


Speakers identified several approaches to governance challenges. Tara Harris advocated for voluntary adoption of global policies based on OECD AI principles. The discussion also touched on upcoming developments, including the EU AI Act code of principles being published “in the next few weeks” and Japan’s AI framework.


### Market Forces and Demographics


Mpanya provided an optimistic perspective on market incentives, noting demographic trends that suggest the Global South represents a significant market for technology products, creating business incentives for developing inclusive AI solutions.


## Ongoing Challenges and Questions


### Legal Protection Gaps


The discussion highlighted ongoing questions about how legal systems can provide protection for ordinary people against AI impersonation when current laws primarily protect celebrities and public figures.


### Data Quality and Training


Questions remain about the best approaches to addressing biased datasets—whether to improve existing datasets or build entirely new ones from scratch.


### Regulatory Implementation


Lori Schulman’s concerns about regulatory enforceability remain significant, particularly regarding the technical feasibility of enforcement and the alignment between legal principles and technological realities.


## Historical Context and Reassurance


Lori Schulman provided valuable historical perspective, drawing parallels to previous technology challenges. She mentioned the domain name system as an example of how the internet community has successfully navigated complex technical and policy challenges before, offering reassurance that “we got through it” and can address current AI challenges as well.


## Conclusion


The “More Truth Less Trust” discussion revealed the complexity of addressing misinformation and disinformation in the AI era. The conversation evolved from tactical concerns about fraud prevention to strategic questions about global technology governance, systemic bias, and regulatory approaches.


The speakers demonstrated broad agreement on fundamental challenges while exploring different approaches to solutions. Mike Mpanya’s insights about systemic bias and regulatory fragmentation, combined with Tara Harris’s practical enforcement experience and Lori Schulman’s historical policy perspective, created a comprehensive dialogue about both current challenges and potential paths forward.


The discussion highlighted the importance of multi-stakeholder collaboration, the need for better resources for smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs, and the potential of technical solutions like small language models to address bias issues. While significant challenges remain, particularly around regulatory coordination and protecting ordinary citizens from AI-powered threats, the speakers’ various perspectives suggest multiple avenues for progress through continued collaboration and innovation.


Session transcript

Christine Strutt: Good afternoon everyone and thank you for joining our session that I’ve loosely renamed More Truth Less Trust. Of course this is a social media phrase that notes the predicament that the greatest tools enabling human communication and productivity nowadays are increasingly becoming the source of deception in the service of manipulating our minds and actions. Now in January this year the World Economic Forum in its global risk report classified misinformation and disinformation as the top short term risk for the second year running. Over and above risks like extreme weather events, societal polarization, cyber espionage and warfare. Now a number of reputable studies have in the last year concluded that between 75 and 90 percent of people are expressly concerned about AI’s role in spreading misinformation and people’s ability to distinguish between real and fake content is becoming alarming with apparently 40 percent of our guesses being accurate. Now those two statistics I got off ChatGPT so I invite you to also approach them with some skepticism but in terms of more academic studies video deepfakes tripled and voice deepfakes increased eightfold between the years 2022 and 2023. Our speakers today are all at the forefront of dealing with these issues and can attest to how false information impacts and erodes public trust in the media, organizations and governments and they can speak to the I will do a quick round of introductions. My name is Christine Strutt, I’m an intellectual property attorney and a partner at Fonsidals, which is an IP law firm that focuses on the African region. I’m also the chair of the Global Governance Subcommittee of the International Trademark Association or INTA’s Internet Committee, and it’s my honor to moderate this panel today and host all three of these distinguished speakers. On the screen, someone you’ll see in a minute, is Tara Harris, Group IP Lead for Digital and Regulatory at Process. Process is a global consumer internet group and one of the largest technology investors in the world, operating across transformative sectors, including e-commerce, fintech, food delivery, and educational technology. As a subsidiary of NASPA, Process powers leading digital platforms across emerging markets, with significant investments in companies such as Tencent and operations spanning India, Brazil, China, and beyond. As Group IP Lead at Process, Tara represents the organization’s intellectual property strategy, enforcement, and risk management across its global portfolio. She also provides strategic support to the company’s broader digital policies and regulatory initiatives as well as the AI governance frameworks. We’re also joined by Mr. Mike Mpanya, entrepreneur and AI strategist with a powerful track record of advancing inclusive, innovative AI solutions across Africa and the global south. As the founder and CEO of Newbie.ai, he leads one of the continent’s most dynamic AI Ventures, recognized for harnessing large language models and cutting edge technologies to solve critical challenges in healthcare, education, financial inclusion, and governance. Mike has advised governments, multinational corporations, and startups on AI adoption, digital transformation, and ethical innovation. Drawing from a background in engineering and public policy, he bridges the gap between complex technologies and real-world impact, particularly in under-serviced communities. And then, with me in person, is Lori Schulman, former board member and senior director of Internet Policy at INTA. Lori is responsible for managing the association’s various Internet policy and advocacy initiatives, as well as representing INTA in forums such as the IGF, ICANN, where she is the immediate past president of the IPC, and of course, WSIS, where she’s served as a high-level facilitator on several occasions. Lori has a varied background as general counsel and intellectual property counsel for both Fortune 100 companies and major non-profit organizations. She’s a notable voice in matters concerning digital policy, data, and domain names. Thank you all for being here today. I’m going to start by posing a question to Tara. I wonder if we could find you on the screen, Tara. But Tara, what is the difference between misinformation and disinformation? And are they really distinguishable, independent concepts?


Tara Harris: Hi, Chris. My video seems to be disabled, so you’ll have to just do with my voice. I hope you can hear me, okay?


Christine Strutt: Okay. Intention. And I think there was another hand at the back. Same. Well, let’s see. Let’s see what our expert has to say. Tara, what, in your opinion, is the difference between those two concepts?


Tara Harris: Yes, indeed. Intention is very important. An easy way to remember it is misinformation sounds a bit like mistake. So it is the unintentional spreading of false or untrue information versus disinformation where this was done on purpose to cause harm. Something that’s quite interesting, however, is that bad actors. we get citizens and faithful customers that come to us and say, we’ve seen this great offering for this new investment and for this option for us, for example to buy into it. Is it real? And then we of course look into it and it’s often a scam. So yes, we see because we’re an investor, we often see bad actors pretending to create gams or investment opportunities to try and trick consumers into believing that they can invest with us. And often there is nothing behind it. They’re just trying to collect their credit card information. So as these technologies are developing, we are starting to see deepfakes, for example, and we definitely seeing a much bigger increase towards bad actors impersonating our execs, trying to trick people with these technologies into thinking that they are real and then hooking them into illegal and often Bitcoin scams or similar. Natara, you’ve mentioned the executive brands, deepfakes, impersonation. Those are not things that all IP laws adequately cover. How do you find taking enforcement measures or addressing those sorts of wrongs given the current IP laws that you are given to work with? Yeah, that’s a great question. I think as these issues are increasing, we’re having to become a lot smarter when it comes to- enforcement. Luckily enough, we have a global footprint, and so we’re experienced in dealing with a large amount of different issues on different platforms. The first thing we’ll have to do is look at where the bad, where the offense is taking place. Is it on a platform? Is it on an internet website? Is it on a telegram or a messaging app? Try and see if there are terms of use. Otherwise, if we’re dealing with something that’s really targeting a certain jurisdiction, try and have a look locally. The issue is often when these problems arrive, you want to get them down as soon as possible. And so you’re trying to find normally a multitude of ways to attack them. It could be looking at IP rights or privacy rights, or as you say, a certain right in a country. Recently, we’ve seen France making it illegal to share defects. Of course, if there’s pornographic or sexual content, the penalties and fines are even worse. So it’s great to see changes like this happening. We’re also seeing a large policy shift in Denmark. I’m sure many of our audience have read in the news that Denmark is considering granting copyright to faces and physical likeness to try and give citizens the ability to enforce against defects. So I think we’re starting to see a shift, but there’s far from harmonization at the moment.


Christine Strutt: So IP for humans. I’m not sure how I feel about that. But I think coming from a country where the concept of image rights doesn’t really exist in our laws, and you only have protections for well-known famous people in terms of defamation, I do think that is a trend that’s promising, because given the current state of affairs, celebrities have recourse or public figures, but the everyday I’m going to start with you, Mike. I think it’s very important to understand that the way that people think about the world today, whether it’s men on the street or women on the street, has no protection if they get impersonated or their likeness or voice gets copied. So that is a very concerning state of affairs to me. Mike, what Tara is describing, though, is deep fakes and sophisticated voice or image impersonations. That typically use generative AI. And, of course, this is top of mind for all of us. When it comes to online fraud, we typically find ourselves, or at least I hope that we find ourselves, discussing how to combat the risks that are presented by these tools. But there are also simpler forms of misrepresentation in the digital space that could occur without any bad actors being involved. And that’s a very important part of the conversation. So, Mike, I’m going to start with you. I’m going to start with you. I think it’s very important to understand that the way that people think about the world today, whether it’s men on the street or women on the street, has no protection if they get impersonated or their likeness or voice gets copied. So that is a very concerning state of affairs to me. In the context of this digital space, that could occur without any bad actors or intentional wrongdoing. Can you perhaps share with us some of the issues that you encounter in your line of work when it comes to the development of language models and applications that are, in fact, intended for good? Thanks for that, Christine. I’m glad that we can see Tara now. Just letting you know you’re visible on our end as well. I think the most widespread form of misinformation that, in my view, is going to become mainstream and where we really need to be the strictest is misinformation around large language models. In other words, someone going to ChatGPT to get information about the real world. And you, of course, Christine, started your conversation by saying and disclosing to us that you had received these stats off of ChatGPT. But you had the presence of mind to say, well, we have to look at other academic sources. And what we’re seeing as an increasingly challenging problem is for generations that are AI native. So, in other words, these are individuals who are coming of age, so anywhere between, you know, 12 and 18.


Mike Mpanya: and early 20s during the AI era, where the first place they go to verify information is not a library or a search browser, as we have done historically, but AI. And now the predominant challenge with large language models is that large language models are neural networks that were trained on the internet. In other words, they’re an amalgamation of information that was available. And therefore, their training data has inherent bias, not towards what is the most correct information, but what is the most widespread information. So in other words, a challenge that we, in my line of work, engage with every day, is the fact that most large language models are trained on information from the global north, in particular, the United States and Western Europe. The majority of information on the internet comes from those markets. So when you’re engaging with a large language model around any topic, whether it’s around inclusive finance and best practice for starting a business in a rural community in Africa, or best practice for growing a business in a part of Southeast Asia, it’s going to give you information that is not necessarily correct. Now, those are perhaps some of the more benign examples where it becomes fundamentally more complex is in AI use cases, when you’re trying to use AI for something like health or finance. If the underlying health data set is a data set that does not include the market you’re trying to reach to. In Nubia’s line of work, we’re trying to expand access to healthcare for those who need it most with a particular focus on the global south. You don’t have an abundance of training data, healthcare data, on the types of people living in the global south. So that can cause some really challenging consequences when you’re trying to look at the risks that someone has for a particular disease, or when you’re trying to get the right form of diagnosis. A practical example we’ve encountered, and I’ll leave it here, is one in the banking space, where in the developing world, fintechs are very quickly becoming… the most common way of finance. And all FinTechs are exploring how do you use large language models, machine learning to expand access to finance, in particular credit. The challenge in a country like South Africa, of course, is that South Africa 30 years ago was not an inclusive society. It was a society separated by race. So if you’re going to use a historical data set to credit rate Africans, people of European origin, et cetera, the different race groups in South Africa, you’re going to be confronted with the challenge that your data set is inherently biased because it reflects the society that the data set was created in. So in order for us to combat what I think will become the most dominant form of misinformation is going to be for us to have a new standard for testing the integrity and the reliability of the underlying data sets we use to train these models. Okay. So I agree about the integrity of the data set, but let’s say you’ve already got a distorted view. What’s the solution to improving that? Is it just feeding in synthetic data or do you just have to build a fresh? What’s your thinking around improving the quality of the data that you are going to use inevitably? So there’s kind of two schools of thoughts around this. One is kind of the reinforcement training that you can do to the model. So in other words, let’s get as many different people to use it as possible. And over time, the model improves. The challenge is if that model that you’re building or the tool you’re building or the use case is supposed to make decisions in real time, are you comfortable with people being adversely affected because the model at the time has an inherent bias? And I think that’s something that in my view, no company would be comfortable with is knowing that a certain segment of customers or clients were being adversely affected because the underlying data set is incorrect. I think what is the more practical option and why conversations like these are so important is that we actually as a society and as AI practitioners, lawmakers, and users, we need to be able to make the right decisions. have to begin to imagine and get creative around what are the requirements we think about when looking at what an underlying data set has to have. So if you look at many of the other disciplines in engineering, there is a best, there’s several best practices and codes and forms of conduct that people ascribe to either by law or willingly because that’s just part and parcel of the best practice culture when building a car or building a bridge. I think having high quality data sets that are representative, that do take in diverse demographics and that are tested for bias before they’re used need to become part and parcel of the design process. So when you’re building a small language model, a large language model or an agent at the beginning of the process, we’re going to have to test the data sets and we’re going to have to create at least a global framework or regional framework around what is best practice to make sure that the data sets we’re building these models on actually have integrity and truth to them.


Christine Strutt: Thanks for that, Mike. Tara, I know you’ve got some views on best practices and regulation and standardization or harmonization. Could you say some of your thoughts around that?


Tara Harris: Indeed. So anyone who’s in the EU, I think, or even who’s not in the EU has probably heard of the EU AI Act. Of course, when that first arrived, we at Process had to try and figure out how are we going to how are we going to manage this risk? How are we going to make sure that our businesses are compliant, that they’re processing fair data, accurate data? Of course, they’ve been using ML and AI for many years. And now many of the normal algorithms are now subject to this regulation. And we took the view that we will adapt a global policy on ethical and responsible AI development. And this was based largely on the OECD AI principles. I think they promote innovative, trustworthy AI that represents human rights and democratic. larger companies voluntarily decide to take up these policies and make sure that they’re trying to ensure that they’re developing and deploying safe and responsible AI, the more it will become the norm. I think this will also help companies such as Mike’s companies, for example, be able to scale because while South Africa might not be subject to this, if they are already setting their benchmark pretty high at an EU level, that’s going to make it much easier for them to go into other regions, because many of the countries have got similar, you know, most of these frameworks are global. So I think that they can be adopted adapted by various industries. But I’d love to hear Mike’s view on this as well.


Christine Strutt: So would I but I just I’ve noticed our slides have sort of frozen. And I want to suggest that we actually just close them out and see only the speakers, if that’s okay. But whilst we do that, Mike, more regulation, harmonized regulation. And do you think that’s the way forward?


Mike Mpanya: I think if I could wave a magic wand, I would want harmonized regulation. I think Tara’s spot on when she’s talking about the challenges around scaling and growing. And that’s something we’re dealing with on a regular basis is when moving from South Africa to a Bangladesh to a Nigerias, we’re deploying what should be the same solution. If you think about the logic behind startups and the traditional laws of scaling. It is that you create a particular product, that product has value and you’re able to replicate and deploy that product all over the world. Unfortunately, because of the current regulation being so regional and in many instances being fragmented, what we’re dealing with is each and every time we go into a new market, as opposed to focusing on the technical requirements of the solution, we’re focusing on the legal requirements of the solution. And I was having this conversation with Christine when we were in South Africa a few weeks ago, that some weeks I spend more time with lawyers than I do with engineers. And I don’t think that’s a great position to be in as a founder of a technology company. So yes, in a perfect world, I think what we would want is more harmonization. I think what we’re seeing though is an increasing regional approach where particular regions and particular countries are choosing how to regulate their data and using kind of data sovereignty as a concept to justify that. What I would say is the downside of that is that it actually plays into the hands of big tech as opposed to small tech. So even though the logic is that if you have a regional framework or local framework, you’re going to make it harder for the big players to come into your market. Actually, what you do is you squeeze out the small players. Because to Tara’s initial point, only the large companies can afford armies of lawyers to understand research and figure out what is best practice and what should be done in each market. And in a world where you have multiple fragmented legal frameworks, what ends up happening is you push out competition in terms of the tech space and the AI space, and you effectively leave the world vulnerable to a few major players with a lot of capital. So I would want more harmonization, clarity around harmonization. I think that would be easier for our scaling. However, in the short term, I do think something practical we’re all going to have to deal with is very fragmented regional approaches to how they govern information.


Christine Strutt: There’s such good observations. And I will just say as the lawyer, whenever we have to advise on, you know, principles, best practices or themes in some other standard, that’s not great for us either, right? Because we are also just hypothesizing and trying to figure out what is the practical implication of that rule. So I understand that you can’t have fixed do’s and don’ts but, you know, that is inevitably why we end up spending so much time with startups and tech founders, because we are all together in this and trying to figure out this sort of uncharted territory of laws and regulations. Speaking of which, Lori, you’ve been very overlooked beside me here. I’d like to ask you more about regulation and policy, because INTA as an organization actually represents very diverse stakeholders. You know, we have the tech community, we have educational groups, non-profits, we have governmental agencies, we have private practice. What’s INTA’s view on AI regulation and policy?


Lori Schulman: I would say that INTA’s views are evolving and we have noticed and I do believe that sitting in a room with a bunch of lawyers when you prefer to be coding is probably not the best situation, but it is the best situation in a world where the legal frameworks are not quite fixed and solid. So it’s not a waste of time speaking as a lawyer. I’ve loved my career as a tech lawyer. Consult a lawyer. I mean, I’m just going to go there. But that being said, yes, we’ve noticed enormous trends in regulation. As you will hear in other sessions, there have been dozens, over 60 jurisdictions that have introduced nearly if not more than 1,000 regulations. So regulations are springing up all over the place, and it begs some questions. One, do we know enough about how things work to regulate? What we’re seeing now is a lot of regulations come into place, and then either the ability to technically enforce them, or the principle behind the enforcement isn’t syncing up with, again, the technology. We’re finding enforcement on the lawyer’s side, we don’t know how to counsel clients. Well, you have to follow this law. I know you want our advice, but we’re all waiting to see. That’s a very tough spot to be in. And I also, in this world, because I’m in a world where I go in front of governments and advocate for INTA’s members, we focus on brands and related intellectual property, and we are very concerned about two things. One, making sure that our members do have the space to innovate, and at the same time, that their innovations are well protected through established intellectual property laws, because we have seen, and have done many studies, where trademark-driven economies, economies that recognize intellectual property rights, grow faster, do better. If you go to inta.org, you will see these studies. They were done quite a number of years ago, but the information still holds up. So, you know, do we know enough to regulate, and can we truly future-proof? That’s what I try to ask regulators, my members, all the time. I would say this, that we’re seeing governmental practices emerging, we’re seeing voluntary practices emerging, and organizations like INTA are developing policy frameworks, where they can go and express to governments what they think might be the most appropriate way for the private sector and the governmental sector to move forward. I’m going to recognize a few jurisdictions, just so you can see the diversity of it. Japan has an AI framework that includes social principles on human and Mr. Mr. Mike Mpanya. The EU has the EU AI Act and the corresponding code of principles. For those of you who follow that, it’s very thorny. There’s a lot of questions. It’s very broad in some cases, extremely specific in other cases, and again, there’s uncertainty around whether or not the AI Act can be enforced, and if it’s enforced, are the principles that we’ve been working on for the last year the right ones. Those principles will be published in the next few weeks, so keep your eye out because I think they will become the world’s guideposts simply because of the size and impact of the European Union on the rest of the world. As Tara already mentioned, OECD has guidelines. You can go to the OECD website, and there’s a lot of great information about things to think about as you’re implementing an AI governance objective. When we speak about AI governance, we’re speaking about it at two levels. One, inside the company. How is the company going to govern its own AI development? But we’re also talking about what we talk about here at WSIS, which is global impacts, global infrastructure. How do we scale up in a world that has thousands of laws? This isn’t a new problem right away, and the other thing I like to emphasize that when we talk about these problems, they’re not new. This happened. I was there about almost 40 years ago now when domain names came on the scene and commercialized domain spaces and websites were popping up 30 years ago in the late 90s. There was absolute panic. We got through it, folks. I mean, we’re not perfect, but we got through it. There’s a lot more understanding now, and I do believe that that will happen with AI. I would be remiss, before I give the mic back to Christine, if I didn’t talk about INSHA’s efforts and where they relate to the strategic development goals, because as you know, it’s all about the STGs. The STGs, in terms of what INSHA’s focusing on, is an STG 9, which is innovation, industry, and economy, and STG 16, which talks about justice and a just world, the rule of law. I don’t have the precise—yes, I do. Peace, justice, and strong institutions. We need both. One cannot coexist without the other and benefit the globe. That’s how— I think that’s most of us here feel that way. I know Intus certainly feels that way. So the five principles that we really support right now is recognizing human versus machine contributions to inputs and outputs. Final decisions on granting or revocation of rights should be subject to human oversight. We don’t want to go off programming AI judges and AI gatekeepers without having also the human element of experience intuition. We’re not there yet with AI, certainly. Rights holders should be able to obtain lawful access to data for the purpose of enforcing their rights. We need to know the sources. We need to know who is the right and fair source to go to. Kind of going to the misinformation versus disinformation distinction. One is clearly a mistake. The other is intentional. And if it’s been intentional, there should be accountability. There must be accountability. And lastly, that transparency, however these frameworks are developed, should be balanced. And that balance should be with the need to protect proprietary information. Going back to innovation, patents, protecting what you develop, trademarks, protecting your brands. And what we’re hearing the most about in AI is copyright, protecting your content, potentially protecting your image. None of this, again, is new, but it does need to be rethought in a different type of technological space. And that’s my job. Thanks, Lori. And I think those principles also speak to the versus action lines. I mean, off the cuff, if I’m thinking about access to accurate information, building confidence and security in ICTs, the role of the media, ethical dimensions, and of course, then the role of governments and stakeholders. Absolutely. And as we know that the SDGs are tied in, the versus action lines flow up to the SDGs. I have come up with a little quote, but I like it because I think it’s right. I think we should let the SDGs be our North Star and let the multi-stakeholder inputs be our compass. There’s no one way to regulate AI. That I’m convinced about it. I mean, if you were in today’s plenary, you heard it’s not a question of either or, government versus non-governmental frameworks. It’s about inclusivity and collaboration at every single level in the stack, whether you call it a policy stack, an information stack, a service stack, right? It all integrates in some way. We can’t look to one and not the other. So I have come to a conclusion when you’re ready. I don’t know if you’d like to take questions first or if you’d like me to read my conclusion.


Christine Strutt: Yeah, I think- You can do it either way. Yes, we have a couple of minutes. And I think before I ask for closing remarks from all the speakers, I do wanna open the floor. This is labeled as a workshop. And if anyone has a question or comment, I think we’d love to hear it. Please feel free to direct or nominate it to any of the speakers. We have a roving mic. Oh, you have speakers if it’s in front of you. If not, we have a roving mic. It’s really a roving clowse.


Audience: Hi, thank you to all the speakers for all of their comments. I think they’re very pertinent and I learned a lot. My name is Nanya Sudhir. I work at the ILO. My question, since I’m usually concerned with the, I would say the sustainability of the UN organizations, is we were talking a lot about how to ensure that data sources are, let’s say, decolonized. Let’s put it this way. That we’re taking from all kinds of data sources. That we are, the AI models that are developed, they take into account a range of sources and not just the biased ones that they currently do. I worry about this because I will live in the future, hopefully. The question here that I come up against a lot personally is how do we motivate a generation that may have grown up only with AI? People who are maybe a decade even younger than me who’ve never lived without the internet. And who, yeah, how do we motivate them or inspire them to be engaged in this when they don’t, maybe they don’t realize the gravity of how increasingly mainstream the sources of data that give answers currently are?


Christine Strutt: I know that Mike has a youth organization. So I want to. pass this question on to him, Mike, if you don’t mind addressing it. You also might have the most interactions with younger users and developers of AI content.


Mike Mpanya: Yeah, yeah. I would say as someone who’s going to live in the future as well, I’m actually very hopeful around this. So to Christine’s point, I ran Africa’s largest youth organization for a number of years and still have a foundation that trains young leaders. And my sense when engaging with youth is that they’re incredibly conscious. They’re incredibly focused on decoloniality. And actually the demands for better and more open technology and technology that’s reflective of them, I think is very, very high. And to give you comfort, I think the biggest reason why AI will be decolonized is because there’s a massive market for it. So even when I spend time in the US and in parts of Western Europe, there are tons of VCs, investors looking at how do we build technology for the global South? And that is because that is the main market. When you look at the demographics data, something that is incredibly fascinating is that though in our cultural conversation, looking at the world through a Western lens is normative. From a numbers perspective, the normative parts of the world are the global South. Most parts of the world will struggle to have compute, will struggle with energy, but data centers are not represented in large language models as it currently exists. So even in a world where the UN organizations might be slow to it, I think the private sector is increasingly going to find a need to be able to answer these questions. And when you talk about decoloniality, one of the things that I think is intimately linked to it is open source technology. And what you’re finding is that open source AI is very quickly growing much faster than closed source AI. And what that means is that people all over the world will be able to fine tune the tools to be able to reflect them. And the reason why that’s happening is because people in India, in Bangladesh, in South Africa, in Nigeria, you know, in Venezuela want technology that is reflective of them and want a tool that’s able to answer their questions. So I would say that right now it might seem very hopeless when you look at the current dominant technology, but I think in the long term we’re going to have very, very representative tools being built.


Christine Strutt: I don’t know if any of the other speakers want to add to that.


Tara Harris: Yeah, I think mine would be that I think we’re certainly seeing in our industry a big increase in small language models. And I guess we’re just using the big language models now to power our own data. So I would imagine, and Mike can comment, but I would imagine if we’re going to be using something, for example, to help a specific sector or look at education, whilst we’ll be using the LLM to power the thinking, the actual datasets that would go into using to looking at, you know, to getting to the query would in fact be the datasets of the relevant audience. But I’d love to hear Mike’s thing on that. So I think we’re going to see before we just had these big LLMs and everyone just used the big LLMs, but I think when are we seeing agents or we’re seeing the small language models. So I’d like to hear Mike’s thoughts on how that might change the datasets and the relevance of them.


Mike Mpanya: Yeah, I think Tara’s spot on there. What we’re seeing is that small language models are going to be the dominant form of interacting with AI. So when you think about the massive stuff like a GPT model or LLAMA model or any of these models with 13 to 32 billion parameters, that isn’t actually going to be how customers or people are going to be engaging with AI. People might take some of the architecture from that and really fine tune it onto local datasets. And we’re seeing companies as large as JP Morgan and Chase who only use small language models in their banking sector. And that is increasingly becoming mainstream. Furthermore, I think what’s dominating or leading to a kind of a market that favors small language models is regulation. As we have more and more regulation, , Ms. Tanya, so we’re going to be talking a little bit about what we’ve seen in the last few years with regards to the collaboration around data remaining in country. You’re just not going to be able to host some of these large language models in these developing countries, because it’s just inefficient. So you’d much rather have bespoke tools built for purpose. And what we found in our work is when you actually build small language models or specific agents that are really, really nuanced on a limited data set, they outperform large language models. And that is common not only in the developing world but even in the United States and Western Europe as well.


Lori Schulman: And I was going to add from a public policy perspective that I think that’s right. I think we’ve seen a lot of jump to global. But the way things really work, and we’re seeing that even in the political sphere right now, we’re going back to multisectorial thinking. And we’re going back to thinking inside of borders, inside of regions, inside of certain interest groups. And I don’t think that’s a trend that’s going to end. I actually think that’s a trend that’s going to get stronger. In terms of sustainability of UN, there’s a lot of questions about that. I’m certainly not here to answer them. But the only thing I will say is that you’re going to hear a lot this week about public-private partnerships and rethinking them. So in terms of how the UN operates, how its funding model might work, what is the appropriate role for the private sector, because I don’t know that that’s an answer that’s been truly satisfactorily answered for the private sector. So I would argue that we need a lot more engagement there, because some of the financial resources that have been dependent upon governments may not be there right now. But they could be in the private sector. Some would argue they are. And so we have to get realistic about how resources flow.


Christine Strutt: I’d love to take more questions, but I think we have about three minutes left. So I’m going to ask each of the speakers just to give us one send-off, just a last thought about misinformation, disinformation, and how we can improve the situation for the future. Lori, would you like to go first?


Lori Schulman: I think it’s important that we can conclude that there’s no single way to solve the question that AI poses in terms of ensuring safety and trust. So it has to be multi-sectorial and multi-stakeholder based. I would hope that’s a given. The other last thought I would say is one call to action we would ask organizations like the ITU, and this is something I’m going to give Mike credit for, is perhaps the ITU, from a sustainability perspective, could form information hubs where entrepreneurs like Mike can go to a single resource to get primers, training on what needs to be thought about in terms of starting smaller and scaling upward. That could be a perfect place to put information that benefits entrepreneurs in any sector. And I just have to say one more thing, and I’m sorry because I talk a lot, but just because this is difficult doesn’t mean we should give up.


Christine Strutt: Thanks, Lori. Tara, any concluding remarks from your side?


Tara Harris: Yeah, I echo what Lori says about resources. I think, you know, we’re a big company. I’ve been doing this, like Lori said, since domain names were created. And even still, it is hard, but we have to work together. I think more hubs, more resources, resources for smaller companies, companies from Global South, from Asia, on how to adopt a basic voluntary AI governance framework, education on how to get harmful content down. I think, again, resources and sharing will go a long way.


Christine Strutt: Thanks, and Mike, from your side, a closing remark?


Mike Mpanya: I would reiterate what Lori and Tara said. I think they’re spot on, and we will appreciate those resources as soon as they’re made available or that portal. All I would add is I would say we are going to need as much interdisciplinary collaboration as possible. and Mr. Mr. Mike Mpanya. I think when you look at the history of technology for a very long time, it’s been dominated by the engineers. And I think the first stage of AI has been dominated by engineers and technicians. But if we actually want to make this tool something that creates a more inclusive world and that bridges divides as opposed to exacerbating them, we’re going to need as many people around a table as possible. So I think the hub shouldn’t just be focused on bringing technical expertise to the table, but legal expertise, social expertise, humanities expertise as well.


Christine Strutt: I couldn’t agree more. So thank you all for that insightful and revealing conversation. May you all continue to create awareness and drive positive, impactful change towards a secure and trustworthy online environment. Thank you everyone for joining the session. Enjoy your afternoon.


T

Tara Harris

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

1043 words

Speech time

387 seconds

Misinformation is unintentional spreading of false information (like a mistake), while disinformation is intentional spreading to cause harm

Explanation

Tara explains that the key difference between misinformation and disinformation lies in intention. She uses the memory aid that misinformation sounds like ‘mistake’ to help distinguish unintentional false information from disinformation, which is deliberately spread to cause harm.


Evidence

She provides examples of bad actors creating fake investment opportunities and scams targeting their company’s customers, often collecting credit card information through deceptive means.


Major discussion point

Definitions and Types of False Information


Topics

Content policy | Cybercrime | Consumer protection


Bad actors use deepfakes and voice cloning to impersonate executives for Bitcoin scams and fraudulent investment schemes

Explanation

Tara describes how criminals are increasingly using sophisticated AI technologies to create fake representations of company executives. These deepfakes are used to trick consumers into believing they can invest with legitimate companies, when in reality they are elaborate scams designed to steal personal and financial information.


Evidence

She mentions seeing ‘a much bigger increase towards bad actors impersonating our execs, trying to trick people with these technologies into thinking that they are real and then hooking them into illegal and often Bitcoin scams or similar.’


Major discussion point

Current Threats and Enforcement Challenges


Topics

Cybercrime | Consumer protection | Content policy


Current IP laws inadequately cover deepfakes and executive impersonation, requiring creative multi-jurisdictional enforcement approaches

Explanation

Tara explains that existing intellectual property laws don’t adequately address deepfakes and impersonation issues, forcing companies to become more strategic in enforcement. They must consider multiple approaches including platform terms of use, local jurisdictional laws, and various types of rights (IP, privacy) to combat these threats effectively.


Evidence

She cites examples of legal developments: ‘France making it illegal to share defects’ and ‘Denmark is considering granting copyright to faces and physical likeness to try and give citizens the ability to enforce against defects.’


Major discussion point

Current Threats and Enforcement Challenges


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Legal and regulatory | Jurisdiction


Voluntary adoption of global policies based on OECD AI principles can help establish norms and facilitate scaling across regions

Explanation

Tara argues that when larger companies voluntarily adopt ethical AI policies based on established frameworks like OECD principles, it helps normalize responsible AI development practices. This approach can also help smaller companies scale more easily across different regions by setting high standards that meet various regulatory requirements.


Evidence

She mentions that Process ‘took the view that we will adapt a global policy on ethical and responsible AI development’ based on OECD AI principles, and notes this helps companies ‘be able to scale because while South Africa might not be subject to this, if they are already setting their benchmark pretty high at an EU level, that’s going to make it much easier for them to go into other regions.’


Major discussion point

Regulatory Approaches and Harmonization


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Data governance | Digital standards


Agreed with

– Mike Mpanya
– Lori Schulman

Agreed on

Current regulatory fragmentation creates challenges for scaling and compliance


Companies should adopt global ethical AI policies based on established frameworks like OECD principles to ensure responsible development

Explanation

Tara advocates for companies to proactively adopt comprehensive AI governance policies rather than waiting for regulation. She suggests using established frameworks like OECD AI principles as a foundation for developing internal policies that promote trustworthy AI development while respecting human rights and democratic values.


Evidence

She explains that Process adopted ‘a global policy on ethical and responsible AI development’ based ‘largely on the OECD AI principles’ that ‘promote innovative, trustworthy AI that represents human rights and democratic’ values.


Major discussion point

Industry Best Practices and Solutions


Topics

Data governance | Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Mike Mpanya

Agreed on

Small language models and specialized AI solutions are becoming more practical and effective


Smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs need accessible resources and training hubs for AI governance and harmful content removal

Explanation

Tara emphasizes that while large companies have resources to navigate complex AI governance challenges, smaller companies and those in developing regions need more accessible support. She advocates for creating shared resources and educational materials to help these organizations adopt basic AI governance frameworks and learn how to address harmful content.


Evidence

She mentions ‘we’re a big company’ and ‘even still, it is hard’ and calls for ‘more hubs, more resources, resources for smaller companies, companies from Global South, from Asia, on how to adopt a basic voluntary AI governance framework, education on how to get harmful content down.’


Major discussion point

Resource Needs and Collaboration


Topics

Capacity development | Digital access | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Lori Schulman
– Mike Mpanya

Agreed on

Need for accessible resources and training hubs for smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs


M

Mike Mpanya

Speech speed

191 words per minute

Speech length

2165 words

Speech time

679 seconds

Large language models create widespread misinformation by being trained on biased internet data that reflects most common rather than most correct information

Explanation

Mike explains that large language models are neural networks trained on internet data, which creates a fundamental problem: they prioritize the most widespread information rather than the most accurate information. This bias is particularly problematic because most internet content comes from the Global North, making these models unreliable for Global South contexts.


Evidence

He explains that ‘large language models are neural networks that were trained on the internet’ and ‘their training data has inherent bias, not towards what is the most correct information, but what is the most widespread information’ with ‘most large language models trained on information from the global north, in particular, the United States and Western Europe.’


Major discussion point

Definitions and Types of False Information


Topics

Content policy | Data governance | Cultural diversity


AI-native generations increasingly turn to AI rather than traditional sources for information verification, creating new risks

Explanation

Mike identifies a concerning trend where young people who have grown up during the AI era (ages 12-25) are using AI as their primary source for information verification instead of traditional sources like libraries or search engines. This creates significant risks because these AI systems have inherent biases and may provide incorrect information.


Evidence

He describes ‘generations that are AI native’ as ‘individuals who are coming of age, so anywhere between, you know, 12 and 18 and early 20s during the AI era, where the first place they go to verify information is not a library or a search browser, as we have done historically, but AI.’


Major discussion point

Definitions and Types of False Information


Topics

Online education | Content policy | Digital identities


Training data has inherent bias toward Global North information, creating problems for Global South applications in healthcare and finance

Explanation

Mike argues that because most internet data comes from developed countries, AI systems trained on this data are inadequate for Global South contexts. This creates serious problems when AI is used for critical applications like healthcare diagnosis or financial services in developing regions, where the training data doesn’t represent the target population.


Evidence

He provides examples: ‘when you’re trying to use AI for something like health or finance’ in the Global South, ‘you don’t have an abundance of training data, healthcare data, on the types of people living in the global south’ which ‘can cause some really challenging consequences when you’re trying to look at the risks that someone has for a particular disease, or when you’re trying to get the right form of diagnosis.’


Major discussion point

Data Bias and Representation Issues


Topics

Data governance | Inclusive finance | Cultural diversity


Historical datasets reflect past societal inequalities, such as apartheid-era credit data in South Africa affecting current AI lending decisions

Explanation

Mike illustrates how historical bias in datasets can perpetuate past injustices through AI systems. He uses South Africa as an example, where using historical credit data would reflect the inequalities of apartheid, leading to biased lending decisions that discriminate based on race due to the historical context in which the data was created.


Evidence

He explains that ‘South Africa 30 years ago was not an inclusive society. It was a society separated by race. So if you’re going to use a historical data set to credit rate Africans, people of European origin, et cetera, the different race groups in South Africa, you’re going to be confronted with the challenge that your data set is inherently biased because it reflects the society that the data set was created in.’


Major discussion point

Data Bias and Representation Issues


Topics

Inclusive finance | Data governance | Human rights principles


High-quality, representative datasets tested for bias should become standard practice in AI development, similar to engineering codes of conduct

Explanation

Mike advocates for establishing industry standards for AI development that require testing datasets for bias and ensuring they are representative of diverse demographics. He draws a parallel to other engineering disciplines that have established best practices and codes of conduct for safety and quality assurance.


Evidence

He notes that ‘if you look at many of the other disciplines in engineering, there is a best, there’s several best practices and codes and forms of conduct that people ascribe to either by law or willingly because that’s just part and parcel of the best practice culture when building a car or building a bridge’ and argues for similar standards in AI development.


Major discussion point

Data Bias and Representation Issues


Topics

Data governance | Digital standards | Legal and regulatory


Fragmented regional regulation favors big tech over small companies because only large corporations can afford legal compliance across multiple jurisdictions

Explanation

Mike argues that the current trend toward fragmented, regional AI regulation actually benefits large technology companies at the expense of smaller competitors. While the intention may be to protect local markets from big tech dominance, the reality is that only large companies can afford the legal resources needed to navigate multiple regulatory frameworks.


Evidence

He explains that ‘some weeks I spend more time with lawyers than I do with engineers’ and notes that ‘only the large companies can afford armies of lawyers to understand research and figure out what is best practice and what should be done in each market’ while fragmented frameworks ‘push out competition in terms of the tech space and the AI space.’


Major discussion point

Regulatory Approaches and Harmonization


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Digital business models | Jurisdiction


Agreed with

– Tara Harris
– Lori Schulman

Agreed on

Current regulatory fragmentation creates challenges for scaling and compliance


Disagreed with

– Lori Schulman

Disagreed on

Approach to AI regulation – harmonized vs. fragmented regional frameworks


Small language models trained on specific, local datasets often outperform large language models and are becoming the dominant form of AI interaction

Explanation

Mike explains that smaller, specialized AI models trained on focused datasets are becoming more popular and effective than large general-purpose models. These smaller models are more practical for specific use cases and often perform better because they are fine-tuned for particular applications rather than trying to be general-purpose tools.


Evidence

He mentions that ‘companies as large as JP Morgan and Chase who only use small language models in their banking sector’ and notes that ‘when you actually build small language models or specific agents that are really, really nuanced on a limited data set, they outperform large language models.’


Major discussion point

Industry Best Practices and Solutions


Topics

Digital business models | Data governance | Digital standards


Agreed with

– Tara Harris

Agreed on

Small language models and specialized AI solutions are becoming more practical and effective


Open source AI is growing faster than closed source, enabling global communities to fine-tune tools to reflect their specific needs and contexts

Explanation

Mike argues that open source AI development is outpacing proprietary systems because it allows communities worldwide to customize and adapt AI tools for their specific contexts and needs. This democratization of AI development is particularly important for underrepresented communities who want technology that reflects their experiences and can answer their specific questions.


Evidence

He states that ‘open source AI is very quickly growing much faster than closed source AI’ and explains that ‘people all over the world will be able to fine tune the tools to be able to reflect them’ because ‘people in India, in Bangladesh, in South Africa, in Nigeria, you know, in Venezuela want technology that is reflective of them and want a tool that’s able to answer their questions.’


Major discussion point

Industry Best Practices and Solutions


Topics

Digital access | Cultural diversity | Capacity development


Youth are highly conscious about decoloniality and demand technology that reflects their experiences, driving market demand for representative AI

Explanation

Mike expresses optimism about the future of AI representation based on his experience with young people. He argues that younger generations are very aware of decolonial issues and actively demand technology that represents their perspectives and experiences, creating market pressure for more inclusive AI development.


Evidence

He mentions running ‘Africa’s largest youth organization for a number of years’ and observes that ‘when engaging with youth is that they’re incredibly conscious. They’re incredibly focused on decoloniality. And actually the demands for better and more open technology and technology that’s reflective of them, I think is very, very high.’


Major discussion point

Future Outlook and Market Forces


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital identities | Capacity development


Disagreed with

– Audience

Disagreed on

Optimism vs. concern about future AI representation and youth engagement


The Global South represents the main market demographically, creating business incentives for developing inclusive AI solutions

Explanation

Mike argues that despite Western cultural dominance in technology, the Global South represents the majority of the world’s population and therefore the primary market opportunity. This demographic reality creates strong business incentives for developing AI solutions that work for developing countries, even if current cultural conversations are dominated by Western perspectives.


Evidence

He notes that ‘though in our cultural conversation, looking at the world through a Western lens is normative. From a numbers perspective, the normative parts of the world are the global South’ and explains there’s ‘a massive market’ for building ‘technology for the global South’ with ‘tons of VCs, investors looking at how do we build technology for the global South.’


Major discussion point

Future Outlook and Market Forces


Topics

Digital business models | Digital access | Inclusive finance


Interdisciplinary collaboration beyond engineering is essential, requiring legal, social, and humanities expertise to create inclusive AI tools

Explanation

Mike emphasizes that creating truly inclusive and beneficial AI requires moving beyond the traditional engineering-dominated approach to AI development. He argues that meaningful progress requires bringing together experts from law, social sciences, humanities, and other disciplines to ensure AI tools bridge divides rather than exacerbate them.


Evidence

He observes that ‘for a very long time, it’s been dominated by the engineers. And I think the first stage of AI has been dominated by engineers and technicians’ but argues that ‘if we actually want to make this tool something that creates a more inclusive world and that bridges divides as opposed to exacerbating them, we’re going to need as many people around a table as possible.’


Major discussion point

Resource Needs and Collaboration


Topics

Interdisciplinary approaches | Capacity development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Tara Harris
– Lori Schulman

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder and collaborative approaches are essential for AI governance


C

Christine Strutt

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

1706 words

Speech time

720 seconds

Video deepfakes tripled and voice deepfakes increased eightfold between 2022-2023, with 75-90% of people concerned about AI’s role in spreading misinformation

Explanation

Christine presents alarming statistics about the rapid growth of deepfake technology and public concern about AI-driven misinformation. She notes the exponential increase in both video and voice deepfakes over a single year period, alongside widespread public anxiety about AI’s role in spreading false information.


Evidence

She cites that ‘video deepfakes tripled and voice deepfakes increased eightfold between the years 2022 and 2023’ and ‘between 75 and 90 percent of people are expressly concerned about AI’s role in spreading misinformation,’ though she notes getting these statistics from ChatGPT and invites skepticism.


Major discussion point

Current Threats and Enforcement Challenges


Topics

Content policy | Cybercrime | Consumer protection


Everyday people lack protection against impersonation unlike celebrities who have defamation recourse

Explanation

Christine highlights a significant gap in legal protection where ordinary citizens have little recourse when their likeness or voice is copied or impersonated, unlike celebrities and public figures who have established legal protections through defamation laws. This creates a concerning inequality in protection against AI-generated impersonation.


Evidence

She mentions ‘coming from a country where the concept of image rights doesn’t really exist in our laws, and you only have protections for well-known famous people in terms of defamation’ and notes that ‘the everyday… men on the street or women on the street, has no protection if they get impersonated or their likeness or voice gets copied.’


Major discussion point

Current Threats and Enforcement Challenges


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Privacy and data protection


L

Lori Schulman

Speech speed

162 words per minute

Speech length

1660 words

Speech time

614 seconds

The EU AI Act represents a comprehensive but complex regulatory framework that’s difficult to enforce with uncertain practical implications

Explanation

Lori describes the EU AI Act as a thorough but problematic regulatory approach that creates uncertainty for both legal practitioners and companies trying to comply. She notes that the Act is simultaneously too broad in some areas and too specific in others, making it difficult to provide clear guidance to clients or determine effective enforcement mechanisms.


Evidence

She explains that the EU AI Act is ‘very thorny. There’s a lot of questions. It’s very broad in some cases, extremely specific in other cases, and again, there’s uncertainty around whether or not the AI Act can be enforced, and if it’s enforced, are the principles that we’ve been working on for the last year the right ones.’


Major discussion point

Regulatory Approaches and Harmonization


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Data governance | Jurisdiction


Over 60 jurisdictions have introduced nearly 1,000 AI regulations, creating uncertainty about enforcement and technical feasibility

Explanation

Lori highlights the explosive growth in AI regulation worldwide, with numerous jurisdictions creating extensive regulatory frameworks. However, she questions whether regulators understand the technology well enough to create effective rules and whether these regulations can be practically enforced given current technical capabilities.


Evidence

She states ‘there have been dozens, over 60 jurisdictions that have introduced nearly if not more than 1,000 regulations’ and asks ‘do we know enough about how things work to regulate?’ noting that ‘regulations are springing up all over the place’ with enforcement challenges.


Major discussion point

Regulatory Approaches and Harmonization


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Jurisdiction | Digital standards


Agreed with

– Tara Harris
– Mike Mpanya

Agreed on

Current regulatory fragmentation creates challenges for scaling and compliance


Disagreed with

– Mike Mpanya

Disagreed on

Approach to AI regulation – harmonized vs. fragmented regional frameworks


Human oversight should be maintained for final decisions on rights granting or revocation rather than relying solely on AI systems

Explanation

Lori argues that while AI can assist in decision-making processes, human judgment should remain central to important decisions about intellectual property rights and similar matters. She emphasizes that AI systems are not yet sophisticated enough to replace human experience and intuition in complex legal and policy decisions.


Evidence

She states ‘Final decisions on granting or revocation of rights should be subject to human oversight. We don’t want to go off programming AI judges and AI gatekeepers without having also the human element of experience intuition. We’re not there yet with AI, certainly.’


Major discussion point

Policy Framework Principles


Topics

Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory | Intellectual property rights


Rights holders need lawful access to data sources for enforcement purposes, requiring transparency about AI training data origins

Explanation

Lori advocates for transparency in AI systems that allows rights holders to understand and access information about how their content or data is being used. This principle is essential for enabling proper enforcement of intellectual property rights and determining accountability when AI systems cause harm or infringe on rights.


Evidence

She explains that ‘Rights holders should be able to obtain lawful access to data for the purpose of enforcing their rights. We need to know the sources. We need to know who is the right and fair source to go to’ and connects this to distinguishing between mistakes and intentional harm.


Major discussion point

Policy Framework Principles


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Privacy and data protection | Legal and regulatory


Frameworks should balance transparency with protection of proprietary information and established intellectual property rights

Explanation

Lori emphasizes the need for AI governance frameworks that provide sufficient transparency for accountability while still protecting legitimate business interests and intellectual property rights. This balance is crucial for maintaining innovation incentives while ensuring responsible AI development and deployment.


Evidence

She states that ‘transparency, however these frameworks are developed, should be balanced. And that balance should be with the need to protect proprietary information’ and connects this to ‘innovation, patents, protecting what you develop, trademarks, protecting your brands.’


Major discussion point

Policy Framework Principles


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Legal and regulatory | Data governance


ITU could create information hubs providing primers and training for entrepreneurs scaling AI solutions across jurisdictions

Explanation

Lori suggests that international organizations like the ITU could play a valuable role in supporting AI entrepreneurs by creating centralized resources and training materials. These hubs would help smaller companies navigate the complex landscape of AI governance and scaling challenges without requiring extensive legal resources.


Evidence

She proposes that ‘perhaps the ITU, from a sustainability perspective, could form information hubs where entrepreneurs like Mike can go to a single resource to get primers, training on what needs to be thought about in terms of starting smaller and scaling upward.’


Major discussion point

Resource Needs and Collaboration


Topics

Capacity development | Digital access | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Tara Harris
– Mike Mpanya

Agreed on

Need for accessible resources and training hubs for smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs


Public-private partnerships need rethinking to address UN sustainability and funding challenges while leveraging private sector resources

Explanation

Lori acknowledges questions about UN sustainability and suggests that new models of public-private partnership may be necessary. She argues that while traditional government funding may be limited, private sector resources could help address these challenges if the appropriate frameworks for engagement can be developed.


Evidence

She notes ‘there’s a lot of questions about’ UN sustainability and explains ‘some of the financial resources that have been dependent upon governments may not be there right now. But they could be in the private sector. Some would argue they are. And so we have to get realistic about how resources flow.’


Major discussion point

Resource Needs and Collaboration


Topics

Sustainable development | Legal and regulatory | Digital business models


Multi-stakeholder and multi-sectoral approaches are essential since no single solution can address AI safety and trust challenges

Explanation

Lori emphasizes that the complexity of AI governance requires collaboration across different sectors and stakeholder groups. She argues that no single entity, whether government, private sector, or civil society, has all the answers needed to address AI safety and trust issues effectively.


Evidence

She concludes that ‘there’s no single way to solve the question that AI poses in terms of ensuring safety and trust. So it has to be multi-sectorial and multi-stakeholder based’ and emphasizes this should be ‘a given.’


Major discussion point

Future Outlook and Market Forces


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles | Interdisciplinary approaches


Agreed with

– Tara Harris
– Mike Mpanya

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder and collaborative approaches are essential for AI governance


A

Audience

Speech speed

144 words per minute

Speech length

199 words

Speech time

82 seconds

There is a need to motivate AI-native generations to engage with data decolonization and bias issues when they may not realize the gravity of mainstream data sources

Explanation

The audience member expresses concern about how to inspire younger generations who have grown up with AI and the internet to understand and address the biased nature of current AI data sources. They worry that these generations may not fully grasp how increasingly mainstream and biased the sources of data that provide AI answers currently are.


Evidence

The speaker mentions being concerned about ‘how do we motivate a generation that may have grown up only with AI? People who are maybe a decade even younger than me who’ve never lived without the internet’ and asks how to inspire engagement ‘when they don’t, maybe they don’t realize the gravity of how increasingly mainstream the sources of data that give answers currently are.’


Major discussion point

Future Outlook and Market Forces


Topics

Online education | Cultural diversity | Capacity development


Disagreed with

– Mike Mpanya

Disagreed on

Optimism vs. concern about future AI representation and youth engagement


Agreements

Agreement points

Need for accessible resources and training hubs for smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs

Speakers

– Tara Harris
– Lori Schulman
– Mike Mpanya

Arguments

Smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs need accessible resources and training hubs for AI governance and harmful content removal


ITU could create information hubs providing primers and training for entrepreneurs scaling AI solutions across jurisdictions


Interdisciplinary collaboration beyond engineering is essential, requiring legal, social, and humanities expertise to create inclusive AI tools


Summary

All speakers agree that smaller companies and entrepreneurs, particularly in the Global South, need better access to resources, training, and support for AI governance and scaling across jurisdictions. They advocate for centralized hubs that provide practical guidance.


Topics

Capacity development | Digital access | Legal and regulatory


Multi-stakeholder and collaborative approaches are essential for AI governance

Speakers

– Tara Harris
– Lori Schulman
– Mike Mpanya

Arguments

Companies should adopt global ethical AI policies based on established frameworks like OECD principles to ensure responsible development


Multi-stakeholder and multi-sectoral approaches are essential since no single solution can address AI safety and trust challenges


Interdisciplinary collaboration beyond engineering is essential, requiring legal, social, and humanities expertise to create inclusive AI tools


Summary

There is strong consensus that AI governance requires collaboration across multiple stakeholders, sectors, and disciplines. No single entity or approach can adequately address the complex challenges of AI safety and trust.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles | Interdisciplinary approaches


Current regulatory fragmentation creates challenges for scaling and compliance

Speakers

– Tara Harris
– Mike Mpanya
– Lori Schulman

Arguments

Voluntary adoption of global policies based on OECD AI principles can help establish norms and facilitate scaling across regions


Fragmented regional regulation favors big tech over small companies because only large corporations can afford legal compliance across multiple jurisdictions


Over 60 jurisdictions have introduced nearly 1,000 AI regulations, creating uncertainty about enforcement and technical feasibility


Summary

All speakers acknowledge that the current fragmented regulatory landscape creates significant challenges for companies trying to scale AI solutions across jurisdictions, with particular disadvantages for smaller companies.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Jurisdiction | Digital standards


Small language models and specialized AI solutions are becoming more practical and effective

Speakers

– Tara Harris
– Mike Mpanya

Arguments

Companies should adopt global ethical AI policies based on established frameworks like OECD principles to ensure responsible development


Small language models trained on specific, local datasets often outperform large language models and are becoming the dominant form of AI interaction


Summary

Both speakers agree that smaller, specialized AI models trained on specific datasets are becoming more practical and often outperform large general-purpose models, particularly for specific use cases and local contexts.


Topics

Digital business models | Data governance | Digital standards


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers highlight the growing threat of AI-generated misinformation, with Mike focusing on systemic bias in training data and Christine presenting statistics on the rapid growth of deepfake technology and public concern.

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Christine Strutt

Arguments

Large language models create widespread misinformation by being trained on biased internet data that reflects most common rather than most correct information


Video deepfakes tripled and voice deepfakes increased eightfold between 2022-2023, with 75-90% of people concerned about AI’s role in spreading misinformation


Topics

Content policy | Cybercrime | Consumer protection


Both speakers recognize that existing legal frameworks are inadequate for addressing AI-related threats and enforcement challenges, requiring new approaches and greater transparency for rights holders.

Speakers

– Tara Harris
– Lori Schulman

Arguments

Current IP laws inadequately cover deepfakes and executive impersonation, requiring creative multi-jurisdictional enforcement approaches


Rights holders need lawful access to data sources for enforcement purposes, requiring transparency about AI training data origins


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Legal and regulatory | Privacy and data protection


Both speakers emphasize the need for established standards and human oversight in AI development, with Mike focusing on data quality standards and Lori on maintaining human judgment in decision-making processes.

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Lori Schulman

Arguments

High-quality, representative datasets tested for bias should become standard practice in AI development, similar to engineering codes of conduct


Human oversight should be maintained for final decisions on rights granting or revocation rather than relying solely on AI systems


Topics

Data governance | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Unexpected consensus

Optimism about youth engagement and market forces driving AI decolonization

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Audience

Arguments

Youth are highly conscious about decoloniality and demand technology that reflects their experiences, driving market demand for representative AI


There is a need to motivate AI-native generations to engage with data decolonization and bias issues when they may not realize the gravity of mainstream data sources


Explanation

While the audience member expressed concern about motivating AI-native generations to understand bias issues, Mike responded with unexpected optimism, arguing that young people are actually highly conscious about decoloniality and actively demanding representative technology. This creates an interesting tension between concern and optimism about youth engagement.


Topics

Cultural diversity | Digital identities | Capacity development


Agreement on the inadequacy of current enforcement mechanisms despite different professional backgrounds

Speakers

– Tara Harris
– Lori Schulman
– Christine Strutt

Arguments

Current IP laws inadequately cover deepfakes and executive impersonation, requiring creative multi-jurisdictional enforcement approaches


The EU AI Act represents a comprehensive but complex regulatory framework that’s difficult to enforce with uncertain practical implications


Everyday people lack protection against impersonation unlike celebrities who have defamation recourse


Explanation

Despite representing different sectors (corporate IP, policy advocacy, and legal practice), all three speakers converge on the view that current legal and enforcement mechanisms are inadequate for addressing AI-related threats. This consensus across different professional perspectives strengthens the argument for systemic reform.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Intellectual property rights | Human rights principles


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrate strong consensus on key structural issues: the need for better resources and support for smaller companies, the importance of multi-stakeholder collaboration, the challenges of regulatory fragmentation, and the inadequacy of current enforcement mechanisms. They also agree on technical trends toward smaller, specialized AI models.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on systemic challenges and solutions, with speakers from different sectors (corporate, policy, legal, entrepreneurial) converging on similar conclusions. This suggests these issues are fundamental rather than sector-specific, strengthening the case for coordinated action on AI governance, resource sharing, and regulatory harmonization.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to AI regulation – harmonized vs. fragmented regional frameworks

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Lori Schulman

Arguments

Fragmented regional regulation favors big tech over small companies because only large corporations can afford legal compliance across multiple jurisdictions


Over 60 jurisdictions have introduced nearly 1,000 AI regulations, creating uncertainty about enforcement and technical feasibility


Summary

Mike strongly advocates for harmonized regulation arguing that fragmented approaches hurt small companies and favor big tech, while Lori acknowledges the regulatory fragmentation but suggests it may be an inevitable trend toward multisectorial thinking and regional approaches that could strengthen rather than weaken


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Jurisdiction | Digital standards


Optimism vs. concern about future AI representation and youth engagement

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Audience

Arguments

Youth are highly conscious about decoloniality and demand technology that reflects their experiences, driving market demand for representative AI


There is a need to motivate AI-native generations to engage with data decolonization and bias issues when they may not realize the gravity of mainstream data sources


Summary

Mike expresses strong optimism about youth consciousness and market forces driving decolonized AI, while the audience member expresses concern about whether AI-native generations understand the gravity of biased data sources and need motivation to engage with these issues


Topics

Cultural diversity | Capacity development | Online education


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of current regulatory trends

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Lori Schulman

Arguments

Fragmented regional regulation favors big tech over small companies because only large corporations can afford legal compliance across multiple jurisdictions


Public-private partnerships need rethinking to address UN sustainability and funding challenges while leveraging private sector resources


Explanation

Unexpectedly, Mike and Lori have different perspectives on regulatory fragmentation – Mike sees it as problematic for innovation and competition, while Lori views it as potentially inevitable and suggests adapting through new partnership models. This disagreement is unexpected because both are concerned with supporting smaller players, but they have opposite views on whether fragmented regulation helps or hurts this goal


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Digital business models | Sustainable development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers showed remarkable consensus on most major issues, with disagreements primarily centered on regulatory approaches and optimism levels about future trends. The main areas of disagreement were: 1) Whether harmonized or fragmented regulation is preferable, 2) The level of optimism about youth engagement with AI bias issues, and 3) Different emphasis on implementation approaches for supporting smaller companies


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. The speakers fundamentally agreed on the problems (AI bias, need for better data, support for smaller companies) but differed on solutions and timelines. These disagreements are constructive rather than fundamental, suggesting different strategic approaches rather than conflicting values. The implications are positive – the disagreements highlight different valid pathways forward rather than irreconcilable differences, which could lead to more comprehensive solutions that incorporate multiple approaches


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers highlight the growing threat of AI-generated misinformation, with Mike focusing on systemic bias in training data and Christine presenting statistics on the rapid growth of deepfake technology and public concern.

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Christine Strutt

Arguments

Large language models create widespread misinformation by being trained on biased internet data that reflects most common rather than most correct information


Video deepfakes tripled and voice deepfakes increased eightfold between 2022-2023, with 75-90% of people concerned about AI’s role in spreading misinformation


Topics

Content policy | Cybercrime | Consumer protection


Both speakers recognize that existing legal frameworks are inadequate for addressing AI-related threats and enforcement challenges, requiring new approaches and greater transparency for rights holders.

Speakers

– Tara Harris
– Lori Schulman

Arguments

Current IP laws inadequately cover deepfakes and executive impersonation, requiring creative multi-jurisdictional enforcement approaches


Rights holders need lawful access to data sources for enforcement purposes, requiring transparency about AI training data origins


Topics

Intellectual property rights | Legal and regulatory | Privacy and data protection


Both speakers emphasize the need for established standards and human oversight in AI development, with Mike focusing on data quality standards and Lori on maintaining human judgment in decision-making processes.

Speakers

– Mike Mpanya
– Lori Schulman

Arguments

High-quality, representative datasets tested for bias should become standard practice in AI development, similar to engineering codes of conduct


Human oversight should be maintained for final decisions on rights granting or revocation rather than relying solely on AI systems


Topics

Data governance | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Misinformation (unintentional) and disinformation (intentional) both pose significant threats, with AI-generated deepfakes and voice cloning being used increasingly for fraud and impersonation


Large language models inherently contain bias toward Global North data, creating systemic misinformation for Global South applications in critical areas like healthcare and finance


Current intellectual property laws are inadequate for addressing AI-generated impersonation and deepfakes, requiring creative multi-jurisdictional enforcement approaches


Fragmented regional AI regulation favors large tech companies over smaller innovators who cannot afford compliance across multiple jurisdictions


Small language models trained on specific, local datasets often outperform large language models and represent the future of AI interaction


Open source AI development is growing faster than closed source, enabling communities to create more representative and inclusive tools


Multi-stakeholder collaboration involving technical, legal, social, and humanities expertise is essential for creating inclusive AI solutions


High-quality, bias-tested datasets should become standard practice in AI development, similar to engineering codes of conduct


Resolutions and action items

ITU should consider creating information hubs with primers and training resources for entrepreneurs scaling AI solutions across jurisdictions


Companies should voluntarily adopt global ethical AI policies based on established frameworks like OECD principles


Industry should develop standardized requirements for testing data integrity and bias before using datasets to train AI models


More resources and education should be provided to smaller companies and Global South entrepreneurs on AI governance and harmful content removal


Rights holders should be granted lawful access to data sources for enforcement purposes, requiring greater transparency about AI training data origins


Unresolved issues

How to provide legal protection for everyday people against AI impersonation when current laws only protect celebrities and public figures


Whether to improve biased datasets through synthetic data generation or build entirely new datasets from scratch


How to balance transparency requirements with protection of proprietary information in AI frameworks


How to motivate AI-native generations to seek diverse information sources rather than relying solely on AI for verification


How to achieve regulatory harmonization when countries are increasingly pursuing data sovereignty and regional approaches


How to ensure technical enforceability of the numerous AI regulations being introduced globally


How to restructure UN funding models and public-private partnerships to address sustainability challenges


Suggested compromises

Adopt voluntary global AI governance frameworks based on OECD principles while allowing regional adaptation for local needs


Balance transparency in AI frameworks with protection of proprietary information and established intellectual property rights


Use multi-stakeholder approaches that include both governmental and private sector input rather than relying solely on either approach


Focus on small language models with local datasets as a middle ground between large global models and completely fragmented regional solutions


Implement human oversight for final AI decisions while allowing automated processing for initial stages


Create shared resource hubs that serve multiple stakeholders rather than developing separate systems for each organization or region


Thought provoking comments

The most widespread form of misinformation that, in my view, is going to become mainstream and where we really need to be the strictest is misinformation around large language models… what we’re seeing as an increasingly challenging problem is for generations that are AI native… where the first place they go to verify information is not a library or a search browser, as we have done historically, but AI.

Speaker

Mike Mpanya


Reason

This comment reframes the misinformation problem from intentional bad actors to systemic issues with AI training data and generational behavioral shifts. It identifies a fundamental change in how people seek information and the inherent risks when AI becomes the primary source of truth for entire generations.


Impact

This shifted the discussion from focusing on deepfakes and intentional fraud to examining the more pervasive and subtle problem of biased training data. It led to deeper exploration of data quality, representation issues, and the need for new standards in AI development.


Large language models are neural networks that were trained on the internet… their training data has inherent bias, not towards what is the most correct information, but what is the most widespread information… most large language models are trained on information from the global north, in particular, the United States and Western Europe.

Speaker

Mike Mpanya


Reason

This insight reveals a critical distinction between ‘most widespread’ versus ‘most correct’ information, exposing how AI systems perpetuate geographic and cultural biases. It demonstrates how technical architecture decisions have profound social and political implications.


Impact

This comment fundamentally changed the conversation’s scope from individual protection against fraud to systemic global inequality in AI systems. It prompted discussions about decolonizing AI, the need for representative datasets, and sparked the audience question about motivating younger generations to engage with these issues.


In a world where you have multiple fragmented legal frameworks, what ends up happening is you push out competition in terms of the tech space and the AI space, and you effectively leave the world vulnerable to a few major players with a lot of capital.

Speaker

Mike Mpanya


Reason

This observation reveals an unintended consequence of well-intentioned regulation – that fragmented compliance requirements actually benefit big tech companies while harming smaller innovators and competition. It challenges the assumption that more regulation automatically leads to better outcomes.


Impact

This comment introduced a crucial paradox that reframed the entire regulatory discussion. It led Lori to acknowledge the complexity of enforcement and Tara to emphasize the need for voluntary global standards. It shifted the conversation from ‘how to regulate’ to ‘how to regulate effectively without stifling innovation.’


Do we know enough about how things work to regulate? What we’re seeing now is a lot of regulations come into place, and then either the ability to technically enforce them, or the principle behind the enforcement isn’t syncing up with, again, the technology.

Speaker

Lori Schulman


Reason

This comment challenges the rush to regulate by questioning whether regulators understand the technology well enough to create effective rules. It highlights the disconnect between legal frameworks and technical realities, drawing from decades of experience in tech policy.


Impact

This observation validated Mike’s concerns about regulatory fragmentation and introduced historical perspective from the domain name era. It led to a more nuanced discussion about the balance between innovation and protection, and emphasized the need for multi-stakeholder collaboration rather than top-down regulation.


Some weeks I spend more time with lawyers than I do with engineers. And I don’t think that’s a great position to be in as a founder of a technology company.

Speaker

Mike Mpanya


Reason

This vivid, personal observation crystallizes the practical burden that regulatory complexity places on innovation. It transforms abstract policy discussions into a concrete illustration of how legal fragmentation affects real entrepreneurs trying to solve global problems.


Impact

This comment resonated strongly with other speakers and led to Christine’s acknowledgment that lawyers also struggle with unclear regulations. It humanized the regulatory burden and prompted Lori’s suggestion for ITU information hubs to help entrepreneurs navigate compliance more efficiently.


Even when I spend time in the US and in parts of Western Europe, there are tons of VCs, investors looking at how do we build technology for the global South? And that is because that is the main market. When you look at the demographics data… the normative parts of the world are the global South.

Speaker

Mike Mpanya


Reason

This comment flips the conventional narrative about technology development by pointing out that the Global South represents the majority market. It suggests that economic incentives, rather than just ethical considerations, will drive more inclusive AI development.


Impact

This optimistic perspective provided a counterbalance to concerns about AI bias and offered hope that market forces would naturally drive decolonization of AI. It led to discussions about small language models and open-source solutions as practical paths forward.


Overall assessment

Mike Mpanya’s contributions were particularly transformative in this discussion, consistently reframing issues from new angles and introducing systemic perspectives that other speakers hadn’t considered. His insights about AI-native generations, the paradox of regulatory fragmentation, and the economic drivers of inclusive AI development elevated the conversation from tactical concerns about fraud prevention to strategic questions about the future of global technology governance. The interplay between his entrepreneurial experience and the policy expertise of Lori and Tara created a rich dialogue that moved beyond simple problem identification to explore complex trade-offs and unintended consequences. The discussion evolved from a focus on protecting against bad actors to examining how well-intentioned systems and regulations might themselves create new forms of bias and barriers to innovation.


Follow-up questions

What’s the solution to improving distorted data quality in AI models – synthetic data or building fresh datasets?

Speaker

Christine Strutt


Explanation

This addresses a critical technical challenge in AI development where existing datasets contain inherent biases, particularly affecting global south populations and historically marginalized communities


How can we create global or regional frameworks for testing data sets for bias before they’re used in AI models?

Speaker

Mike Mpanya


Explanation

This is essential for establishing industry standards and best practices to ensure AI systems are built on representative and unbiased data, similar to engineering codes of conduct


How do we motivate AI-native generations to be engaged in addressing data bias when they may not realize the gravity of mainstream data sources?

Speaker

Nanya Sudhir (Audience member)


Explanation

This addresses the challenge of educating younger users who have grown up with AI and may not understand the limitations and biases in current AI systems


What is the appropriate role for the private sector in UN operations and funding models?

Speaker

Lori Schulman


Explanation

This relates to sustainability of international organizations and how public-private partnerships should be restructured to address funding challenges


How can small language models change the relevance and representation of datasets compared to large language models?

Speaker

Tara Harris


Explanation

This explores whether more targeted, smaller AI models using specific datasets could address bias and representation issues better than large general-purpose models


Can the ITU create information hubs where entrepreneurs can access primers and training on AI governance and scaling considerations?

Speaker

Lori Schulman (crediting Mike Mpanya)


Explanation

This addresses the practical need for centralized resources to help smaller companies and entrepreneurs navigate complex AI regulations across different jurisdictions


How can we provide resources and education for smaller companies, particularly from the Global South and Asia, on adopting basic voluntary AI governance frameworks?

Speaker

Tara Harris


Explanation

This addresses the resource gap that prevents smaller organizations from implementing proper AI governance, which could level the playing field with larger corporations


How can we ensure interdisciplinary collaboration beyond just technical expertise in AI development?

Speaker

Mike Mpanya


Explanation

This emphasizes the need to include legal, social, and humanities expertise alongside technical knowledge to create more inclusive and equitable AI systems


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Collaborative Innovation Ecosystem and Digital Transformation: Accelerating the Achievement of Global Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)

Collaborative Innovation Ecosystem and Digital Transformation: Accelerating the Achievement of Global Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on collaborative innovation ecosystems and digital transformation to accelerate global sustainable development goals, with particular emphasis on supporting small and medium enterprises (SMEs). The session was hosted by the China Academy of Information and Communication Technology (CAICT) during the WSIS Plus 20 event in Geneva, bringing together representatives from ITU, government officials from South Africa and Kenya, and private sector leaders.


Dr. Cosmas Zavazava from ITU emphasized the organization’s two strategic goals of universal connectivity and sustainable digital transformation, highlighting the critical role of SMEs and startups as key drivers of digital transformation. He discussed the ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance, which operates through a network of 17 acceleration centers globally to support innovation ecosystems. CAICT President Xiaohui Yu outlined how digital transformation has become essential for global sustainable development, particularly for developing countries seeking to empower SMEs through ICT and promote technological cooperation.


The session officially launched a call for cases on ICT-enabled digital transformation of SMEs, aiming to showcase innovative practices and proven models from around the world. Country representatives shared their national approaches: South Africa established the Digitech platform and African Digital Transformation Centre, while Kenya implemented the Hassler Fund for SME financing through mobile payments and digitized over 20,000 government services. Private sector participants emphasized the need for reliable infrastructure, inclusive financing, and capacity building to enable SME digital transformation.


The discussion concluded with consensus on the necessity of cross-border collaboration, harmonized policy frameworks, and the creation of a “platform of platforms” to connect various innovation ecosystems. Participants agreed to move beyond goodwill toward concrete actions, with plans to contribute case studies and collaborate through the ITU network to support SME digital transformation globally.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance for Digital Development**: Discussion of the global alliance mechanism with over 100 stakeholders, 35 board members, and 17 acceleration centers worldwide, designed to support digital transformation through ecosystem building and collaborative innovation.


– **SME Digital Transformation Challenges and Solutions**: Extensive focus on how small and medium enterprises (representing 50-90% of businesses globally) face barriers including limited funding, insufficient digital capabilities, infrastructure gaps, and lack of access to emerging technologies, with various country-specific solutions presented.


– **Launch of ICT-Enabled Digital Transformation Case Collection Initiative**: Official announcement and launch of a global study led by CAICT and ITU to collect best practices and proven models for supporting SME digital transformation, with results to be presented at the World Telecommunication Development Conference in Baku.


– **Country-Specific Digital Transformation Strategies**: Detailed presentations from South Africa (Digitech platform, African Digital Transformation Centre), Kenya (Hustler Fund, E-citizen services, mobile payment integration), and other regions showcasing practical implementations of SME support programs.


– **Infrastructure and Ecosystem Requirements**: Discussion of essential components including reliable connectivity, digital public infrastructure, access to compute power, harmonized cross-border policies, cybersecurity support, and the need for platforms that connect various stakeholders and resources.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to advance collaborative innovation ecosystems for digital transformation to accelerate achievement of global Sustainable Development Goals, specifically focusing on empowering small and medium enterprises through ICT-enabled solutions. The session served to launch a global case collection initiative and foster international cooperation among government, industry, and international organization stakeholders.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently professional, collaborative, and optimistic tone throughout. Speakers demonstrated genuine enthusiasm for international cooperation and shared commitment to addressing SME digital transformation challenges. The tone was formal yet engaging, with participants building upon each other’s insights constructively. There was a notable shift from introductory presentations to more interactive dialogue during the roundtable, becoming more dynamic and solution-oriented as panelists discussed concrete collaborative opportunities and commitments for moving forward.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Ke Wang** – Host/Moderator from CAICT (China Academy of Information and Communication Technology)


– **Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava** – Director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau at ITU


– **Xiaohui Yu** – President of China Academy of Information and Communication Technology (CAICT)


– **James George Patterson** – Representative from Department of Communication and Digital Technologies, South Africa (representing Ms. Nokebella Jordan Diani, the Director General)


– **Stephen Isaboke** (Stephen Mottri Isabok Ibis) – Principal Secretary, State Department for Broadcasting Telecommunications, Ministry of Information Communications and Digital Economy, Kenya


– **John OMO** – Secretary General of the African Telecommunication Union


– **Bocar Ba** – CEO and Board Member of the Seminar Telecommunication Council


– **Li Tian** (Tian Li) – Director of Standards Strategy Department, ZTE Corporation, Board Member of the Innovation Enterprise Alliance for Digital


– **Moe Ba** (Mohamed Ihyar Bar/Mohamed Yelihabar) – Head of ITU Digital Innovation Services, Moderator for roundtable discussion


**Additional speakers:**


– **Meng Wei** – Secretary General (mentioned as sitting in the audience, associated with COIA – Cooperative Open Intelligence Computing Industry Alliance)


Full session report

# Comprehensive Summary: Collaborative Innovation Ecosystems for Digital Transformation and Global Sustainable Development


## Introduction and Context


This discussion took place during the WSIS Plus 20 event in Geneva, hosted by the China Academy of Information and Communication Technology (CAICT) and moderated by Ke Wang. The session brought together international stakeholders to address collaborative innovation ecosystems and digital transformation as mechanisms for accelerating global sustainable development goals, with particular emphasis on supporting small and medium enterprises (SMEs).


The participants represented ITU leadership, government officials from African nations, private sector representatives, and research institutions. This diversity contributed to a comprehensive examination of challenges and opportunities surrounding SME digital transformation globally.


## Opening Presentations and Key Frameworks


### ITU’s Strategic Vision and Alliance Structure


Dr Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava, Director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau at ITU, opened by outlining ITU’s two strategic goals: achieving universal connectivity and enabling sustainable digital transformation. He emphasized that these objectives are fundamentally interconnected, with digital transformation serving as both a means and an end for sustainable development.


Zavazava highlighted the critical role of SMEs and startups as key drivers of digital transformation, noting their potential to create innovative solutions whilst facing significant barriers to digital adoption. He introduced the ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance for Digital Development as a comprehensive response to these challenges, describing it as a global mechanism designed to support innovation ecosystems through collaborative approaches.


The Alliance operates through a network comprising over 100 stakeholders, 35 board members, and 17 acceleration centres worldwide. This network approach enables ecosystem-level support rather than isolated interventions, addressing the complex, interconnected nature of digital transformation challenges.


### CAICT’s Role and Global Perspective


Xiaohui Yu, President of CAICT, provided a strategic overview of how digital transformation has become essential for global sustainable development. He positioned digital technologies as the core engine driving progress towards the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals, particularly for developing countries seeking to empower their SME sectors through ICT adoption.


Yu outlined CAICT’s selection as a global centre under the ITU Acceleration Centre Programme in 2024, inaugurated in Shenzhen in April, with specific responsibilities for accelerating solutions in technology innovation and SME empowerment. He detailed three planned achievements: producing a foresight report, developing SMS guidelines, and creating an integration innovation platform.


## Country-Specific Approaches and National Strategies


### South Africa’s Digital Framework


James George Patterson, representing Ms. Nokebella Jordan Diani from the Department of Communication and Digital Technologies of South Africa (who was unable to attend), presented South Africa’s strategic approach to SME digital transformation. He outlined several critical focus areas: developing strategic foresight reports on MSME enablement, creating policy frameworks that promote competitiveness and digital inclusion, and establishing access to emerging technologies through open formats.


The South African approach emphasizes cross-border collaboration, particularly in developing digital payment systems and data flow regulations using open standards. Patterson identified key challenges requiring coordinated responses: access to funding and venture capital, skills and capacity development, digital literacy and device affordability, and supportive cybersecurity solutions tailored to SME requirements.


### Kenya’s Practical Implementation Model


Stephen Isaboke, Principal Secretary for the State Department for Broadcasting Telecommunications in Kenya, provided a compelling case study of practical SME support implementation. Kenya’s approach demonstrates how government intervention can create enabling environments for SME digital transformation through targeted infrastructure development and innovative financing mechanisms.


Isaboke described Kenya’s infrastructure investments, including extending fibre cables across the country and establishing digital hubs to enable rural access to digital services. This development was driven by recognition that digital access had become “very elite,” necessitating deliberate policy interventions to democratize digital opportunities.


The Hustler Fund represents a particularly innovative approach to SME financing, enabling small businesses to access funding digitally through the M-Pesa mobile payment platform. This system allows previously unbanked businesses to build credit histories and access financial services, demonstrating how digital technologies can address traditional barriers to SME growth.


Kenya has also digitized over 20,000 government services through the E-citizen platform, creating a comprehensive digital ecosystem supporting both citizens and businesses. Isaboke emphasized that infrastructure challenges remain the primary barrier to SME digital transformation, requiring continued government intervention.


## Private Sector Perspectives and Technology Innovation


### ZTE’s Corporate Responsibility Framework


Li Tian, Director of Standards Strategy Department at ZTE Corporation, presented the private sector perspective on SME digital transformation, emphasizing the responsibility of large corporations to drive technology innovation that benefits smaller enterprises. ZTE’s approach centers on promoting open standards and interoperability through initiatives such as the Cooperative Open Intelligence Computing Industry Alliance.


Li Tian argued that large corporations should take primary responsibility for technology innovation, particularly in developing solutions that SMEs can access and utilize effectively. The ZTE approach emphasizes open modules designed to make advanced technologies accessible to SMEs without requiring significant technical expertise or capital investment.


### Telecommunications Council Leadership


Bocar Ba, CEO and Board Member of the Seminar Telecommunication Council, provided a comprehensive analysis of systemic challenges facing SME digital transformation. He highlighted that 2.6 billion people remain offline, representing what he characterized as a “development emergency” that risks reinforcing privilege rather than expanding opportunities.


Ba outlined several critical requirements for successful SME digital transformation: fit-for-purpose infrastructure combining multiple technologies near industrial zones, inclusive financing that broadens the investment base beyond traditional operators, and capacity building programs covering digital marketplace skills, e-government procurement, and cybersecurity literacy.


He introduced the concept of a Universal Broadband Financial Framework, applying the principle that everyone benefiting from the digital economy should contribute to funding SME support initiatives.


## Launch of Global Case Collection Initiative


### Initiative Structure and Objectives


A significant outcome was the official launch of the 2025 ICT-Enabled Digital Transformation SME Case Collection Initiative, a collaborative effort between CAICT and ITU designed to identify and analyze best practices for SME digital transformation globally. During the launch ceremony, Zavazava and Yu jointly initiated the call for cases.


Ke Wang outlined the initiative’s comprehensive approach, which aims to collect cases from around the world showcasing innovative practices and proven models for supporting SME digital transformation. The initiative will focus on identifying rational pathways for accelerating SME digital transformations through ICT, analyzing critical challenges and opportunities, and developing practical guidelines for implementation.


The launch is scheduled for July 2025, with results to be presented at the World Telecommunication Development Conference in Baku (November 17-28, 2025).


### Expected Outcomes and Deliverables


The initiative is designed to produce three key deliverables: a comprehensive foresight report analyzing global trends and opportunities in SME digital transformation, detailed SMS guidelines providing practical implementation guidance, and an integration innovation SMS platform connecting various stakeholders and resources.


## Roundtable Discussion and Collaborative Dialogue


### Infrastructure and Ecosystem Requirements


The roundtable discussion, moderated by Moe Ba, Head of ITU Digital Innovation Services, focused on practical requirements for building effective SME support ecosystems. Participants identified several critical components: reliable connectivity infrastructure, digital public infrastructure services, access to compute power and advanced technologies, harmonized cross-border policies, and comprehensive cybersecurity support.


Moe Ba positioned the discussion within the context of an increasingly “uncertain, volatile, complex, and ambiguous environment,” arguing that digital transformation is not an opportunity but a survival necessity for SMEs operating in rapidly changing global markets.


### Cross-Border Collaboration and Policy Harmonization


A significant portion of the discussion focused on the need for cross-border collaboration and harmonized policy frameworks. Participants recognized that SMEs increasingly operate in global markets, requiring digital solutions that transcend national boundaries.


John OMO from the African Telecommunication Union highlighted a critical structural problem: the existence of “too many clusters” of innovation initiatives that operate in isolation from each other. He argued for creating networks that connect innovation showcases to actual market opportunities, addressing the gap between demonstration and implementation. OMO also provided key statistics about Africa, noting that SMEs contribute 50-60% of GDP but only 20% currently use digital technologies.


## Areas of Strong Consensus


### SME Criticality and Transformation Urgency


All participants demonstrated consensus on the critical importance of SMEs to global economic development. Speakers consistently cited statistics showing that SMEs contribute significantly to GDP in many countries while representing 90% of businesses and over half of jobs worldwide. However, the low percentage of SMEs currently using digital technologies creates an urgent transformation imperative.


### Infrastructure as Foundation


Strong consensus emerged regarding infrastructure development as the fundamental prerequisite for SME digital transformation. Participants agreed that robust digital infrastructure is essential, though they differed on specific implementation approaches.


### Collaborative Ecosystems and Platform Integration


All speakers supported the need for collaborative platforms and ecosystems that bring together multiple stakeholders to share resources, knowledge, and best practices. The ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance was consistently cited as an effective model for this coordination.


### Capacity Building and Skills Development


Strong agreement emerged on the critical importance of capacity building and skills development for enabling SME digital adoption. Participants recognized that technology access alone is insufficient without corresponding investments in digital literacy, cybersecurity awareness, and strategic planning capabilities.


## Concrete Outcomes and Next Steps


### Immediate Action Items


The discussion produced several concrete commitments with specific timelines. The case collection initiative will launch in July 2025, with a joint final report by ITU and CAICT scheduled for release at the ITU World Telecommunication Development Conference in Baku.


The Third Digital Innovation Board meeting is scheduled for October 1-2, 2025 in Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic, providing a forum for continued coordination and planning. A second ICODI workshop will be organized in August 2025 to accelerate regional initiative implementation.


### Institutional Commitments


Participating countries committed to submitting case studies to the global study, with South Africa and Kenya specifically mentioning their intention to contribute examples from their national programs. John OMO requested specific assignment of responsibilities to regional partners for cross-border collaboration.


CAICT committed to operating as an ITU acceleration center with specific deliverables and timelines, while ZTE indicated continued support for open standards development.


### Platform Development


The discussion established momentum for creating what participants termed a “platform of platforms” that would connect various innovation ecosystems rather than creating entirely new systems. The ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance was positioned as the coordinating mechanism for this platform development.


## Key Challenges and Future Considerations


### Implementation Coordination


While participants agreed on core objectives, they differed on implementation approaches and priorities. Some speakers emphasized government-led initiatives and policy interventions, while others advocated for market-driven solutions and private sector leadership.


### Financing and Sustainability


Specific funding models for the proposed platforms and their long-term sustainability require further development. The Universal Broadband Financial Framework proposed by Ba needs concrete mechanisms for implementation.


### Measurement and Success Criteria


Clear measurement criteria and success metrics for SME digital transformation initiatives need to be established, particularly given the launch of the case collection initiative.


## Conclusion


This discussion represented a significant step forward in global coordination for SME digital transformation, demonstrating remarkable consensus among diverse stakeholders on both the urgency of challenges and the broad framework for solutions. The launch of the case collection initiative provides a concrete mechanism for translating this consensus into actionable knowledge and practical tools.


The strong agreement on fundamental principles—SME criticality, infrastructure requirements, collaborative ecosystems, capacity building, and innovative financing—creates a solid foundation for coordinated action. Moving forward, success will depend on the ability to translate high-level consensus into specific, implementable solutions that address the practical challenges facing SMEs in different contexts.


The combination of global coordination through platforms like the ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance and country-specific implementation through national programs offers a promising approach to supporting SME digital transformation as a pathway to broader sustainable development goals.


Session transcript

Ke Wang: Audience Member Ms. Ke Wang, Mr. Chen Dong, Mr. Jiang Zhou, Mr. Ryan Weng, Mr. Zhu Audience Members Ms. Ke Wang, Mr. asset management, Ms. Wu Chen, Mr. Zhai Suijia, Mr. Zhuo Shiping, Mr. Chen Industry, economy, policy, law, and international governance and supported the development of over 300 documents in China including national strategies, plans and laws making positive contributions to industry innovation and development CAICT actively participates in the activities of over 60 international organizations including ITU, ISO, IEC and 3GPP As well as in standard setting in the ICT field we have devised systematic plans for next generation information technologies and industries and made coordinated efforts to drive technological innovation and industrial development in emerging fields We operate testing, certification and R&D pilot test laboratories spanning over 120,000 square meters Our international testing and certification services extend to 221 countries and regions worldwide Recording in progress www.caict.com parameters adapted from in-design works. Participants have organized a Six-hundred-and-Buck Prize research project at Zavazava’s state office, Trillium College, Indianapolis. CONSIDERATION OF MEMBERS OUT OF CITIES Ladies and gentlemen, esteemed guests, and distinguished colleagues, good morning. Welcome to our section on Collaborative Innovation, Ecosystems, and Digital Transformation, Accelerating the Achievement of Global Sustainable Development Goals. This seminar is hosted by the China Academy of Information and Communication Technology. Members are a large and highly innovative group of business in the global market, especially in emerging markets, and developing economic stocks and growth means play a unique and important role. Providing sufficient support to SMEs is a consistent measure and common goal for promoting growth in various regions around the world. So this is the opening section. My name is Wang Ke from CIACT, and it’s an honor to gather with such a diverse assembly of visionaries. and leaders in Geneva, our community to advancing collaborative innovation in consistent and digital transformation. And it’s my pleasure to introduce the distinguished guest present today, Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava, Director of the Telecommunication Development Bureau at ITU, welcome. And Mr. James George Patterson, Department of Communication and Digital Technologies from South Africa. And Mr. Stephen Mottri Isabok Ibis, Principal Secretary, State Department for Broadcasting Telecommunications, Ministry of Information Communications and Digital Economy, Kenya. And Mr. Xiaohui Yu, President of China Academy of Information and Communication Technology. And Mr. John OMO, the Secretary General of the African Telecommunication Union, Mr. Bocar Ba, and CEO and Board Member of the Seminar Telecommunication Council, Mr. Tian Li, Director of Standards Strategy Department, CTE Corporation. They are both the Board Member of the Innovation Enterprise Alliance for Digital. And Mr. Mohamad Ihyar Bar, Head of ITU Digital Innovation Services. And now to our section, I’m pleased to invite Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava, Director, to deliver his opening remarks. Dr. Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava, please welcome here with applause. Thank you.


Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava: Thank you very much. And it is an honor to be addressing you this morning. I recognize, of course, the presence of two of my Board Members on the Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance, Dr. Tian Li, Zeti, and also Mr. Bocar Ba, CEO and Chairman of Seminar. It is really an honor. I’m a very strong believer in innovation and its ecosystem, because I’m committed to making sure that we make progress as regards. Thank you very much for joining us for this important session on collaborative innovation systems and their critical role in accelerating digital transformation. As you know, ITU has got two goals. One is universal, affordable, meaningful connectivity, and the second one is sustainable digital transformation. So we have a commitment to achieve those two strategic goals. The key drivers of digital transformation or social economic inclusion are small and medium enterprises and the startups in the private sector, policy and research, and of course, key actors such as CAIT, serving as one of our acceleration centers under the innovation and entrepreneurship alliance initiative play a critical role. And of course, I recognize also the BRICS Institute, which is also a Chinese entity, which is one of our acceleration centers. Collaboration among all these actors is essential for a thriving digital economy. At ITU, we believe the world of ecosystem approach, which is why I know that the innovation and entrepreneurship alliance that I’ve alluded to, the alliance empowers innovation ecosystems to deliver greater impact across sectors. Last October, we held the second digital innovation board meeting in Malta, where the board approved the initial four-site series of reports and the development of a partnership ecosystem to support the alliance. I’m pleased to announce that the third board meeting will take place from 1 to 2 October 2025 in the Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic, hosted by one of our board members. During this meeting, we look forward to sharing the outcomes of a new four-site and Dr. Li Tian. I would like to welcome you all to the ILO Strategic Foresight Reports. A key part of our work is supporting the senders in capacity building. BDT has delivered several impactful activities to strengthen our network of ITU acceleration senders, 17 of them represented in all the regions. Last year, we hosted a strategic foresight and ecosystem development workshop for ITU acceleration senders in collaboration with the TDRIA, United Arab Emirates. This year, we launched several courses on the ITU Academy platform, Strategic Foresight 101, to democratize knowledge on strategic planning and foresight to our membership. We have also launched advanced courses for sender experts on strategic foresight and developing ecosystem initiatives, two of the key objectives of our alliance. Following up to these efforts, we will organize a second ICODI workshop in August this year. ICODI is actually an innovative mechanism that we jointly sponsor with the United Arab Emirates, and we are using that to see how we can accelerate the implementation and the creation of what we call regional initiatives and in ordinary language, regional initiatives are the topics of high priority for each region, which are adopted by the World Telecommunication Development Conference. And as you well know, from the 17th to the 28th of November this year, we are going to be in Baku, and I cordially invite all of you, Azerbaijan, where we will be having the next World Telecommunication Development Conference, and each region will be entitled to adopting about five priority areas, which are regional initiatives, and we use ICODI to help member states to identify what constitutes a regional priority as opposed to a national priority. Today, IT acceleration centers are becoming active in the country, regional and global levels. Many have already initiated Malawi recently conducted a week-long workshop with key actors exploring how to better shape an innovation ecosystem for investments. You may want to know that we have one ITU official center, which is based in New Delhi. It is actually Siamese twin with our sub-regional area office for South Asia, and it is running and it is accessible to you, and it works in the constellation of the 17 other acceleration centers in order for us to be able to share information and the skills and know-how. And the global center is conducting innovation cafes on several topics to engage our membership in new ways. I would like to express my appreciation to both Kate and BIFNC for their active engagements in the Alliance’s activities and for hosting the regional initiative accelerator. I’m especially pleased to be here today as the center hosted by Kate China is leading a foresight study on exploring mechanisms to support the digital transformation of small and medium enterprises globally. I’m delighted, as I conclude, that this session is being held to discuss the important work on digital innovation for small and medium enterprises, and we hope to see these reports contribute meaningfully to the World Telecommunication Development Conference that I already alluded to to be held from the 17th to the 20th of November in Baku. Thank you very much.


Ke Wang: Thank you, Director Zavazava, for your excellent speech. Now I am pleased to invite Mr. Xiaohui Yu, President of China Academy of Information Communications Technology, to deliver his opening remarks. Let’s welcome him with applause.


Xiaohui Yu: Distinguished Director Cosmas Zavazava, Mr. Stephen Materi-Spark, Mr. James George, Mr. John OMA, Mr. Bocar Ba, Mr. Tian Li, Mr. Moe Ba, Distinguished Guests, Ladies and Gentlemen, good morning. It is a great honor to host this session during the WSIS Plus 20. On behalf of our CICT, I would like to extend my warm welcome to all distinguished participants. Currently, digital transformation has become a core engine for global sustainable development. However, countries, especially developing countries, still face two major challenges. First, SMEs urgently need to gain transformative momentum through ICT. Secondly, developing countries urgently need to promote development through technological cooperation. Thus, this session focuses on the theme of practical significance, collaborative innovation, extreme and digital transformation, accelerating the achievements of sustainable development goals. Distinguished Guests, Ladies and Gentlemen, I would like to take this opportunity to thank Thank you very much for the opportunity to give you a brief overview of CICT. CICT is a research institution dedicated to advance cutting-edge ICT technologies and industrial transformation. With a talent pool of over 5,600 experts, our research covers ICT and digital transformation first. As a national think tank, we provide support to the government in policy research and decision-making. As industrial labor, we are well-experienced in standard development, technical trials, testing, consulting, ecosystem development, and international collaboration. CICT has been long engaged in the work of ITU. As a partner of ITU-D, we are an important contributor to international standards in many spheres. As an active promoter of digital transformation and labor, CICT has always been committed to fostering international collaboration. We are delighted to share that with the support of ITU and Mr. Daw Zawa, CICT was selected as a global center under the ITU Acceleration Center Program in 2024 and was officially inaugurated in Shenzhen, China this April. As a key vehicle for ITU’s global digital transformation strategy, the center will accelerate the implementation of solutions in key spheres such as open technology innovation, collaborative policy research, SMEs empowerment, ecosystem partnership acceleration, and development strategy planning. Today’s session is a large example of the ICIT’s commitment to fulfill its mission. We look forward to gaining insights from ITU’s experts on the development experience from the industrial community by preparing a vision for all sides and all the experts we aim to translate innovation extreme into globally inclusive progress. Let today’s dialogue be a starting point to build an open, inclusive, and resilient collaboration network and advance toward a sustainable future of connecting the unconnected. So I wish this session a great success, and I thank all very much for your supporting and welcome if you have an opportunity to visit China, welcome to visit the ICIT. Thank you.


Ke Wang: Thank you for your excellent speech, and next, during this section, we will be launching a call for cases on ICIT-enabled digital transformation of SMEs, but before the official kickoff, allow me to briefly outline the background of this initiative. SMEs often have small funding scale support in sufficient upgrading capabilities with marquee competitiveness and risk resistance, but start-ups are growing, and SMEs are a large and highly innovative group in the global market. So ICIT-enabled digital transformation of SMEs is a consistent measure, a common goal for promoting steady economic growth in various regions around the world. And so, we call this The 2025 ICT-Enabled Digital Transformation SMS Case Collection Initiative invites participation from relevant government departments, international organizations, industries in the sector. The goal is to showcase innovation, practice, outstanding and proven models from around the world of supporting B2B cases. The initiative aims to identify rational pathways for accelerating SMS digital transformations through ICT by identifying opportunities, analyzing critical challenges, and pinpointing resource needs. So we have some key areas, a focus on cases from the following key areas. And this is the timeline. As per review, we will collaborate with the expert network of ITU Acceleration Centers, which will launch in July. And ITU and CIC will jointly prepare the final report. In the future, we hope we could have three achievements. The first one is the foresight report, the second is the guideline for the SMS, and the third is the integration innovation SMS platform. And so the report will be released in ITU WTDC in Bangkok. And now I’m pleased to invite Mr. Zavazava, Director of ITU and BDT ITU, and Mr. Yu Xiaohui, President of CICT, jointly initiate a call for cases on ICT-enabled digital transformation of SMS by pressing the hand on the screen. Please step before the screen. Thank you. and finally a player showed Photoshop photo take a photo please. Okay. And this this section maybe extend the invitation to our participation leaders to join us at a podium for a group photo. Please. Thank you. Thank you very much. Recording stopped. And now, recording in progress, now, thank you, thank you, thank you a lot. And now, I’m pleased to invite Mr. Mohamed Yelihabar, Head of ITU Digital Innovation Services, Introduction to the ITU Innovation Entrepreneurship Alliance for Digital Development and Accelerator Network. Thank you.


Moe Ba: Thank you, Ms. Ke Wangi, and good morning, good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. It’s my pleasure to just maybe step back a little bit and bring everybody to why we’re here and what we’re trying to do. I think the director earlier alluded to this alliance and why this alliance was established, and CICT is part of one of the key members of this alliance, is to really, because we live in a very uncertain, volatile, complex, and ambiguous environment. Everything is changing around us. It’s for our countries, but as well as for the SMEs that we are talking about. And digital is at the core of this. So, the alliance was really put in place as a bigger mechanism to really try to help all of us navigate this environment. Now, a bit about the alliance as a mechanism, because I think the director alluded to earlier, this whole thing is about ecosystem building. So, how do we build each of the panelists you will hear from? We’ll talk about their own platform and ecosystem they’re building. We’re really talking about a bigger platform here, which has three mechanisms, which is the Digital Innovation Board. Some of the members are on this panel. They could probably tell you more about it. Then we have the Network of Acceleration Centers, like CICT. and others, and then we have the lab where we’re really trying to make all this magic happen in a way, but I’m also pleased to say that this is a big network. It’s a community that’s over 100 key stakeholders right now. We have over 35 board members. We have over 17 centers. We have over 100 experts that are actually being operationalized and working together to make this happen, and this alliance and this bigger mechanism is really global. There’s a big of the South-South component, and I think what you see is a demonstration of one of the centers in one of the nodes really trying to actively help our node. So, in essence, I hope that you will hear more from the people present in this room. With that, just a bit of more of the services we can offer in this alliance. I think you heard CICD is a think-tank research center, but there’s also new capabilities that every center would have, which is one of them is think-tank. One of them is the ability to co-design projects with stakeholders and beneficiaries and partners so they’re more bankable. One of them is the development of innovation clusters, which is very important really to make sure that the sustainability and transformation happen in the key sectors and across the technological area. And one of them is really to help SMEs grow and scale globally or regionally or nationally. And the last but not least, one of the key parts which a lot of people talk about is the ability to create what we call cross-sector, cross-border sandboxes, which can really facilitate this whole process. So, that’s a bit about the alliance, the services of the alliance and the kind of things we can do. And so, we’ll deep dive a bit in the next segments into that part. SMEs, as it was mentioned by the president of CICD, is we need new momentum for them. We need a momentum where we can help them navigate technological of the Global Coalition for Global Cooperation, we need a momentum where we can help identify opportunities and resources for them. So for all intended purposes, the initiative that CIICT has launched today is really trying to super focus on the support that SMEs can have across this global network to make it super practical and as an outcome is to really create a new platform of platform that will be taken us to the next era, if you will. With that, I’d like to turn the floor back to Ms. Weng-Ke.


Ke Wang: Thank you. Mr. Barr, for your excellent speech and introduction, our section today, we will have a roundtable discussion. So now I would kindly hand over to Mr. Mohamed Barr, who will be the moderator for the roundtable section, please.


Moe Ba: Thank you again, moderator, for giving back the floor. So I hope we all start to have a sense of what we’re trying to do here. We have a very important panel, a panel that will take us through the narratives of how we can really enable SMEs. So our discussion will be scheduled in two parts. In the first part, we’ll look at what is everybody doing and what their challenges are. And then in the second part, we’ll figure out what we can do together. So on that note, I would like to start first with our first guest on the list, and there’s no particular preference. But I’d like to start with Jim Patterson, who is on my right, who is representing, actually, Ms. Nokebella, Jordan Diani, the Director General of the Department of Communication and Digital Technologies of the Republic of South Africa. Now Jim, I know that South Africa has really been championing this cause, has been doing a lot. Can you tell us more how we can enable these SMEs and what you’re doing concretely in South Africa to make this happen? Jim, the floor is yours. Let’s try to keep our answers brief to two minutes, if possible.


James George Patterson: Thank you very much, Mohamed, and apologies for the Director General not being able to join us this morning. Well, the first thing we did was dial a friend in the ITU who helped us a lot in setting up what we wanted to do. We had some big ideas. I think for us, SMME sector was a lot about youth, empowering the youth. It was about innovation, better incomes, and it’s about a better economy, a more dynamic economy. So, for us, it was important to look at the SMME sector. We’d already seen many examples in our country about young, especially young people, but not specifically, who had very good ideas and who were able to innovate, so we wanted to find ways to assist them, because we know it’s not easy for startups or MSMEs. So, we’ve established a platform called Digitech, which is looking to promote our MSME sector and give them exposure, and at the same time, we’re also trying to look at the different challenges that the MSME sector and the startups face, especially in the digital innovation space, because that’s our focus. One of the things we’ve done is we’ve established in South Africa an African Digital Transformation Centre to support the MSME sector, and we’ve also, as part of our G20 Presidency, working with the ITU, developed a report on enabling MSMEs, and that’s looking at some of the key challenges that MSMEs face and also how we can intervene, what interventions we can make to support them going forward. So, these are strategic foresight reports. We’ve done more than one, actually. We’ve done also one on the venture capital sector and how we can access funding, better funding, to support MSMEs and give them better opportunities. We’re looking at things like policy and regulatory frameworks, pro-competitiveness. Messieurs, how can we level the plain field a bit for the sector? How can we support the incorporation of the key regulatory aspects in the design of solutions? We are obviously looking into the funding and market, and digital inclusion is critically important for us, since in Africa we have unequal societies, so we need to find ways to use the ICT sector to drive economic inclusion. us critically at this stage. I think we’re looking at some of the demand side aspects like affordability of devices, digital literacy, and the cost of data, and various aspects which can improve access to technology which will then incorporate, will allow for greater innovation amongst rural and underserved sectors of the economy where SMMEs are also quite active. I think access to data is also increasingly important in the sector. We need to level the playing field there so that MSMEs get that opportunity, and access to emerging technologies, especially in formats which make it openly more accessible, like for example, data as a public good, interoperability, open standards, open source software. Those are the kinds of things that can assist, I think, the sector a lot. Basically, the DPI, digital public infrastructure type services like digital identity, digital payment services, offer a lot of opportunities, we think, for the sector as well. And I think, as has already been mentioned, of course, access to skills and capacity development are critically important areas. And I think we need to also look at ways in which we can support the sector in terms of things like cybersecurity, because those are like a general cost for everybody, but it’s very prohibitive for MSMEs. So we need to find ways to intervene to support them in that.


Moe Ba: Thank you very much. Thank you. Thank you, Jim. I think those are all useful. Hopefully, we’ll get some case studies from South Africa to contribute to this global study so we can have a global position or sort of understanding on this. And hopefully, also, your Acceleration Center will start taking a lot of new roles like the Foresight and the other things that’s happening. But thank you again. I would like to now go to Mr. Stefan Izaboke from Kenya, the Principal Secretary, to please give us the view of what Kenya has been doing to build this sort of platform for SMEs.


Stephen Isaboke: Thank you. Thank you. As some of you may know, the Kenya government has actually sort of set out pillars and sort of the better bottom-up economic transformation. And in fact, two of the pillars are touching on SME and digital transformation. So regarding SME, the Kenya economy is actually very much built on SMEs. And the economic analysis shows that nearly 60% of the economic drivers of Kenya is actually driven by SMEs. So the ruling party and government realized we need to address that segment. And that’s why it’s actually a very specific sort of ministry and department that is actually focused to enable digital transformation for SMEs, a couple of interventions. Number one, setting up a state department for MSMEs. Number two, the government set up a fund we call Hassler Fund specifically for SMEs. So we realized that the SMEs really do not have access to the normal banking environment. And they struggle to actually even get documentation and even prove that they can actually repay. So a fund was set aside for them to access funding because all these businesses and innovation actually need funds. And to get that funding, it is actually being enabled through M-Pesa, the mobile payment platform. Again, digital. You do not have to fill any paper. You do not have to fill anything. The entire aplication is all digital through mobile money and you are able to get the funding, in fact paid true the sim, and true that acces, through mobile money the MSMEs now they have a credit history. We have also done a bit of transformation on government side, with E-citizen. Now all governmental services are digitalised, over 20.000 services are all E. Also for SMEs we enabled one point application for license, under 5 dollars, you apply and get licences automatically. All those thigs are meant to A enable digital acces B make it inclusive in a sense it is affordable and also really widen it. Then, finally we also have had addressed the infrastructure side of our economy. We realised that digital access i verry elite. So the current government put out policy to extend digital services, to extending 1000 kilometers of fiber cables across the country, 100nds of digital hubs, to enable all these rural parts to get access.


Moe Ba: Thank you, thank you very much, Principal Secretary. I think this is actually quite interesting, because you started touching on the G2B, government to business, and you also touched on a lot of B2B you’re doing, but you also touched on a lot of B2B. a lot of basic infrastructural requirement that you need to. These are really inspiring, and we look forward to see these cases submitted for this global study and this global collaboration. Thank you very much. I’d like to now go to the president of CICT, Mr. Yu? No? Oh, John? Okay, sorry. Sorry, but I do want to pick up on what he said, which is two items that needs to happen. One of the items is the momentum for digital transformation for SMEs, and the second is the momentum for technical cooperation that the president of CICT brought on. John, I know you have been doing a lot from a NATO point of view, and this is a personal passion of yours. Can you please tell us what you have been doing in this area? Over to you, Mr. OMO.


John OMO: Thank you very much, Mohamed. I really appreciate being here. Context. Africa has SMEs contributing conservatively between 50 to 60% of our GDP. Out of that, just about 20% of the SMEs are using some form of digital in one way or the other. And of the 20%, South Africa takes the bulk of it, followed by a few other countries, just about nine of them. In fact, South Africa is probably the only country from my bridge that stands out with clear policies in this sector. Of course, quite a number of other countries are following suit. I have Rwanda, Kenya, Mauritius, Ghana, Ethiopia, Morocco, Egypt, and oh, I’m forgetting the other one. Ghana, Ethiopia, Mauritius, Rwanda, Egypt, Nigeria, so that kind of. The challenge, as the peers from Kenya have said, has largely been infrastructure. But in the main, it’s lack of, you know, from a policy perspective, how do we bring this important segment of our economy, contributing upwards of 60% to the GDP, into the mainstream of digital transformation. So about four or five years ago, we embarked on a program called Africa Innovation Challenge, that largely focused on young people, in terms of bringing together their innovative ideas and showcasing them, linking them with, you know, mentors and, you know, people who could handhold them, done pretty much in collaboration with the ITU. And we’ve done this in various ways, either in health, education, environment, and areas that really present challenges to our day-to-day lives, including, of course, the digital ecosystems where we were working with institutions that, you know, facilitate young people that have digital ecosystems that facilitate innovative ideas for young people and really, really creative ideas. In terms of, I know for a short of shortage of time, let me just speak briefly of what I’d like to see. There are too many clusters, too many clusters, whether you talk of, you know, again, allow me to use South Africa, because that’s the example that I see, where there’s a clear unitary momentum. But even in our own countries, there are very, very many clusters. Thank you very much, everyone, and I think there’s tremendous opportunities where we’re linking with institutions that have more similar sort of challenges, or that have gone through similar challenges, like ourselves, to create a network that truly links, especially young people, whether in China, whether in South Africa, or in Cairo, or wherever, links young people to opportunities in China, in Europe, in wherever, so that they can exhibit quite what the ideas that they have. Lastly, there’s been quite a lot to exhibit, my experience, quite a lot to exhibit. I think a network that goes from exhibition to the market is really one that we want to see in Africa. Thank you very much.


Ke Wang: Thank you. Thank you, John. And those are actually very insightful thoughts on how we can start building the two momentum that was mentioned by the president of CICT. And I’d like to now get a view of the private sectors. We have two powerful private sector representatives here. I’d like to start with Mr. Ba. Mr. Ba, could you give us your view? Thank you.


Bocar Ba: Thank you. Thank you, Mohamed. And good morning, colleagues. It’s a very complex question. And it’s important if you want to come up with some solution, as we have developed in the Arab region and the Middle East, to provide a clear context about what we are talking about. And digital technology are no longer just an enabler of progress. They are the very fabric binding together the ambition of 2030 agenda. They hold the power to amplify trade, revolutionize health care, catalyze dignified employment, and forge at large sustainable futures. Yet we still have 2.6 billion people offline. And they have no connectivity. This is not a connectivity issue. We consider it as a development emergency. And unless we connect the unconnected, digital progress risk reinforcing privilege rather than expanding opportunities. At the Samina Telecommunication Council, our priority is to reverse that trajectory. And we bring together operators, technology innovators, public interest leaders across Middle East, South Asia, and North Africa to champion inclusivity. And it has to be ethically grounded and environmentally responsible. not by the few but by all who benefits from the digital economy. So, this is the context that we are dealing with. Now, coming to the SMEs digital transformation, there are some key messages, and one of them is reliable connectivity underwritten by a broader ecosystem of contributors that can transform SMEs into engine of inclusivity and resilient growth. Now, the small and medium size enterprise are not small actors. You mentioned 50, 60 percent. They are the pulse of the global economy. They represent 90 percent of businesses and over half of the jobs worldwide. Their vitality directly shapes the collective development trajectory. Yet, in too many of our markets, these enterprises face high bandwidth costs, limited cloud access, and inadequate cybersecurity, leaving them digitally underpowered and economically constrained. Now, the Broadband as a Commissioner advocacy target number six rightly calls for 50 percent uplift in MSMEs connectivity by this year, 2025, because when SMEs are connected, they thrive, and 80 percent of the report that we have produced shows increased sales, 81 percent of the report lower cost operation. Now, what does it take to make it real and to make it happen? Number one, fit for purpose infrastructure. We need somehow to combine 5G, fixed wireless access, fiber spines, LEO satellites near the industrial zone. With that, we can meet the low latency, high reliability needs for the local businesses. Number two, inclusive financing. By applying A key principle of everyone who benefits from the digital economy should contribute. We outline it in the Universal Broadband Financial Framework at the Broadband Commission and we can broaden the base of the investment by engaging platforms, cloud providers, renewable energy players, alongside the traditional operators, the public sector, to be able to share the costs for the last miles and to de-risk the underserved market. Three, and I will end with that because we don’t have much time, but we have a key player, CAICT, capacity building on the digital marketplace, e-government procurement, and basic cyber security literacy can empower SMEs to adopt and use the trusted digital tools. When these three pillars converge, SMEs can gain and build resilience that will propel SDG number eight, which is decent work and economic growth. Thank you.


Ke Wang: Thank you, Mr. Ba. I think you mentioned a couple of key things. So we know digital infrastructure and access to the connectivity is still very important. We saw the case of Kenya where they’re rolling out thousands of these sort of spaces, but also the second thing you mentioned about the ecosystem has to come in and contribute. They’re also doing a lot in this sense, right? But also the practicality of this, which is Mr. Olmo talks about, we have to go from session like this to actual concrete thing, right? And I think this is where we’ll go to eventually to CAICT to lead that outcome of this will go somewhere. Now, I want to take a little detour to go into the technology world to Mr. Lee. I know that ZTE is building a lot of things, compute power, compute ecosystem, and compute infrastructure. All of this in a way can benefit and should benefit SMEs and should be open because we talk about open innovation. What is ZTE doing in this field and can you give your insight about what kind of cases we can learn from your organization? Thank you. Over to you, Mr. Lee.


Li Tian: Thank you, Mohammad. So I would try to be brief on behalf of the private sector point of view, especially from the company’s point of view, because innovation needs the engagement of all stakeholders, but we think the companies or large corporates should be responsible. for the Technology Innovation, especially for the SMEs. I don’t need to repeat all the other speakers mentioned that the importance of SMEs in terms of to explore the new frontiers on various areas. So from the ICT-enabled digital transformation, I wouldn’t say there are very much difference between the large corporates and SMEs. Take the ZTE as an example, maybe 30 or 35 years ago, we were a startup starting from making the switches or rotors, and now we are covering all the ICT infrastructures like the base station, cell phones, and data centers, servers, etc. So we started our own practice in terms of the digital transformation from long ago, and that’s not only we are the developer of the ICT infrastructure or the ICT tools, but we are also a user of that. Like the research and development, we use many of the tools to provide higher efficiency, and also like the smart factory and the mobile officing, that kind of things, we are also the user of that. So only when we use it and it can provide, can take effect, we make it open, make it publicly available, make it available to our customers, so that we are more confident that the ICT enables their effectivity. So even in our own company, there are different business units, so our high management team has proposed a new concept that is called the transaction-based architecture, so that we don’t need to build the same model. . We need to be between them. I think we can do this. Thank you. Thank you.


Moe Ba: Thank you for bringing those insights that even bigger companies today used to be smaller companies and if they want to survive, they have to keep thinking like small let’s do this together. Try to improve that. You need a plan on top of what you have. I think we have gone first circle from the opportunity to how we will nurture the infrastructure and resources provided by getting you on thebreaker. You know Conference the resources for the talents, and also we see a lot of good examples. Now, the study that South Africa did about SMEs and the future of SMEs, there’s actually many, many possibilities. If we don’t start addressing some of those things, like, for example, the digital talent for infrastructure, that future is not going to be what we expect. If we don’t start accessing the access to finance, funding, capital, and cash flow, especially building on fintech like Kenya is doing with M-Pesa and things like this, we’re not going to bridge that gap, especially for the informal economy, for the SMEs that are non-ICT sector, but that needs to absolutely have to use digital today. If we don’t start harmonizing some of the rules across borders, we’re not going to make it. And if we don’t start having targeted policies, we will have a lot of issues. Having said that, we heard a lot. Everybody has opportunity resources. And I think we heard that we’d like to get that platform that connects everything. Now, I would like to get each of the panelists’ view on what will it take for us to build and what can you contribute to this platform of platforms? Because you’re all building platform with ecosystem. What will it take? What should we do? And what will you contribute to this?


James George Patterson: Over to you, Jim. One minute. I think we need to look at maybe working within our regions in terms of the policy and regulatory environments, and also in terms of developing solutions across regions, using things like open standards to build supportive platforms for cross-border digital payment systems, regulations around the flow of data, and ensuring privacy, and so forth, and interoperability aspects. These are all kind of key areas. We can also look at collaboration in terms of developing solutions that are relevant for cross-border activities. I think that in itself can be an opportunity for innovators. and the MSME sector. They should be at the forefront, I would think, of some of these initiatives as well. So, yeah, I think one minute. That would be my initial comment.


Ke Wang: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you, Jim. I think this will be music to Mr. Li’s ears. Mr. Li, what do you think about this? And what would be your view in contributing to this type of platform? I’ll go randomly this time to make things a little…


Li Tian: Yeah, thanks. Talking about collaboration, of course, the platform is important. And I would be very appreciative that the platform like IADD, we are on board from the very beginning. And that includes both the government, the industry, and also the financial parts. We are a good family. And also, this international platform are closely collaborating with the local agencies, like the innovation centers, like CICT in China, and also the global partners in the… like some in the council, in the also very prominent areas. So, I think this kind of collaboration could take advantage of many of the industries that have some advantages locally and who would like to also go overseas, go globally. So, in the AI area, I think the technology upgrades very fast. We also need to adopt ourselves very quickly. So, talking about the… on the context of AI, we have also established an alliance called COIA, which stands for the Cooperative Open Intelligence Computing Industry Alliance, where the Secretary General Meng Wei is sitting over there. So, we hope that he is also going to join IADD as an expert group. So, we hope that with this open mind to build the open modules, open technologies, to join this ecosystem, we can not only benefit but also contribute more in this big family.


Moe Ba: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you very much, Mr. That’s actually quite, quite interesting because we’re talking about now we need to have access to compute power. We can start basically multiplying the effect of this network. The alliance is a network with expert resources, et cetera. CIC is doing its job to bring us all together and that will have a concrete way output. Of course, John, this is going to be what you would wish for, right? Go from talk to actions. Now what can we do, John? Or what do you want to do here?


John OMO: Thank you very much. Perhaps I can just summarize it into one word, goodwill. I think we have had event-based activities, especially from our perspective. We are moving it into a platform, but I think the opportunity to bring various platforms together for purposes of a bigger impact is one that have a lot of goodwill. So I think straight from here, we will ask you to assign us responsibilities, assign us responsibilities so that we know what each of us needs to do for purposes of pushing this forward, especially from the cross-border perspective that Jim has talked about. I doubt whether resources will be an issue because we’re already spending resources in our little fiefdoms. And so all it requires is to bring these resources together. So for me, I think goodwill is the issue. Thank you very much.


Moe Ba: Thank you very much, John. Mr. Rizabog?


Stephen Isaboke: Yeah, so I think my colleagues have actually laid it. I think it’s around creating the right environment. And for us, it’s to start by addressing the basics, which is basically access. where the infrastructure is coming in big time. And then that’s really hardware, then to underpin that is also to ensure that you’ve got governance around data because that infrastructure is actually going to be run by data, that’s why AI is a big thing. So, in Kenya, we’ve got now the control of for data security and all that and we’ve got laws that govern how you can use data because eventually then when the digital play comes on, you’ve got infrastructure, you’ve got data and then you’ve got all the activities that you run with the government service with their commercial activities, with its innovation and all that. So, we as government have to look at the entire ecosystem from infrastructure to data to access, especially for the vulnerable, the SMEs, MSMEs and really the marginalized, the youth and all that. And then also ensure that the environment is actually especially enabling for those that should actually really most need it, the youth and the MSMEs. And there’s a very active sort of promotion of that. And in fact, it’s a case study we’d like to share particularly from MSMEs and the youth in terms of digital access. Thank you.


Ke Wang: Thank you very much. I think point taken, platform is about data, infrastructure, access and services. Mr. Ba. And we can finish this.


Bocar Ba: I think I don’t have time to be controversial, but I don’t like the term goodwill. Mr. Ba, I don’t like the term goodwill. This partnership, it’s not a nice to have, it’s a necessity and it can be decisive. So I think we need to, it’s up to us to take it in urgency and just to number one, harmonizing the policies framework. for the SMEs, and number two, to create scale by cross-border collaboration. And these are the messages that we have to communicate to the policymakers and regulators.


Moe Ba: Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Ba. I want to thank all panelists and Ms. Wang Qi, just over to you to close the session.


Ke Wang: Thank you, Mr. Ba and all the panelists for the participation. And briefly, ladies and gentlemen, esteemed guests and distinguished colleagues, thank you for the excellent, exceptional, productive discussion and participation, shared diverse perspectives, and valuable insights. And the seminar now conducts successfully. I wish all distinguished guests a fruitful and rewarding experience at the coming events. Thank you. Thank you, everyone.


J

John OMO

Speech speed

111 words per minute

Speech length

611 words

Speech time

328 seconds

SMEs contribute 50-60% of GDP in many countries but only 20% use digital technologies, creating urgent need for transformation

Explanation

John OMO highlighted that while SMEs are a major economic driver contributing between 50-60% of GDP in Africa, only about 20% are utilizing digital technologies in some form. This creates a significant gap and urgent need for digital transformation to unlock the full potential of this critical economic sector.


Evidence

Specific statistics showing SMEs contribute conservatively between 50 to 60% of GDP in Africa, with only 20% using digital technologies. South Africa leads in this area, followed by nine other countries including Rwanda, Kenya, Mauritius, Ghana, Ethiopia, Morocco, Egypt, and Nigeria.


Major discussion point

Digital Transformation and SME Empowerment


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Xiaohui Yu
– Bocar Ba
– Ke Wang

Agreed on

SMEs are critical economic drivers requiring urgent digital transformation support


X

Xiaohui Yu

Speech speed

90 words per minute

Speech length

452 words

Speech time

299 seconds

Digital transformation has become core engine for global sustainable development, with SMEs needing transformative momentum through ICT

Explanation

Xiaohui Yu emphasized that digital transformation is now the central driving force for achieving global sustainable development goals. He specifically noted that SMEs urgently need to gain transformative momentum through Information and Communication Technology to contribute effectively to this development.


Evidence

Mentioned two major challenges: SMEs urgently need to gain transformative momentum through ICT, and developing countries urgently need to promote development through technological cooperation.


Major discussion point

Digital Transformation and SME Empowerment


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– John OMO
– Bocar Ba
– Ke Wang

Agreed on

SMEs are critical economic drivers requiring urgent digital transformation support


B

Bocar Ba

Speech speed

120 words per minute

Speech length

643 words

Speech time

320 seconds

SMEs represent 90% of businesses and over half of jobs worldwide, making their digital empowerment critical for inclusive growth

Explanation

Bocar Ba stressed that SMEs are not small actors but represent the vast majority of global businesses at 90% and provide over half of worldwide employment. Their digital empowerment is therefore essential for achieving inclusive economic growth and development.


Evidence

Specific statistics showing SMEs represent 90% of businesses and over half of jobs worldwide. When connected, 80% report increased sales and 81% report lower cost operations.


Major discussion point

Digital Transformation and SME Empowerment


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– John OMO
– Xiaohui Yu
– Ke Wang

Agreed on

SMEs are critical economic drivers requiring urgent digital transformation support


Digital technologies are the fabric binding together the 2030 agenda ambitions, holding power to amplify trade and revolutionize healthcare

Explanation

Bocar Ba argued that digital technologies have evolved beyond being mere enablers to becoming the fundamental foundation that connects and supports the UN 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. These technologies have transformative power across multiple sectors including trade, healthcare, employment, and sustainable futures.


Evidence

Mentioned that digital technologies hold power to amplify trade, revolutionize healthcare, catalyze dignified employment, and forge sustainable futures. However, 2.6 billion people remain offline.


Major discussion point

Digital Transformation and SME Empowerment


Topics

Development | Economic


2.6 billion people remain offline, representing a development emergency that risks reinforcing privilege rather than expanding opportunities

Explanation

Bocar Ba highlighted the critical connectivity gap where 2.6 billion people worldwide lack internet access. He characterized this not merely as a connectivity issue but as a development emergency that could worsen inequality by benefiting only the privileged rather than creating broader opportunities.


Evidence

Specific figure of 2.6 billion people offline, described as a development emergency rather than just a connectivity issue.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Fit-for-purpose infrastructure combining 5G, fixed wireless access, fiber spines, and LEO satellites is needed near industrial zones

Explanation

Bocar Ba advocated for comprehensive infrastructure solutions that integrate multiple technologies including 5G networks, fixed wireless access, fiber optic backbones, and Low Earth Orbit satellites. This integrated approach should be strategically deployed near industrial zones to meet the specific low-latency and high-reliability requirements of local businesses.


Evidence

Specific mention of combining 5G, fixed wireless access, fiber spines, LEO satellites near industrial zones to meet low latency, high reliability needs for local businesses.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Stephen Isaboke
– James George Patterson

Agreed on

Infrastructure development is fundamental prerequisite for SME digital transformation


Capacity building on digital marketplace, e-government procurement, and cybersecurity literacy empowers SMEs to adopt trusted digital tools

Explanation

Bocar Ba emphasized that targeted capacity building in three key areas – digital marketplace operations, e-government procurement processes, and basic cybersecurity literacy – is essential for enabling SMEs to effectively adopt and utilize trusted digital tools. This capacity building is one of three critical pillars for SME digital transformation.


Evidence

Identified as one of three key pillars, alongside fit-for-purpose infrastructure and inclusive financing, that when converged can help SMEs gain resilience and propel SDG number eight (decent work and economic growth).


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– James George Patterson

Agreed on

Capacity building and skills development are critical enablers for SME digital adoption


Inclusive financing requires broadening investment base by engaging platforms, cloud providers, and renewable energy players alongside traditional operators

Explanation

Bocar Ba argued for expanding the traditional financing model by involving a broader ecosystem of contributors including digital platforms, cloud service providers, and renewable energy companies, not just traditional telecommunications operators and public sector entities. This approach can help share costs for last-mile connectivity and reduce risks in underserved markets.


Evidence

Referenced the Universal Broadband Financial Framework at the Broadband Commission, applying the principle that everyone who benefits from the digital economy should contribute to share costs for last miles and de-risk underserved markets.


Major discussion point

Funding and Financial Inclusion


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Stephen Isaboke
– James George Patterson

Agreed on

Financial inclusion and innovative funding mechanisms are crucial for SME digital transformation


Universal Broadband Financial Framework applies principle that everyone benefiting from digital economy should contribute to funding

Explanation

Bocar Ba outlined a financing principle from the Broadband Commission that establishes shared responsibility for digital infrastructure funding. According to this framework, all stakeholders who benefit from the digital economy should contribute proportionally to its development and maintenance, broadening the base of investment beyond traditional sources.


Evidence

Specific reference to the Universal Broadband Financial Framework at the Broadband Commission and its core principle of shared contribution from digital economy beneficiaries.


Major discussion point

Funding and Financial Inclusion


Topics

Development | Economic


Need for harmonized policy frameworks for SMEs and cross-border collaboration to create scale

Explanation

Bocar Ba emphasized the necessity of creating unified policy frameworks that work across borders to support SMEs effectively. He argued that harmonizing policies and enabling cross-border collaboration is essential for creating the scale needed to make SME digital transformation initiatives successful and sustainable.


Evidence

Mentioned as urgent necessity rather than ‘nice to have’, with specific focus on harmonizing policies framework for SMEs and creating scale through cross-border collaboration as key messages for policymakers and regulators.


Major discussion point

Policy and Regulatory Framework Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Agreed with

– Moe Ba
– Ke Wang
– Li Tian
– John OMO

Agreed on

Collaborative ecosystems and platforms are essential for scaling SME support globally


S

Stephen Isaboke

Speech speed

225 words per minute

Speech length

619 words

Speech time

164 seconds

Kenya extended 1000 kilometers of fiber cables and established hundreds of digital hubs to enable rural digital access

Explanation

Stephen Isaboke described Kenya’s comprehensive infrastructure development initiative that involved laying 1000 kilometers of fiber optic cables across the country and establishing hundreds of digital hubs. This infrastructure expansion was specifically designed to extend digital services and access to rural and previously underserved areas of the country.


Evidence

Specific figures of 1000 kilometers of fiber cables and hundreds of digital hubs established to enable rural parts to get digital access.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Bocar Ba
– James George Patterson

Agreed on

Infrastructure development is fundamental prerequisite for SME digital transformation


Infrastructure challenges are the primary barrier, requiring government intervention to address basics like access and data governance

Explanation

Stephen Isaboke identified infrastructure as the fundamental challenge that must be addressed first, requiring active government intervention. He emphasized that governments must create the right environment by addressing basic infrastructure needs and establishing proper data governance frameworks to support the entire digital ecosystem.


Evidence

Mentioned addressing basics including infrastructure (hardware), data governance with laws for data security, and ensuring enabling environment for vulnerable groups, SMEs, MSMEs, marginalized, and youth.


Major discussion point

Infrastructure and Connectivity Challenges


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Kenya created state department for MSMEs and Hustler Fund providing digital access to funding through M-Pesa platform

Explanation

Stephen Isaboke described Kenya’s comprehensive approach to supporting SMEs through institutional and financial innovations. The government established a dedicated state department for MSMEs and created the Hustler Fund, which provides digital access to funding through the M-Pesa mobile payment platform, eliminating traditional banking barriers and paperwork.


Evidence

Specific mention of state department for MSMEs, Hustler Fund for SMEs who struggle with normal banking, entirely digital application through M-Pesa mobile payment platform with funding paid through mobile money, creating credit history for MSMEs.


Major discussion point

Funding and Financial Inclusion


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Bocar Ba
– James George Patterson

Agreed on

Financial inclusion and innovative funding mechanisms are crucial for SME digital transformation


M

Moe Ba

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

1582 words

Speech time

590 seconds

ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance operates as global network with 100+ stakeholders, 35+ board members, and 17 acceleration centers

Explanation

Moe Ba described the scale and structure of the ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance as a comprehensive global network designed to support digital innovation and SME development. The alliance brings together a diverse community of over 100 key stakeholders, includes more than 35 board members, and operates through 17 acceleration centers worldwide.


Evidence

Specific numbers: over 100 key stakeholders, over 35 board members, over 17 centers, over 100 experts being operationalized and working together, with global reach and South-South component.


Major discussion point

Innovation Ecosystems and Collaboration Platforms


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Ke Wang
– Li Tian
– John OMO

Agreed on

Collaborative ecosystems and platforms are essential for scaling SME support globally


Alliance provides ecosystem approach with Digital Innovation Board, Network of Acceleration Centers, and operational labs

Explanation

Moe Ba outlined the three-pillar structure of the ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance designed to support ecosystem building. The alliance operates through a Digital Innovation Board for governance, a Network of Acceleration Centers for regional implementation, and operational labs where practical innovation work takes place.


Evidence

Described as three mechanisms: Digital Innovation Board with members on the panel, Network of Acceleration Centers like CICT, and labs where ‘magic happens’, all working as a bigger platform for ecosystem building.


Major discussion point

Innovation Ecosystems and Collaboration Platforms


Topics

Development | Economic


C

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava

Speech speed

126 words per minute

Speech length

851 words

Speech time

402 seconds

ITU launched Strategic Foresight 101 courses and advanced training for acceleration center experts on ecosystem development

Explanation

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava described ITU’s comprehensive capacity building initiative that includes launching Strategic Foresight 101 courses on the ITU Academy platform to democratize strategic planning knowledge among members. Additionally, advanced courses are provided specifically for acceleration center experts focusing on strategic foresight and ecosystem development initiatives.


Evidence

Specific mention of Strategic Foresight 101 courses launched on ITU Academy platform to democratize knowledge on strategic planning and foresight to membership, plus advanced courses for center experts on strategic foresight and developing ecosystem initiatives.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Development


Agreed with

– James George Patterson
– Bocar Ba

Agreed on

Capacity building and skills development are critical enablers for SME digital adoption


J

James George Patterson

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

729 words

Speech time

271 seconds

South Africa established Digitech platform and African Digital Transformation Centre, developing strategic foresight reports on MSME enablement

Explanation

James George Patterson described South Africa’s comprehensive approach to supporting MSMEs through the creation of the Digitech platform designed to promote the MSME sector and provide exposure opportunities. Additionally, they established an African Digital Transformation Centre specifically to support the MSME sector and developed strategic foresight reports on enabling MSMEs, including work done in collaboration with ITU during their G20 Presidency.


Evidence

Specific mention of Digitech platform for MSME promotion and exposure, African Digital Transformation Centre for MSME support, strategic foresight reports on enabling MSMEs developed with ITU during G20 Presidency, and additional reports on venture capital sector and funding access.


Major discussion point

Policy and Regulatory Framework Development


Topics

Development | Economic


Policy interventions should focus on pro-competitiveness, digital inclusion, and leveling the playing field for SMEs

Explanation

James George Patterson advocated for targeted policy interventions that create a more competitive environment for SMEs by leveling the playing field with larger corporations. He emphasized the importance of incorporating key regulatory aspects into solution design and focusing on digital inclusion to address unequal societies, particularly in Africa.


Evidence

Mentioned policy and regulatory frameworks focusing on pro-competitiveness, leveling the playing field, incorporating key regulatory aspects in solution design, and using ICT sector to drive economic inclusion in unequal societies.


Major discussion point

Policy and Regulatory Framework Development


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Access to emerging technologies in open formats like open source software and digital public infrastructure services is crucial

Explanation

James George Patterson emphasized the importance of making emerging technologies accessible to SMEs through open formats and standards. He specifically highlighted open source software, data as a public good, interoperability standards, and digital public infrastructure services like digital identity and payment systems as key enablers for the MSME sector.


Evidence

Specific examples include data as a public good, interoperability, open standards, open source software, and digital public infrastructure (DPI) services like digital identity and digital payment services.


Major discussion point

Technology Innovation and Open Standards


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Stephen Isaboke
– Bocar Ba

Agreed on

Infrastructure development is fundamental prerequisite for SME digital transformation


Cross-border digital payment systems and data flow regulations using open standards can support regional collaboration

Explanation

James George Patterson proposed that regional collaboration can be enhanced through the development of cross-border digital payment systems and harmonized regulations around data flow, all built on open standards. He suggested that ensuring privacy protection and interoperability aspects are key areas for collaborative development that can create opportunities for innovators and the MSME sector.


Evidence

Mentioned working within regions on policy and regulatory environments, developing solutions across regions using open standards for cross-border digital payment systems, regulations around data flow, privacy protection, and interoperability aspects.


Major discussion point

Technology Innovation and Open Standards


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Access to skills and capacity development are critically important, with need for supportive cybersecurity solutions for SMEs

Explanation

James George Patterson identified skills and capacity development as critical areas that need attention for MSME success. He specifically highlighted cybersecurity as a particular challenge, noting that while cybersecurity represents a general cost for all businesses, it is particularly prohibitive for MSMEs, requiring targeted interventions and support.


Evidence

Specifically mentioned access to skills and capacity development as critically important areas, and cybersecurity as prohibitive for MSMEs requiring intervention and support.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– Bocar Ba

Agreed on

Capacity building and skills development are critical enablers for SME digital adoption


Digital literacy and affordability of devices remain key demand-side challenges requiring intervention

Explanation

James George Patterson identified critical demand-side barriers that prevent broader technology adoption, particularly focusing on digital literacy levels and the affordability of devices. He emphasized that addressing these challenges is essential for improving access to technology, which will enable greater innovation among rural and underserved sectors where SMEs are active.


Evidence

Mentioned demand side aspects like affordability of devices, digital literacy, and cost of data as aspects which can improve access to technology for greater innovation among rural and underserved sectors of the economy where SMEs are active.


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Skills Development


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Access to funding and venture capital remains critical challenge requiring strategic intervention and policy support

Explanation

James George Patterson highlighted the persistent challenge of accessing adequate funding and venture capital for MSMEs, which requires strategic intervention and policy support. He mentioned that South Africa has developed specific reports on the venture capital sector to understand how to provide better funding opportunities and support for MSMEs.


Evidence

Mentioned development of reports on venture capital sector and how to access funding, better funding to support MSMEs and give them better opportunities.


Major discussion point

Funding and Financial Inclusion


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Stephen Isaboke
– Bocar Ba

Agreed on

Financial inclusion and innovative funding mechanisms are crucial for SME digital transformation


L

Li Tian

Speech speed

103 words per minute

Speech length

530 words

Speech time

306 seconds

ZTE promotes transaction-based architecture and open modules through Cooperative Open Intelligence Computing Industry Alliance

Explanation

Li Tian described ZTE’s approach to promoting open innovation through transaction-based architecture that avoids duplication across different business units. The company has established the Cooperative Open Intelligence Computing Industry Alliance (COIA) to advance open modules and technologies, demonstrating their commitment to collaborative innovation ecosystems.


Evidence

Specific mention of transaction-based architecture concept proposed by high management to avoid building same models between business units, and establishment of COIA (Cooperative Open Intelligence Computing Industry Alliance) with Secretary General Meng Wei.


Major discussion point

Technology Innovation and Open Standards


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Agreed with

– Moe Ba
– Ke Wang
– John OMO

Agreed on

Collaborative ecosystems and platforms are essential for scaling SME support globally


Large corporations should be responsible for technology innovation, especially for SMEs, using open standards and interoperability

Explanation

Li Tian argued that large corporations have a responsibility to drive technology innovation that benefits SMEs, emphasizing the use of open standards and interoperability. He noted that ZTE, having started as a startup 30-35 years ago, understands the SME perspective and uses its own digital transformation experience to develop solutions that can be made publicly available to customers.


Evidence

ZTE’s own history as a startup 30-35 years ago making switches/routers, now covering all ICT infrastructure. Company uses digital transformation tools internally (R&D tools, smart factory, mobile officing) before making them publicly available to customers.


Major discussion point

Technology Innovation and Open Standards


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


K

Ke Wang

Speech speed

101 words per minute

Speech length

1343 words

Speech time

792 seconds

SMEs have small funding scale, insufficient upgrading capabilities, and weak competitiveness but are highly innovative and crucial for global economic growth

Explanation

Ke Wang highlighted that while SMEs face significant challenges including limited funding, insufficient capabilities for upgrading, and weak market competitiveness and risk resistance, they remain a large and highly innovative group in the global market. Despite these constraints, SMEs are essential drivers of economic growth and innovation worldwide.


Evidence

Described SMEs as having small funding scale support, insufficient upgrading capabilities, weak competitiveness and risk resistance, but noted they are a large and highly innovative group in the global market


Major discussion point

Digital Transformation and SME Empowerment


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– John OMO
– Xiaohui Yu
– Bocar Ba

Agreed on

SMEs are critical economic drivers requiring urgent digital transformation support


ICT-enabled digital transformation of SMEs is a consistent measure and common goal for promoting steady economic growth globally

Explanation

Ke Wang emphasized that using Information and Communication Technology to enable digital transformation of SMEs represents a universal approach adopted by various regions worldwide. This transformation is viewed as both a consistent policy measure and a shared objective for achieving stable economic growth across different countries and regions.


Evidence

Stated that ICT-enabled digital transformation of SMEs is a consistent measure, a common goal for promoting steady economic growth in various regions around the world


Major discussion point

Digital Transformation and SME Empowerment


Topics

Development | Economic


The 2025 ICT-Enabled Digital Transformation SMS Case Collection Initiative aims to identify rational pathways and analyze critical challenges for SME transformation

Explanation

Ke Wang introduced a comprehensive initiative that invites participation from government departments, international organizations, and industry sectors to showcase innovative practices and proven models for supporting SMEs. The initiative focuses on identifying practical pathways for accelerating SME digital transformation while analyzing critical challenges and resource needs.


Evidence

Initiative invites participation from relevant government departments, international organizations, industries in the sector to showcase innovation, practice, outstanding and proven models from around the world of supporting B2B cases, aiming to identify rational pathways for accelerating SMS digital transformations through ICT


Major discussion point

Innovation Ecosystems and Collaboration Platforms


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Moe Ba
– Li Tian
– John OMO

Agreed on

Collaborative ecosystems and platforms are essential for scaling SME support globally


CAICT operates as ITU acceleration center with three planned achievements: foresight report, SMS guidelines, and integration innovation platform

Explanation

Ke Wang outlined CAICT’s role as an ITU acceleration center with specific deliverables planned for the future. The organization aims to produce three key outcomes: a comprehensive foresight report, practical guidelines for SMS (Small and Medium-sized enterprises), and an integrated innovation platform to support SME development.


Evidence

Mentioned three planned achievements: foresight report, guideline for SMS, and integration innovation SMS platform, with report to be released at ITU WTDC in Bangkok


Major discussion point

Innovation Ecosystems and Collaboration Platforms


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreements

Agreement points

SMEs are critical economic drivers requiring urgent digital transformation support

Speakers

– John OMO
– Xiaohui Yu
– Bocar Ba
– Ke Wang

Arguments

SMEs contribute 50-60% of GDP in many countries but only 20% use digital technologies, creating urgent need for transformation


Digital transformation has become core engine for global sustainable development, with SMEs needing transformative momentum through ICT


SMEs represent 90% of businesses and over half of jobs worldwide, making their digital empowerment critical for inclusive growth


SMEs have small funding scale, insufficient upgrading capabilities, and weak competitiveness but are highly innovative and crucial for global economic growth


Summary

All speakers agreed that SMEs are fundamental to economic growth globally, contributing significantly to GDP and employment, but face urgent need for digital transformation to unlock their full potential despite current limitations in digital adoption and capabilities.


Topics

Development | Economic


Infrastructure development is fundamental prerequisite for SME digital transformation

Speakers

– Stephen Isaboke
– Bocar Ba
– James George Patterson

Arguments

Kenya extended 1000 kilometers of fiber cables and established hundreds of digital hubs to enable rural digital access


Fit-for-purpose infrastructure combining 5G, fixed wireless access, fiber spines, and LEO satellites is needed near industrial zones


Access to emerging technologies in open formats like open source software and digital public infrastructure services is crucial


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasized that robust digital infrastructure is the foundation for SME digital transformation, requiring comprehensive connectivity solutions and open technology platforms to enable widespread access.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Collaborative ecosystems and platforms are essential for scaling SME support globally

Speakers

– Moe Ba
– Ke Wang
– Li Tian
– John OMO

Arguments

ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance operates as global network with 100+ stakeholders, 35+ board members, and 17 acceleration centers


The 2025 ICT-Enabled Digital Transformation SMS Case Collection Initiative aims to identify rational pathways and analyze critical challenges for SME transformation


ZTE promotes transaction-based architecture and open modules through Cooperative Open Intelligence Computing Industry Alliance


Need for harmonized policy frameworks for SMEs and cross-border collaboration to create scale


Summary

All speakers supported the need for collaborative platforms and ecosystems that bring together multiple stakeholders to share resources, knowledge, and best practices for supporting SME digital transformation at scale.


Topics

Development | Economic


Capacity building and skills development are critical enablers for SME digital adoption

Speakers

– Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava
– James George Patterson
– Bocar Ba

Arguments

ITU launched Strategic Foresight 101 courses and advanced training for acceleration center experts on ecosystem development


Access to skills and capacity development are critically important, with need for supportive cybersecurity solutions for SMEs


Capacity building on digital marketplace, e-government procurement, and cybersecurity literacy empowers SMEs to adopt trusted digital tools


Summary

Speakers agreed that targeted capacity building programs covering digital skills, cybersecurity, and strategic planning are essential for enabling SMEs to effectively adopt and utilize digital technologies.


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity


Financial inclusion and innovative funding mechanisms are crucial for SME digital transformation

Speakers

– Stephen Isaboke
– Bocar Ba
– James George Patterson

Arguments

Kenya created state department for MSMEs and Hustler Fund providing digital access to funding through M-Pesa platform


Inclusive financing requires broadening investment base by engaging platforms, cloud providers, and renewable energy players alongside traditional operators


Access to funding and venture capital remains critical challenge requiring strategic intervention and policy support


Summary

All speakers recognized that traditional funding mechanisms are inadequate for SMEs and emphasized the need for innovative, inclusive financing approaches that leverage digital platforms and broader stakeholder participation.


Topics

Development | Economic


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the importance of open standards and interoperability as fundamental principles for enabling cross-border collaboration and making technology accessible to SMEs, with large corporations having responsibility to drive this openness.

Speakers

– James George Patterson
– Li Tian

Arguments

Cross-border digital payment systems and data flow regulations using open standards can support regional collaboration


Large corporations should be responsible for technology innovation, especially for SMEs, using open standards and interoperability


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers viewed connectivity gaps as urgent development challenges requiring immediate government intervention to prevent digital divides from worsening inequality and to ensure inclusive access to digital opportunities.

Speakers

– Bocar Ba
– Stephen Isaboke

Arguments

2.6 billion people remain offline, representing a development emergency that risks reinforcing privilege rather than expanding opportunities


Infrastructure challenges are the primary barrier, requiring government intervention to address basics like access and data governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers supported structured, multi-layered approaches to innovation ecosystems that combine governance, implementation networks, and practical operational components to deliver concrete outcomes for SME support.

Speakers

– Moe Ba
– Ke Wang

Arguments

Alliance provides ecosystem approach with Digital Innovation Board, Network of Acceleration Centers, and operational labs


CAICT operates as ITU acceleration center with three planned achievements: foresight report, SMS guidelines, and integration innovation platform


Topics

Development | Economic


Unexpected consensus

Private sector responsibility for SME digital transformation

Speakers

– Li Tian
– Bocar Ba

Arguments

Large corporations should be responsible for technology innovation, especially for SMEs, using open standards and interoperability


Universal Broadband Financial Framework applies principle that everyone benefiting from digital economy should contribute to funding


Explanation

Unexpected consensus emerged between private sector representative (ZTE) and telecommunications council leader on corporate responsibility for SME support. This suggests strong industry recognition that successful digital transformation requires private sector leadership and shared financial responsibility, moving beyond traditional government-led development approaches.


Topics

Economic | Development


Urgency of SME digital transformation as development emergency

Speakers

– Bocar Ba
– John OMO
– Xiaohui Yu

Arguments

2.6 billion people remain offline, representing a development emergency that risks reinforcing privilege rather than expanding opportunities


SMEs contribute 50-60% of GDP in many countries but only 20% use digital technologies, creating urgent need for transformation


Digital transformation has become core engine for global sustainable development, with SMEs needing transformative momentum through ICT


Explanation

Unexpected strong consensus emerged across different organizational perspectives (telecommunications council, African union, Chinese research institute) on characterizing SME digital gaps as a development emergency rather than gradual challenge. This unified urgency suggests global recognition that incremental approaches are insufficient.


Topics

Development | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged across all speakers on five key areas: SMEs as critical economic drivers needing urgent digital transformation, infrastructure as fundamental prerequisite, collaborative ecosystems for scaling support, capacity building as essential enabler, and innovative financing mechanisms as crucial. Unexpected consensus appeared on private sector responsibility and urgency of transformation as development emergency.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with remarkable alignment across diverse stakeholders from different regions, sectors, and organizational types. This strong agreement suggests mature understanding of SME digital transformation challenges and readiness for coordinated global action through platforms like the ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Terminology and urgency framing for collaboration

Speakers

– Bocar Ba
– John OMO

Arguments

I don’t like the term goodwill. This partnership, it’s not a nice to have, it’s a necessity and it can be decisive


Perhaps I can just summarize it into one word, goodwill. I think we have had event-based activities, especially from our perspective


Summary

Bocar Ba explicitly rejected John OMO’s characterization of collaboration as ‘goodwill’, arguing that partnership is a decisive necessity rather than a nice-to-have based on goodwill. John OMO viewed goodwill as the key factor for bringing platforms together.


Topics

Development | Economic


Unexpected differences

Fundamental nature of international cooperation

Speakers

– Bocar Ba
– John OMO

Arguments

I don’t like the term goodwill. This partnership, it’s not a nice to have, it’s a necessity and it can be decisive


Perhaps I can just summarize it into one word, goodwill


Explanation

This disagreement was unexpected because both speakers were advocating for the same collaborative platform, yet they had fundamentally different philosophical approaches to international cooperation – one viewing it as voluntary goodwill versus mandatory necessity.


Topics

Development | Economic


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkably high consensus on core issues with minimal direct disagreements. The main areas of difference were in approach and emphasis rather than fundamental goals – speakers agreed on SME empowerment, digital transformation, and infrastructure needs but differed on implementation strategies and philosophical frameworks for cooperation.


Disagreement level

Very low level of disagreement with high implications for effective collaboration. The consensus suggests strong potential for unified action, though the philosophical difference about cooperation frameworks could impact implementation approaches and urgency of action.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the importance of open standards and interoperability as fundamental principles for enabling cross-border collaboration and making technology accessible to SMEs, with large corporations having responsibility to drive this openness.

Speakers

– James George Patterson
– Li Tian

Arguments

Cross-border digital payment systems and data flow regulations using open standards can support regional collaboration


Large corporations should be responsible for technology innovation, especially for SMEs, using open standards and interoperability


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Both speakers viewed connectivity gaps as urgent development challenges requiring immediate government intervention to prevent digital divides from worsening inequality and to ensure inclusive access to digital opportunities.

Speakers

– Bocar Ba
– Stephen Isaboke

Arguments

2.6 billion people remain offline, representing a development emergency that risks reinforcing privilege rather than expanding opportunities


Infrastructure challenges are the primary barrier, requiring government intervention to address basics like access and data governance


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Both speakers supported structured, multi-layered approaches to innovation ecosystems that combine governance, implementation networks, and practical operational components to deliver concrete outcomes for SME support.

Speakers

– Moe Ba
– Ke Wang

Arguments

Alliance provides ecosystem approach with Digital Innovation Board, Network of Acceleration Centers, and operational labs


CAICT operates as ITU acceleration center with three planned achievements: foresight report, SMS guidelines, and integration innovation platform


Topics

Development | Economic


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital transformation of SMEs is critical for global sustainable development, with SMEs contributing 50-60% of GDP in many countries but only 20% currently using digital technologies


A global collaborative platform is needed to connect existing regional and national SME support ecosystems, moving from fragmented clusters to unified networks


Infrastructure, policy harmonization, capacity building, and inclusive financing are the four foundational pillars required for successful SME digital transformation


The ITU Innovation and Entrepreneurship Alliance serves as a global coordination mechanism with 100+ stakeholders, 35+ board members, and 17 acceleration centers


Cross-border collaboration using open standards and interoperable systems is essential for scaling SME digital solutions regionally and globally


Government intervention is crucial for creating enabling environments through digital public infrastructure, regulatory frameworks, and targeted funding mechanisms


Resolutions and action items

Launch of the 2025 ICT-Enabled Digital Transformation SME Case Collection Initiative by CICT and ITU, with expert review starting July 2025


Preparation of joint final report by ITU and CICT for release at ITU WTDC in Baku (November 17-28, 2025)


Three planned deliverables: foresight report, SMS guidelines, and integration innovation SMS platform


Third Digital Innovation Board meeting scheduled for October 1-2, 2025 in Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic


Second ICODI workshop to be organized in August 2025 for accelerating regional initiatives implementation


Assignment of specific responsibilities to regional partners for cross-border collaboration (requested by John OMO)


Submission of case studies from participating countries (South Africa, Kenya, others) to the global study


Unresolved issues

Specific mechanisms for harmonizing policy frameworks across different regions and countries


Detailed funding models for the proposed ‘platform of platforms’ and its sustainability


Concrete implementation timeline for cross-border digital payment systems and data flow regulations


Specific roles and responsibilities for each alliance member in the collaborative network


Technical specifications for interoperability standards across different national digital ecosystems


Measurement criteria and success metrics for the SME digital transformation initiatives


How to effectively connect the 2.6 billion people still offline to benefit from SME digital services


Suggested compromises

Combining regional approaches with global coordination rather than imposing uniform solutions across all countries


Balancing open innovation principles with necessary cybersecurity and data protection requirements


Integrating both government-led initiatives and private sector platforms rather than choosing one approach


Addressing both basic infrastructure needs and advanced technology access simultaneously rather than sequentially


Supporting both formal and informal SME sectors through flexible digital solutions rather than one-size-fits-all approaches


Leveraging existing national platforms while building bridges between them rather than creating entirely new systems


Thought provoking comments

We live in a very uncertain, volatile, complex, and ambiguous environment. Everything is changing around us. It’s for our countries, but as well as for the SMEs that we are talking about. And digital is at the core of this. So, the alliance was really put in place as a bigger mechanism to really try to help all of us navigate this environment.

Speaker

Moe Ba


Reason

This comment reframes the entire discussion by positioning digital transformation not as an opportunity but as a survival necessity in an inherently unstable world. It shifts the conversation from ‘nice-to-have’ innovations to essential adaptive mechanisms, elevating the urgency of SME digital transformation.


Impact

This framing influenced subsequent speakers to emphasize concrete, practical solutions rather than theoretical benefits. It established the foundational context that made other participants focus on immediate, actionable interventions rather than long-term aspirational goals.


We realized that digital access is very elite. So the current government put out policy to extend digital services, to extending 1000 kilometers of fiber cables across the country, 100nds of digital hubs, to enable all these rural parts to get access.

Speaker

Stephen Isaboke


Reason

This comment introduces a critical equity dimension by explicitly acknowledging that digital transformation can reinforce existing inequalities rather than democratize opportunities. It challenges the assumption that digital solutions are inherently inclusive.


Impact

This observation shifted the discussion toward infrastructure equity and prompted other speakers to address accessibility barriers. It influenced subsequent comments about affordability, rural access, and the need for targeted policies for underserved populations.


There are too many clusters, too many clusters… I think a network that goes from exhibition to the market is really one that we want to see in Africa.

Speaker

John OMO


Reason

This comment identifies a fundamental structural problem – fragmentation of innovation ecosystems that prevents scaling. It moves beyond celebrating innovation to critiquing the disconnect between innovation showcases and market realization, highlighting a critical gap in the innovation pipeline.


Impact

This observation prompted the moderator and other participants to focus on platform integration and cross-border collaboration. It influenced the later discussion about creating ‘platforms of platforms’ and the need for systematic coordination rather than isolated initiatives.


This is not a connectivity issue. We consider it as a development emergency. And unless we connect the unconnected, digital progress risk reinforcing privilege rather than expanding opportunities.

Speaker

Bocar Ba


Reason

This comment fundamentally reframes digital divide from a technical problem to a development crisis with moral implications. It introduces the provocative idea that digital progress without inclusion actually worsens inequality, challenging the assumption that any digital advancement is inherently positive.


Impact

This reframing elevated the entire discussion’s urgency and ethical dimension. It influenced other speakers to emphasize inclusive financing, targeted policies for underserved populations, and the responsibility of all digital economy beneficiaries to contribute to solutions.


I don’t like the term goodwill. This partnership, it’s not a nice to have, it’s a necessity and it can be decisive. So I think we need to, it’s up to us to take it in urgency.

Speaker

Bocar Ba


Reason

This direct challenge to another panelist’s framing transforms the discussion from diplomatic cooperation to urgent action. It rejects the notion that collaboration is voluntary or charitable, instead positioning it as strategically essential for survival and success.


Impact

This comment created a pivotal moment that shifted the entire tone from polite cooperation to urgent action. It influenced the closing discussion toward concrete commitments and actionable next steps rather than aspirational statements about future collaboration.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally transformed what could have been a routine policy discussion into a more urgent, equity-focused, and action-oriented conversation. The progression from Moe Ba’s environmental framing, through Isaboke’s equity concerns and OMO’s structural critique, to Bocar Ba’s emergency framing and direct challenge to ‘goodwill’ thinking, created a narrative arc that elevated both the stakes and the specificity of proposed solutions. The comments collectively shifted the discussion from celebrating digital opportunities to confronting digital inequities, from showcasing isolated successes to demanding systematic integration, and from diplomatic cooperation to urgent collaborative action. This transformation is evident in how later speakers increasingly emphasized concrete infrastructure investments, targeted policies, and immediate collaborative commitments rather than general aspirations about digital transformation benefits.


Follow-up questions

How to better shape an innovation ecosystem for investments in developing countries

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This was mentioned as an area being explored through workshops, indicating ongoing research needs to understand optimal ecosystem development approaches


What constitutes a regional priority as opposed to a national priority for digital development

Speaker

Cosmas Luckyson Zavazava


Explanation

This is being addressed through ICODI workshops to help member states identify regional initiatives for the World Telecommunication Development Conference


How to identify rational pathways for accelerating SME digital transformations through ICT

Speaker

Ke Wang


Explanation

This is a core objective of the case collection initiative, requiring analysis of opportunities, challenges, and resource needs


How to create cross-sector, cross-border sandboxes to facilitate SME digital transformation

Speaker

Moe Ba


Explanation

This was mentioned as a key capability of the alliance that needs further development and implementation


How to harmonize policies and regulatory frameworks across regions for SME support

Speaker

James George Patterson


Explanation

Cross-border collaboration requires aligned regulatory environments, which currently presents challenges for SME growth


How to develop solutions for cross-border digital payment systems and data flow regulations

Speaker

James George Patterson


Explanation

These are identified as key areas needing collaborative development to support cross-border SME activities


How to create a network that goes from exhibition to market for African SMEs

Speaker

John OMO


Explanation

There’s a gap between showcasing innovations and actually bringing them to market that needs to be addressed


How to reduce the number of fragmented clusters and create unified momentum for SME support

Speaker

John OMO


Explanation

Too many separate initiatives exist without coordination, reducing overall effectiveness


How to ensure everyone who benefits from the digital economy contributes to SME support

Speaker

Bocar Ba


Explanation

This relates to the Universal Broadband Financial Framework and needs further development for implementation


How to build fit-for-purpose infrastructure combining multiple technologies for SME needs

Speaker

Bocar Ba


Explanation

Integration of 5G, fiber, satellites, and other technologies near industrial zones requires further research and planning


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WSIS Action Line C7 E-business: Building an inclusive digital economy

WSIS Action Line C7 E-business: Building an inclusive digital economy

Session at a glance

Summary

This panel discussion focused on implementing Action Line C7 on e-business from the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) framework and its alignment with the UN Global Digital Compact to create a more inclusive digital economy. The session was moderated by Radka Sibille from the Universal Postal Union and featured representatives from multiple UN agencies including ITC, UNCTAD, UNIDO, and the Indian government.


Valentina Rollo from ITC presented findings from their Digital Transformation Survey covering 7,000 companies across 78 countries, revealing that over 80% of firms using digital tools reported increased sales and reduced costs. She emphasized that expert digital users are five times more likely to report growing sales, but noted significant gaps between digitally advanced and less advanced countries. The discussion highlighted three key enablers for digital transformation: infrastructure, skills, and supportive regulatory frameworks.


Kevin Hernandez from UPU explained how postal services can bridge digital divides, noting that 71% of postal operators in 153 countries provide e-commerce services, particularly reaching underserved rural populations. Torbjörn Fredriksson from UNCTAD addressed gender inclusion challenges, revealing that only one in 16 women own established enterprises compared to one in 10 men, and introduced UNCTAD’s E-Trade for Women initiative supporting 450 women digital entrepreneurs across 65 developing countries.


Lakshmikanta Dash from India’s Ministry of Communications shared concrete examples of digital inclusion through initiatives like Jan Dhan Yojana (financial inclusion), Aadhaar (national identity), and mobile penetration, along with 1,000 postal export promotion centers supporting rural women entrepreneurs. Jason Slater from UNIDO discussed aligning the Global Digital Compact’s Objective 2 with Action Line C7, announcing upcoming calls for solutions to support SMEs and emphasizing the need for public-private partnerships and centers of excellence.


The discussion concluded with recommendations for conducting national assessments, building cooperative networks among small businesses, and strengthening coordination between UN agencies to avoid silos and maximize impact in creating an inclusive digital economy.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Digital transformation challenges for small businesses**: The discussion highlighted that while over 80% of firms using digital tools report increased sales and reduced costs, significant gaps exist between digitally advanced and less advanced countries. In digitally ready countries, 60% of firms are expert users compared to much lower rates in less prepared nations.


– **Role of postal services in digital inclusion**: The Universal Postal Union presented how the global postal network, with over 650,000 post offices (mostly in rural areas), serves as a crucial enabler for inclusive e-commerce by providing digital services with “human touch” support, e-commerce platforms, and financial services to underserved populations.


– **Gender inclusion in digital entrepreneurship**: UNCTAD emphasized the male-dominated nature of digital entrepreneurship, noting that only 1 in 16 women own established enterprises compared to 1 in 10 men, and highlighted their “E-Trade for Women” initiative supporting 450 women digital entrepreneurs across 65 developing countries.


– **Country-level implementation examples**: India’s representative shared concrete examples of digital inclusion through initiatives like Jan Dhan Yojana (financial inclusion), the National Rural Livelihood Mission focusing on women’s workforce participation, and 1,000 export promotion centers through post offices to help rural artisans access international markets.


– **Alignment between WSIS Action Line C7 and Global Digital Compact**: The discussion explored how the 20-year-old e-business action line aligns with the newly adopted Global Digital Compact’s Objective 2 on expanding digital economy inclusion, emphasizing the need for synergies and coordinated UN system approaches.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to examine how the implementation of WSIS Action Line C7 on e-business has contributed to a more inclusive digital economy and e-commerce, while exploring synergies with the Global Digital Compact and identifying ongoing challenges that need to be addressed through coordinated UN agency efforts.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, with panelists building upon each other’s points and emphasizing partnership opportunities. The tone was professional yet optimistic, with speakers sharing both challenges and success stories. There was a consistent emphasis on practical solutions and multi-stakeholder cooperation, and the tone remained solution-oriented even when discussing significant barriers to digital inclusion.


Speakers

– **Radka Sibille** – Moderator, leads on digital issues and trade in the Universal Postal Union


– **Valentina Rollo** – Head of research in the International Trade Center (ITC)


– **Kevin Hernandez** – Digital inclusion expert at the Universal Postal Union


– **Torbjorn Fredriksson** – Head of e-commerce and digital economy branch in UNCTAD


– **Jason Slater** – Chief of AI Innovation and Digital Officer in UNIDO


– **Lakshmikanta Dash** – Deputy Director-General in the Ministry of Communications in the Government of India (remote panelist)


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions during the Q&A session


Additional speakers:


– **Ahmed from Oman** – Audience member who asked about national digital economy programs


– **Marco Llinás from ECLAC** – Representative from ECLAC who discussed technology adoption challenges in Latin America


– **Nigel Casimir from the Caribbean Telecommunications Union** – Representative who provided small island developing states perspective on driving adoption


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Implementing WSIS Action Line C7 on E-Business and Alignment with the UN Global Digital Compact


## Executive Summary


This one-hour panel discussion, moderated by Radka Sibille who leads on digital issues and trade at the Universal Postal Union, examined the implementation of World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Action Line C7 on e-business and its alignment with the UN Global Digital Compact to create a more inclusive digital economy. The session was co-hosted by UPU with sister agencies ITC, UNCTAD, and in collaboration with UNIDO.


The panel brought together representatives from multiple UN agencies and the Indian government, with Lakshmikanta Dash, Deputy Director-General in the Ministry of Communications in the Government of India, participating remotely. The discussion focused on supporting small and medium enterprises (SMEs), addressing gender disparities in digital entrepreneurship, and leveraging existing infrastructure such as postal networks to bridge digital divides.


## Key Presentations and Findings


### Digital Transformation Impact on Small Businesses


Valentina Rollo, head of research at ITC, presented findings from their Digital Transformation Survey covering over 7,000 companies across 78 countries. The research revealed that over 80% of firms using digital tools reported increased sales and reduced costs, with expert digital users showing particularly strong performance—they are five times more likely to report growing sales and twelve times more likely to see costs decrease compared to less advanced firms.


A striking disparity exists between digitally advanced and less prepared countries. In digitally advanced nations, 60% of firms are expert users—three times more than in countries with low digital readiness. In low digitally ready countries, large firms are two and a half times more likely to be expert users compared to small firms. However, these gaps almost disappear in countries that are digitally ready.


Rollo identified three critical enablers: infrastructure, skills, and supportive regulatory frameworks. Expert users distinguish themselves by improving financial management, training staff strategically, and actively engaging with business support organisations. She announced that ITC’s SME Competitiveness Outlook report focusing on digital transformation will be launched on July 23rd in South Africa at the ITC Ministerial.


### Postal Services as Digital Infrastructure


Kevin Hernandez from the Universal Postal Union highlighted the role of postal services in digital inclusion. The global postal network represents the most extensive service retail network worldwide, with over 650,000 post offices, the majority in rural areas. Among UPU’s 192 members: 71% provide e-commerce services, 58% provide digital financial services, and 70% provide connectivity solutions.


Hernandez provided specific examples: Uzbekistan’s UZPost operates multi-brand pick-up points where customers can try on clothing; Post Indonesia has established 200 rural collaboration centers for live streaming; and many postal services offer cash-on-delivery services that enable e-commerce participation for those without digital payment access. He mentioned that women are more likely to have postal bank accounts than men in certain contexts, suggesting postal services could serve as a pathway for women’s financial inclusion.


### Gender Disparities in Digital Entrepreneurship


Torbjörn Fredriksson, head of e-commerce and digital economy branch at UNCTAD, addressed significant gender gaps in digital entrepreneurship. According to the Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, only one in 16 women own an established enterprise compared with one in every 10 men globally. In Africa, only 17% of 2,600 tech startups had at least one female co-founder.


Fredriksson noted that underrepresentation of women in digital entrepreneurship creates challenges for policy advocacy, as fewer women are positioned to advocate for changes that benefit women’s entrepreneurship. UNCTAD’s “E-Trade for Women” initiative has worked with 450 women digital entrepreneurs across 65 developing countries through masterclasses and advocacy opportunities. He announced the next masterclass will be held in the Philippines later this year, with two additional masterclasses planned for Africa the following year.


### National Implementation: India’s Digital Inclusion Model


Lakshmikanta Dash described India’s comprehensive approach to digital inclusion for its 1.4 billion population. The government’s strategy centers on Jan Dhan Yojana (financial inclusion), Aadhaar (national identity system), and mobile penetration, which has been key to promoting rural business development.


The National Rural Livelihood Mission emphasizes women’s workforce participation in business transactions. India Post has established 1,000 export promotion centers to help women in handicrafts access overseas markets, providing banking facilities and export promotion services to rural populations lacking technical infrastructure.


### Global Digital Compact Alignment


Jason Slater, Chief of AI Innovation and Digital Officer at UNIDO, discussed alignment between the 20-year-old WSIS Action Line C7 and the Global Digital Compact’s Objective 2, which UNIDO and UNCTAD co-lead. He noted that only 17% of the 169 SDG targets are currently on track, with around 59 potentially negatively affected by digital transformation. However, AI and digitalisation can positively impact 134 of the 169 SDG targets when properly implemented.


Slater highlighted that India has 62 million SMEs—more than the UK’s population—illustrating the scale of the challenge. He announced that UNIDO would launch a call for action under Global Digital Compact Objective 2 on Thursday following the panel discussion, seeking solutions to support SMEs in digital transformation.


## Regional Perspectives and Challenges


### Latin American Context


Marco Llinás from ECLAC revealed that over 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America don’t have a web page, highlighting the gap between policy discussions about advanced technologies and basic digital reality facing most small businesses. This emphasizes the need for scaling up digital extension services and business support organisations.


### Small Island Developing States


Nigel Casimir from the Caribbean Telecommunications Union raised questions about governance frameworks needed to determine whether countries are accomplishing their digital economy goals. He emphasized the importance of governments leading digital adoption by driving government services online and enhancing ease of doing business.


## Audience Questions and Responses


Ahmed from Oman asked about updating their national digital economy program for 2026-2030. Fredriksson responded that countries should start with careful analysis of current digital readiness, emphasizing the need for inter-ministerial coordination and comprehensive assessment before developing five-year digital economy plans.


An audience member highlighted the importance of governments leading by example through digitizing their own services first, which several panelists supported as a crucial step in creating enabling environments for digital transformation.


## Areas of Consensus


### Supporting Intermediary Organizations


Strong agreement emerged around strengthening business support organisations and intermediary institutions. Rollo emphasized that business support organisations need support themselves to develop digital transformation services, noting that cooperatives work well as a first step for businesses to connect and share information about available support.


### Government Leadership


Multiple speakers agreed that governments must take a leading role through strategic planning, service digitalisation, and coordinated policy implementation. The Indian example demonstrated how coordinated action across multiple government agencies can create comprehensive enabling environments.


### Targeted Support for Women


Consistent emphasis on deliberate efforts to include women in digital transformation initiatives, with recognition that women represent an underserved group requiring specific support mechanisms.


## Concrete Outcomes and Commitments


### Immediate Initiatives


– UNIDO committed to launching a call for action under Global Digital Compact Objective 2


– ITC announced the July 23rd launch of their SME Competitiveness Outlook report in South Africa


– UPU indicated the forthcoming release of their Digital Panorama Report on the post’s role in digital transformations


– UNCTAD committed to the next E-Trade for Women masterclass in the Philippines, with two additional African masterclasses planned


### Collaborative Support


Panelists committed to supporting member states through collaborative assessments and technical assistance for digital economy planning. UN agencies agreed to continue breaking down silos and work together on WSIS Beyond 20 implementation and Global Digital Compact objectives.


## Outstanding Challenges


### Scaling Basic Digital Services


The question of how to effectively scale digital extension services to reach the 96% of micro and small firms lacking basic web presence remains a fundamental implementation challenge. While speakers suggested step-by-step approaches starting with cooperatives and sector associations, specific mechanisms for achieving scale while maintaining quality require further development.


### Governance and Monitoring


Specific governance frameworks and monitoring mechanisms for countries developing digital economy strategies remain undefined, particularly challenging for small island developing states and countries with limited institutional capacity.


### Gender Inclusion Implementation


While speakers agreed on the importance of women’s participation, specific strategies to address persistent gender gaps and ensure access to capital for women-led tech startups require further development.


## Pathways Forward


### Hybrid Implementation Approaches


A step-by-step approach starting with cooperatives and sector associations before moving to more advanced business support organisations could provide a practical pathway for scaling digital adoption while building institutional capacity.


### Blended Service Delivery


The physical-digital service delivery model through postal networks offers an approach to bridging digital divides while building digital capacity, leveraging existing infrastructure while introducing digital capabilities.


### Coordinated UN System Approach


The commitment to coordinated UN agency approaches that leverage different organisational strengths while avoiding duplication represents a significant step forward in addressing traditional silos.


## Conclusion


This discussion demonstrated remarkable consensus among UN agencies and member states on fundamental principles of digital inclusion. The high level of agreement on core objectives—supporting SMEs, reaching underserved populations, and creating enabling environments—facilitates coordinated implementation of both WSIS Action Line C7 and Global Digital Compact objectives.


The concrete commitments made by participating organisations, combined with identification of specific collaboration pathways, suggest this discussion will contribute to more effective implementation of digital inclusion initiatives. The recognition that digital transformation requires deliberate efforts to reach marginalised populations provides a clear mandate for inclusive approaches to digital development.


Success will depend on maintaining the collaborative spirit demonstrated while addressing practical challenges of scaling digital adoption, building institutional capacity, and ensuring digital transformation benefits reach those who need them most.


Session transcript

Radka Sibille: Good morning, everyone. Thank you very much for joining us. My name is Radka Sibille, and I lead on digital issues and trade in the Universal Postal Union. It is my great pleasure to moderate today’s panel, which we co-host together with our sister agencies, the International Trade Center, UNCTAD, and in collaboration with UNIDO. Today’s discussion is going to focus on one of the action lines, the action line C7 on e-business, and we’re going to have a look at how the implementation, the facilitation of this business action line led to more inclusive digital economy, more e-commerce, and what are some of the challenges that we still need to address. And because last year, the UN has adopted another huge regulatory-related document, the Global Digital Compact, which also addresses the expansion of inclusion through e-trade, e-commerce. We’re also going to look at how the Global Digital Compact and this business action line can be cooperating together, creating more synergies and how we, as the UN system, can work together on these two objectives. So today with me, I have distinguished panelists, and I’m really glad to welcome them. So first, in my further left hand, it’s Mrs. Valentina Rolo, who is the head of research in the ITC. Welcome. Next to me is my colleague from the Universal Postal Union, Mr. Kevin Hernandez, who is our digital inclusion expert. Welcome, Kevin. Then on my right side, Mr. Torbjörn Fredriksson, who I think doesn’t need any introduction. He’s the head of e-commerce and digital economy branch in UNCTAD. Welcome. Thank you. Next to him is Mr. Jason Slater, the Chief of AI Innovation and Digital Officer in UNIDO. Very well, welcome. And last but not least, we also have a remote panelist, Mr. Laxmikanta Dash, who is the Deputy Director-General in the Ministry of Communications in the Government of India. So welcome, Mr. Dash, as well. And we will have roughly one hour. So without further ado, let’s just dive into the topic. And I will maybe start with Mrs. Valentina Rollo. And my question to you, Valentina, would be, what does meaningful digital transformation look like for small businesses and what needs to happen to make it a reality in different country contexts? Thank you.


Valentina Rollo: Thank you for the introduction. And it’s a pleasure to be here in this panel. Thank you for the question. And it’s actually a very important question. Also, given the role that actually SMEs play, they make up for more than 90% of business almost in every countries, and even more if we talk about informal business. And they actually play an important role also as social stabilizers, given that they are owned and also employ the most vulnerable. So we focus on small business at the International Trade Center. And to answer this question, we draw on the findings from the ITC flagship application that is forthcoming, the SME Competitiveness Outlook. And it’s very timely because this year it focuses on digital transformation of small business. So to actually better understand how companies, especially small business, adopt digital technologies and transform over time, actually, we launched a survey in 2023, the Digital Transformation Survey, and we covered over 7,000- companies across 78 countries. So based on this data, what we did was to develop an index at the firm level, the Enterprise Digital Transformation Index. And with this index, we gathered a lot of different elements that are related to digital transformation. And the evidence from the data is actually very clear about the benefits. Over 80% of firms that use digital tools actually reported increased in sales and reduction in cost efficiency. And the most advanced users of digital technologies that we call expert users are actually five times more likely to report growing sales and 12 times more likely to see their costs going down compared to the less advanced firms. And this is efficiency. So productivity is not only that, actually, the benefits go beyond efficiency. The expert users, those that I mentioned before, are actually twice as likely to innovate or improve their products or services quality compared to the less digitally advanced ones. Now, unfortunately, clearly, there are expert users, not expert users. So not all the companies benefits, not in the same way. And this depends on one side on their needs. Different companies have different needs. And sometimes, well, they are in different sectors, too. So just think about agriculture and services. They have different needs. They need digital technologies, but in different ways. But one important element of the extent to which actually firms are able to use digital technologies is the environment in which they operate. So the business environment. And we actually use the data from the Portland Institute, the Network Readiness Index to assess the readiness of countries and combine it with the data that we collected at the firm level to understand how these two are connected. So how adoption at the firm level and the use of these technologies is related to the digital readiness of the country they operate in. And we found that actually in digitally advanced countries, 60% of the firms are expert users. And this is three times more than in countries that are less digitally ready. And in low digitally ready countries, two and a half, large firms are two and a half times more likely to be expert users compared to small firms. And also the women-led business, the youth-led business, they also lag behind. So this is interesting to see that the difference is, but this is in countries with low digital readiness. What is interesting is the fact that these differences, these gaps almost disappear in countries that are actually digitally ready where the environment is conducive. And so this tells us two things. On one side, size and leadership matter, but it matters more when the environment is weak, where it’s lacking. So it clearly is a clear driver of gaps. But also as the technologies develop and they spread, we need to also worry that these divides that we observe today within countries and across countries do not widen, do not continue to widen. And so for this, to prevent this, some actions need to be taken. And on one side, and this brings us to the second part of your question. So what needs to happen to make digital transformation a reality for SMEs and everywhere? So at the policy level. Also, thanks to the Portland Institute Network Readiness Index, we have identified the three enablers that we see in the data for digital readiness, so infrastructure, skills, and digital regulatory frameworks. So, at the policy level, governments need to ensure that infrastructure is there for companies to be able to connect, to have access to the devices, and do so in an affordable way. So, it’s not only connecting, but it’s also affordability, both of them. Governments need to make sure that the skills are available. Not only the owners of the companies need to have the digital skills to actually understand how they can use the digital technologies in their benefit, but also have access to employees with the skills needed to help their business grow and innovate. And finally, they need a digitally friendly regulatory framework to ensure that there are no administrative and regulatory barriers to their use of digital technologies. So, in countries where these three enablers are strong, so infrastructure, skills, and regulatory frameworks, we have seen that the share of expert users is often double that in the countries where these enablers are weak. And so, we’re talking about the policy level, which is the most important, but firms do not just wait until things are solved. They operate in a day-to-day, in every type of environment. So, we’ve tried to understand, also in weak environments, what are the characteristics of the expert users of digital technologies. in the Future of Digital Technology and we have seen that they take three critical actions in a way. They actually improve their financial management. Financial management is one and this helps them as well to face the higher costs in the countries where their infrastructures and devices are not necessarily there or affordable. The second action that they do is actually they train their staff and are careful when hiring or recruiting. They do so strategically and this helps actually firms to access and to build the skills that they need internally and they engage with business support organizations and the business support organizations are very important to provide the networks, the information and the advocacy that companies need. Now these actions and at the policy level, at the firm level, so private sector, public sector that I mentioned are in the Digital Transformation Action Plan that you will find in the report, the Semi-Competitiveness Outlook that is actually about to be launched. It will be launched on the 23rd of July this month in South Africa at the ITC Ministerial. So I’ll encourage you if you’re interested to download the report on the 23rd of July and I will stop here because I’ve taken too much time. Thank you.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. Thank you so much and thanks for the heads up on the report. We will be interested in reading that. So my second question goes to my colleague Kevin Hernandez from the Universal Postal Union. Kevin, how can the postal sector actually help undeserved populations in developing countries to participate in the digital economy?


Kevin Hernandez: Thank you. Do we have the slides? Yes. Can we go to the slides? No, it’s okay. I’ll do it without the slides. So hi everyone. So many So hi everyone. So many So hi everyone. So many So hi everyone. So many So hi everyone. So many So hi everyone. So many So hi everyone. So many My name is Kevin Hernandez and I am a Digital Inclusion Expert at the Universal Postal Union, which is the United Nations specialized agency focusing on the postal sector. And today I’m just going to give you some insights on what positions the post will be an enabler for inclusive e-commerce. So let’s start by speaking about what makes the post inclusive in general. So firstly, it has an unparalleled reach. The global postal network is likely the most extensive service retail network in the world. There are over 650,000 post offices and a majority of them are located in rural areas, specifically the places where people are least likely to engage in e-commerce activities. And this reach is thanks in large part to the UPU’s universal service obligation. So all 192 members of the UPU have to designate at least one postal operator who must provide at least the most basic postal services to everyone within the country’s territory. So this incentivizes post offices to open and delivery vehicles to visit places where other service providers tend to stay away from. And this is actually one of the reasons why many e-commerce giants who have their own delivery services end up relying on the post for the last mile. And on top of that, the post is also the second largest contributor to financial inclusion in the world behind commercial banks. Specifically, posts have been shown to be extremely inclusive of women, so women are significantly more likely to have postal bank accounts than men. And we see that this inclusivity now also applies to digital services. So we recently conducted a survey and 153 countries responded, so posts from 153 countries. And we found that in these 153 countries, over 71% of posts provide e-commerce services. And I’m going to come back to this in a second. We also found that 58% provide digital services. and Mr. Kevin Hernandez. So, we have a number of countries that are providing digital financial services, and these are often a prerequisite to engage in the digital economy. We find that 51% of posts are also providing e-government services, many of which facilitate access to the digital economy as well. And 70% of countries’ posts are also providing at least one connectivity service or solution that is directly helping to bridge digital divides. And so, what makes these services inclusive? So, what makes these services inclusive is that posts are providing these services with a human touch by integrating or blending physical channels and digital channels to help reach underserved communities. So, this includes offering digital services through digitally equipped post office counters with hand-holding support from the postal staff, and also sometimes even delivery personnel who are able to provide digital services at people’s homes with a digital device. And this strategy, once again, allows people with less access to digital technology or who lack digital skills an opportunity to continue to participate in the economy as services digitalize, and also to, once again, receive hand-holding support when it is needed. So, once again, as I mentioned earlier, 71% of posts are providing some kind of e-commerce services, and this includes a wide range of e-commerce services that remove barriers for SMEs to participate in the digital economy or in e-commerce, and also support the entire e-commerce ecosystem. So, as you would expect, posts offer delivery services for e-commerce sales. So, for an example, in Uzbekistan, UZPost partners with all the major e-commerce platforms to offer multi-brand pick-up drop-off points that also provide customers with the opportunity to even try on clothing before they purchase it. And some posts even provide fulfillments and warehousing services. reaching communities that otherwise would lack them. And many posts also offer e-commerce support services. For example, Post Indonesia has launched 200 rural collaboration centers that provide SMEs with spaces for live streaming their products that allow them to engage in social selling among many other services that are provided in these collaboration centers. And posts also offer payment options that help build trust between e-commerce buyers and sellers. For example, once again, in Post Indonesia, they provide cash-on-delivery options, which is actually the payment method that is most preferred by a majority of the population. And some posts have even launched their own e-commerce platforms, and they have specifically targeted rural and women-owned SMEs and SMEs selling traditional products. For example, a good example is Correos Click by Correos de Mexico, which takes this approach. And lastly, many posts facilitate SME exports, including cross-border e-commerce sales. And we’re very fortunate today that we have a leading example on this panel, which is India Post Office Export Centers, which Mr. Dash will cover in his presentation. And just to let you know how the UPU supports posts in further facilitating inclusive e-commerce, the UPU supports governments and postal operators to leverage their infrastructure for inclusive e-commerce in three main ways. So firstly, our Connect.post project aims to connect all post offices and all postal infrastructure to the Internet to make the offering of e-commerce through the post possible in the first place. Secondly, our Trade.post project helps these actors diversify into e-commerce services. And this is done through technical assistance, including capacity building, advisory services, assessments, and assistance in implementation of these services. And of course, we advocate for greater use of e-commerce. of the Post and E-commerce through the Trade Post Forum and the Trade Post Awards and also through our research. And we also have an upcoming report which we are calling the Digital Panorama Report. And this focuses on the post role and facilitating inclusive digital transformations. And it’s, yeah, I’ll end there. Thank you.


Radka Sibille: Thank you so much Kevin for this deep dive into how post offices serve oftentimes as lifelines in their communities. My next question would be to my neighbor on my right, Torbjörn from UNCTAD, how can the UN agencies and other WSIS stakeholders support women to become more successful as entrepreneurs in the digital economy? For instance, to improve their access to finance, services, capacity building or policymaking spaces. Thank you.


Torbjorn Fredriksson: Thank you Radka and thanks colleagues on the panel. And hello everyone. Let me start by just noting that beyond co-facilitating this action line on e-business together with ITC and UPU, we’re also co-leading together with UNIDO and the objective two of the global digital compact. And that’s why we thought it was very useful to connect the dots a little bit here between the action line perspective and the GDC perspective. The second objective of the GDC, as you know, is the question of how do we make the digital economy more inclusive? And I think already we have listened to the issue of inclusiveness from the perspective of the countries that are more digitally ready and the ones that are less digitally ready. We have heard about the challenges for small businesses compact with larger businesses. And UPU also touched upon the question of rural and urban perspectives. So Radka kindly advised me to talk about women. So thank you for that. Let’s just reflect upon what does it say in the global digital compact under this objective with regard to this aspect. So it says in paragraph 21 that member states commit to foster innovation and entrepreneurship including among women, youth and other underrepresented entrepreneurs with the goal of increasing the number of digital startups and MSMEs in developing countries and to facilitate their access to markets through the use of digital technologies. There’s a strong focus there on the women’s side. So what do we know about gender inclusion in this area, innovation and entrepreneurship? Not too much, I must say. There is actually quite limited data in this area. Any systematic data is very limited. However, there is some anecdotal evidence that we can look at and I’m afraid that the picture that comes across is quite similar across these different anecdotal data. According to the Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, only one in 16 women own an established enterprise compared with one in every 10 men. In Africa, one survey found that only 17 percent of 2,600 tech startups had at least one female co-founder. That means that 83 percent did not. In Southeast Asia, startups with at least one female founder have been found to raise 18 percent of all the private capital secured in 2023. So generally, tech startups and entrepreneurship in the digital economy remains a largely male-dominated area and there is really no reason why that should be the case. There are many reasons for this situation. There are societal biases, there are cultural norms that have held back women from becoming entrepreneurs or succeeding as entrepreneurs, there has been a lack of role models, especially in such a new area as digital, and there is often limited access to capital for these women. To achieve inclusiveness, women should really be represented in a much bigger way and in a more equal way. So the question is, what can the UN do? What can we do as ANKTA? What we have done so far is that we, in 2019, we created an initiative called E-Trade for Women. In short, its objective is to support women digital entrepreneurs from developing countries to help them thrive as business leaders and to emerge as an influential voice in the public policy debate. If there are very few women that are advocating for changes that are good for women entrepreneurship, there will be few policy changes that are good for women entrepreneurship. We are implementing this initiative in close collaboration with many other parts of the UN and beyond, including regional commissions like ECA, ECLAC, ESCWA, and we have worked very closely with ITC and WIPO. And there is also an organization in Southeast Asia called ERIA that has been working very closely with us specifically in the Southeast Asia and South Asia region. So far, we have worked together with 450 women digital entrepreneurs, founders of such companies in 65 developing countries. What do we do? Well, we organize regional masterclasses led by an E-Trade for Women advocate, and the next one we will hold will be in the Philippines later this year, and next year we will hold two such masterclasses in Africa. We organize community activities among those that have been participating in masterclasses to facilitate networking, skills development, and to foster solutions to address the barriers that they are facing. And we are organizing advocacy opportunities to give the women digital entrepreneurs that really know the challenges that they are facing and the things they would like to have made different from the policy makers, meet the policy makers at the global level, at the regional level, and in their own way. countries. So as we move forward, both with the next period of WSIS implementation related to this action line and with the implementation of the Global Digital Compact, we need to become better at connecting the dots to enable more women to harness the digital economy as entrepreneurs. So in this context, we really need to look for every opportunity to join forces, to reap synergies and avoid duplication. The challenge that we’re facing is to scale up and to do it effectively.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. Thank you so much, Torbjörn. And now after hearing from three agencies already, we thought it would be a good opportunity to hear also from a member state, to hear some of the examples of improving digital inclusion. And so for this, I would like to give the floor to Mr. Dash, the Deputy Director General in the Ministry of Communications of India, who is our remote panelist. Mr. Dash, could you please let us know how India has improved digital inclusion for micro enterprises, MSMEs, women, and how do you envisage the future, for example, through the postal system? Thank you very much. You have the floor.


Lakshmikanta Dash: Good afternoon, everyone. I think good morning for the place that you are attending. I am indeed very happy to be associated with this particular initiative wherein I got a chance to present about the micro perspective that we are going to talk about in this session. And the point that has been given to me is basically speaking about how India has improved its digital inclusion for micro enterprises, SMEs, and the women workforce. And I must say it has been a success story for India with a population of almost 101.4 billion. The fact that any change which is required to be and Mr. Siddharth Mukherjee. The government of today and the previous governments have taken a lot of efforts to see that the benefits of this inclusion, the benefits of this technology introduction has gone to the last mile. To address this very specific issue of digital inclusion, I would like to inform the House that the government has come up with a lot of initiatives which has helped the women workforce and one of them would be to basically focus on the financial inclusion initiatives wherein the unbanked population has been brought under the ambit of banking. The unserved and the underserved population has been brought under some sort of financial septicnet which would provide them to take informed decisions which would be economically viable and in this connection what is known as the Prime Minister’s Jan Dhan Yojana. We call yojanas are basically plans in the local language and this, the Prime Minister’s initiative of bringing everybody under the ambit of banking has gone a long way and in India what is known as this Jan Dhan Aadhaar and mobile, basically the initiative of the government to provide financial inclusion, the initiative of the government to provide some sort of national identity and to see that everybody gets to do it at their fingertips through the mobile penetration. These things have, this trinity of Jan Dhan Aadhaar and mobile, it has gone a very long way in promoting the rural business and this is basically one of the key drivers of growth in India, part of India’s stack as we popularly know. This national identity program, I would like to And government has come up with a very ambitious plan of what is known as National Rural Livelihood Mission. Through which it is emphasized that the women workforce gets to have prominence in transacting business of various kinds. India for all you know produces a lot of handicrafts. And the postal channel through its 1,000 export promotion centers, which we locally call as Dak Ghar Niryat Kendra. This is a local name. The English translation goes as the export. and Ms. Vandana Shrivastava from the Department of Post. We ensure that these items find places to the overseas market through the post office. And that way, it basically helps the women workforce who are essentially into handicrafts of various descriptions, that is into, say, incense stick manufacturing, handicrafts and so many other things, they get a very clean passage through the India Post. So that way, the department also joins hands with the government of the day to provide financial inclusion services through the post office savings banks accounts of various types. It has got banking facilities for the small girl children who are between 2 to 10 years of age. It provides basic savings bank facilities. And through the export promotion centers, we tend to give services to the rural masses to promote their business. So these are some of the ways in which the department ensures that the local population who are slightly away from the technical hustle bustles, they also get to have their hands laid on the business parameters, business prospects, which they can benefit from. So to sum up, I would like to inform the audience here that the policies of the government is in sync with the aspirations of the people to see that we are in a position to provide them with the basic technical facilities, which will help them project business of various descriptions. And India Post with its large scale presence through the nook and corner of the country ensures that we provide them a lending hand to support their business in all forms that they can envisage. So that basically brings to the end of my small description on this matter. and I’ll be available here for any questions that you may have. Thank you very much for your patient hearing.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. Thank you so much, Mr. Desh. It’s always very refreshing to hear concrete examples from the country. So thanks so much for this. And now I give the floor to our last panelist, Mr. Jason Slater from UNIDO. And as was already mentioned, UNIDO is co-leading the implementation of the Objective 2 of the Global Digital Compact, which is about expanding inclusion and benefits from the digital economy for all. So how would you envisage the alignment between this objective and the e-business business action line? And so that, you know, everybody can contribute to an inclusive digital economy in the future.


Jason Slater: Thank you. Thank you very much, Radka. And let me take this opportunity also to thank the co-chairs from UNSER, both Torbjörn and in particular Thomas here to my right. I’m the chief AI innovation digital officer at UNIDO. I’m roughly around three months into this job. And when I started it, I had no clue what I was supposed to do in terms of the GDC, let alone WSIS line action seven. So please bear with me. I’m three months into this. I think I’m learning very, very fast, especially thanks to our colleagues in UNSER. So and I think I’d just like to underline the points that Torbjörn made before in terms of, you know, where we are right now with the Global Digital Compact and initiatives such as WSIS, also what’s going on in parallel for AI for good. It’s absolutely imperative that we do look to find those synergies between those various initiatives, not only to learn from that, but also to see how we can try to do something, perhaps slightly differently going forward, especially when you start to look at where we are in terms of the SDGs. You know, 17 percent of the SDGs of the 169 targets are currently on track. And around 59 of these could be negatively affected through data privacy, job displacement, carbon emissions, et cetera. However, AI digitalization can positively impact these around 134 of these targets. So it’s clear. through initiatives like the GDC, we have a good opportunity to see how, frankly, we can speed up some of those implementations of the SDGs and how it leads into some of the specific objectives of GDC. So, the GDC objective number two, for those who do not know, is focusing on expanding inclusive and benefits from the digital economy for all. It calls for enabling policy, regulatory frameworks, inclusive digital markets, supporting MSMEs, etc. Our colleague just then from India, I learned something recently, there are 62 million SMEs in India alone. That’s more than there are people in the country I’m from in UK. That’s incredible. So, it’s quite a task that we have to bring all of that together to ensure inclusivity as part of the GDC. In addition to that, we see that the Action Line C7 on e-business, which has been in operation now for two decades, we’re here to celebrate 20 years of WSIS going forward. And this is primarily about digital opportunities for businesses, especially SMEs through ICT applications, how can we enhance productivity, facilitate e-commerce growth, etc. There are clearly alignments between the two initiatives, one being how can we empower SMEs and particularly their local innovation ecosystems. One of the things I’m pleased to say that through the GDC roadmap, particularly in objective number two, we have what we refer to a multi-track approach. And one of them is really specifically about how can we engage with the SME community when it comes to calls for solutions. So, if I may, using this event to actually announce another one on Thursday, we will be announcing a call for action under the Global Digital Combat, under objective number two, to see what solutions are out there. How can we as a UN community actively promote in terms of thought leadership, how can we tell the good stories of what’s going on, how can we build up partnerships, whether that be from the North to the South, the South-South amongst countries, etc., and most importantly in terms of PPP, so public and private sector partnerships, so that we can build up those ecosystems. And ultimately, how can we then bring them into some of our own joint projects and programming so that we can actually implement those solutions and actually achieve the GDC? So those are some of the initiatives that we are working on. As I said, I would just really use this opportunity to you as our partners in this initiative, in this call, to support us to see that we can ultimately achieve the GDC, particularly in the area of the inclusive digital economy. So very briefly, in conclusion, it’s clear there is a shared vision in terms of inclusive digital transformation. There is an alignment between both digital economy and Action Line C7. It’s not only conceptual, but now we’re becoming operational. As Torben mentioned before, it is now time, I think especially what’s going on UNGA80, that we as a community demonstrate clear, actionable solutions together. So with that, thank you very much and back over to you.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. Thank you so much, Jason. So we have now concluded the presentations from our panelists and we can enjoy the last 20 minutes for any questions and comments. I’m sure there will be a lot of them. So I now open the floor for anybody who would like to ask or comment on the issues that we discussed. Yes, please. Gentleman over there. Thank you.


Audience: This is Ahmed from Oman and at the beginning, thank you very much for all the panelists and for the moderator. My question is, or before my question, in my country, we have a national program for our digital economy. It’s launched in 2020. It’s approved by the cabinet. This program, we aim to, in general, to increase the contribution of digital economy in the national GDP. And that’s why we aim to update it and to revamp it every five years, because you know how is digital economy. And now we are planning to put our plan for 2026 till 2030. Now I want to know from your lesson learned from your background, from your experience, what we should take care of, what we should put in the plan, what’s the enablers, what’s the infrastructure we should focus on it, so we will not miss anything during the next five years. And we’re sure that we have inclusive digital economy. Thank you very much.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. Thank you so much. Yes, Torbjörn, would you like to take this question?


Torbjorn Fredriksson: Thanks very much for that question. And it’s a very good one, because I think if you want to have an inclusive digital economy, you have to address so many different aspects. And I think various representatives here on the panel will be excellently positioned to support Oman and other countries in many different areas in the best way possible. And in order to support Oman in order to say exactly what you should do for the next five years, one needs to have a very careful analysis where you are today. And there is no blueprint that every country can apply. I’ll just give an example. We have conducted what we call e-trade readiness assessments now for 40 countries, 40 developing countries, from Lesotho in Africa to what we’re now doing with Indonesia, G20 country. And the issues are different. They are the same, but they are different. As pointed out by Valentina, the broad policy areas are the same. But what to do about them at this very point in time for Oman or for another country will vary. So if Oman would like to and Ms. Maria Moczko. Welcome to the World Economic Forum. Thank you for joining us. We are so glad that you are here. We are so happy to have you here. I think that we are going to start off by asking you to engage with us or with any of our colleagues here. That would be the first step to let’s sit down and have a chat, what you really want to achieve. What can we do to support you in that process? Maybe we can even do it together, depending on the issues that arise. It’s upon you because you are a member state of all these organizations. But sometimes we live in silos in the governments because we have different ministries that are actively taking part in different international organizations. But for the sake of digital development, digital transformation, one needs to break down those silos and work across the government ministries. And that means that you may also need to work with different parts of the UN and other international organizations. We’d be very happy to have a dialogue with you on that. But rather than me suggesting you should do this or that, it doesn’t really help you. We really need to do the assessment first to make sure where you are and where you want to go. That would be a short answer. If I may just take one more minute, you know, here at the WSIS, we are very much focused on multi-stakeholder collaboration. Of course, here in e-business, the business side is very important. But what is so essential is that when we talk about the private sector participation in WSIS, that we don’t just think about the biggest firms. We need to get the smaller firms at the table. We need to have women-led businesses. And we need to have small business from developing countries also at the table. And this is also some of the challenges that we need to address more fundamentally. If multi-stakeholderism should work in practice, we need to ensure that. We can do that on the countryside, in regional development, but also in these kind of global events. We need to have that small business, the women-led business and other businesses represented.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. And thanks for pointing out to the importance of the first assessment as a first step. And just to say that, including the UPU, we have always worked together with other agencies to do this type of holistic assessment. for countries. So please contact us whenever you need any help. Anybody else would like to take the floor?


Audience: Yes, please. Thank you very much, Marco Llinás from ECLAC. At ECLAC, we’re actually very worried that on the low level of technology adoption in our region, over 96% of micro and small size firms in Latin America don’t even have a web page. So if that’s the level of adoption of mature technology such as internet, we can imagine what are the levels of adoption of emerging technologies such as AI and internet of things and others. So we’re actually calling for the need to scale up digital extension services to support firms to adopt technologies. Valentina was talking about the need to engage with support organizations, but there we have a challenge of scaling up those efforts. So I don’t know what will be kind of like your views on how to address that challenge of scaling up support services to facilitate the adoption of technologies from firms, not only in Latin America, but around the world.


Radka Sibille: Valentina, would you like to take that?


Valentina Rollo: Thank you for the question,and it’s actually a very important one. At the International Trade Center, we actually work withBSOs, and we’ve been business support organizations of different types, from exports to chambers of commerce or sector associations. So there are many types of business support organizations. And we also talk to business, and it is interesting because also in this case, in this particular case of this publication, we talk to business to better understand what helped them to either use digital technologies or to be able to get to the next step, which is actually exporting through also digital technologies. And some of them actually told us that they were able to do so only thanks to the support of the business support organizations. But when they started, they didn’t even know where to go. So your question is very relevant, because sometimes they don’t know that these organizations exist, or they don’t know what kind of support they can get from them. And in the beginning, the fear also to be part of an organization can be a challenge. So there are different ways. And what I’ve seen and what What we have seen, and of course in different countries it will be different, and in different sectors it will be different, because the different sectors also cooperate in different ways, but the cooperatives work very well. And that’s probably a first step, because that’s where the business at least start talking to each other. And when business talk to each other, actually they get some of the information that they need. So one of the business actually told us that she was able to connect and get the support from the business organization, thanks to a WhatsApp group that they built among business, and where they were sharing the information, so what kind of grants were available, what kind of support, what programs. And so being able to, the sector associations are able, first of all, to bring them together, to bring their companies together. And then there are of course more advanced types of business support organizations, so not every business will be part of a trade promotion organization, because not actually a very minority of small business trade in the first place. So I think it’s a step-by-step approach, but in your region I’ve seen a lot of cooperatives working very well, so I will definitely, it looks like a very first step to go into then more advanced types of business support organizations. Can I also add one thing? What we’ve also seen is that business support organizations need support, because if they want to provide services for companies to transform digitally, they need support in developing these types of services, and not all business support organizations have these services or the knowledge to provide these services. So that’s the other side as well of the question. So from the government side, it’s important to support these business support organizations, to then better support the business. And I will stop here.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. Jason, you wanted to also…


Jason Slater: Yeah, I will be brief, because it links to both questions actually also, because I met with some representatives from Oman a few weeks ago, and we had the same conversation about industrial policy digitalization, as Torben mentioned, but then what specific programs can you bring in? In Peru, you have 7,000 textile workers that are just completely disconnected, and they’re reaching out to us to see how we can establish a center of excellence. So as my colleague pointed out from ITC, you need to think of the sector, if it’s Ethiopia, it’s leather, it’s coffee. If you’re looking at South Africa, it could well be automotive. If you start to look at areas within Latin America, it goes more towards the textile. So what we found is a very useful tool to do is to create a center of excellence. Again, this PPP approach, where you bring in the private sector to showcase the technology, to increase the digital adoption, but importantly as well, the skills that are necessary. So in some cases, you’re just literally looking at what is the platform that I can showcase through. And as an individual textile worker in Peru, that’s probably not going to be the most efficient, but create a platform where they can come together as an association, as a cooperative, something that I know has worked very well, in particular in Ethiopia with coffee. So that’s one thing I just wanted to mention is this COE-based approach around digital economy, smart manufacturing, et cetera, where you go through a very, very clear stage-based approach has proven to be quite effective. We’ve got around 10 or so already opened up globally in all of the various regions. So happy to share with you more detail if we can help there. Yeah.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you so much. Any other questions? Yes, please. Gentleman in the back. Yes.


Audience: Thank you. I’m Nigel Casimir from the Caribbean Telecommunications Union. I just wanted to give a small island developing states perspective on that question about driving adoption. And we in the Caribbean see the same sort of effect, you know, low adoption by small businesses and so on. And from the work that we’ve done, we are an intergovernmental organization. And what we’ve done in multiple islands across the Caribbean is help governments do national ICT plans, part of which, to make it a success, is to push adoption. And in small countries, you will also find that governments might be the largest employer, right? And sometimes it’s also appropriate for us to say that governments must lead in cases like that if they want to drive adoption. And how can they do so? They can do so by driving government services online, for example, enhancing the ease of doing business using digital tools. So you kind of give incentives to businesses, small and large, to start using the technology to get through all their government relief. whether or not there’s any sort of framework for a governance for any country or let’s say community trying to build a digital economy. So as you start to build a digital economy, what forms of governance are in place to determine whether you’re actually accomplishing what it is that you want to accomplish?


Radka Sibille: Yes, please, Torbjörn.


Torbjorn Fredriksson: I mean, first, thanks so much for that question. It’s a very good one. In fact, one of the things that we’ve come across through the work we do with member states is related to the challenge of governing a digital economy. I mean, governing anything is challenging. But what we’re doing here, we’re trying to go from an analog system to a digital system. And it doesn’t work exactly in the same way. And the governance issues appear at different levels, from communities to municipalities, to regions, to the national level, and sometimes the federal level in big economies. So you need to think through that very carefully. And I don’t think there is one, again, no blueprint for this. I mean, you need good governance to start with, and whatever that means. I mean, you need people that understand the issues, you need a clear division of labor, who is responsible for what, but without having silos so that you can actually communicate with each other. And what has happened when we are advising countries specifically on e-commerce, digital trade, and the economic dimension of digitalization, bringing together the relevant parts at the national level. at the national level, the ministries together in one group that is shared by one part, typically in our case, the Minister of Trade or the Minister of Digital, so that they know each other and they agree together in order for us to go from A to B over a certain time period. This ministry is responsible for that aspect and this ministry for that and also identifying the individuals. One way to help implement the changes that the government at whatever level agrees to implement over a certain period, we have also developed something we called an E-Trade Reform Tracker, so that we can have a digital tool to help the different parts of the government to come together and see exactly who is doing what they have agreed to and who is not. So that the leadership of this coordinating committee or the E-Commerce Committee or the Digital Transformation Committee can be called anything, but the point is that it’s clearly identified that we need to work together in order to make progress. Just having fantastic connectivity, for example, will not do the trick. Take the case of Rwanda, which has 97% 4G coverage of the population, a bit more than 20% of the people are using the internet, but less than 5% in the latest numbers, maybe it’s up to 10 now, but still very much lower, are buying things online. So it takes more and we need to have the different jigsaw pieces of the puzzle come together to really get the full impact from what digital can do. And that is one of the most challenging things for the government and for us as international organizations as well to work smoothly, so we also don’t end up in silos, just helping one ministry or one type of stakeholder. This is a big challenge.


Radka Sibille: Thank you. I think we have maybe time for one last question or one last comment. I don’t know if there are any anybody’s asking online. No. If not, then maybe let me just briefly wrap up. This was really an excellent discussion. Thank you so much to all the panelists. Thank you so much for the recommendations about the need for having the infrastructure in place, the skills, and also the policy framework. There was also the importance of having assessments to be done so that we know where we stand and where we want to go. We also heard about the need to go the extra mile to reach even the people who are not always the easiest ones to reach, the ones in rural areas, marginalized populations, sometimes also women entrepreneurs, small businesses. And finally, there was a strong call for cooperation, peer-to-peer experience. including among those MSMEs themselves, and also within our own UN family, and we are trying to do that, and we will do that even as we go to WSIS Beyond 20. So, thank you so much for this discussion and I’ll see you around during the WSIS week. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.


V

Valentina Rollo

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

1668 words

Speech time

723 seconds

Business support organizations need support themselves to develop digital transformation services for companies

Explanation

This argument identifies a critical gap in the digital transformation ecosystem – the intermediary organizations that help businesses often lack the capacity to provide digital services. Supporting these organizations is essential for scaling digital adoption among small businesses.


Evidence

Observation that not all business support organizations have digital transformation services or the knowledge to provide them, requiring government support


Major discussion point

Capacity building for intermediary organizations


Topics

Capacity development | Digital business models


Agreed with

– Jason Slater

Agreed on

Business support organizations and intermediary institutions need capacity building to effectively support digital transformation


Cooperatives work well as first step for businesses to connect and share information about available support and programs

Explanation

This argument presents cooperatives as an effective entry point for small businesses to access digital transformation support. The cooperative model facilitates peer-to-peer learning and information sharing about available resources and programs.


Evidence

Example of a business owner who connected with business support organizations through a WhatsApp group where businesses shared information about grants and programs


Major discussion point

Peer-to-peer business support networks


Topics

Digital business models | Capacity development


K

Kevin Hernandez

Speech speed

150 words per minute

Speech length

1010 words

Speech time

401 seconds

The global postal network with over 650,000 post offices is the most extensive service retail network, with majority located in rural areas

Explanation

This argument establishes the postal system’s unique position as a universal service provider with unparalleled reach. The extensive network, particularly in rural areas where other service providers typically don’t operate, makes postal services ideal for promoting digital inclusion.


Evidence

UPU’s universal service obligation requiring all 192 members to designate postal operators providing basic services to everyone within their territory


Major discussion point

Postal sector’s role in digital inclusion


Topics

Digital access | Telecommunications infrastructure


Agreed with

– Lakshmikanta Dash

Agreed on

Postal systems serve as crucial infrastructure for digital inclusion, particularly in underserved areas


71% of posts in 153 countries provide e-commerce services, 58% provide digital financial services, and 70% provide connectivity solutions

Explanation

This argument demonstrates the widespread adoption of digital services by postal operators globally. The high percentages show that postal services are actively transforming to support digital economy participation across multiple service areas.


Evidence

UPU survey results from 153 countries showing specific percentages of posts providing various digital services


Major discussion point

Postal digital service offerings


Topics

E-commerce and Digital Trade | Inclusive finance | Digital access


Posts provide services with human touch by integrating physical and digital channels to help underserved communities

Explanation

This argument highlights the unique value proposition of postal services in digital inclusion – combining digital capabilities with human assistance. This hybrid approach helps people with limited digital skills or access to technology participate in the digital economy.


Evidence

Examples of digitally equipped post office counters with staff support and delivery personnel providing digital services at homes


Major discussion point

Inclusive service delivery model


Topics

Digital access | Capacity development


Posts offer delivery services, fulfillment, warehousing, payment options, and facilitate SME exports including cross-border e-commerce

Explanation

This argument outlines the comprehensive e-commerce ecosystem support that postal services provide. By offering end-to-end services from warehousing to international shipping, posts remove multiple barriers for small businesses to participate in e-commerce.


Evidence

Specific examples including UZPost’s multi-brand pick-up points in Uzbekistan, Post Indonesia’s rural collaboration centers, cash-on-delivery services, and Correos Click by Correos de Mexico targeting rural and women-owned SMEs


Major discussion point

Comprehensive e-commerce support ecosystem


Topics

E-commerce and Digital Trade | Digital business models


T

Torbjorn Fredriksson

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

1932 words

Speech time

717 seconds

Countries need careful analysis of current digital readiness before developing five-year digital economy plans

Explanation

This argument emphasizes that effective digital transformation strategies must be based on thorough assessment of existing conditions rather than applying generic blueprints. Each country’s specific context and current capabilities determine the appropriate next steps.


Evidence

UNCTAD’s experience conducting e-trade readiness assessments in 40 countries from Lesotho to Indonesia, showing different issues despite similar broad policy areas


Major discussion point

Importance of country-specific digital assessments


Topics

Digital access | Data governance


Agreed with

– Audience
– Lakshmikanta Dash

Agreed on

Government leadership and coordination is essential for successful digital transformation


Multi-stakeholder collaboration must include smaller firms, women-led businesses, and small businesses from developing countries

Explanation

This argument calls for more inclusive participation in digital governance processes. True multi-stakeholderism requires representation from underrepresented groups, not just large corporations, to ensure policies address diverse needs.


Evidence

Emphasis on the need to get smaller firms, women-led businesses, and developing country businesses at the table in global, regional, and national policy discussions


Major discussion point

Inclusive multi-stakeholder governance


Topics

Gender rights online | Digital business models


Agreed with

– Lakshmikanta Dash
– Radka Sibille

Agreed on

Women’s participation in digital economy requires targeted support and specific interventions


E-Trade Reform Tracker helps different government parts coordinate and monitor progress on agreed digital transformation goals

Explanation

This argument presents a practical tool for addressing coordination challenges in digital transformation governance. The tracker enables different government ministries to work together effectively and monitor implementation of agreed reforms.


Evidence

Digital tool designed to help coordinating committees or e-commerce committees track who is doing what they agreed to do across different government ministries


Major discussion point

Digital governance coordination tools


Topics

Data governance | E-commerce and Digital Trade


L

Lakshmikanta Dash

Speech speed

138 words per minute

Speech length

756 words

Speech time

327 seconds

India’s trinity of Jan Dhan (financial inclusion), Aadhaar (national identity), and mobile penetration has been key to promoting rural business

Explanation

This argument presents India’s integrated approach to digital inclusion through three foundational elements. The combination of universal banking access, digital identity, and mobile connectivity creates a comprehensive digital infrastructure that enables rural populations to participate in the digital economy.


Evidence

Prime Minister’s Jan Dhan Yojana bringing unbanked population under banking, national identity program, and mobile penetration as part of India’s digital stack


Major discussion point

National digital inclusion strategy


Topics

Digital identities | Inclusive finance | Digital access


Agreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Audience

Agreed on

Government leadership and coordination is essential for successful digital transformation


India Post’s 1,000 export promotion centers help women workforce in handicrafts access overseas markets

Explanation

This argument demonstrates how postal infrastructure can be leveraged to support women entrepreneurs in traditional sectors to access global markets. The export centers provide a direct pathway for rural women artisans to participate in international trade.


Evidence

Dak Ghar Niryat Kendra (export promotion centers) helping women in handicrafts, incense stick manufacturing, and other traditional products reach overseas markets


Major discussion point

Postal system supporting women’s export businesses


Topics

Gender rights online | E-commerce and Digital Trade


Agreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Radka Sibille

Agreed on

Women’s participation in digital economy requires targeted support and specific interventions


National Rural Livelihood Mission emphasizes women workforce prominence in various business transactions

Explanation

This argument highlights India’s policy focus on empowering women in rural areas through targeted livelihood programs. The mission specifically prioritizes women’s participation in business activities as a strategy for inclusive economic development.


Evidence

Government’s National Rural Livelihood Mission as part of broader rural business promotion strategy


Major discussion point

Women-focused rural development programs


Topics

Gender rights online | Sustainable development


Agreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Radka Sibille

Agreed on

Women’s participation in digital economy requires targeted support and specific interventions


Post offices provide banking facilities and export promotion services to rural populations away from technical infrastructure

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the postal system’s role in bridging the digital divide by bringing financial and export services to underserved rural areas. Post offices serve as crucial intermediaries for populations that lack access to modern technical infrastructure.


Evidence

Post office savings bank accounts for different age groups including children 2-10 years, basic banking facilities, and export promotion services


Major discussion point

Postal services bridging rural-urban divide


Topics

Digital access | Inclusive finance


Agreed with

– Kevin Hernandez

Agreed on

Postal systems serve as crucial infrastructure for digital inclusion, particularly in underserved areas


J

Jason Slater

Speech speed

174 words per minute

Speech length

1063 words

Speech time

365 seconds

Center of excellence approach with public-private partnerships has proven effective for sector-specific digital adoption

Explanation

This argument promotes a focused, sector-based approach to digital transformation through centers of excellence. The model brings together public and private sectors to showcase technology, build skills, and create platforms for collective action in specific industries.


Evidence

Examples from Peru with 7,000 textile workers, Ethiopia with coffee and leather sectors, South Africa with automotive, and 10 centers of excellence already operational globally


Major discussion point

Sector-specific digital transformation approach


Topics

Digital business models | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Valentina Rollo

Agreed on

Business support organizations and intermediary institutions need capacity building to effectively support digital transformation


A

Audience

Speech speed

135 words per minute

Speech length

555 words

Speech time

246 seconds

Over 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America don’t have a web page, indicating low adoption of mature technologies

Explanation

This argument highlights the severe digital adoption gap among small businesses in Latin America. The lack of basic web presence indicates that even established technologies are not being utilized, suggesting significant barriers to digital transformation.


Evidence

ECLAC data showing 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America lack web pages, with implications for adoption of emerging technologies like AI and IoT


Major discussion point

Low digital adoption rates in Latin America


Topics

Digital access | E-commerce and Digital Trade


Governments should lead digital adoption by driving government services online and enhancing ease of doing business

Explanation

This argument suggests that governments, particularly in small countries where they may be the largest employer, should demonstrate digital leadership. By digitizing government services and business processes, they create incentives for private sector digital adoption.


Evidence

Caribbean experience showing governments as largest employers and the effectiveness of putting government services online to drive broader adoption


Major discussion point

Government leadership in digital transformation


Topics

Digital access | Data governance


Agreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Lakshmikanta Dash

Agreed on

Government leadership and coordination is essential for successful digital transformation


R

Radka Sibille

Speech speed

165 words per minute

Speech length

1097 words

Speech time

396 seconds

The Global Digital Compact addresses expansion of inclusion through e-trade and e-commerce, creating synergies with WSIS Action Line C7 on e-business

Explanation

This argument establishes the connection between the newly adopted Global Digital Compact and the existing WSIS framework. The moderator emphasizes how these two regulatory frameworks can work together to create more inclusive digital economies and enhance e-commerce opportunities.


Evidence

Reference to the UN’s adoption of the Global Digital Compact as a major regulatory document addressing e-trade and e-commerce inclusion


Major discussion point

Integration of digital governance frameworks


Topics

E-commerce and Digital Trade | Data governance


UN agencies need to work together on digital inclusion objectives to avoid silos and create actionable synergies

Explanation

This argument calls for coordinated action among UN agencies to maximize impact on digital inclusion goals. The moderator emphasizes the importance of collaborative approaches rather than working in isolation to achieve both WSIS and Global Digital Compact objectives.


Evidence

Co-hosting of the panel by Universal Postal Union, International Trade Center, UNCTAD, and UNIDO as an example of inter-agency collaboration


Major discussion point

UN system coordination for digital inclusion


Topics

Digital access | E-commerce and Digital Trade


Meaningful digital transformation requires going the extra mile to reach marginalized populations including rural areas, women entrepreneurs, and small businesses

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the need for deliberate efforts to include underserved populations in digital transformation initiatives. The moderator highlights that true inclusivity requires targeted approaches to reach those who are not easily accessible through conventional means.


Evidence

Summary of panel discussions covering rural populations, women entrepreneurs, and small businesses as key underserved groups


Major discussion point

Inclusive digital transformation strategies


Topics

Digital access | Gender rights online | Digital business models


Agreed with

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Lakshmikanta Dash

Agreed on

Women’s participation in digital economy requires targeted support and specific interventions


Assessments are crucial first steps to understand current digital readiness before developing transformation strategies

Explanation

This argument supports the need for evidence-based approaches to digital transformation planning. The moderator reinforces the importance of understanding existing conditions and capabilities before designing intervention strategies.


Evidence

Reference to the importance of holistic assessments conducted by multiple UN agencies working together


Major discussion point

Evidence-based digital transformation planning


Topics

Digital access | Data governance


Key recommendations for digital transformation include having infrastructure, skills, and policy frameworks in place

Explanation

This argument synthesizes the main policy recommendations from the panel discussion. The moderator identifies these three pillars as fundamental requirements for successful digital transformation across different contexts.


Evidence

Summary of recommendations from multiple panelists throughout the discussion


Major discussion point

Digital transformation policy framework


Topics

Telecommunications infrastructure | Capacity development | Data governance


Agreements

Agreement points

Postal systems serve as crucial infrastructure for digital inclusion, particularly in underserved areas

Speakers

– Kevin Hernandez
– Lakshmikanta Dash

Arguments

The global postal network with over 650,000 post offices is the most extensive service retail network, with majority located in rural areas


India Post’s 1,000 export promotion centers help women workforce in handicrafts access overseas markets


Post offices provide banking facilities and export promotion services to rural populations away from technical infrastructure


Summary

Both speakers emphasize the postal system’s unique position in reaching rural and underserved populations, providing essential digital and financial services where other infrastructure is lacking


Topics

Digital access | Inclusive finance | E-commerce and Digital Trade


Business support organizations and intermediary institutions need capacity building to effectively support digital transformation

Speakers

– Valentina Rollo
– Jason Slater

Arguments

Business support organizations need support themselves to develop digital transformation services for companies


Center of excellence approach with public-private partnerships has proven effective for sector-specific digital adoption


Summary

Both speakers recognize that intermediary organizations require strengthening and support to effectively facilitate digital transformation among small businesses


Topics

Capacity development | Digital business models


Government leadership and coordination is essential for successful digital transformation

Speakers

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Audience
– Lakshmikanta Dash

Arguments

Countries need careful analysis of current digital readiness before developing five-year digital economy plans


Governments should lead digital adoption by driving government services online and enhancing ease of doing business


India’s trinity of Jan Dhan (financial inclusion), Aadhaar (national identity), and mobile penetration has been key to promoting rural business


Summary

Multiple speakers agree that governments must take a leading role in digital transformation through strategic planning, service digitization, and coordinated policy implementation


Topics

Data governance | Digital access | Digital identities


Women’s participation in digital economy requires targeted support and specific interventions

Speakers

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Lakshmikanta Dash
– Radka Sibille

Arguments

Multi-stakeholder collaboration must include smaller firms, women-led businesses, and small businesses from developing countries


India Post’s 1,000 export promotion centers help women workforce in handicrafts access overseas markets


National Rural Livelihood Mission emphasizes women workforce prominence in various business transactions


Meaningful digital transformation requires going the extra mile to reach marginalized populations including rural areas, women entrepreneurs, and small businesses


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasize the need for deliberate efforts to include women in digital transformation initiatives, recognizing them as an underserved group requiring specific support mechanisms


Topics

Gender rights online | Digital business models | E-commerce and Digital Trade


Similar viewpoints

Both recognize the challenges small businesses face in digital adoption and the importance of peer-to-peer networks and collaborative approaches to overcome these barriers

Speakers

– Valentina Rollo
– Audience

Arguments

Cooperatives work well as first step for businesses to connect and share information about available support and programs


Over 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America don’t have a web page, indicating low adoption of mature technologies


Topics

Digital business models | Digital access


Both emphasize the critical importance of evidence-based approaches to digital transformation, starting with thorough assessments of current conditions before developing strategies

Speakers

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Radka Sibille

Arguments

Countries need careful analysis of current digital readiness before developing five-year digital economy plans


Assessments are crucial first steps to understand current digital readiness before developing transformation strategies


Topics

Digital access | Data governance


Both advocate for hybrid approaches that combine digital capabilities with human support and physical infrastructure to ensure inclusive access to digital services

Speakers

– Kevin Hernandez
– Jason Slater

Arguments

Posts provide services with human touch by integrating physical and digital channels to help underserved communities


Center of excellence approach with public-private partnerships has proven effective for sector-specific digital adoption


Topics

Digital access | Capacity development


Unexpected consensus

Postal services as digital transformation enablers

Speakers

– Kevin Hernandez
– Lakshmikanta Dash
– Radka Sibille

Arguments

71% of posts in 153 countries provide e-commerce services, 58% provide digital financial services, and 70% provide connectivity solutions


India Post’s 1,000 export promotion centers help women workforce in handicrafts access overseas markets


UN agencies need to work together on digital inclusion objectives to avoid silos and create actionable synergies


Explanation

The strong consensus on postal services as key digital inclusion infrastructure is unexpected given that postal systems are often viewed as traditional, analog services. The recognition of their digital transformation potential across multiple speakers suggests a paradigm shift in how postal infrastructure is perceived in the digital age


Topics

Digital access | E-commerce and Digital Trade | Inclusive finance


Need for sector-specific approaches to digital transformation

Speakers

– Valentina Rollo
– Jason Slater
– Audience

Arguments

Business support organizations need support themselves to develop digital transformation services for companies


Center of excellence approach with public-private partnerships has proven effective for sector-specific digital adoption


Over 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America don’t have a web page, indicating low adoption of mature technologies


Explanation

The consensus on sector-specific approaches rather than one-size-fits-all solutions is unexpected in a global policy forum where universal approaches are often preferred. This suggests a maturation in understanding of digital transformation complexity


Topics

Digital business models | Capacity development | Digital access


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around the need for inclusive approaches to digital transformation, the importance of intermediary institutions, government leadership, and targeted support for underserved populations including women and rural communities


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary rather than conflicting viewpoints. The agreement suggests a mature understanding of digital inclusion challenges and the need for multi-stakeholder, coordinated approaches. This consensus has positive implications for policy implementation as it indicates alignment among key UN agencies and member states on fundamental principles and approaches to digital transformation.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Unexpected differences

Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkably high consensus among speakers on fundamental principles of digital inclusion, with no direct disagreements identified. The main variations were in emphasis and approach rather than conflicting viewpoints.


Disagreement level

Very low disagreement level. All speakers aligned on core objectives of inclusive digital transformation, supporting SMEs, and reaching underserved populations. The few partial agreements reflected complementary rather than conflicting approaches, suggesting a mature consensus on digital inclusion strategies among UN agencies and member states. This high level of agreement facilitates coordinated implementation of both WSIS Action Line C7 and Global Digital Compact objectives.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both recognize the challenges small businesses face in digital adoption and the importance of peer-to-peer networks and collaborative approaches to overcome these barriers

Speakers

– Valentina Rollo
– Audience

Arguments

Cooperatives work well as first step for businesses to connect and share information about available support and programs


Over 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America don’t have a web page, indicating low adoption of mature technologies


Topics

Digital business models | Digital access


Both emphasize the critical importance of evidence-based approaches to digital transformation, starting with thorough assessments of current conditions before developing strategies

Speakers

– Torbjorn Fredriksson
– Radka Sibille

Arguments

Countries need careful analysis of current digital readiness before developing five-year digital economy plans


Assessments are crucial first steps to understand current digital readiness before developing transformation strategies


Topics

Digital access | Data governance


Both advocate for hybrid approaches that combine digital capabilities with human support and physical infrastructure to ensure inclusive access to digital services

Speakers

– Kevin Hernandez
– Jason Slater

Arguments

Posts provide services with human touch by integrating physical and digital channels to help underserved communities


Center of excellence approach with public-private partnerships has proven effective for sector-specific digital adoption


Topics

Digital access | Capacity development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital transformation significantly benefits small businesses, with expert users being 5x more likely to report growing sales and 12x more likely to see cost reductions compared to less advanced firms


Three critical enablers for digital readiness are infrastructure, skills, and digital regulatory frameworks – countries strong in these areas have double the share of expert digital users


The postal sector serves as a crucial bridge for digital inclusion, with 71% of posts in 153 countries providing e-commerce services and reaching underserved rural populations through human-touch service delivery


Women remain significantly underrepresented in digital entrepreneurship, with only 1 in 16 women owning established enterprises compared to 1 in 10 men, and only 17% of African tech startups having female co-founders


India’s trinity approach of financial inclusion (Jan Dhan), national identity (Aadhaar), and mobile penetration has successfully promoted rural business development and women’s workforce participation


The Global Digital Compact Objective 2 and WSIS Action Line C7 are moving from conceptual alignment to operational collaboration, with AI and digitalization potentially impacting 134 of 169 SDG targets positively


Scaling digital adoption requires sector-specific approaches, with cooperatives and business support organizations serving as effective intermediaries, though these organizations themselves need capacity building support


Effective digital economy governance requires breaking down silos between government ministries and establishing clear coordination mechanisms with defined responsibilities and monitoring tools


Resolutions and action items

UNIDO announced a call for action under Global Digital Compact Objective 2 to be launched on Thursday following the panel discussion


ITC’s SME Competitiveness Outlook report focusing on digital transformation to be launched on July 23rd in South Africa


UPU’s Digital Panorama Report on the post’s role in facilitating inclusive digital transformations is upcoming


UNCTAD to hold next E-Trade for Women masterclass in Philippines later in the year, with two masterclasses planned for Africa the following year


Panelists committed to supporting member states like Oman through collaborative assessments and technical assistance for digital economy planning


UN agencies agreed to continue breaking down silos and work together on WSIS Beyond 20 implementation and Global Digital Compact objectives


Unresolved issues

How to effectively scale up digital extension services and business support organizations to reach the 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America that lack basic web presence


Specific governance frameworks and monitoring mechanisms needed for countries developing digital economy strategies, particularly for small island developing states


Methods to ensure meaningful participation of small businesses, women-led enterprises, and developing country firms in global multi-stakeholder processes


Strategies to address the persistent gender gap in digital entrepreneurship and access to capital for women-led tech startups


How to balance the need for country-specific approaches with the desire for scalable, replicable solutions across different development contexts


Mechanisms to ensure business support organizations receive adequate capacity building to provide digital transformation services to their members


Suggested compromises

Step-by-step approach starting with cooperatives and sector associations before moving to more advanced business support organizations


Multi-track approach under Global Digital Compact that accommodates different levels of digital readiness and country contexts


Blended physical-digital service delivery model through postal networks to bridge digital divides while building digital capacity


Public-private partnership model for centers of excellence that brings together government support with private sector technology showcase and skills development


Coordinated UN agency approach that leverages different organizational strengths while avoiding duplication and working across traditional silos


Thought provoking comments

We found that actually in digitally advanced countries, 60% of the firms are expert users. And this is three times more than in countries that are less digitally ready. And in low digitally ready countries, two and a half, large firms are two and a half times more likely to be expert users compared to small firms… What is interesting is the fact that these differences, these gaps almost disappear in countries that are actually digitally ready where the environment is conducive.

Speaker

Valentina Rollo


Reason

This comment is deeply insightful because it reveals a counterintuitive finding that challenges assumptions about digital divides. Rather than being an inherent characteristic of firm size or leadership, the digital gap is largely a function of the enabling environment. This reframes the problem from individual firm capacity to systemic policy issues.


Impact

This observation fundamentally shifted the discussion from focusing on individual business characteristics to emphasizing the critical role of government policy and infrastructure. It established the foundation for subsequent speakers to address policy frameworks, with Torbjörn later emphasizing the need for coordinated government action and Jason discussing the importance of creating enabling ecosystems.


The global postal network is likely the most extensive service retail network in the world. There are over 650,000 post offices and a majority of them are located in rural areas, specifically the places where people are least likely to engage in e-commerce activities… posts have been shown to be extremely inclusive of women, so women are significantly more likely to have postal bank accounts than men.

Speaker

Kevin Hernandez


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it reframes postal services from a traditional, potentially obsolete infrastructure to a cutting-edge solution for digital inclusion. The insight about women’s higher participation in postal banking services reveals an unexpected pathway to gender inclusion in the digital economy.


Impact

This comment introduced a completely new dimension to the discussion about digital inclusion infrastructure. It demonstrated how existing, traditional networks could be leveraged for modern digital challenges, influencing later discussions about the importance of building on existing assets rather than creating entirely new systems.


According to the Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, only one in 16 women own an established enterprise compared with one in every 10 men. In Africa, one survey found that only 17 percent of 2,600 tech startups had at least one female co-founder… If there are very few women that are advocating for changes that are good for women entrepreneurship, there will be few policy changes that are good for women entrepreneurship.

Speaker

Torbjörn Fredriksson


Reason

This comment is particularly insightful because it identifies a systemic feedback loop: the underrepresentation of women in digital entrepreneurship creates a policy advocacy gap, which perpetuates the very conditions that limit women’s participation. This circular causation insight goes beyond simple statistics to reveal structural barriers.


Impact

This observation elevated the discussion from addressing symptoms to understanding root causes of gender inequality in digital entrepreneurship. It influenced the conversation to focus on the need for deliberate intervention and representation, with Jason later emphasizing the importance of actively seeking out diverse voices in solution development.


17 percent of the SDGs of the 169 targets are currently on track. And around 59 of these could be negatively affected through data privacy, job displacement, carbon emissions, et cetera. However, AI digitalization can positively impact these around 134 of these targets.

Speaker

Jason Slater


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it quantifies both the risks and opportunities of digital transformation in relation to global development goals. It provides a stark reality check about current progress while simultaneously highlighting the transformative potential of digital technologies when properly implemented.


Impact

This statistical framing created urgency in the discussion and reinforced the importance of the panel’s work. It connected the technical discussions about digital inclusion to broader global development challenges, elevating the stakes and emphasizing why getting digital inclusion right is crucial for achieving the SDGs.


Over 96% of micro and small size firms in Latin America don’t even have a web page. So if that’s the level of adoption of mature technology such as internet, we can imagine what are the levels of adoption of emerging technologies such as AI and internet of things and others.

Speaker

Marco Llinás (ECLAC)


Reason

This comment is insightful because it provides a sobering reality check that challenges the assumption that businesses are ready for advanced digital solutions. It highlights the massive gap between policy discussions about AI and IoT and the basic digital reality facing most small businesses.


Impact

This intervention grounded the discussion in practical reality and shifted focus toward the fundamental challenge of scaling basic digital adoption. It prompted responses about the need for step-by-step approaches, business support organizations, and centers of excellence, making the conversation more concrete and actionable.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by challenging assumptions and introducing systemic perspectives. Valentina’s insight about environmental factors reframed digital divides as policy problems rather than inherent business characteristics. Kevin’s postal network observation demonstrated how traditional infrastructure could address modern inclusion challenges. Torbjörn’s analysis of the women entrepreneurship feedback loop revealed structural barriers requiring deliberate intervention. Jason’s SDG statistics created urgency and elevated the stakes. Marco’s reality check about basic digital adoption grounded the discussion in practical challenges. Together, these comments moved the conversation from surface-level solutions to deeper structural analysis, emphasizing the need for coordinated, multi-stakeholder approaches that address both immediate practical needs and long-term systemic barriers to digital inclusion.


Follow-up questions

How can we scale up digital extension services to support firms in adopting technologies, particularly for the 96% of micro and small firms in Latin America that don’t even have a web page?

Speaker

Marco Llinás from ECLAC


Explanation

This addresses a critical gap in technology adoption among small businesses and the challenge of providing adequate support services at scale


What specific enablers, infrastructure, and policy elements should be included in Oman’s national digital economy plan for 2026-2030 to ensure inclusive digital economy?

Speaker

Ahmed from Oman


Explanation

This represents a practical need for guidance on developing comprehensive national digital economy strategies based on lessons learned and best practices


What forms of governance frameworks should be in place to determine whether countries are actually accomplishing their digital economy goals?

Speaker

Nigel Casimir from the Caribbean Telecommunications Union


Explanation

This addresses the need for measurement and accountability mechanisms in digital transformation initiatives


How can business support organizations be better supported to develop digital transformation services for the companies they serve?

Speaker

Valentina Rollo (ITC)


Explanation

This highlights the capacity gap among intermediary organizations that are crucial for supporting SME digital transformation


How can we better connect women digital entrepreneurs with policymakers at global, regional, and national levels to influence policy changes?

Speaker

Torbjörn Fredriksson (UNCTAD)


Explanation

This addresses the need for more systematic advocacy opportunities to ensure women’s voices are heard in digital economy policy development


How can we ensure that multi-stakeholder collaboration in WSIS includes smaller firms, women-led businesses, and small businesses from developing countries, not just the biggest firms?

Speaker

Torbjörn Fredriksson (UNCTAD)


Explanation

This highlights the need to make global governance processes more inclusive of underrepresented business voices


How can the UN system work together more effectively to create synergies between the Global Digital Compact and WSIS action lines while avoiding duplication?

Speaker

Torbjörn Fredriksson (UNCTAD) and Jason Slater (UNIDO)


Explanation

This addresses the operational challenge of coordinating multiple international frameworks and initiatives for maximum impact


What solutions exist for inclusive digital economy that can be promoted through the Global Digital Compact’s call for action under objective 2?

Speaker

Jason Slater (UNIDO)


Explanation

This represents an active solicitation for innovative approaches to digital inclusion that can be scaled and implemented


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WSIS+20 High-Level Event 2025 Inaugural Session: Celebrating Two Decades and Achieving Future Milestones Together

WSIS+20 High-Level Event 2025 Inaugural Session: Celebrating Two Decades and Achieving Future Milestones Together

Session at a glance

Summary

The transcript captures the opening ceremony of the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025, marking the 20th anniversary of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) held in Geneva. The event brings together governments, international organizations, civil society, private sector, academia, and youth to celebrate two decades of digital cooperation and chart the path forward for global digital governance. ITU Secretary-General Doreen Bogdan-Martin highlighted the remarkable progress since 2003, noting that internet connectivity has grown from 16% to 68% of the global population, driven by WSIS’s multi-stakeholder approach involving over 50,000 participants from 160 countries.


Swiss Ambassador Thomas Schneider emphasized that while significant achievements have been made, challenges persist including the digital divide, cybersecurity risks, and AI governance concerns. He advocated for strengthening existing frameworks rather than creating duplicative structures, proposing a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS and the Global Digital Compact. UNCTAD’s Pedro Manuel Moreno presented a stark contrast between two worlds: one where AI and frontier technologies are transforming lives and creating economic opportunities, and another where 3.4 billion people in developing countries lack basic internet access and are excluded from key governance initiatives.


UNESCO’s Tawfik Jelassi called for a “WSIS 2.0 vision” that addresses gender digital divides, misinformation, and ensures technology serves humanity while building peace. UNDP’s Agi Veres stressed the importance of human agency and empowerment in digital transformation, particularly regarding AI development. The ceremony concluded with South Africa’s Minister Solly Malatsi accepting the chairmanship, emphasizing the responsibility to represent global aspirations and ensure digital transformation advances equity, inclusion, and human dignity for all.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **20-Year Milestone and Progress Assessment**: The discussion centers on celebrating two decades since the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), reflecting on achievements like growing internet connectivity from 16% to 68% of global population, and the establishment of over 15,000 initiatives in the stocktaking platform.


– **Digital Divide and Inequality Challenges**: Speakers emphasized persistent disparities, with only 37% of people in least developed countries having internet access, women being less likely to be online, and 3.4 billion people living in countries spending more on debt servicing than health or education.


– **Multi-stakeholder Collaboration Framework**: The importance of WSIS’s inclusive approach bringing together governments, private sector, civil society, academia, and youth was highlighted as the “beating heart” of the process, with 160 countries and 50,000 stakeholders participating over the years.


– **Future Vision and Adaptation**: Discussion of WSIS 2.0 vision to address emerging technologies like AI, cybersecurity challenges, misinformation, and the need to align with the Global Digital Compact and UN’s Pact of the Future while maintaining human-centered approaches.


– **Leadership Transition and Moving Forward**: The ceremonial handover of chairmanship from Switzerland’s Ambassador Schneider to South Africa’s Minister Malatsi, symbolizing continuity and shared global commitment to digital cooperation.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion serves as an inaugural ceremony for the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025, aimed at commemorating 20 years of global digital cooperation while setting the agenda for future digital governance and inclusive technology development.


## Overall Tone:


The tone is consistently celebratory yet purposeful throughout the discussion. It begins with pride in past achievements and gratitude for collaboration, maintains an inspirational quality when discussing future possibilities, and concludes with determination and responsibility as new leadership takes charge. The speakers balance optimism about technological progress with realistic acknowledgment of persistent challenges, creating an atmosphere of both celebration and urgent commitment to action.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Gitanjali Sah** – Role/Title: Not specified, Area of expertise: WSIS process and digital cooperation


– **Sulyna Nur Abdulla** – Role/Title: Chief of Strategic Planning and Membership and Special Advisor to the Secretary General of the ITU, Area of expertise: Strategic planning and telecommunications


– **Doreen Bogdan-Martin** – Role/Title: Secretary General of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), Area of expertise: Telecommunications and digital development


– **Thomas Schneider** – Role/Title: Ambassador and Director of International Affairs for the Federal Office of Communications of Switzerland, Area of expertise: International communications policy and digital governance


– **Pedro Manuel Moreno** – Role/Title: Deputy Secretary General of UNCTAD, Area of expertise: Trade, development, and digital economy


– **Tawfik Jelassi** – Role/Title: Assistant Director General for Communication and Information for UNESCO, Area of expertise: Communication, information, and knowledge societies


– **Agi Veres** – Role/Title: Director of the UNDP Representation Office in Geneva, Area of expertise: Development and digital transformation


– **Solly Malatsi** – Role/Title: Minister of Communications and Digital Technologies of the Republic of South Africa, Area of expertise: Communications and digital technologies policy


**Additional speakers:**


– **Majid Sultan al-Mezma** – Role/Title: Director-General of the Telecommunications and Digital Government Regulatory Authority of the UAE, Area of expertise: Telecommunications and digital government regulation


Full session report

# WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025: Opening Ceremony – Discussion Summary


## Introduction and Context


The WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025 opening ceremony marked the 20th anniversary of the World Summit on the Information Society, bringing together international leaders, government ministers, UN agency heads, and senior officials from across the digital governance ecosystem. The event served both as a celebration of two decades of progress and a strategic planning session for the future of global digital cooperation.


Moderated by Sulyna Nur Abdulla, the ceremony featured a formal handover of the WSIS chairmanship from Switzerland to South Africa, symbolizing the global nature of digital challenges and the need for inclusive leadership. The discussion maintained a celebratory yet purposeful tone throughout, balancing pride in past achievements with acknowledgment of persistent challenges.


## Key Participants and Their Contributions


### Opening Remarks – Gitanjali Sah


Gitanjali Sah opened the ceremony by highlighting WSIS’s remarkable 20-year journey, noting that the WSIS stocktaking platform now contains over 15,000 initiatives, demonstrating the extensive global engagement with digital development. She emphasized that this gathering represented the culmination of collaborative efforts involving co-facilitators from Albania and Kenya working on the WSIS Plus 20 process in New York.


### ITU Secretary-General Doreen Bogdan-Martin


Bogdan-Martin delivered a comprehensive assessment of WSIS achievements, highlighting the dramatic transformation in global connectivity from 16% of the global population online in 2003 to 68% today. She attributed this progress directly to WSIS’s innovative multi-stakeholder approach, which has engaged over 50,000 participants from 160 countries across governments, private sector, civil society, academia, and youth organizations.


She positioned WSIS as a living, evolving process that remains highly relevant to contemporary challenges, noting that “the WSIS process stands strong and agile in helping guide the implementation of the Global Digital Compact and the Pact of the Future.” For the future, she outlined an agenda focusing on universal meaningful connectivity, community building, digital skills development, cybersecurity enhancement, and strengthened digital cooperation.


### Swiss Ambassador Thomas Schneider


As the outgoing chair, Ambassador Schneider provided a balanced assessment that celebrated achievements while acknowledging persistent challenges including the digital divide, cybersecurity risks, online misinformation, and ethical concerns surrounding artificial intelligence. He advocated for strengthening existing frameworks rather than creating new structures, proposing “a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS including GDC based on closer cooperation to avoid duplication.”


Schneider emphasized making “best use of existing structures which have proven to work and adapt well so far,” reflecting a preference for evolutionary rather than revolutionary change in the WSIS process.


### UNCTAD Deputy Secretary-General Pedro Manuel Moreno


Moreno delivered a powerful intervention describing “two worlds” existing simultaneously: one where artificial intelligence and frontier technologies are transforming lives, and another where 3.4 billion people live in countries spending more on debt servicing than on health or education. He unified these realities by declaring: “These are not separate worlds. They are our world, our only world.”


His statistics highlighted persistent inequalities: only 37% of people in least developed countries have internet access, women remain less likely than men to be online, and 118 countries, mainly in the Global South, are excluded from key AI governance initiatives. This presentation introduced moral urgency to the discussion about digital divides.


### UNESCO Assistant Director-General Tawfik Jelassi


Jelassi advocated for “a reinvigorated, action-oriented WSIS 2.0 vision that is agile enough to navigate rapidly evolving information landscape complexities.” He connected UNESCO’s foundational 1945 mission to contemporary digital challenges, arguing that “digital should help us building peace in the minds of men and women,” specifically addressing misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content.


He proposed establishing “a robust monitoring framework for WSIS based on universality indicators embodying human rights, openness, accessibility, and multi-stakeholder participation,” offering a concrete mechanism for tracking progress.


### UNDP Geneva Director Agi Veres


Veres emphasized maintaining human agency in digital transformation, stressing that “WSIS vision of people-centred, inclusive, and development-oriented information society is more urgently needed than ever.” She highlighted AI’s potential to “reignite human development and generate new opportunities when used correctly with people-centred approach,” while emphasizing the need for careful attention to human-centered implementation.


### South African Minister Solly Malatsi


Minister Malatsi’s acceptance of the WSIS chairmanship provided a powerful conclusion to the ceremony. He emphasized global representation and responsibility, declaring: “We are not here simply representing the interest of the organisations that are funding our participation, but we are representing the aspirations of the whole world. From the remote villages across all of Africa to the financial districts… to the serene streets of Geneva.”


He posed fundamental questions for the week’s proceedings: “How can we ensure that digital transformation continues to advance equity, inclusion, and human dignity in the face of emerging technologies? How do we respond to the deepening global inequalities and interconnected challenges in the digital age?”


## Major Themes and Discussion Points


### Multi-Stakeholder Approach as Core Strength


All speakers demonstrated consensus regarding WSIS’s multi-stakeholder approach as its fundamental strength and primary contribution to global digital governance. This inclusive framework, bringing together diverse sectors and stakeholders, was consistently identified as the “beating heart” of the WSIS process that provides legitimacy, expertise, and implementation capacity beyond traditional intergovernmental processes.


### Persistent Digital Divides and Inequalities


Despite celebrating connectivity achievements, speakers unanimously acknowledged significant digital divides that persist and, in some cases, are deepening. The discussion revealed new forms of digital exclusion emerging around artificial intelligence governance, with developing countries systematically excluded from key AI initiatives despite AI’s projected transformative impact.


The economic dimensions of digital inequality were emphasized, particularly how debt burdens limit developing countries’ ability to invest in digital infrastructure and capacity building, creating structural constraints that extend beyond technical connectivity issues.


### Integration with Global Digital Compact


A significant focus was placed on integrating WSIS with the Global Digital Compact and other UN initiatives. Speakers agreed that WSIS should help guide implementation of these newer frameworks rather than operating in parallel, leveraging WSIS’s proven multi-stakeholder mechanisms while incorporating broader political commitments.


### Human-Centered Development


Speakers consistently emphasized that digital development must prioritize human needs, empowerment, and inclusion. This consensus extended to concerns about artificial intelligence, with speakers arguing that AI development must maintain human agency and serve human flourishing rather than replacing human decision-making.


## Areas of Consensus


The discussion revealed remarkable agreement across several key areas:


– **Multi-stakeholder governance**: Universal support for maintaining and strengthening WSIS’s inclusive approach


– **Human-centered development**: Strong consensus that technology must serve people rather than the reverse


– **Integration imperative**: Agreement that WSIS should integrate with and guide implementation of the Global Digital Compact


– **Persistent challenges**: Honest acknowledgment that significant digital divides remain despite 20 years of progress


– **Monitoring needs**: Support for developing more robust frameworks to track WSIS progress and impact


## Key Outcomes and Commitments


### Leadership Transition


The ceremony successfully completed the formal transition of WSIS chairmanship from Switzerland to South Africa, with the symbolic handover including the ceremonial gavel transfer. This transition brings fresh perspective and leadership from the Global South while maintaining continuity in principles and approach.


### Joint Implementation Framework


Speakers committed to developing a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS and the Global Digital Compact, avoiding duplication while enhancing cooperation. This represents a mature response to the proliferation of digital governance initiatives, emphasizing coordination over competition.


### Enhanced Monitoring


The discussion established commitment to developing more robust monitoring frameworks for WSIS progress, with UNESCO proposing indicators based on human rights, openness, accessibility, and multi-stakeholder participation principles.


## Future Challenges and Priorities


### Bridging Digital Divides


While there was strong consensus on addressing digital inequalities, specific mechanisms for effectively bridging persistent divides, particularly the gender digital divide and Global South exclusion from AI governance, require further development.


### Emerging Technology Governance


The rapid pace of AI development creates urgency that may conflict with the deliberative nature of multi-stakeholder processes. Balancing innovation with inclusion while ensuring governance frameworks don’t stifle beneficial development remains a key challenge.


### Resource Mobilization


The gap between political commitment and practical implementation persists, particularly regarding funding mechanisms for digital capacity building in developing countries and ensuring meaningful rather than tokenistic participation from resource-constrained stakeholders.


## Conclusion


The WSIS Plus 20 opening ceremony successfully established a foundation for the week’s discussions by balancing celebration of achievements with realistic assessment of ongoing challenges. The strong consensus among diverse stakeholders on core principles, combined with the symbolic leadership transition to South Africa, demonstrates WSIS’s continued relevance and adaptability.


The ceremony’s most significant achievement was establishing a clear narrative connecting WSIS’s 20-year legacy to contemporary challenges while setting an ambitious agenda for ensuring digital transformation serves all of humanity. The commitment to integrating with the Global Digital Compact while maintaining WSIS’s distinctive multi-stakeholder approach provides a practical framework for enhanced global digital cooperation.


However, translating this consensus into concrete action on persistent digital inequalities and emerging technology governance will ultimately determine the success of WSIS Plus 20. The ceremony concluded with Minister Malatsi’s challenge to represent “the aspirations of the whole world,” setting high expectations for meaningful progress in addressing the digital divides that continue to limit the benefits of technological advancement for billions of people worldwide.


Session transcript

Gitanjali Sah: Over twenty years ago, a bold idea was born. To harness technology for good. That idea became WSIS. Its mission, a digital future built on inclusion, transparency and equality. Since then, WSIS has brought together governments, innovators, civil society and communities to shape a connected world that works for all. The WSIS Action Lines established a framework to evolve alongside technology. Our stocktaking platform now holds over 15,000 initiatives, capturing the pulse of global progress. From infrastructure to ethics, cyber security to capacity building, and by creating an enabling environment for legal and regulatory frameworks, WSIS proves the 20 years of digital cooperation really works. Its outcomes will be essential in the United Nations General Assembly overall review. As we reflect on two decades of impact, we celebrate a legacy of partnership and look ahead with purpose to create a digital society that is inclusive, equitable and sustainable for generations to come. Welcome to the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025. Good morning, everybody, and welcome to the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025. Thank you for joining us here in Geneva as we celebrate two decades of this UN process, the World Summit on the Information Society. This milestone reflects our collective commitment to a people-centered, human-oriented, inclusive information and knowledge societies and towards a digitally inclusive future. Over the next five days, we will engage in dynamic discussions, tackle digital challenges and shape the future of global digital governance together. WSIS is about being together, multi-stakeholders coming together to ensure that we get a chance to shape policy. Let’s explore our successes, learn from our experiences and envision a more connected and inclusive digital world. As we embark on this pivotal journey at the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025, it is my distinct honor to invite Ms. Sulyna Nur Abdulla, Chief of Strategic Planning and Membership and Special Advisor to the Secretary General of the ITU, to lead us through the inaugural session. Thank you, Sulyna. Over to you.


Sulyna Nur Abdulla: Thank you. Thank you very much, Gitanjali. Excellencies, ladies and gentlemen, good morning and welcome to the inaugural session of the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025. It’s truly a pleasure to see so many familiar faces and new ones gathered here today. Celebrating 20 years of the World Summit on the Information Society, or WSIS as we fondly call it, is a milestone for the global WSIS community and the world writ large. This High Level Event brings together an incredible fusion of perspectives and expertise. It shows us how much we have achieved and the potential to continue on this path when we unite for a common purpose towards a shared digital journey. To get us started, it’s my distinct pleasure to invite our co-hosts and co-organizers to join me on stage. First, the co-hosts of the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025, Ms. Doreen Bogdan-Martin, Secretary General of the International Telecommunication Union, His Excellency Thomas Schneider, Ambassador and Director of International Affairs for the Federal Office of of Communications of Switzerland, representing the Swiss Confederation, our co-organisers, Dr. Tawfik Jelassi, Assistant Director General for Communication and Information for UNESCO, Ms. Robert Opp, Director of UNDP Representation Office in Geneva, and joining us a little later will be Mr. Pedro Manuel Moreno, Deputy Secretary General of UNCTAD. Please, let’s give them a warm round of applause to welcome them. Thank you. Please, please, please be seated. Thank you. I don’t think that was warm enough. Can we try again? Thank you. Thank you very much. And now, please join me in welcoming the ITU Secretary General, Ms. Doreen Bogdan-Martin, to address us. Secretary General, please, the lectern is yours.


Doreen Bogdan-Martin: Thank you. Thank you, Sulyna. Good morning, Excellencies, ladies and gentlemen. It’s wonderful to have you all here with us as we begin this milestone week, especially here in Switzerland, which is the home of the ITU and the home of the first phase of the World Summit on the Information Society, which took place right here in Geneva in 2003. Looking out at this full room, how many of you were here in 2003? Raise your hand. Okay. I’m seeing maybe, what do you think, Henriette? Maybe 20, 25? Okay. Too few, too few. So, back in 2003, the WSIS determined that the World Summit on the Information Society would be with the greatest conviction that the Information Society must be people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented. The outcome in the form of the Geneva Declaration was described by the then Swiss President as a constitution for the Information Society. This marks 20 years since the conclusion of the Tunis phase of the World Summit on the Information Society, which set a bold vision to shape our shared digital future, that reaffirmed our commitment to turning the digital divide into digital opportunities, that called on the international community to take the necessary steps to ensure that all countries have equitable access to the benefits of the Information Society. This week is a time for all of us to reflect, reflect on how far we have come, and start to chart the path forward for the next two decades. WSIS remains a global benchmark for digital cooperation and for inclusive digital development. Its action lines have established a clear guiding framework for implementing concrete change, and its outcome documents were adopted at the highest political level by heads of state and heads of government. I think, ladies and gentlemen, it is something worth celebrating. 20 years ago, just 1 billion people, 16% of the world’s population, was online. Today, that figure stands at 68%, and that progress stems from the WSIS vision of an open and inclusive Information Society that drives digital I think it can be summed up in two words. Multi-stakeholder participation. That’s the beating heart of the WSIS process in which 160 countries have been part of. We’ve had some 50,000 stakeholders join from governments, from international organizations, from the private sector, civil society, academia, the technical community, and youth. There’s lots of youth here this week as well. And that’s what makes this forum so powerful. In the days ahead, we look forward to working closely with the incoming chair of this year’s WSIS Forum, His Excellency Minister Solly Malatsi of South Africa. And I also want to recognize as well that we have our co-facilitators of the WSIS Plus 20 process with us. We have the ambassador from Albania. Welcome, ambassador. And we will also have the ambassador from Kenya, both working in New York on that WSIS Plus 20 process. So we’re very happy to have you with us. I also want to recognize our co-organizers and to thank them, our fellow UN family members, UNDP, UNESCO, UNCTAD, and the 50-plus UN entities that have contributed. I also want to recognize our sponsors that have made this WSIS Plus 20 high-level event possible. Excellencies, ladies and gentlemen, as digital technologies grow more complex and emerging challenges come into view, we need broad, inclusive, multi-stakeholder participation now more than ever before. It’s worth remembering And today, the WSIS process stands strong and agile in helping guide the implementation of the Global Digital Compact and the Pact of the Future that was adopted by UN member states last year. Ladies and gentlemen, we know that digital can accelerate progress on every development front, from poverty eradication, to quality education, to stronger institutions, to improved health care. And we know that this next phase, this next part of the WSIS journey has to focus on universal meaningful connectivity for all. Community building and digital skills to ensure that no one is left behind, cybersecurity to protect users and build trust in digital technologies, and of course, strengthened digital cooperation as envisaged by the WSIS from the very, very start. Throughout the last 20 years, we have taken groundbreaking actions. We’ve laid the groundwork for an inclusive digital transformation across all sectors and all regions. But to meet the needs of our ever-evolving technological landscape, the next two decades have to be about scaling, scaling our activities to keep pace, being, as the Broadband Commission mentioned yesterday, being bold and also being intentional. As the UN Secretary General put it when he visited the ITU last year, technical expertise and commitment. The commitment to collaboration are the very qualities that our world needs as we navigate this new digital age. And our experience with the WSIS is a guarantee that we have the conditions to be able to move forward positively. So as we mark this milestone moment together, let us do more than just reflect on our past. Let’s get inspired. Let’s get inspired by the digital opportunities around us all. Let’s get energized, energized by the spirit of cooperation that we feel in this very room. And let’s move forward, positively building a digital future that we can all be proud of, that benefits everyone, everywhere. I thank you very much.


Sulyna Nur Abdulla: Thank you, Secretary General, for your inspiring remarks, and I mean that, and sharing your WSIS vision and experience with us. Before I invite the next speaker, I would like to take a moment to reflect on how full this room is. Thank you very much to everyone who have made their way here this morning amidst the heavy traffic of Geneva. I realize that it’s standing room only, and I thank those of you who are standing for your patience and understanding. Now I have the pleasure to invite Ambassador Thomas Schneider to deliver his welcome remarks. Ambassador, I turn the lectern over to you now. Thank you.


Thomas Schneider: Thank you. Secretary General, Excellencies, Distinguished Delegates, Ladies and Gentlemen, and Friends, it is a great honor for me. on behalf of the Swiss Confederation to welcome you all to Geneva for the Swiss plus 20 forum high-level event 2025. Switzerland is very proud to be co-host of this forum in partnership with the ITU. This year’s edition is particularly special not only because we are marking two decades since the World Summit on the Information Society in Tunis but also because for the first time the forum and the AI for Good summit is being held at Pol Expo. It’s actually the first time since the WSIS Summit in December 2003 that I’ve been here in this building so it’s quite nice to see also how the building developed. It’s been Switzerland’s privilege to serve as a chair of last year’s WSIS plus 20 high-level event. This event offered not just a moment of reflection but a chance to renew our shared commitment to building inclusive equitable and rights-based digital societies. As a chair we sought to facilitate a dialogue that was open, inclusive and grounded in multi-stakeholder collaboration. We were inspired by the diversity of voices from governments, civil society, private sector, academia and youth that came together to discuss our digital future. Together we reflected on the achievements that we’ve made but we also had recognized that challenges still persist. The digital divide remains a reality. Cybersecurity risks, online misinformation, ethical concerns surrounding AI and other issues demand urgent attention. For us still the WSIS principles and action lines continue to serve as a pertinent framework for discussion on Internet and digital policy and governance issues. WSIS values and principles The principles have been referenced in many policy documents over the years, they have been further developed in the framework of instruments. Multi-stakeholder mechanisms emanating from the WSIS, like the Internet Governance Forum and the WSIS Forum, have in our view stood the test of time and adapted their focus to reflect the fast evolving digital space and the opportunities and challenges associated with so-called both old and new digital technologies. These mechanisms should be the basis for future implementation of the WSIS vision, but they also should be further strengthened and leveraged through the Global Digital Compact and in support of its implementation. As we prepare for the WSIS overall review by the UN General Assembly later this year, time has come to think boldly and widely about a strengthened and further developed inclusive framework for Internet and Digital Governance and Cooperation, which will be fit for purpose and serve us as well as the current framework has done for the last 22 years. In this regard, and given the current research situation of the multilateral system, we think that it is essential that for the implementation of WSIS as well as of the GDC, we do make best use of the existing structures which have proven to work and adapt well so far. In order to avoid duplication, we invite you to think about a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS, including GDC, based on an even closer cooperation amongst all partners and stakeholders. This week is essential in shaping what we call a vision of a WSIS+. We encourage all of you to actively engage, share your insights and contribute to the discussions. In closing, I would like to take the opportunity to sincerely thank all those who contributed to the success of this WSIS process. Of course, our co-host, the I2, but all the other co-organizers of the WSIS Forum, all Action Alliance facilitators, but most importantly, of course, you, the participants who are bringing life and meaning to this dialogue. And of course, I’m looking forward to the new chairmanship from our friends from South Africa. Thank you very much.


Sulyna Nur Abdulla: Thank you very much, Ambassador Schneider. And through you, we extend our sincere appreciation to Switzerland for its continued support and commitment to the WSIS process and for chairing the WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2024. We now turn to our co-organizers for their remarks, and I’m very pleased to invite Mr. Pedro Manuel Moreno, Deputy Secretary General of UNCTAD, to say a few words. And I’m glad you made it, Pedro. I hear traffic was bad at your end. Over to you. Thank you.


Pedro Manuel Moreno: Excellencies, distinguished delegates, ladies and gentlemen, 20 years ago we gathered with a vision. Today we stand at the edge of two worlds. In one world, artificial intelligence and frontier technologies are transforming human life. That market is projected to grow six-fold to 16.4 trillion US dollars by 2023. Here, a farmer in Kenya accesses global markets via smartphone, and AI diagnoses diseases in remote villages. In this world, services trade grows 9% annually, the digital economy contributes 3.1% to global GDP, and hundreds of millions find new jobs and meaning in emerging markets. In the other world, 3.4 billion people live in countries that spend more on debt servicing than they spend on health or education. Only 37% of people in least developed countries have internet access and women are still less likely than men to be online. In that world, tech companies alone command market values nearly six times Africa’s GDP. And 118 countries, mainly in the Global South, are excluded from key AI governance initiatives. These are not separate worlds. They are our world, our only world. As we mark 20 years of the World Summit on the Information Society, we must ask, will the digital revolution unite us or divide us further? Will it bridge old gaps or create new ones? We stand at an inflection point. 40% of global jobs may soon be reshaped by AI. The digital economy’s environmental footprint is growing rapidly. Decisions about the future of digital governance are being made, but not by all of us, and not for all of us. So, Your Excellencies, WSIS plus 20 coincides with transformative processes across the UN system and the broader digital landscape. The global digital compact renews the push for inclusive digital cooperation. The UN 2.0 process drives institutional innovation. We are just five years from the 2030 deadline. UNCTAD is proud to be part of this journey as co-organizer of this conference, as Secretariat of the Commission on Science and Technology for Development, and starting this week as Chair of the UN Group on the Information Society for 2025-2026. and many others. I am pleased to welcome you to the 20th annual UNCTAD 16 conference this October, we will also place these topics at its core. Ladies and gentlemen, 20 years ago, we dared to envision an information society for all. Today, we must dare to build it, an inclusive, empowering and equitable digital future where technology becomes a bridge, not a barrier. We must build it, not a barrier, but a bridge, not a barrier, but a bridge to the world, digitally united, sustainably connected with no one left behind. Thank you.


Sulyna Nur Abdulla: APPLAUSE Thank you, Mr. Moreno, for your remarks and for UNCTAD’s active engagement in this process. I completely agree with you that the choice is ours and the time is now. We must build it, not a barrier, but a bridge, not a barrier, but a bridge to the world. Thank you. I now invite Mr. Tawfik Jelassi, Assistant Director General for Communication and Information at UNESCO, to the lectern. Tawfik, please, thank you.


Tawfik Jelassi: APPLAUSE Good morning, ladies and gentlemen, distinguished guests, distinguished members of the ILO, distinguished ambassadors, dignitaries, guests, esteemed participants, friends and colleagues. I’m very pleased to join you this morning for celebrating the 20-year mark of the World Summit on the Information Society. I’m very pleased to be here to celebrate the 20-year mark of the World Summit on the Information Society and to be making this milestone possible. My appreciation also extends to our fellow co-organizers, of course the ITU, UNDP, and UNCTAD, but also to South Africa, which is taking over the chairmanship of the WSIS. 20 years ago, the World Summit on the Information Society took place in the city of Tunis, Tunisia. How many of you were there in Tunis in 2005? Raise your hand please. Few more than in Geneva in 2003. Thomas. And as Doreen Bogdan-Martin reminded us, the vision at the time of WSIS 2005 was building a people-centered, inclusive and development-oriented information society grounded in the multi-stakeholder approach. So obviously, our gathering this week here is a unique opportunity to step back and take stock of what has been done, what we have collectively achieved since 2005. Have we built this people-oriented, inclusive and development-oriented information society? As we celebrate the progress made since then, we must also reflect on our future vision, one that will be shared by both enduring and emerging challenges and opportunities. The transformative digital developments of recent years call for an equally ambitious, innovative and coordinated response. This is why UNESCO has consistently advocated for a reinvigorated, action-oriented WSIS 2.0 vision, one that is agile enough to navigate the complexities of a rapidly evolving information landscape while accelerating progress. and Mr. Thomas Schneider. We are working on a number of goals toward achieving the sustainable development goals by 2030. One vision that includes, of course, addressing the gender digital divide, combating misinformation and other harmful online content, and ensuring the inclusion of women and young people in the digital world. A key feature of this renewed vision is the further strengthening of WSIS as an inclusive multi-stakeholder model. To remain effective, our cooperation within the WSIS framework and with external stakeholders must be deepened. We are working with the UNDP, the UN digital development society, which is currently chaired by UNESCO, alongside the other vice chairs and the lead implementers of the WSIS outcomes, ITU, UNDP, and OCTAD, and all members of the UNGUS group to help ensure that WSIS is an inclusive multi-stakeholder model. WSIS is an inclusive multi-stakeholder document that avoids duplication and amplifies impact on the ground. To further strengthen its effectiveness and track progress, WSIS must also establish a robust monitoring framework. WSIS is an inclusive multi-stakeholder framework which is based on the WSIS framework’s universality indicators, which embody four key principles, human rights, openness, accessibility, and multi-stakeholder participation. Moreover, the WSIS framework through its action lines can be further strengthened by with and integrating the follow-up to the Global Digital Compact and other relevant global initiatives. To truly shape a positive digital future, we must ensure the human element remains at the center of these efforts. UNESCO has long championed the concept of knowledge societies, a vision which is central to the 2030 Agenda. To this end, it will be critical that we focus on transforming information into knowledge that individuals and communities truly own, empowering them to improve their lives and create sustainable developments. And here I would like just to plug in the vision and the mission of UNESCO from 80 years ago, when UNESCO was created back in 1945 and its constitutional charter said, your mission is to build peace in the minds of men and women. Today, digital should help us building peace in the minds of men and women, and that’s why I made a reference to combating mis- and disinformation, hate speech, and other harmful online content. In closing, as you mark two decades of WSIS at the end of this year, I would like to reaffirm UNESCO commitment to building a digital future where technology truly serves humanity, grounded in rights, ethics, and inclusion. Indeed, as Tim Berners-Lee, the inventor of the World Wide Web, once said, the power of the web is in its universality. Let’s strive to create a digital world that lives up to these aspirations and empowers every individual to thrive. And if you can positively answer The following two questions, then we can say that we achieved this mission. The two questions are, are we making our stakeholders and individuals more successful through what we have been offering them? Are we transforming lives? Thank you.


Sulyna Nur Abdulla: Thank you, Dr. Jelassi, for your valuable contribution and for UNESCO’s long-standing support for WSIS. So many things that you mentioned just now, but what stuck with me is, today, digital should help us build peace in the minds of men and women. Now I’m happy to invite Ms. Robert Opp, Director of the UNDP Representation Office in Geneva, to deliver her remarks. Agi, please, thank you.


Agi Veres: Thank you very much, Your Excellencies, Secretary-General, ladies and gentlemen. It’s my absolute pleasure to represent UNDP at this event, as we have been a long-standing partner. We are proud to be a co-convener of the annual WSIS Forum and working very closely with our colleagues from ITU, UNESCO and UNCTAD. The WSIS process and the community that has developed around it have played really a crucial role in global digital cooperation. Over the last 20 years, WSIS has served as one of the most inclusive and enduring platforms for digital discussions, bringing together governments, the private sector, civil society, the academia and, of course, the UN system. Two weeks after the 20th Internet Governance Forum in Oslo, our gathering here today reinforces our shared commitment to the multi-stakeholder approach, ensuring voices from across the sectors, regions, including developing countries and communities, inform digital policy and practice. As we work on the ground in 170 countries as UNDP, we have been privileged to witness how the principles underlining WSIS and its action lines have remained relevant, and in fact are even more important today. One of the WSIS’s most concrete contributions has been scaling digital capacity building efforts as one of the action lines, and we are on the ground directly supporting this capacity building for digital transformation, working through whole-of-government approaches on digital public infrastructure, co-creating new digital public goods to improve service delivery, and working on data governance to ensure that the rights of the most vulnerable are protected. Now, looking ahead to the WSIS Plus 20 review, it will be important to reaffirm the importance of the WSIS framework and also reflect the critical changes in the digital landscape, including last year’s adoption of the Global Digital Compact. The WSIS vision is also of a people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society. It’s more urgently needed now more than ever. This was also the message of our flagship publication, the UNDP’s Human Development Report, which focuses this year on AI, emphasizing how human agency and empowerment must be at the heart of our approach to digital technologies. This is why building on the digital transformation is more important than ever, because leveraging AI to meet people’s expectations for a better life is a choice that the world can make. AI cannot alone solve the problems, but it holds the potential to reignite human development, and this is what we are advocating for in our Human Development Report, and generate new opportunities and help up make us for the lost time. Using the right way and building on the digital transformation that so much underlines the WSIS efforts, it will offer an opportunity to expand human capabilities. Looking ahead to the WSIS Plus 20 review and the process of our conference, we believe that the process is not only crucial for the way forward on digital transformation, but it’s also paving the way for a people-centered approach. I believe that our discussion this week will be crucial in fostering the shared commitment and approach, and we very much look forward to working closely with all our partners and stakeholders and with continued commitment from UNDP. Thank you very much.


Sulyna Nur Abdulla: Thank you, Agi, for your remarks and for UNDP’s active support in this process. Thank you to all our co-organisers for their continued collaboration and for sharing these thoughtful reflections as we move forward in the WSIS Plus 20 process. At this juncture, I would like to just go off script for a minute just to request the ITU photographers to help me take this very heartwarming picture of such a full hall, please, from this angle. Once again, I’d like to thank all our friends who are patiently standing at the side, and we’ll be with you shortly. Thank you for your understanding. In handing over of the chair of the WSIS Plus 20 high-level event, so this is going to be a little bit technical for the VIPs on stage. First, I’d like to request the co-hosts and the co-organisers to the centre of the stage, while I invite His Excellency Solly Malatsi, Minister of Communications and Digital Technologies of the Republic of South Africa, to join you for the symbolic handover of the chair of the WSIS Plus 20 high-level event. Moreno, Dr. Jelassi. May I invite you, Minister Malatsi, perhaps on the red cross in front? You see, it’s rather technical. We have all these crosses up here. That’s right. Thank you. Well done. Thank you, Tawfik. Excellent. And we have a gavel that’s going to be handed over from Ambassador Schneider, who was the chair of the high-level event last year, to Minister Malatsi, Chair of 2025, witnessed by all our VIPs. Gentlemen, you may exchange the gavel, please. And can we help them with a round of applause? Thank you. Thank you. Thank you very much. And there you have it. The difficult job is now with you, Minister Malatsi. Please, may I invite you back to your seats on stage while I invite Mr. Malatsi to say a few words? Thank you. I’m slightly taller than you, so I need to adjust the mic.


Solly Malatsi: Good morning, Excellencies, distinguished guests in the room, and everyone who is joining us virtually. It is indeed an immense honor for me and my country to take over the chairmanship of WSIS Plus 20 high-level event. This week, we gather to mark a significant milestone, the second 10-year review of the World Summit on the Information Society. Over the past two decades, WSIS has played a foundational role in shaping the global information society and remains more relevant than ever in today’s digital age. From Geneva in 2003 to Tunis in 2005, when some of us look much younger than we do. … technical and academic communities. While each of us and the people we represent come from unique and different circumstances, WSIS has allowed us to unite behind a shared global vision. One to promote an inclusive information society that delivers meaningful benefit to all citizens of the world. And as we engage over the next five days, our task is not only to reflect on the progress of the last 20 years. We must also chart a path forward. We must ask ourselves and answer honestly, where have we succeeded and where must we do better? Most importantly, how must we adapt our frameworks in the face of emerging technologies that are transforming the very fabric of our societies? And most importantly, how do we respond to the deepening global inequalities and interconnected challenges? And how do we ensure that digital transformation continues to advance equity, inclusion, and most importantly, human dignity? The WSIS plus 20 process gives us a unique opportunity to recalibrate and reimagine our approach to building an inclusive and trusted information society. But this opportunity also comes with great responsibility. We are not here simply representing the interest of the organizations that are funding our participation, but we are representing the aspirations of the whole world. From the remote villages across all of Africa to the financial districts and Mr. Thomas Schneider. I would like to welcome you to the first of the virtual meetings of New York and London from the favelas of the Rio de Janeiro to the tech corridors of Bengaluru and to the serene streets of Geneva. Your insights and the experiences will shape the outcomes of this event, which I have the honor of presenting in the form of the chair’s summary. The summary will reflect our collective priorities and our shared commitment to a digital future that is free, inclusive, and rights-based. I thus encourage you to actively participate in this week’s discussions. Let us make this moment count. We owe this not only to ourselves and the people we hold dearly, but to future generations. I would like to thank the Secretary-General and thank all of you for your work up to this moment. And the work that is coming up. I look forward to a productive, collaborative, and inspiring week ahead. Thank you very much. APPLAUSE Do I get to keep the hammer? And now we must do the symbolic takeover of the chairmanship. Thank you.


Sulyna Nur Abdulla: APPLAUSE I am reminded that I am shorter than His Excellency. Thank you, Excellency, and congratulations on your appointment to the chair of the WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025. Now, before we close the ceremony this morning, we have a special address about to be given. Excellencies, ladies and gentlemen, the United Arab Emirates has the distinction of being the long-standing partner of the WSIS Forum, having been a major partner and sponsor since its inception in 2009. On the 20th anniversary of the WSIS process, we are delighted to invite His Excellency Majid Sultan al-Mezma, Director-General of the United Arab Emirates. of the Telecommunications and Digital Government Regulatory Authority of the UAE to deliver a special address to commemorate this occasion. Your Excellency, welcome to the stage.


G

Gitanjali Sah

Speech speed

90 words per minute

Speech length

335 words

Speech time

222 seconds

WSIS has brought together governments, innovators, civil society and communities to shape a connected world that works for all over 20 years

Explanation

This argument emphasizes WSIS’s role as a unifying platform that has successfully facilitated collaboration across different sectors and stakeholders for two decades. It highlights the inclusive nature of the WSIS process in bringing diverse groups together toward a common digital goal.


Evidence

WSIS Action Lines established a framework to evolve alongside technology, proving that 20 years of digital cooperation really works


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider
– Agi Veres
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Agreed on

WSIS Multi-stakeholder Approach as Core Strength


WSIS stocktaking platform now holds over 15,000 initiatives, capturing the pulse of global progress

Explanation

This argument demonstrates the concrete impact and scale of WSIS activities through quantifiable data. It shows how the platform has become a comprehensive repository of digital development initiatives worldwide, serving as a measure of global digital progress.


Evidence

The platform covers areas from infrastructure to ethics, cyber security to capacity building, and creating enabling environment for legal and regulatory frameworks


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Development | Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


WSIS outcomes will be essential in the UN General Assembly overall review and help guide implementation of the Global Digital Compact

Explanation

This argument positions WSIS as a crucial input for broader UN digital governance processes. It emphasizes the continued relevance and importance of WSIS in shaping future global digital policy frameworks.


Major discussion point

Global Digital Compact and UN Integration


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Integration with Global Digital Compact


D

Doreen Bogdan-Martin

Speech speed

106 words per minute

Speech length

883 words

Speech time

496 seconds

Multi-stakeholder participation with 160 countries and 50,000 stakeholders from various sectors is the beating heart of WSIS

Explanation

This argument emphasizes that the strength and effectiveness of WSIS comes from its inclusive approach involving diverse participants. It highlights how broad participation from governments, international organizations, private sector, civil society, academia, technical community, and youth makes the forum powerful.


Evidence

160 countries have been part of the process with 50,000 stakeholders from governments, international organizations, private sector, civil society, academia, technical community, and youth


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Thomas Schneider
– Agi Veres
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Agreed on

WSIS Multi-stakeholder Approach as Core Strength


Global internet connectivity increased from 16% (1 billion people) in 2003 to 68% today

Explanation

This argument demonstrates the significant progress in digital inclusion over the WSIS period. It provides concrete evidence of how the WSIS vision of an open and inclusive Information Society has driven measurable improvements in global connectivity.


Evidence

20 years ago, just 1 billion people (16% of world’s population) was online, today that figure stands at 68%


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


The next phase must focus on universal meaningful connectivity, community building, digital skills, cybersecurity, and strengthened digital cooperation

Explanation

This argument outlines the key priorities for the future of WSIS and digital development. It emphasizes that while progress has been made, the next two decades must focus on scaling activities and addressing emerging challenges to ensure no one is left behind.


Evidence

Digital can accelerate progress on every development front, from poverty eradication, to quality education, to stronger institutions, to improved health care


Major discussion point

Future Vision and Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity | Infrastructure


WSIS stands strong in helping guide implementation of the Global Digital Compact and Pact of the Future adopted by UN member states

Explanation

This argument positions WSIS as a key framework for implementing recent UN digital governance initiatives. It emphasizes the continued relevance and adaptability of WSIS in addressing contemporary digital challenges and guiding future cooperation.


Major discussion point

Global Digital Compact and UN Integration


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Thomas Schneider
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Integration with Global Digital Compact


T

Thomas Schneider

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

637 words

Speech time

280 seconds

WSIS principles and action lines continue to serve as a pertinent framework for Internet and digital policy discussions

Explanation

This argument asserts the enduring relevance of WSIS principles in contemporary digital governance. It emphasizes how WSIS values have been referenced in many policy documents and have adapted to reflect the evolving digital landscape while maintaining their core relevance.


Evidence

WSIS values and principles have been referenced in many policy documents over the years and have been further developed in framework instruments. Multi-stakeholder mechanisms like Internet Governance Forum and WSIS Forum have stood the test of time


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Agi Veres
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Agreed on

WSIS Multi-stakeholder Approach as Core Strength


The digital divide remains a reality alongside cybersecurity risks, online misinformation, and ethical concerns surrounding AI

Explanation

This argument acknowledges the persistent challenges in the digital landscape despite 20 years of progress. It highlights that while achievements have been made, significant issues still require urgent attention and coordinated responses.


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Inequality Challenges


Topics

Development | Cybersecurity | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Pedro Manuel Moreno
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Persistent Digital Divide Challenges


We need a strengthened and further developed inclusive framework for Internet and Digital Governance that will be fit for purpose for the next 22 years

Explanation

This argument calls for evolution and strengthening of current digital governance frameworks to meet future challenges. It emphasizes the need to think boldly about adapting existing structures while leveraging proven mechanisms to avoid duplication.


Evidence

We should make best use of existing structures which have proven to work and adapt well so far, and think about a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS including GDC based on closer cooperation


Major discussion point

Future Vision and Digital Transformation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


We should think about a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS including GDC based on closer cooperation to avoid duplication

Explanation

This argument advocates for integrated implementation of WSIS and the Global Digital Compact to maximize efficiency and impact. It emphasizes the importance of coordination among partners and stakeholders to avoid duplicating efforts while amplifying results.


Major discussion point

Global Digital Compact and UN Integration


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Integration with Global Digital Compact


P

Pedro Manuel Moreno

Speech speed

139 words per minute

Speech length

442 words

Speech time

190 seconds

3.4 billion people live in countries that spend more on debt servicing than on health or education

Explanation

This argument highlights the stark economic inequalities that affect digital development prospects. It demonstrates how financial constraints in developing countries create barriers to investing in digital infrastructure and human development, perpetuating the digital divide.


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Inequality Challenges


Topics

Development | Economic


Only 37% of people in least developed countries have internet access and women are still less likely than men to be online

Explanation

This argument presents specific data on digital exclusion, highlighting both geographic and gender-based disparities in internet access. It demonstrates that despite overall progress, significant populations remain digitally excluded, particularly in the most vulnerable countries and among women.


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Inequality Challenges


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Thomas Schneider
– Tawfik Jelassi

Agreed on

Persistent Digital Divide Challenges


118 countries, mainly in the Global South, are excluded from key AI governance initiatives

Explanation

This argument reveals how emerging technology governance is creating new forms of exclusion. It highlights that AI governance decisions are being made without representation from a significant portion of the world, particularly developing countries, which could exacerbate existing inequalities.


Evidence

Tech companies alone command market values nearly six times Africa’s GDP


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Inequality Challenges


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


AI and frontier technologies are transforming human life with the market projected to grow six-fold to 16.4 trillion US dollars by 2030

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the massive scale and rapid growth of AI and emerging technologies. It presents the transformative potential of these technologies while implicitly highlighting the urgency of ensuring inclusive participation in this technological revolution.


Evidence

A farmer in Kenya accesses global markets via smartphone, AI diagnoses diseases in remote villages, services trade grows 9% annually, digital economy contributes 3.1% to global GDP


Major discussion point

Future Vision and Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Economic


T

Tawfik Jelassi

Speech speed

108 words per minute

Speech length

775 words

Speech time

427 seconds

We must address the gender digital divide and ensure inclusion of women and young people in the digital world

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the need for targeted efforts to address specific forms of digital exclusion. It highlights that achieving an inclusive information society requires deliberate focus on groups that face particular barriers to digital participation.


Major discussion point

Digital Divide and Inequality Challenges


Topics

Human rights | Development


Agreed with

– Thomas Schneider
– Pedro Manuel Moreno

Agreed on

Persistent Digital Divide Challenges


UNESCO advocates for a reinvigorated, action-oriented WSIS 2.0 vision that is agile enough to navigate rapidly evolving information landscape complexities

Explanation

This argument calls for updating and strengthening the WSIS framework to address contemporary challenges. It emphasizes the need for an adaptive approach that can respond to rapid technological changes while maintaining focus on concrete action and results.


Evidence

This vision includes addressing gender digital divide, combating misinformation and harmful online content, and ensuring inclusion of women and young people


Major discussion point

Future Vision and Digital Transformation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Sociocultural


Disagreed with

– Thomas Schneider

Disagreed on

Emphasis on existing frameworks versus need for transformation


The WSIS framework can be strengthened by integrating follow-up to the Global Digital Compact and other relevant global initiatives

Explanation

This argument advocates for better coordination between WSIS and other global digital governance processes. It suggests that integration with the Global Digital Compact and similar initiatives can enhance the effectiveness and avoid duplication of efforts.


Major discussion point

Global Digital Compact and UN Integration


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider

Agreed on

Integration with Global Digital Compact


We must ensure the human element remains at the center and focus on transforming information into knowledge that empowers individuals and communities

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the importance of human-centered approaches to digital development. It advocates for moving beyond mere access to information toward creating knowledge societies where people can use digital tools to improve their lives and create sustainable development.


Major discussion point

Human-Centered Digital Development


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Agi Veres
– Solly Malatsi
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Agreed on

Human-Centered Digital Development Priority


Digital should help us build peace in the minds of men and women by combating misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content

Explanation

This argument connects digital development to UNESCO’s foundational mission of building peace. It emphasizes that digital technologies should be used to promote understanding and combat harmful content that can undermine social cohesion and peace.


Evidence

Reference to UNESCO’s 80-year-old constitutional charter mission to build peace in the minds of men and women


Major discussion point

Human-Centered Digital Development


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


A

Agi Veres

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

530 words

Speech time

223 seconds

WSIS has served as one of the most inclusive and enduring platforms for digital discussions over 20 years

Explanation

This argument recognizes WSIS as a uniquely successful model for global digital cooperation. It emphasizes how WSIS has maintained its relevance and inclusivity over two decades, bringing together diverse stakeholders in meaningful dialogue about digital development.


Evidence

WSIS brings together governments, private sector, civil society, academia and the UN system, ensuring voices from across sectors, regions, including developing countries and communities, inform digital policy and practice


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Agreed on

WSIS Multi-stakeholder Approach as Core Strength


WSIS vision of people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society is more urgently needed than ever

Explanation

This argument asserts that the core WSIS principles have become more relevant with time rather than less. It emphasizes that current digital challenges make the human-centered approach of WSIS even more critical for ensuring technology serves human development.


Evidence

UNDP’s Human Development Report focuses on AI, emphasizing how human agency and empowerment must be at the heart of our approach to digital technologies


Major discussion point

Human-Centered Digital Development


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Solly Malatsi
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Agreed on

Human-Centered Digital Development Priority


AI holds potential to reignite human development and generate new opportunities when used correctly with people-centered approach

Explanation

This argument presents an optimistic view of AI’s potential while emphasizing the importance of human-centered implementation. It suggests that AI can accelerate human development progress if approached with the right principles and frameworks.


Evidence

UNDP’s Human Development Report emphasizes that leveraging AI to meet people’s expectations for a better life is a choice the world can make, and using it the right way can expand human capabilities


Major discussion point

Future Vision and Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Human rights


S

Solly Malatsi

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

511 words

Speech time

209 seconds

We must adapt our frameworks in the face of emerging technologies and respond to deepening global inequalities while ensuring digital transformation advances equity and inclusion

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the need for adaptive governance frameworks that can address both technological advancement and persistent inequalities. It calls for ensuring that digital transformation serves to reduce rather than exacerbate existing disparities.


Major discussion point

Future Vision and Digital Transformation


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Agi Veres
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Agreed on

Human-Centered Digital Development Priority


We represent the aspirations of the whole world from remote villages to financial districts, and our insights will shape a digital future that is free, inclusive, and rights-based

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the global responsibility of WSIS participants and the universal scope of digital governance challenges. It highlights that decisions made in the WSIS process affect people across all contexts and geographies, from the most remote to the most connected areas.


Evidence

Examples given include remote villages across Africa, financial districts of New York and London, favelas of Rio de Janeiro, tech corridors of Bengaluru, and streets of Geneva


Major discussion point

Human-Centered Digital Development


Topics

Development | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


S

Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Speech speed

150 words per minute

Speech length

1079 words

Speech time

430 seconds

WSIS Plus 20 High Level Event 2025 brings together an incredible fusion of perspectives and expertise showing how much we have achieved when we unite for a common purpose

Explanation

This argument emphasizes the power of multi-stakeholder collaboration in the WSIS process. It highlights how bringing together diverse perspectives and expertise demonstrates the collective achievements possible through unified efforts toward shared digital goals.


Evidence

The event shows the potential to continue on this path when we unite for a common purpose towards a shared digital journey


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


The WSIS Plus 20 milestone reflects our collective commitment to people-centered, human-oriented, inclusive information and knowledge societies

Explanation

This argument reaffirms the core principles that have guided WSIS for two decades. It emphasizes that the 20-year milestone represents not just a celebration but a renewed commitment to ensuring digital development serves human needs and promotes inclusion.


Evidence

The milestone reflects commitment towards a digitally inclusive future through dynamic discussions, tackling digital challenges and shaping the future of global digital governance together


Major discussion point

Human-Centered Digital Development


Topics

Development | Human rights


Agreed with

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Agi Veres
– Solly Malatsi

Agreed on

Human-Centered Digital Development Priority


WSIS is fundamentally about multi-stakeholders coming together to ensure we get a chance to shape policy

Explanation

This argument identifies policy shaping as a core function of the WSIS process. It emphasizes that the multi-stakeholder approach is not just about dialogue but about ensuring diverse voices have meaningful input into digital policy development.


Major discussion point

WSIS 20-Year Legacy and Achievements


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Gitanjali Sah
– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider
– Agi Veres

Agreed on

WSIS Multi-stakeholder Approach as Core Strength


Agreements

Agreement points

WSIS Multi-stakeholder Approach as Core Strength

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider
– Agi Veres
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Arguments

WSIS has brought together governments, innovators, civil society and communities to shape a connected world that works for all over 20 years


Multi-stakeholder participation with 160 countries and 50,000 stakeholders from various sectors is the beating heart of WSIS


WSIS principles and action lines continue to serve as a pertinent framework for Internet and digital policy discussions


WSIS has served as one of the most inclusive and enduring platforms for digital discussions over 20 years


WSIS is fundamentally about multi-stakeholders coming together to ensure we get a chance to shape policy


Summary

All speakers consistently emphasized that WSIS’s multi-stakeholder approach, bringing together diverse sectors and stakeholders, is its fundamental strength and what makes it effective for digital governance and policy development.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Human-Centered Digital Development Priority

Speakers

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Agi Veres
– Solly Malatsi
– Sulyna Nur Abdulla

Arguments

We must ensure the human element remains at the center and focus on transforming information into knowledge that empowers individuals and communities


WSIS vision of people-centered, inclusive, and development-oriented information society is more urgently needed than ever


We must adapt our frameworks in the face of emerging technologies and respond to deepening global inequalities while ensuring digital transformation advances equity and inclusion


The WSIS Plus 20 milestone reflects our collective commitment to people-centered, human-oriented, inclusive information and knowledge societies


Summary

Speakers agreed that digital development must prioritize human needs, empowerment, and inclusion, ensuring that technology serves people rather than the other way around.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Integration with Global Digital Compact

Speakers

– Gitanjali Sah
– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

WSIS outcomes will be essential in the UN General Assembly overall review and help guide implementation of the Global Digital Compact


WSIS stands strong in helping guide implementation of the Global Digital Compact and Pact of the Future adopted by UN member states


We should think about a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS including GDC based on closer cooperation to avoid duplication


The WSIS framework can be strengthened by integrating follow-up to the Global Digital Compact and other relevant global initiatives


Summary

Speakers consistently agreed that WSIS should be integrated with and help guide the implementation of the Global Digital Compact to avoid duplication and maximize effectiveness.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Persistent Digital Divide Challenges

Speakers

– Thomas Schneider
– Pedro Manuel Moreno
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

The digital divide remains a reality alongside cybersecurity risks, online misinformation, and ethical concerns surrounding AI


Only 37% of people in least developed countries have internet access and women are still less likely than men to be online


We must address the gender digital divide and ensure inclusion of women and young people in the digital world


Summary

Speakers acknowledged that despite 20 years of progress, significant digital divides persist, particularly affecting developing countries, women, and young people.


Topics

Development | Human rights


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the need to strengthen and evolve digital governance frameworks for the future, focusing on scaling activities and adapting to emerging challenges while building on existing successful structures.

Speakers

– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider

Arguments

The next phase must focus on universal meaningful connectivity, community building, digital skills, cybersecurity, and strengthened digital cooperation


We need a strengthened and further developed inclusive framework for Internet and Digital Governance that will be fit for purpose for the next 22 years


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Cybersecurity


Both speakers highlighted the need for more inclusive governance of emerging technologies, particularly AI, and the importance of adapting frameworks to address rapid technological changes while ensuring broader participation.

Speakers

– Pedro Manuel Moreno
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

118 countries, mainly in the Global South, are excluded from key AI governance initiatives


UNESCO advocates for a reinvigorated, action-oriented WSIS 2.0 vision that is agile enough to navigate rapidly evolving information landscape complexities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers emphasized that digital technologies, including AI, should be used to promote positive human outcomes and social cohesion, requiring careful attention to human-centered implementation.

Speakers

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Agi Veres

Arguments

Digital should help us build peace in the minds of men and women by combating misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content


AI holds potential to reignite human development and generate new opportunities when used correctly with people-centered approach


Topics

Development | Human rights | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Economic Inequality Impact on Digital Development

Speakers

– Pedro Manuel Moreno
– Solly Malatsi

Arguments

3.4 billion people live in countries that spend more on debt servicing than on health or education


We represent the aspirations of the whole world from remote villages to financial districts, and our insights will shape a digital future that is free, inclusive, and rights-based


Explanation

The unexpected consensus emerged around acknowledging that economic constraints and debt burdens in developing countries are fundamental barriers to digital development, requiring the WSIS process to address broader economic inequalities alongside digital divides.


Topics

Development | Economic


AI Governance Exclusion as Critical Challenge

Speakers

– Pedro Manuel Moreno
– Thomas Schneider

Arguments

118 countries, mainly in the Global South, are excluded from key AI governance initiatives


The digital divide remains a reality alongside cybersecurity risks, online misinformation, and ethical concerns surrounding AI


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus that AI governance is creating new forms of exclusion and inequality, with speakers from different organizations agreeing that current AI governance processes are insufficiently inclusive of developing countries.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated remarkably high consensus on core WSIS principles including multi-stakeholder participation, human-centered development, integration with Global Digital Compact, and acknowledgment of persistent digital divides. There was also unexpected agreement on economic barriers to digital development and AI governance exclusion.


Consensus level

Very high consensus level with no significant disagreements identified. This strong alignment suggests that WSIS has successfully built a shared understanding among diverse stakeholders about digital governance principles and challenges. The consensus provides a solid foundation for the WSIS Plus 20 process and indicates that the framework has matured into a widely accepted approach to global digital cooperation. However, the challenge will be translating this consensus into concrete actions that address the persistent inequalities and emerging challenges that all speakers acknowledged.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Emphasis on existing frameworks versus need for transformation

Speakers

– Thomas Schneider
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

We should make best use of existing structures which have proven to work and adapt well so far


UNESCO advocates for a reinvigorated, action-oriented WSIS 2.0 vision that is agile enough to navigate rapidly evolving information landscape complexities


Summary

Schneider emphasizes leveraging existing proven structures while Jelassi calls for a more transformative WSIS 2.0 vision, representing different approaches to evolution versus transformation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Unexpected differences

No significant unexpected disagreements identified

Speakers

Arguments

Explanation

This was a ceremonial opening session where speakers were largely aligned on core principles and vision. The minor differences in approach were expected given different organizational perspectives


Topics

Overall assessment

Summary

Very limited disagreement among speakers, with only minor differences in emphasis between evolutionary versus transformative approaches to WSIS development


Disagreement level

Low – This ceremonial opening session showed strong consensus on WSIS principles, achievements, and future direction. The minimal disagreements reflect different organizational perspectives rather than fundamental conflicts, suggesting a unified foundation for the week’s discussions ahead


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the need to strengthen and evolve digital governance frameworks for the future, focusing on scaling activities and adapting to emerging challenges while building on existing successful structures.

Speakers

– Doreen Bogdan-Martin
– Thomas Schneider

Arguments

The next phase must focus on universal meaningful connectivity, community building, digital skills, cybersecurity, and strengthened digital cooperation


We need a strengthened and further developed inclusive framework for Internet and Digital Governance that will be fit for purpose for the next 22 years


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development | Cybersecurity


Both speakers highlighted the need for more inclusive governance of emerging technologies, particularly AI, and the importance of adapting frameworks to address rapid technological changes while ensuring broader participation.

Speakers

– Pedro Manuel Moreno
– Tawfik Jelassi

Arguments

118 countries, mainly in the Global South, are excluded from key AI governance initiatives


UNESCO advocates for a reinvigorated, action-oriented WSIS 2.0 vision that is agile enough to navigate rapidly evolving information landscape complexities


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Both speakers emphasized that digital technologies, including AI, should be used to promote positive human outcomes and social cohesion, requiring careful attention to human-centered implementation.

Speakers

– Tawfik Jelassi
– Agi Veres

Arguments

Digital should help us build peace in the minds of men and women by combating misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content


AI holds potential to reignite human development and generate new opportunities when used correctly with people-centered approach


Topics

Development | Human rights | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

WSIS has successfully established a multi-stakeholder framework over 20 years, bringing together 160 countries and 50,000 stakeholders from various sectors to shape global digital governance


Significant progress has been made in global connectivity, increasing from 16% (1 billion people) online in 2003 to 68% today


The WSIS framework remains relevant and adaptable, with its principles and action lines continuing to guide Internet and digital policy discussions


Digital inequalities persist significantly, with only 37% of people in least developed countries having internet access and 118 countries excluded from key AI governance initiatives


The future vision requires focus on universal meaningful connectivity, digital skills, cybersecurity, and strengthened digital cooperation to address emerging technologies like AI


WSIS must evolve to integrate with the Global Digital Compact and other UN initiatives while maintaining its human-centered, inclusive approach


South Africa has officially taken over the chairmanship of WSIS Plus 20 High-Level Event 2025 from Switzerland


Resolutions and action items

Development of a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS including the Global Digital Compact to avoid duplication and enhance cooperation


Establishment of a robust monitoring framework for WSIS based on universality indicators embodying human rights, openness, accessibility, and multi-stakeholder participation


Active engagement of all stakeholders in the week’s discussions to shape the chair’s summary reflecting collective priorities


Preparation for the WSIS overall review by the UN General Assembly later in 2025


Strengthening of existing multi-stakeholder mechanisms like the Internet Governance Forum and WSIS Forum


Focus on scaling activities to keep pace with technological evolution over the next two decades


Unresolved issues

How to effectively bridge the persistent digital divide, particularly the gender digital divide and exclusion of Global South countries from AI governance


Specific mechanisms for addressing cybersecurity risks, online misinformation, and ethical concerns surrounding AI


Concrete strategies for ensuring that 40% of global jobs potentially reshaped by AI don’t exacerbate inequalities


How to balance rapid technological advancement with inclusive development that leaves no one behind


Specific funding and resource allocation mechanisms for digital capacity building in developing countries


How to effectively combat misinformation, hate speech, and harmful online content while preserving digital rights


Suggested compromises

Leveraging existing proven structures and mechanisms rather than creating new ones to avoid duplication while adapting to current needs


Integrating WSIS framework with Global Digital Compact implementation through closer cooperation among all partners


Balancing technological innovation with human-centered development by ensuring AI and emerging technologies serve humanity rather than replace human agency


Combining reflection on past achievements with forward-looking adaptation to emerging challenges in the digital landscape


Thought provoking comments

Today, the WSIS process stands strong and agile in helping guide the implementation of the Global Digital Compact and the Pact of the Future that was adopted by UN member states last year.

Speaker

Doreen Bogdan-Martin


Reason

This comment is insightful because it positions WSIS not as a static 20-year-old framework, but as a living, evolving process that remains relevant to contemporary global digital governance challenges. It connects the historical WSIS process to current UN initiatives, showing continuity and adaptation.


Impact

This framing influenced subsequent speakers to emphasize the ongoing relevance of WSIS principles and their application to emerging challenges. It set the tone for viewing the anniversary not just as a celebration of past achievements, but as a foundation for future action.


Today we stand at the edge of two worlds. In one world, artificial intelligence and frontier technologies are transforming human life… In the other world, 3.4 billion people live in countries that spend more on debt servicing than they spend on health or education… These are not separate worlds. They are our world, our only world.

Speaker

Pedro Manuel Moreno


Reason

This is perhaps the most thought-provoking comment in the entire discussion. It presents a stark dichotomy between technological advancement and persistent inequality, then powerfully unifies them as interconnected realities. The rhetorical structure forces listeners to confront the paradox of digital progress alongside deepening divides.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the discussion from celebratory reflection to urgent action. It introduced a sense of moral urgency and responsibility that influenced subsequent speakers to address inequality and inclusion more directly. The ‘two worlds’ metaphor became a conceptual framework that other speakers referenced.


Today, digital should help us building peace in the minds of men and women, and that’s why I made a reference to combating mis- and disinformation, hate speech, and other harmful online content.

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Reason

This comment is insightful because it connects UNESCO’s foundational 1945 mission to contemporary digital challenges, showing how fundamental human values must guide technological development. It reframes digital governance as fundamentally about human dignity and peace-building.


Impact

This comment elevated the discussion from technical implementation to philosophical foundations, emphasizing that digital transformation must serve human flourishing. It introduced the concept of digital technologies as tools for peace-building, adding depth to the conversation about the purpose of digital governance.


We are not here simply representing the interest of the organizations that are funding our participation, but we are representing the aspirations of the whole world. From the remote villages across all of Africa to the financial districts… to the serene streets of Geneva.

Speaker

Solly Malatsi


Reason

This comment is thought-provoking because it challenges participants to think beyond their institutional roles and consider their broader responsibility to global humanity. It emphasizes the moral weight of their decisions and the diverse constituencies they serve.


Impact

As the incoming chair’s opening statement, this comment set expectations for the week’s discussions, emphasizing inclusivity and global responsibility. It shifted focus from organizational interests to human impact, establishing a framework for more people-centered discussions.


Will the digital revolution unite us or divide us further? Will it bridge old gaps or create new ones?

Speaker

Pedro Manuel Moreno


Reason

These rhetorical questions cut to the heart of the digital transformation challenge, forcing participants to confront the fundamental uncertainty about technology’s impact on human society. They frame the entire WSIS mission as being at a critical inflection point.


Impact

These questions created a sense of urgency and choice that permeated the rest of the discussion. They established that the outcomes of digital transformation are not predetermined but depend on the decisions and actions of the participants in the room.


Overall assessment

The most impactful comments in this discussion successfully transformed what could have been a routine anniversary celebration into a urgent call for action. Pedro Manuel Moreno’s ‘two worlds’ metaphor was particularly powerful in shifting the tone from congratulatory to confrontational with existing inequalities. The combination of Bogdan-Martin’s emphasis on WSIS’s continued relevance, Jelassi’s connection to peace-building, and Malatsi’s call for global responsibility created a narrative arc that moved from historical achievement through current challenges to future obligations. These key interventions elevated the discussion from technical implementation details to fundamental questions about technology’s role in human development and social justice. The speakers built upon each other’s themes, creating a cohesive argument that digital governance is not just about technology, but about choosing between futures of division or unity.


Follow-up questions

How can we ensure that digital transformation continues to advance equity, inclusion, and human dignity in the face of emerging technologies?

Speaker

Solly Malatsi


Explanation

This is a fundamental question about adapting frameworks for emerging technologies while maintaining core values of equity and inclusion in digital transformation


How do we respond to the deepening global inequalities and interconnected challenges in the digital age?

Speaker

Solly Malatsi


Explanation

This addresses the critical issue of growing digital divides and the need for coordinated responses to global digital inequalities


Where have we succeeded and where must we do better in the WSIS process over the past 20 years?

Speaker

Solly Malatsi


Explanation

This calls for a comprehensive evaluation of WSIS achievements and failures to inform future strategies


How must we adapt our frameworks in the face of emerging technologies that are transforming the very fabric of our societies?

Speaker

Solly Malatsi


Explanation

This highlights the need to update governance frameworks to address rapid technological changes and their societal impacts


Will the digital revolution unite us or divide us further? Will it bridge old gaps or create new ones?

Speaker

Pedro Manuel Moreno


Explanation

These fundamental questions address the dual nature of digital transformation and its potential to either increase or decrease global inequalities


Are we making our stakeholders and individuals more successful through what we have been offering them? Are we transforming lives?

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Explanation

These are key evaluation questions to assess the real-world impact and effectiveness of WSIS initiatives on people’s lives


Have we built this people-oriented, inclusive and development-oriented information society?

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Explanation

This is a critical assessment question about whether the original WSIS vision from 2005 has been achieved


How can we establish a robust monitoring framework for WSIS based on universality indicators?

Speaker

Tawfik Jelassi


Explanation

This addresses the need for better measurement and tracking of WSIS progress using human rights, openness, accessibility, and multi-stakeholder participation principles


How can we create a joint implementation roadmap for WSIS and the Global Digital Compact to avoid duplication?

Speaker

Thomas Schneider


Explanation

This focuses on coordination between different digital governance frameworks to maximize efficiency and impact


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Open Forum #82 Catalyzing Equitable AI Impact the Role of International Cooperation

Open Forum #82 Catalyzing Equitable AI Impact the Role of International Cooperation

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on addressing the global AI divide and ensuring equitable access to artificial intelligence technologies, particularly for developing countries and the Global South. The session was moderated by Ambassador Henri Verdier and featured speakers from various international organizations, governments, and regions, serving as a precursor to India’s upcoming AI Impact Summit in February 2025.


Participants identified three primary barriers hindering equitable AI adoption: inadequate infrastructure (including connectivity, electricity, and access to GPUs), skills gaps and lack of technical talent, and insufficient culturally relevant datasets. Minister Cina Lawson from Togo emphasized that without inclusion in AI development, entire regions risk being erased from future knowledge systems. Several speakers highlighted the stark disparities in global AI resources, noting that all of Africa has less than 1% of global data center capacity and fewer than 1,000 GPUs.


The discussion revealed an “optimism divide” where developing countries view AI as an opportunity for growth, while developed nations focus more on risks and regulation. Speakers stressed the importance of moving beyond being mere consumers of AI technologies developed elsewhere to becoming active producers and co-creators. Key solutions proposed included creating shared repositories of AI applications, developing voice-enabled services in local languages, establishing public infrastructure for secure data sharing, and implementing techno-legal regulatory frameworks.


Multiple speakers emphasized the need for inclusive multilateral cooperation through organizations like UNESCO, ITU, OECD’s Global Partnership on AI, and UN initiatives. The discussion concluded with a commitment to continue this dialogue through participatory processes leading up to India’s AI Impact Summit, which aims to democratize AI access and ensure the technology benefits all of humanity rather than perpetuating existing inequalities.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable Access**: The discussion extensively covered the three main barriers preventing equitable AI adoption globally: lack of infrastructure (including connectivity, electricity, GPUs, and data centers), skills gaps (particularly in STEM education and AI literacy), and insufficient access to relevant datasets. Speakers emphasized how these gaps particularly affect the Global South and could lead to further marginalization.


– **Cultural and Linguistic Representation in AI**: Multiple speakers highlighted the critical need for AI systems to be developed in local languages and reflect diverse cultural contexts. There was strong emphasis on ensuring that AI datasets and applications represent the knowledge, languages, and cultural values of all regions, not just dominant Western perspectives, to prevent entire populations from being excluded from the AI-powered future.


– **Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks**: The conversation focused heavily on the role of international organizations (UN, ITU, UNESCO, OECD) and initiatives like the Global Partnership on AI, Hiroshima Process, and various summits in creating inclusive AI governance. Speakers discussed the need for coordinated global efforts, shared standards, and collaborative frameworks to democratize AI access.


– **Moving from Consumers to Producers**: A recurring theme was the urgent need for developing countries to transition from being mere consumers of AI technologies developed elsewhere to becoming active producers and co-creators. This included calls for joint research programs, shared infrastructure, technology transfer, and ensuring developing nations have a seat at the table in AI design and decision-making.


– **Actionable Solutions and Implementation**: The latter part of the discussion focused on concrete pathways forward, including creating repositories of AI applications that can be shared globally, developing voice-enabled services in local languages, establishing frameworks for secure data sharing, and building capacity through targeted training programs and public-private partnerships.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion served as a preparatory session for India’s upcoming AI Impact Summit (February 2025), positioned between the Paris AI Action Summit and Delhi summit. The primary goal was to examine the growing AI divide between developed and developing nations and identify concrete, actionable solutions for creating a more inclusive global AI ecosystem that benefits everyone, particularly the Global South.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a collaborative and constructive tone throughout, with speakers showing genuine concern about AI inequality while remaining optimistic about solutions. The tone was professional yet urgent, with participants acknowledging the severity of the AI divide while emphasizing the need for immediate action. There was a notable shift from problem identification in the early portions to solution-focused discussions toward the end, with speakers building on each other’s ideas and showing strong consensus around key priorities. The moderator’s efforts to keep discussions brief and focused helped maintain momentum and ensure all voices were heard.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Abhishek Agarwal** – Government of India, India AI mission representative


– **Henri Verdier** – France’s Ambassador for Digital Affairs, session moderator


– **Cina Lawson** – Minister for Digital Economy and Transformation of Togo


– **Amandeep Singh Gill** – UN Tech Envoy Under Secretary General from the United Nations


– **Yoichi Iida** – Special Policy Advisor to the Minister of Information and Communications from the Government of Japan


– **Mariagrazia Squicciarini** – CEO from the Social and Human Sciences Sector UNESCO


– **Audrey Plonk** – Deputy Director, STI OECD (joined virtually)


– **Andrea Jacobs** – AI Focal Point from Antigua Barbuda (joined virtually)


– **Sharad Sharma** – Founder of iSpirit, India (joined virtually)


– **Tomas Lamanauskas** – Deputy Secretary General of the ITU (joined virtually)


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions


**Additional speakers:**


– **Thomas Lamanskos** – Deputy Secretary General of the ITU (mentioned in introduction but appears to be the same person as Tomas Lamanauskas)


– **Dr. Maria Grazia Grani** – CEO from the Social and Human Sciences Sector UNESCO (mentioned in introduction but appears to be the same person as Mariagrazia Squicciarini)


– **Martina Legal Malakova** – President at GAIA-X Hub Slovakia, Vice chair at SME committee at business at OECD, MAG 2024


– **Deanne Hewitt-Mills** – Runs a global data protection office consultancy


– **Nupur Chunchunwala** – Runs a foundation that unlocks the potential of neurodiverse individuals globally


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Addressing the Global AI Divide – Ensuring Equitable Access to Artificial Intelligence


## Executive Summary


This discussion, moderated by Ambassador Henri Verdier, France’s Ambassador for Digital Affairs, served as a preparatory session for India’s upcoming AI Impact Summit scheduled for February 2026. Strategically positioned between the Paris AI Action Summit (February 2024) and the Delhi summit, this session focused specifically on development and inclusion aspects of AI governance, complementing previous summits’ emphasis on existential risk (Bletchley Park) and innovation/governance/environmental impacts (Paris).


The session brought together representatives from international organisations, governments, and civil society to examine the growing artificial intelligence divide between developed and developing nations, with particular focus on ensuring equitable access to AI technologies for the Global South. The discussion was structured around three key questions: identifying barriers to AI access, understanding the stakes of AI exclusion, and developing concrete solutions for inclusive AI development.


The discussion revealed a stark reality: whilst AI promises transformative benefits for humanity, current development patterns risk creating unprecedented inequalities. Participants identified three fundamental barriers preventing equitable AI adoption globally: inadequate infrastructure (including connectivity, electricity, and access to GPUs), significant skills gaps particularly in STEM education, and insufficient access to culturally relevant datasets. The conversation evolved from problem identification to solution-focused discussions, emphasising the urgent need for multilateral cooperation and innovative approaches to democratise AI access.


## Key Participants and Strategic Context


The session featured diverse voices from across the global AI governance landscape, reflecting the collaborative nature of India’s approach to the AI Impact Summit. **Abhishek Agarwal** from India’s AI mission highlighted the country’s innovative approaches, including the Bhashini project for natural language processing, the AI Coach platform for datasets, and India’s provision of 50,000 GPUs at less than $1 per hour. **Cina Lawson**, Togo’s Minister for Digital Economy and Transformation, provided powerful insights from the African perspective, emphasising the existential nature of AI exclusion.


**Amandeep Singh Gill**, the UN Tech Envoy, outlined multilateral frameworks including the Global Digital Compact and the establishment of an international independent scientific panel on AI. **Yoichi Iida** from Japan’s government presented the Hiroshima Process approach and Japan’s recently enacted AI promotion law, whilst addressing unique demographic challenges of an aging society.


**Thomas Lamanauskas**, Deputy Secretary General of ITU (joining virtually), presented comprehensive statistics on global AI infrastructure disparities and outlined multiple ITU initiatives including the Coalition for Sustainable AI and the AI Skills Coalition. **Mariagrazia Squicciarini** from UNESCO contributed perspectives on AI ethics and inclusive development, whilst **Audrey Plonk** from the OECD discussed the Global Partnership on AI’s expansion efforts.


Virtual participants including **Andrea Jacobs** from Antigua and Barbuda, **Sharad Sharma** from India’s iSpirit foundation, and audience members provided additional regional and technical perspectives that enriched the discussion with practical insights and challenging questions about implementation.


## The Three Fundamental Barriers to AI Equity


### Infrastructure Deficits: The Stark Reality of Global Disparities


The discussion revealed alarming disparities in global AI infrastructure. **Thomas Lamanauskas** presented stark statistics showing that Africa, despite representing 18% of the global population, possesses only 1.8% of global data centre capacity. The continent has fewer than 1,000 GPUs available for AI development, highlighting the massive infrastructure gap that must be addressed.


**Cina Lawson** emphasised that infrastructure challenges extend beyond mere connectivity to include reliable electricity supply, which remains inconsistent across much of Africa. She noted that without addressing these fundamental infrastructure needs, countries cannot participate meaningfully in AI development or deployment. **Abhishek Agarwal** countered with India’s innovative approach to compute scarcity, describing how India provides 50,000 GPUs at less than $1 per hour through innovative sharing models that could potentially be replicated in other developing regions.


The ITU’s Digital Infrastructure Investment Initiative, involving seven development finance institutions with 1.6 trillion in assets, represents one approach to addressing these infrastructure gaps through coordinated international investment.


### Skills and Education Gaps: From STEM Crisis to AI Literacy


The skills shortage emerged as a critical barrier, with **Cina Lawson** highlighting a concerning trend of declining interest in mathematics and science education among African children. This foundational challenge threatens long-term AI capacity building efforts across the continent. The discussion revealed that skills gaps extend beyond technical capabilities to include AI literacy among policymakers and the general population.


**Yoichi Iida** noted that even developed countries like Japan face unique challenges, with aging populations requiring trust-building and literacy programmes for AI adoption. Japan’s approach focuses on building trust through its AI promotion law and multi-stakeholder governance models, recognising that demographic transitions create different skill development needs.


The ITU’s AI Skills Coalition, with 50 partners aiming to train 10,000 people, represents one multilateral approach to addressing these capacity gaps, whilst **Thomas Lamanauskas** emphasised the need for tailored approaches that address different demographic contexts and development levels.


### Data Availability and Cultural Representation: The Language Divide


The third barrier—access to relevant datasets—proved particularly complex. **Amandeep Singh Gill** observed that language datasets are concentrated in only six or seven languages, missing crucial cultural contexts that would make AI systems relevant to Global South populations. **Cina Lawson** emphasised that without cultural representation in AI datasets, entire regions risk being excluded from future knowledge systems.


**Abhishek Agarwal** highlighted India’s focus on voice-based AI services through the Bhashini project and local language initiatives as essential for including millions currently outside the digital ecosystem. This approach recognises that text-based interfaces may not be appropriate for populations with limited literacy or different communication preferences, making voice-based AI solutions culturally appropriate alternatives.


The AI Coach platform mentioned by Agarwal represents another approach to democratising access to datasets, though the specific mechanisms for ensuring cultural representation and local relevance require continued attention.


## The Existential Stakes of AI Exclusion


Perhaps the most powerful moment in the discussion came when **Cina Lawson** articulated the existential nature of AI exclusion: “If we are not part of the conversation, we won’t exist in the future. One fear that we have is that imagine the world 20 years from now. And if AI represent the totality of knowledge, if you’re not part of this knowledge, people, if someone coming from I don’t know which planet 20 years from now, looking at the data on the platform, if we don’t exist on this platform, it will mean that we don’t exist at all.”


This framing elevated the discussion beyond technical challenges to questions of cultural survival and representation in human knowledge systems. It influenced subsequent speakers to address AI inclusion not merely as a development issue but as a matter of preserving human diversity and ensuring all cultures have a voice in shaping AI-powered futures.


**Henri Verdier** contextualised this concern within historical patterns, drawing parallels to previous technological transitions like television and GMOs, noting that the Global South’s current enthusiasm for AI stems from hope for development benefits rather than complacency about risks.


## The Optimism Divide: Contrasting Global Perspectives


**Thomas Lamanauskas** introduced a fascinating paradox he termed the “optimism divide.” His research revealed that 70% of people in the Global South view AI as potentially helpful for development, whilst developed countries show greater concern about job displacement and other risks. This counterintuitive finding suggests that those with less access to AI are more optimistic about its potential benefits.


This perspective difference has significant implications for AI governance, suggesting that developing countries may be more willing to embrace AI adoption if barriers are addressed, whilst developed nations focus primarily on risk management and regulation. **Yoichi Iida**’s presentation of Japan’s “AI promotion law” rather than restrictive regulation reflects this different approach, emphasising trust-building and benefit realisation alongside risk management.


## Multilateral Cooperation Frameworks and Concrete Initiatives


The discussion highlighted numerous existing frameworks for international AI cooperation, with speakers revealing both opportunities and coordination challenges in current approaches.


### UN Global Digital Compact and Scientific Panel


**Amandeep Singh Gill** outlined the UN’s Global Digital Compact, which established an international independent scientific panel on AI and mandated global dialogue on AI governance within the UN system. He emphasised ongoing work on innovative financing options, noting 200 consultations conducted with a report to be presented in September. The UN’s clearing house approach for standards development represents another mechanism for coordinated international action.


### Japan’s Hiroshima Process and Multi-Stakeholder Governance


**Yoichi Iida** presented Japan’s Hiroshima Process, which promotes AI company risk assessment and information sharing to foster trust. The Hiroshima Process Friends Group advocates for co-governance involving governments, businesses, civil society, and academia to create trustworthy AI ecosystems. Japan’s recent enactment of AI promotion law demonstrates practical implementation of these principles.


### ITU’s Comprehensive AI Initiative Portfolio


**Thomas Lamanauskas** outlined the ITU’s extensive AI-related initiatives, including:


– The Coalition for Sustainable AI launched at the Paris summit


– AI Standards Summit series (first in New Delhi, second in December)


– AI Skills Coalition with 50 partners aiming to train 10,000 people


– Digital Infrastructure Investment Initiative with seven DFIs worth 1.6 trillion assets


– Upcoming AI for Good Global Summit (May 8-11) and AI governance day in July


### OECD and UNESCO Frameworks


**Audrey Plonk** discussed the OECD’s Global Partnership on AI expansion efforts, aiming to include more countries at different AI development levels, whilst addressing financial divides that limit SME engagement in AI development. **Mariagrazia Squicciarini** highlighted UNESCO’s AI ethics framework and readiness assessment methodology, which help countries evaluate their AI preparedness and implement ethical-by-design approaches.


## From Consumers to Producers: Transforming Global South Participation


A recurring theme throughout the discussion was the urgent need for Global South countries to transition from being mere consumers of AI technologies to becoming active producers and co-creators. **Andrea Jacobs** articulated this challenge clearly: “We are overwhelmingly consumers of AI technologies that are developed elsewhere. And oftentimes our realities, languages or priorities in mind… Most of these companies don’t bear this in mind… the tools that we adopt are not built for us.”


**Cina Lawson** provided five specific recommendations for transformation:


1. Focus on local problems and solutions


2. Ensure local data availability and control


3. Prioritise local languages and cultural contexts


4. Establish research programmes and joint funding initiatives


5. Develop local talent training programmes within Global South countries


**Andrea Jacobs** proposed a two-point action plan emphasising regional cooperation and practical implementation pathways, whilst **Mariagrazia Squicciarini** noted that current AI innovation concentration in few companies limits breakthrough innovation potential from startups and smaller entities, which typically drive radical innovation.


## Innovative Solutions and Paradigm Shifts


### Public-Private Innovation Models and Techno-Legal Regulation


**Sharad Sharma** presented perhaps the most radical critique of current approaches, arguing that “more of the same is a recipe for disaster” and calling for fundamental paradigm shifts. He advocated for innovation architecture that combines public goods with private innovation, arguing that purely private sector-driven development leads to value extraction rather than local value creation.


Sharma proposed techno-legal regulation to replace traditional regulatory approaches, suggesting that conventional regulation is inadequate for preventing gaming by AI service providers. He highlighted India’s development of public infrastructure for controlled data sharing through frameworks like DEPA (Data Empowerment and Protection Architecture), which enables data sharing whilst preserving privacy and local control.


His emphasis on young adults and child safety as global priorities added another dimension to inclusion discussions, recognising that AI’s impact on cultural identity and development requires special attention to vulnerable populations.


### Practical Implementation Strategies and Global Repositories


**Abhishek Agarwal** proposed creating a global repository of AI applications across sectors such as healthcare, agriculture, and education that could be shared and adapted by different countries. This approach would build on India’s Digital Public Infrastructure model, allowing countries to benefit from proven solutions whilst adapting them to local contexts.


The discussion also highlighted the need for global data sharing protocols and anonymisation tools to enable cross-border collaboration whilst preserving privacy and control. **Henri Verdier** emphasised the importance of public research in developing these foundational technologies, drawing parallels to historical examples of public investment in transformative technologies.


### Ethical and Inclusive Design Approaches


**Mariagrazia Squicciarini** advocated for ethical-by-design approaches rather than problem-fixing approaches for AI implementation. She argued that inclusive AI benefits everyone by improving system performance through better, more representative data, making inclusion a technical and business imperative rather than merely a moral one.


This perspective helped shift discussions from charity-based framings of inclusion to practical arguments about AI quality and effectiveness, making the case more compelling for stakeholders focused on performance outcomes.


## Audience Engagement and Broader Inclusion Perspectives


The session included valuable audience participation that expanded the discussion beyond geographic inclusion. **Martina Legal Malakova** raised important questions about companies paying citizens for data use, highlighting economic dimensions of data sovereignty. **Deanne Hewitt-Mills** recommended B Corp standards for measuring social impact, providing practical frameworks for accountability.


Most significantly, **Nupur Chunchunwala** challenged the panel’s focus on geographic inclusion by highlighting that human diversity includes neurodiversity, disabilities, and generational differences that cut across geographic boundaries. This created productive tension between geographic-focused inclusion and broader human diversity considerations, enriching the discussion with recognition that inclusive AI must address multiple dimensions of human difference simultaneously.


## Economic Implications and Sustainable Business Models


The discussion revealed significant challenges in developing sustainable business models for AI infrastructure in the Global South. **Cina Lawson** identified the need for innovative financing approaches and new business cases for shared infrastructure, whilst **Audrey Plonk** noted financial divides that limit SME engagement in AI development and deployment.


**Thomas Lamanauskas** observed that the Global South’s optimism about AI creates opportunities for development-focused applications, contrasting with developed countries’ concerns about job displacement. This suggests different market opportunities and business model requirements across regions, with implications for how international cooperation and investment should be structured.


The ITU’s Digital Infrastructure Investment Initiative represents one approach to addressing financing challenges, though speakers acknowledged that transitioning from high-level commitments to concrete implementation pathways remains a critical challenge requiring continued attention.


## Unresolved Challenges and Future Research Needs


Despite the productive discussion, several critical challenges remain unresolved:


### Coordination Among Multiple Initiatives


With numerous multilateral initiatives addressing AI governance—UN Global Digital Compact, Hiroshima Process, ITU programmes, OECD partnerships, UNESCO frameworks—coordination mechanisms to avoid duplication and ensure coherent global approaches require further attention. **Henri Verdier** noted the strategic positioning of the Delhi summit to bridge different regional perspectives, but systematic coordination remains challenging.


### Implementation Pathways and Concrete Mechanisms


The transition from high-level commitments to actionable pathways for AI inclusion needs more detailed planning. **Abhishek Agarwal** identified this as a key challenge requiring continued attention through the preparatory process for the AI Impact Summit.


### Measurement and Evaluation Frameworks


Frameworks for tracking progress on inclusive AI adoption and impact need development. **Audrey Plonk** mentioned OECD’s work on measuring compute capability availability, but comprehensive evaluation systems that capture cultural representation, skills development, and sustainable participation remain nascent.


### Financing Innovation and Risk Distribution


How to finance the massive infrastructure investments needed to bridge the AI divide whilst ensuring sustainable and equitable risk distribution remains unclear. Whilst speakers identified the need for innovative financing options, specific mechanisms and their implementation require further development.


## Pathways to the AI Impact Summit 2026


The discussion concluded with **Abhishek Agarwal** outlining specific commitments to continue dialogue through participatory processes leading to India’s AI Impact Summit in February 2026. These include:


– Public consultations to ensure broad participation


– Working groups focused on specific technical and policy challenges


– Open calls for side events and collaborative initiatives


– Transparent and inclusive processes for shaping the summit’s outcomes


**Henri Verdier** positioned the summit strategically between the Paris AI Action Summit and other international gatherings, emphasising its potential role in bridging different regional perspectives and approaches to AI governance. The collaborative approach, involving partnerships with UNESCO, ITU, and other international organisations, reflects recognition that addressing the AI divide requires sustained multilateral cooperation.


## Conclusion and Strategic Implications


This discussion revealed both the urgency and complexity of addressing the global AI divide, whilst demonstrating growing maturity in international AI governance conversations. The session’s evolution from problem identification to solution-focused discussions, combined with concrete commitments to continued collaboration, suggests meaningful progress toward actionable frameworks for inclusive AI development.


The existential framing provided by **Cina Lawson** and the paradigm-shifting proposals from **Sharad Sharma** elevated the discussion beyond technical problem-solving to fundamental questions about technological sovereignty, cultural survival, and equitable value distribution in the AI era. These perspectives, combined with the practical solutions proposed by various speakers and the concrete initiatives outlined by international organisations, provide a rich foundation for continued international cooperation on AI inclusion.


The upcoming AI Impact Summit represents a critical opportunity to translate these insights into actionable commitments and concrete pathways for ensuring that AI serves all of humanity rather than perpetuating existing inequalities. Success will require sustained commitment to the multilateral cooperation frameworks discussed, innovative financing mechanisms that address real infrastructure and capacity needs, and genuine partnership between developed and developing nations in shaping AI’s future.


The session’s emphasis on moving from consumption to production, combined with recognition of cultural representation as both a moral imperative and technical necessity, provides a framework for AI development that could benefit all participants whilst preserving human diversity. The challenge now lies in implementing these insights through the collaborative processes leading to February 2026 and beyond.


Session transcript

Abhishek Agarwal: excellency, Sina Lawson, Minister for Digital Economy and Transformation of Togo. We’ll have Mr. Thomas Lamanskos, Deputy Secretary General of the ITU, who will be joining virtually. Mr. Amandeep Singh Gill, the UN Tech Envoy Under Secretary General from the United Nations. Then we’ll have Yochi Aida, Special Policy Advisor to the Minister of Information and Communications from the Government of Japan. He has been a firm supporter of us at J-PAY also. Then we’ll have Dr. Maria Grazia Grani, CEO from the Social and Human Sciences Sector UNESCO. UNESCO also has been a key partner with us in our AI journey. Then Audrey Plonk, Deputy Director, STI OECD, will be joining virtually. Welcome, Audrey, and again a key stakeholder and a partner at the J-PAY forums. Then we have Ms. Andrea A. Jacobs, AI Focal Point from Antigua Barbuda, who is joining virtually. And our colleague from India, Sharad Sharma, founder of iSpirit, is also joining virtually. Now it’s my pleasure to hand over to Ambassador Henri Werdia, France’s Ambassador for Digital Affairs, who not only agreed to moderate today’s session, but has also helped in curating it and shaping the very conception of this session. With that, I’m pleased to hand over to Ambassador Werdia to guide the session forward.


Henri Verdier: Thank you. Thank you, Abhishek. Wow, that’s a very difficult task I did accept. As you can see, we have a brilliant set of speakers and brilliant minds. Most of them are friends, and I have the difficult task to be sure that all the nine speakers will speak, and will speak briefly, and will answer a lot of important questions. And as a second point, we will during one and a half an hour speak about a very important topic. I won’t summarize because you will do. But in one sentence, innovation is not always a progress. And progress is not always for everyone. And the question is, with this impressive revolution of AI, How can we be sure that it will benefit everyone, including the emerging economies and the source that I don’t call global, but the vast majority of humankind? So that’s the question today. As Abhishek said, we are meeting here between two important summits of heads of state. The Paris AI Action Summit that was organized last February, and the Delhi AI Impact Summit that will be organized next February. I just want to say that there are very important UN tracks regarding AI governance and ethics of AI, and they are of the utmost importance. But it is worth, in between those tracks, to have some meetings of heads of state, and to see that each of them can put the emphasis of one important aspect of this broad question. So, for example, the first one in Bletchley Park was dedicated to existential risk, and that was great. In Paris, we did speak a bit more about innovation, governance, and environmental impacts. I feel that in Delhi, it will be more focused on development, on inclusion, and benefit for everyone. And that’s a great story, and all the rest of the year, we are working within the different UN processes. So, we’ll start. So, we’ll try to address three questions in 19 minutes. First, to speak a bit about this AI divide from a, let’s say, global source today perspective. Then, what can the multilateral and multistakeholder cooperation give to us? And then, can we define together actionable pathway for inclusive AI ecosystem? And I start with the most difficult part of the debate. I ask to each speaker, if possible, in two minutes, to take the floor. Tell us from your position, your region, your responsibilities, what is the most pressing structural or technological barrier that hinders equitable AI adoption, and why does it matter for global AI systems? And if you agree, Your Excellency, Minister Lawson, I give you the floor. Thank you.


Cina Lawson: Thank you very much, Ambassador Verdier. Good afternoon, everyone. I think it’s a very important question, because from our perspective, when we think of AI, we view it as a tool. And so we say three things. Three things are going to hinder AI development in Togo, or in Africa, or the global south, which is, from our perspective, it’s going to be the lack of infrastructure. So that’s number one. The second is that we need to better train our people. So I would say skills. And the third one is data set, the lack of availability of these data sets. In terms of infrastructure, we think there is almost, we’re still struggling with connectivity, with reliable electricity. As you know, we won’t have access to GPUs or data centers. So when we think about how to better include the global south in these conversations, we need to think about how to fund this infrastructure, which types of business models do we need to support in order for this infrastructure to fill this gap? So that’s number one. But number two is that when you say that AI is important, it has to be, we need to think of it as a human-centric… tool. And so every time from, you know, African perspective, when we think about artificial intelligence, we think that it needs to be used to solve our problems. So defining the problem definition, you know, requires skills. Right now on the African continent, we’re facing a major challenge, which is that we have less and less kids that choose to study math and science, you know. And with that in mind, when we talk about skills, we know that we need to address the education challenge, which is a huge one. And then the third thing I say is data sets. For example, during the pandemic, when Togo used artificial intelligence, we used satellite imagery. So that didn’t require us to have a lot of data within the country. And we also used mobile telcos metadata. But one thing that needs to be said is that if digital transformation is a challenge, it also means that a lot of our countries don’t have the data that they would need on top of which they would apply, you know, algorithms. So building these data sets, which are hundreds or tens of projects that we need to develop, is also something we need to look into in order to be relevant. And why is it important to be relevant is that AI is a great tool. That’s number one. Number two is that if we are not part of the conversation, we won’t exist in the future. One fear that we have is that imagine the world 20 years from now. And if AI represent the totality of knowledge, if you’re not part of this knowledge, people, if someone coming from I don’t know which planet 20 years from now, looking at the data on the platform, if we don’t exist on this platform, it will mean that we don’t exist at all. So it’s extremely relevant that we be part of this because it’s going to define whether we get to even exist or not.


Abhishek Agarwal: Thank you, Minister. Abhishek? Yeah, I kind of echo the views of Her Excellency, like the three key ingredients for any AI application or model are infrastructure, compute mainly, and talent, skills, and data sets. In fact, when we were designing our AI strategy, we realized that on skills, we are pretty up the ladder because we are known as the tech capital of the world. Our engineers are part of almost every major initiative in digital transformation within India also. We have implemented India’s stack and digital public infrastructure. So on talent, skills, we are pretty okay. But when it came to availability of compute infrastructure and data sets, we had a lot of work to do. So the AI mission that we are implementing focuses a lot in enabling compute available. And what we have done is that we don’t have as many GPUs as the US has or the big tech companies have, but we have made around 50,000 GPUs available at a very low cost, less than a dollar a GPU per hour, which is available to Indian researchers, academicians, startups, so that they can start training models, they can do inferencing, they can build applications in healthcare, agriculture, education, and other sectors. So that’s one initiative that we have taken to address the gap in compute infrastructure. The other is about data sets. How do we ensure the data sets on both the public and the private sector across domains, across sectors are made available? For that also, we built a platform called AI Coach in which we are incentivizing all key stakeholders to contribute to data sets that are AI ready, that are shareable through APIs, which can be used by developers and by entrepreneurs to build applications. When we look at adoption of AI globally, what do we do? We believe that these bottlenecks are there across, in fact, most… of the AI today is controlled by a few companies in a few countries. Our focus, the impact summit that we will be hosting next year, will be on like how do we democratize access to AI compute, data sets, algorithms, how do we ensure that that the benefits of AI are used for solving societal problems in health care, in agriculture, in solving problems of science and maths education, how do we address the lack of teachers who are there, how do we make education available in mother tongue, so language becomes a very very important component. What we are working in India through a project called Bhashini, which is a natural language processing, is that enabling various services in all Indian languages and mainly through voice. The voice-based LLM is our focus area and when we are able to offer services through a voice command in the mother tongue, then we will really be able to empower millions of people who are out of the digital ecosystem and when that happens it results in a lot of benefits in yield, in productivity, in benefits. So I would say that global consensus on focusing on democratizing AI, making the global south part of the conversations, ensuring that the compute, the data sets are available, algorithms are shared, applications are shared, will go a long way in ensuring that the whole world becomes a key stakeholder in AI conversations and not just ends up being AI users of solutions provided by a few companies. Thank you very much. Friends, before giving you the floor, Yoshi-san, we know that Amandeep Singh and Thomas have to leave earlier because you have other engagements, so maybe I will pass the floor to Amandeep and then to Thomas and maybe you can be a bit longer because we’ll continue the conversation without you. So maybe Amandeep, if you can


Henri Verdier: also tell us why does this topic matter and what can the multilateral and multi-stakeholder system provide as solutions. So you have four minutes. or five.


Amandeep Singh Gil: Thank you. And thank you to you and to Abhishek for getting us together. I think there’s strong momentum coming out of the Paris AI Action Summit, going into the summit to be hosted by India. The focus on AI Action, AI Impact is an important turn in the conversation. And I agree with you that of course, there are more inclusive processes and they have their role. I’ll come back to that in a bit. But engaging leaders on a regular basis is important. Leaders everywhere are talking about AI, they’re acting on the AI related challenges, and it’s good to get them together in this summit format. Now, the agenda which Abhishek has described is very much welcome. I think on top of the existing digital divide, we have a looming AI divide. All of Africa, less than a thousand GPUs, less than one percent of the data center capacity. Most of the data sets, language data sets are in six or seven languages. The cultural context is also very specific, North American, Western Europe. And we already see in many parts of the world where there are efforts, for example, in Japan, in the Gulf, in many other parts of the world, to find more contextually relevant data sets, find more use cases that are appropriate for that context. And Sina spoke about those use cases. I think we have to have this global dynamic and a local dynamic without which we cannot really democratize the opportunity and advance progress on the sustainable development goals. Just a moment to reflect. to reflect on how this connects with the ongoing work at the UN. Of course, you will hear from the ITU and the UNESCO on their longstanding work on AI issues, the AI for Good Summit, the AI ethics framework, but we took a decisive turn last year when the Global Digital Compact was adopted. It’s the reflection of the high-level advisory body on AI and Sharad is here. He was a distinguished member. Landed in those negotiations and led to key decisions. So one decision was on setting up an international independent scientific panel. We need those regular scientific assessments. It’s a fast-moving technology. It’s going to impact on various sectors, employment, for example, the environment, that aspect was mentioned. So we need regular assessments based on a global perspective, not the perspective of a region or a few companies, but a global scientific perspective. Alongside that, we need a regular global dialogue on AI governance within the United Nations. So the summits are there. They are important moments for leaders to engage, but on a sustained basis, on an inclusive basis, we need that dialogue so we can learn from each other the experience of the EU with the AI Act, what’s working, what’s not working, China’s experience with inter-immersions on Gen-AI, other approaches need to see what works, what doesn’t work, and also ground all this effort in our shared norms, international law, the International Human Rights Treaties, the SDGs, and other commitments on environment, on gender, and so on. So that dialogue is crucial. And then we need to work on AI capacity building. I mentioned the AI divide. The GDC asked the SDG to come back with a report on innovative financing. options for AI capacity building. That draft has been finalised based on nearly 200 consultations, a lot of work across the UN system, and this will be presented, the report will be presented in September. It will allow governments and other actors, philanthropies, private sector to consider all these aspects of compute data, talent development, the shareable open use cases and how to invest in those so that the effort, for example, launched in Paris, current AI, or the efforts recently embarked on by G7 countries, they can be put into a globally cohesive, impactful framework. And finally, there’s work on standards. I’m sure Thomas will go into that. There was a decision in the GDC in the sense of we should have a regular engagement, a clearing house kind of engagement on standards. We build up those standards into a more coherent, more impactful set of soft regulation. So the AI safety institutes are there, started at Bletchley Park, taken forward in different ways, now being rebranded. I’m sure India has done some thinking on that. There’s aspect of children’s safety, which is being thought about. So how do we build standards in these various areas and come together on a regular basis, again, for the industry to benefit and for the tech community to build this technology in a trusted way. So I’m sorry I have to leave, but I leave you with these thoughts, and we are looking forward to the February AI Summit, and we will support the summit organizers, the co-hosts going forward, just as we did in Paris. Thank you.


Abhishek Agarwal: Thank you, Amandeep. Are you in Geneva, Thomas? We miss you.


Tomas Lamanauskas: Thank you very much, Henri. itself. So indeed, great to join you from Geneva. Regretfully, it cannot be in Norway because of our council is ongoing, so our annual council, but really great to see you there. And goodbye, Amandeep, I think. Please, please. Amandeep did leave without his phone, so there is a trouble on the scene. But we are listening to you, and again, regarding the two questions, the importance of equitable AI, and what can we do, mentioning that the ITU did organize for a long time the AI for Good initiative, and you have quite an experience on it. Thank you, thank you very much, Nouriel. Indeed, it’s a pleasure to be joining this panel even this time virtually, especially as we had a very great presence and collaboration with for the AI Action Summit in France, and indeed, where we together launched a coalition for sustainable AI, as we mentioned, sustainability being a key part of that conversation in Paris. And indeed, we’re now looking forward to the AI Impact Summit in India, of course, next February. And again, we’re coming there not for the first time, you know, just last year we had as part of our, on the sidelines of our World Engaged Organizations Assembly, we had a, you know, related but also independent two important events here for AI Impact India, as well as a first AI Standards Summit, and I think Amandeep mentioned how important is the standards collaboration there. So indeed, it’s great to build a network together with, you know, with you, and make sure that this dialogue continues to be inclusive. So now, back to this specific question here about the gaps. And indeed, I think, you know, the three gaps are already quite a few people mentioned. So infrastructure, you know, and I would add finance, you know, because for to kind of help, you know, to have infrastructure there, we need to… in the finance at the end of the day. And I think here, indeed, we still have a huge gap, not only in the basic connectivity, but also in the kind of specific data infrastructure. When we talk, when we look about data centers, the whole Africa has around 1.8% the global data centers at the same time when having more than 18% of the global population. So disparities are pretty big. Of course, skills were mentioned in data sets as well as part of that equation. I would like to add a few more elements and maybe just explore, of course, is innovative capabilities, innovation. If you look at the patents, for example, a rough measure how we look at innovation, you see the two countries joined together really dominate that area. And they’re not living by a lot of percentages. So how do we generate that innovativeness, innovation coming from other areas? And that means how we generate those companies that could also do that. Then trust, the trust gap, because around 60% of the people around the world have issues with AI trust. So that is not necessarily unique to the, let’s say, developing versus developed countries or whichever way we look, but that is an issue around the world. The other thing that I think from our perspective is also important is a policy gap and a policy barrier. Because I think a lot of those things, I mean, they need the solid policies. And I think to create the solid policies is also interrelated. We need policymakers to understand whether they’re regulating or governing. So I think this is a very interrelated topic. And of course, this is a high correlation between having infrastructure and skills in the country and having the policies there as well. So our surveys of the countries have demonstrated that actually, you know, there’s a big policy gap. Still around 55% of the countries say they don’t have a policy, they don’t have the right policies or strategies in place. 85% of the countries don’t have regulatory environments. So this is kind of more detailed. And I think without that, you know, it’s difficult to also address other barriers there. So I think that’s why it is also important. For me, I find it very intriguing, what they would call maybe optimism divide. An optimism divide is inversely related to everything what I said now. If you look at the recent studies, actually, the people in Europe and other developed countries are very skeptical about AI, or not skeptical, they’re more fearful. They say, look, AI will come and take our jobs. Around 70% are actually fearful that AI may take their jobs. Whereas when you look in the Global South, it’s opposite. 70% of the people say, actually, AI may help us. It may help develop our economies. And then, two thirds of the people actually look forward to the applications is health and agriculture and other areas. So I think that’s very interesting. So that means for me that if we are managing to bridge other gaps, infrastructure, skills, innovation, we actually have a ready-made population and talent pools and ready-made consumer areas, if you will, as well that are ready to take up on AI and really use in their daily lives and allow us to kind of drive economic and social development there. Now, what we’re doing from the ITU side and the broader UN side, I think, are complementing what Amadipa was already saying about some of the initiatives there. And of course, now is a crucial moment. Those of you who follow and others of us who follow AI, so-called modalities resolutions, implementation of Global Digital Compact, installing specific modalities, including international scientific panel on AI and global AI governance dialogue. I know the conversation is continuing in New York on this, but of course, we’re not starting from a blank sheet of paper. You know, the UN and ITU has done quite a bit already before to help create that AI governance fabric, if you will. So as Andrea has already mentioned, we have our AI for Good Global Summit that’s running since 2017 already. You know, this brings all the stakeholders together. Last year, we had the first AI Governance Day. They brought around 70 countries together to exchange views on the governance as well. And of course, just in a couple of weeks, actually, from May 8th to 11th of July, we’re looking at the next AI for Good Global Summit with the… second governance day on the 10th of July. We’re expecting significantly more policy makers than last year, including a few heads of state there as well. So the platform, there is a platform to build on. And of course, we’re very happy that in the AI Modalities Resolution discussions, the AI for Good Global Summit has recognized as at least a potential venue, hopefully for the first global dialogue on AI governance that was coming out of the Global Digital Compact. The other piece is, of course, to bring everyone on board is standards, because I think to spread innovation, standards is a key tool to spread innovation so that we don’t innovate, but we can apply the innovation around the world in an interoperable, affordable way. So of course, in this regard, ATU is working, we have our own suite of AI standards, more than 400 of them. But at the same time, we’re working with partners within what is called World Standards Corporation, key partners there, International Electrical Technical Commission, IC, International Standardization Organization, ISO, where we bring the standards community on AI together. Again, last year, as I mentioned already, we had the first AI Standards Summit in New Delhi, India, looking forward in December to our second AI Standards Summit, and then during the AI for Good, on the 11th of July, we’ll have AI Standards Exchange also to bring all the relevant organizations together to progress the joint work on AI standards. So they are relevant, they’re interoperable, they can benefit everyone there. Skills, of course, this is a very broad range of things, we work into juice. Of course, we have AI Skills Coalition, our most recent flagship initiative with 50 partners joining us, where we aim by the end of this year to have at least 10,000 people trained in AI skills in different sets of courses, so different sets of courses. But we have other longstanding parts of initiatives that bring thousands of people around the world, from our innovation factory, AI innovation factory for startups that can participate in pitching competitions, to our AI and machine learning challenges to engineers around the world, and we have a lot of interest from developing. countries. And that and that all these initiatives show us that there is a really strong, there’s really strong, you know, talent pools around the world, they just need to be tapped. And of course, and then just the last maybe initiative of all these, the flagship initiative I wanted to mention is Digital Infrastructure Investment Initiative that we have with seven DFIs, Development Finance Institutions, launched in the Brazilian G20. We’re trying to bridge the general digital infrastructure gap with assets of 1.6 trillion, but within that, of course, the infrastructure. And of course, in just over the week, it’s actually just a week, we’ll have financing for development conference in Sevilla, Spain, where we also go for UN financing for development conference, where we’re going with that flagship initiative and we’re looking how to also engage stakeholders around digital infrastructure investment. So as I, you know, in closing, as I think maybe looking back, you know, so what is also key is inclusivity, you know, around the world. And I mentioned that in our AI for Good last year, we had around 70 policy makers, and some of them said it was the first time when they were in the AI governance discussion. And I think that is very important, because I think it’s important that those discussions don’t just, you know, involve the usual suspects, the countries that already have the capabilities and capacities, but really involve everyone from the get-go. And I think great to see AI impact, action, impact, you know, like format, you know, come to different parts of the world. We have like a very strong participation of developing countries in Geneva. Last year, we had, as I mentioned, AI for Good Impact Summit in India. We’re looking forward later this year, AI for Good Impact Summit for Africa and Cape Town. So we’re really also trying to bridge that inclusivity gap and make sure that this reaches everyone, both in terms of skills, infrastructure, but also, importantly, policy discussions that enable all. So I’ll stop there, Henri,


Henri Verdier: and back over to you. Thank you very much. Thank you very much. And thank you for making time within a big and a huge agenda. So now I will come back to my initial… schedule, but we are changing slightly, so I will try to mix the two questions, Yoichi-san and the other speakers. So, first, what is, from your perspective, the main barrier against equitable adoption of AI, and what can we do in the multi-stakeholder cooperation framework? I observe a tendency to a kind of consensus with the three gaps, but I feel that we are not going far enough. And I was thinking, listening to all of you, sadly, we have examples of great technologies that were not used for the best. Television could have been a brilliant tool for education and didn’t become a real resource for education. Genetically modified organisms could have been a solution for agriculture in tropical eras and didn’t. So, we know from history that sometimes there are brilliant innovations that don’t turn enough into progress. So, collectively, we have to think further, and the position of Japan is very interesting. Thank you very much, Henri, and thank you very much, Abhishek, for the invitation.


Yoichi Iida: So, I try to be brief, but let me talk about the Japan situation before I talk about the international efforts. And if you look at Japan, we have the very unique challenges of the rapidly aging society and also even the decreasing population. So, we really need to make the full use of technology, such as AI, in our society to keep the energy and the liveliness of the society and the community. So, from this perspective, the trust of the people in technology is the key. very, very important element. And also the skills and the literacy are also a very important element in order to make people use the technology without concern and in a very efficient way. Of course, we have a lot of problems elaborated by the colleague from Togo. And also, I envy, Abhishek, when you talk about the skills are OK for India. We have a lot of problems in computing resources, and also the data set, and also the skills and the literacy of the people. But as I said in the beginning, the most urgent problem for Japan is how to make use of this technology to benefit the society. And the literacy and skill of people, and also the trust of the society in the technology is very, very important. That is why we enacted AI law at the end of the last month, which people call not AI regulation law, but AI promotion law. So the law is trying to push the AI usage in the society forward by generating and growing the people’s trust, and also the literacy and the skills. So education is very, very important for us. That requires the government a very radical transformation of the old system, not only in the education, but also the labor’s re-skilling, or maybe the understanding of the people on technology. So a lot of things have to be done before the government. And also, I don’t believe that when we want to make the world a better place, we have to make the world a better place. So I think that’s the most important thing. make use of the AI technology in the society, we have to use the technologies from abroad across the borders. I don’t believe all requirements, all demands of Japanese people for AI can be fulfilled by the domestic technologies and domestic businesses. So, that is why we need very much coherent and interoperable governance frameworks across the regions and across the countries, across the jurisdictions, so that we can make use of the AI models and the systems without concern when they come from abroad. That is why we are promoting the initiative called the Hiroshima Process, which encourages the AI companies to assess the risks and the challenges in their AI models and take appropriate measures and also share the relevant information with the public very openly. By doing so, we believe we can foster the trust among people on this very powerful technology of AI and people can make use of the technology without concern. So, that is our approach and these are our challenges. In order to do that, we have to work not only with the governments from around the world, but also with the stakeholders from businesses, civil society and academia, all kinds of communities, all together to achieve a type of co-governance which will bring a very safe, secure and trustworthy AI ecosystem across the world. So, that is what we are doing now. I hope we share the same understanding with all colleagues here.


Henri Verdier: Thank you very much. Thank you, Yoshi. So I’m going to Maria Grazia. Before the meeting you told me that we need also a technical strategy for inclusion. So maybe you, because there is a, this is too consensual. So we need new ideas.


Mariagrazia Squicciarini: It is consensual. Thank you. Seems like my microphone now is going on. So thanks a lot for the question. I actually had to take note because it got more and more complex by the time we were talking about. And I would like to avoid being repetitive. And it’s true. Perhaps, I mean, you said it before, like a complex problem needs to be unpacked and analysed well in order to find suitable solution. And you asked what are the, you know, the regions of the world. Well, UNESCO has 194 member states. So our territory is the world. And what are the sectors? And, you know, what do we do in different sectors? Well, we cover any sector from culture to education to any other sector in our activities. So the question of the key barriers becomes one in my mind of systematising the problem. That is the endowment. That was an issue that was already raised. The computability. The endowment of the infrastructure. The ability. So it’s not only the physical infrastructure but also the human capital infrastructure. The availability of the relevant skills. Let me add a point there. In order to work, live, thrive in what we can now call the AI era, of course, and we heard, we need to train. Also, Thomas mentioned that. More people in STEM, for instance. People that really deal with AI, build AI. But we also need to endow the population with the social-emotional skills that are needed in order to address the change. Because let’s not forget that, and this goes to the technical issue we were mentioning, that deploying AI in any environment from public institutions to companies entails non-negligible organisational changes. Both in the tasks that people will need to do in their jobs, the very jobs that will be available. and those that will be built. So there are a number of components that go into that. It’s not, let’s say, one component. Perhaps the solution is in the mix. And why this relates also to the governance? Because you need to have, in order to have these assets around the table that allow you to leverage the opportunities that AI may offer, you really need to have the institutions. You need to have the legislation. All of you were mentioning legislation, for instance, initiatives that have been passing in your countries in order to address the AI transformation. And we also need to learn from each other. So that’s exactly what UNESCO has been doing through what we call the readiness assessment methodology. That is an analysis, and for instance, now we’re working with India to finalize theirs, something that gives you a picture of what the country is. It’s not a ranking. So let’s say perhaps the beauty of the inclusiveness of AI is that, between brackets, nobody has it right or wrong. There are good practices, and I emphasize good because the best is not there yet. Nobody has the solution to the problem. But there are good practices from everywhere in the world. And in this sense, the Global South does show, and again, I don’t really like this name, but that’s the way in which typically it’s referred to, because there are different components and different aspects that need to be taken into account, and everybody can contribute to that. And perhaps the narrative has been going in a direction which is somewhat partial. We typically talk about inequalities in AI in a developed versus developing world. Let’s remember, and this is something, for instance, that is very much on the table in the current discussion in the context of the G20, of the within countries inequalities. And you, Yuichi, underline one important, that is the generational one. It is not the same thing to deal with AI when you have a generation that an average age of the population that is relatively low, where it is relatively easy to endow. the population with certain type of skills because they are closer to education, they are more receptive, than when you have a population that is getting older. So there are a number of components that need to be around the table. And perhaps a basic understanding, and this is what Henri was referring to when we were talking before, and is that there is another typically sold kind of false legend, that is that, you know, including basically benefits only the included. Actually, what we know about AI is that if we have biased data, if we don’t have the infrastructure there, if we don’t have governance mechanism, if for instance, a number of languages are not included, and so certain communities don’t have their societal habits, contributions reflected in that, ultimately, the AI itself is performing worse. So it’s not able to address when you go in what it is called in the jargon, in the wild testing, it will perform worse. So it will actually generate system that are not as performing or as fit for purpose as they should. So including, bringing more actors around the table, as you mentioned, for instance, the multi-stakeholder, having better data, more representative data, including women, for instance, in the AI transformation, does not only benefit those that are included, but actually those that included. So ultimately, inclusive AI is actually very good businesses because it’s more accessible and brings better benefits. Another component that we were mentioning is also about the companies. And this refers again to inclusiveness from a different perspective. Now we are talking about who is already in the game and who would like to enter the game, so to speak. So if we think about what is the constituency nowadays in AI, we see a number of very big corporations that typically are from a certain number of countries. Well, there are a number of startups that are aiming to scale up, that are not really finding easy. to do so. But why should it be in our interest to let them do that? Because there is plenty of evidence that radical innovation, breakthrough innovations tend to come from young and small entities. There is plenty of research about that. And so the issue is whether we only care about the AI for today, or we do care also about the AI for tomorrow, because unless we let these companies bloom, the likelihood that the payoffs from AI will be there also tomorrow, new types of AI, are less likely. And these all nevertheless have to happen within some guardrails, like the ones for instance foreseen in UNESCO recommendation on the ethics of AI. And I will close it there because we have seen again and again in history that what is technologically feasible, technically feasible, it doesn’t necessarily need being societally desirable. So perhaps we need to have a conversation about what we do not want AI to do, and let the rest bloom to address the many challenges that society is facing these days.


Henri Verdier: Thank you very much. So I’m going to our online friends, and maybe I will start with Audrey. The OECD is another important multistakeholder body, and you have various initiatives, including hosting the GPIE, that is our favorite project from France, because I did negotiate the beginning of the GPIE seven years ago. So do you think that we are in the good direction to be sure that we do include in this multilateral and multistakeholder conversation, the developing countries and the needs of the developing countries? Yeah, thanks for the question, and hi everybody. It’s great to be here. Thanks for organizing this


Audrey Plonk: really important discussion. So the short answer is yes, I think we’re on an excellent track to being inclusive in the context of the Global Partnership on AI, which is not is no longer a hosted entity at the OECD. It’s part of the OECD which we’re very pleased to have announced last year in India at the summit of GPA. So with that we hope that the expansion of GPA will be interesting to a large set of countries that are at a level of development and AI that they can come to the table and work on a set of different topics many of which have been discussed here today. And so I think in terms of the question around where we see divides you know I will try not to be redundant of things that others have said. But I do think there’s some institutional divides and capacity divides capacity divides in terms of the ability for countries to participate in certain activities. And I think that’s where Thomas mentioned policy divides. And we do see a lot of effort. And I want to commend colleagues in UNESCO and across the U.N. system for their work as well to try to accelerate government’s efforts to develop policies and strategies to put a central to government policy. But we see that there’s still a lot of work to do there. For example we maintain a database the largest database of policy initiatives around the world. And we cover over 72 jurisdictions. But there’s a lot of room for improvement and growth but also learning from each other. And so not just collecting the information and data from countries about their efforts but also finding ways to access share that data that helps build capacity in other countries. So I think on the policy and institutional capacity of countries and governments to participate in the global dialogue there’s a lot of room for us to work collectively to bring others along. And GPA is a place where we are fully committed to doing that. I want to also say about the infrastructure piece because many people have mentioned it and it’s exceedingly important not just for a high development and deployment but also for. general digital transformation. And we see that there’s of course a lot of opportunity there. And I just want to mention one project because it’s new and not not yet totally public of a new methodology we’re developing to measure compute capability availability in different countries. We’re talking about that in the GP context. For those of you who are at that table you know. But I think it will be really important that we put good empirical evidence behind some of the discussions that we’re having at the political and policy level so that we can actually you know eventually move the needle on where things like investment is going and where business opportunities are moving. And so I want to also echo the reality of financial world divides in terms of investment in A.I. and the ability as other colleagues have said for small and medium enterprises which are of course the lifeblood of the economy of the global economy to engage in the A.I. world. And then I think in terms of the skills and education divide I think these are different things. And we need to be we need to think more granularly about what we’re trying to do with skills and with education. Everything from early education and STEM all the way through upskilling and training of workers and aging populations. And I think targeted what we’re seeing is targeted media literacy programs targeted efforts to meet different populations within a country and across countries where they are is extremely important. Not again not just for their ability to adapt to to A.I. coming into their lives but also to generally adapt to digital transformation. And I think the more global cooperation and sharing of experiences that we can have in that regard the better the outcomes will be in the long term. And I completely agree that we need to be thinking longer term not just today and tomorrow. But where. our population where our society is going to be in the next 10 to 20 to 30 years. And in using this technology with that I think you know I would I would say that that finally we see in terms of culture and language which many people mentioned one important effort that we have at the OECD is our AI observatory. You’re probably all very familiar with it. And one of the big efforts there in order to help contribute to a more multilingual multicultural environment is we’re trying to make as much of that data available and multilingual multilingually as possible. And so for example if you go to the live data coverage on the observatory and you look at the media coverage of AI you can see and read about what’s happening in AI and many many many different languages. The same is true for the incident monitor that we’ve been building where we’ve developed a methodology for classifying problems that happen in the ecosystem relating to AI systems. And there you can look in native language across different countries around the world. And so I think the more that we can cooperate both on the data side and on the policy side the bet the better picture that we’re going to have of what’s what’s working and what’s not working. And then finally I think the lastly and I’ll close with this in the interest of time that a big game changer in AI particularly in the developing world is going to be adoption and diffusion across different aspects of industries and society. And I think that’s the case really for all countries and everybody even big countries are grappling and challenged to how do we how do we use this technology. So that’s a shared experience that that everyone is going through. It’s how how do we make ourselves more competitive more productive by using these technologies. And I think that’s a big opportunity around the various international tables multilateral tables to really. work together to get the best possible outcomes for our population.


Henri Verdier: Thank you very much. Thank you very much. So now we are going to Antigua and Barbuda and to ask to Andrea Jacobs, what’s your view regarding this question? Thank you.


Andrea Jacobs: So that’s a very, very good question. And, you know, I’ve heard a lot of unpacking from different regions and Antigua and Barbuda certainly sits with Africa on what was said. So the Caribbean and more broadly among small and developing states, the most pressing structural barrier to equitable adoption is the lack of robust digital infrastructure and institutional readiness. And and this this sentiment, dare I say, is echoed across the global south. And this includes unreliable connectivity, particularly in rural areas and Alta Island areas. Then we have weak data ecosystems which limit our ability to develop context relevant AI. And then we would have limited regulatory and technical capacity to ensure safe, ethical and inclusive AI use. On the technological side, there’s a major imbalance. We are overwhelmingly consumers of AI technologies that are developed elsewhere. And oftentimes our realities, languages or priorities in mind. Most of these companies don’t bear this in mind. And as you know, the people who are the persons or the companies rather who makes the AI products, they might not think about people in the global south or even black and brown people, dare I say. And that’s where the biases come in. So the tools that we adopt are not built for us. And that poses a real, real risks. And and then the question is. Why would this matter, right? Why does this matter for the global south? Well, if these disparities continue to go unaddressed, global AI will continue to serve the few rather than the many, reinforcing existing power imbalances, embedding biases, and excluding billions from shaping the future of technology. And this is why, in Teagan-Barbuda, we speak about having a seat at the table all the time, every time in these AI meetings, because the world needs to know that we are in an era where we are being left behind. The private companies are making these products. We are not getting our voices heard enough. We don’t even have rules and regulations. We don’t have good governance structures. We don’t understand the ethics of AI, how it’s going to impact people in the global south, and more importantly, black and brown people like myself. And the situation is very, very real. And then we’re moving into the context of AGI, which is the next level of AI. And we’re not even, we haven’t even mastered narrow AI as yet, and we’re moving forward towards general AI. So we need to be a part of the conversation, not just as recipients, but as equal partners in co-creating values, rules, and technologies that will define our shared digital future. And then lastly, for us in the Caribbean, and somewhat in the global south, because I talk a lot to my partners in the global south, and we have this view. We need local infrastructure, talent development. We need culturally relevant innovation ecosystems, and we need stronger participation for countries in the global south. As long as we remain primarily consumers of the air products made elsewhere without a. at the design and decision-making table, we risk adopting tools that entrench inequality instead of empowering transformation.


Henri Verdier: Thank you. Thank you very much. And now I’m going to our friend, Shahad. Shahad, I don’t see you so far. Again, same question about this AI divide and how can cooperation help to fix it? Right. So let’s look at digital divide first.


Sharad Sharma: Digital divide in some countries has been coming down quite rapidly. India is an example of that. And there are many lessons to learn from that. At the same time, we must realize that the AI divide is a very big problem, because we know that the first version of AI that we have is actually social media. Social media is entirely AI-driven, right? And that is how the social media platforms ensure that we spend, you know, increasing time on their platforms, you know, year after year. Now, so the question, of course, is how have we done in dealing with these pernicious effects of AI diffusion in the world of social media? I would say we have done very poorly. What is the test? The test is do these new systems change the balance of power between the citizen and the state in the favor of the state? Do these systems change the balance of the power between the consumer and the provider in the favor of the provider? The answer to that is yes. And therefore, ironically, we are in a session of internet governance. We have to go back and look at this and say, why has our current efforts of internet governance, especially when it comes to Web 2.0, failed? You know, this situation is not getting better. It is getting worse. So if we have to make progress with AI, we have to first acknowledge that the last 10, 15 years are years of failure and not perpetuate the things that we have been doing, you know, which have led to this failure. So what are those things? There are three that I like to point out based on the experience of India Stat that Abhishek mentioned early on. First is traditional regulation has to be replaced by techno-legal regulation. Our Prime Minister talked about it at the AI Summit in his brief speech there. This is absolutely essential. The old form of regulation can be gamed by the producers of digital services or AI services. They could do it five years ago, 10 years ago, 15 years ago, and they’ll be able to do it as we move forward. So we have to bring in a new regulatory paradigm and that is techno-legal. There’s a lot of kind of learnings about that here in India which are available to the rest of the world. The second is we have to change the nature of innovation. Innovation has to become an innovation that is built on public goods and private innovation. Because if you don’t have public goods and the innovation is entirely in the realm of private sector, then as Andrea pointed out, the outcomes are going to be terrible. We will all be just consumers, not producers. India will have super teachers, will have super doctors, will have better medical devices, even our students will learn better. But the people who will provide those AI models to make it happen will not be from India. And the value capture of all this will not be in India. So this is a very serious problem that we are looking at. And therefore, we have to look at the innovation architecture itself. And the third, I don’t know whether Amandeep is still there, but one of the big takeaways from the UN AI advisory body is that we have to create a new type of an infrastructure, a public infrastructure for data set sharing that is controlled and yet unlawful. blocks hidden data from companies and countries in a manner that they can control. And in the UN report, that is the recommendation number six, global training data sharing framework, and that is absolutely essential. India is in a very advanced form of building that out. And again, it was mentioned at the Paris AI Summit by a prime minister, we call it DEPA. And why do we call it DEPA? Because it’s about data empowerment and data protection. The two have to go hand in hand, and that requires fresh thinking as well. So I’ll end here by simply saying, more of the same is a recipe for disaster. We must acknowledge as a group of people that we have to make a new beginning. If we don’t make a new beginning, just keep doing what we’ve been doing for the last 10, 15 years, we will not get good outcomes, good results. And then we will just be a talking shop and we’ll collect here again, five, 10 years from now and lament how little has changed from where we are today. So let’s please make a fresh start. You know, the Indian AI Impact Summit will attempt to bring these ideas to the table. And we are hoping that as you participate in that and federally, you get infected by this spirit of making a fresh beginning and taking these new ideas into the realm, into the AI realm as we move forward. Thank you so much.


Henri Verdier: Thank you, Shahad. So now I will reschedule everything regarding the end of this round table. We’ll focus to one question. I will ask this question to the six speakers because Abhishek, you will conclude. And the question is quite simple. Can you share with us your suggestions for actionable pathway, concrete ideas to build really inclusive AI ecosystem? But I have to mention that when we started one hour ago, I did ask to every speaker to speak in two minutes. The only one that did respect the rules was Minister Lawson because then I did change. change the role because of Abhishek, Amandeep, sorry. So we give a bit more time to Minister Lawson, maybe five minutes, and I beg the other speakers to stay in two minutes, because we would love to exchange a bit with the room, if possible. So question, concretely, actionable ideas, what can we do to progress in the field of inclusivity? Minister Lawson.


Cina Lawson: Thank you very much, so the first comment I make is that AI has to work for us. It means that we have to make sure that it is designed to solve our problems, our local problems. The instances where we used AI in Togo were to really solve our problem. Number one, it was to, we used AI to prioritize beneficiaries for our financial aid programs. The second instance when we used AI, it was to design better network. We were deploying fiber networks, and we used AI to really build the itineraries in a way that the networks would be efficient. So I’m saying that because when we think of AI as a tool, and we say, okay, it has to work for us, it also implies a few other things. One issue we faced when we were doing that was the availability of local data. So there is a bit of work that needs to be done to build this data and the data sets. I really appreciated the comment on public infrastructure for data sets that was made earlier. I think it’s extremely relevant for the global south. The second comment I’ll make is that today, most of. of AI and AI platforms are designed for in a language that is not our language. I mean, the majority of what people call the Global South speak different languages and so we need to make sure that the new platforms and the new systems that are designed are designed in local language because by designing them in local language we can have better participation and also relevant data sets because that’s also the issue is that if you build something that seems a bit foreign then it’s extremely difficult. The one comment that was made has also to do with culture to make sure that the data sets represented our culture. And so I’m saying that because if in the future an AI platform will represent reality or will represent the totality of knowledge we have to make sure that our cultures are also represented in these platforms. And I think that the summit with India and India is well known to have such a diverse, you know, culture within the 1.2 billion, you know, population. So I think that India can really drive, be a huge driver to making sure that, you know, there is a diversity in culture. The third thing I would say is that one thing that is extremely important for us in Togo is to make sure that we are part of the solution. So enough, and I think you’ve heard it everywhere, that the Global South does not want to be just consumer. So what it means is that we need more alliances or programs to fund research. Research on the continent, researchers, you know, joint programs. of research when we, I know that we had conversations and many countries had conversations with India and other places to send researchers, to fund research and so on. So research programs are going to be extremely important in this new world and also shared infrastructure because we did mention that we lack GPUs and other things and that we didn’t have enough data centers. So it means that we need to build new programs, new models where we share infrastructure. And I think that we need to build a business case and new business models that take that reality into account. And again, I’m looking to India saying that these types of outcomes need to be discussed during the summit, which kind of models that we need to build so that we can make sure that the global south is part of this new world. The last comment I’ll make, and it’s an important one, is has to do with training. How do we design the new training programs? Because we do realize that we have a training issue, we have a skills issue, but this talent training we need to have conversations about effective talent training. And I think that there’s not a lot of investment being made at the global level with regards to training the talent and without us needing to send talent abroad to be trained. How do we build models and programs within the continent and within the global south so that we improve talent training is also going to be extremely relevant. And I think that when we talk about all these issues, India is pioneering in some of these issues and the conversations need to happen during the next summit. So the key word here is participation, training, and research and local languages. These are all words that are very important.


Henri Verdier: Thank you very much. So for the next speakers, one idea, one priority, how to implement some concrete pathway. Yoshi? Thank you very much. The most important.


Yoichi Iida: Okay, yeah. Actually, if we want to materialize some AI application, AI services, based on the concrete demands and concrete necessity of the people, maybe we need to work in multi-stakeholder way and we need to work together to understand each other and create the AI services which respond to the concrete demands from individual users. And probably the global partnership on AIG Pay would be one of the good forums to realize multi-stakeholder approach. And also India Summit will be also another opportunity. We are also running the Hiroshima Process Friends Group where the many developing countries are joining. And also we work together with AI companies and businesses and also international organizations such as OECD or UNESCO to understand and create the new values through AI services. So we must have many opportunities to realize and materialize the multi-stakeholder approach into the on-the-ground services or on-the-ground AI application.


Henri Verdier: Thank you very much. Thank you. Maria Grazia.


Mariagrazia Squicciarini: So actually I think we should move, now that it seems to agree, we agree on the what, we should move to the whom and the how. Because if we really want impact, we need to know who’s around the table and how we do things. The other thing is to move from fixing the problems exposed to having ethical by design, and ethical means that abides by human rights, human dignity, and fundamental freedoms, because everything becomes much easier then. And then also the other thing that I think is important in order to move towards the impact, is to move beyond a biased data type of approach, whereby we think that if we fix the data to start with, the rest will come with it. Well, because there are a number of inequalities, there might be a number of challenges that emerge by the time we deploy AI systems in the real world. And so moving from having a suitable design, a good implementation, but checking after, as we do with any other product, I think it’s fundamental to make sure that AI responds to what our societal needs. I’m trying to be very disciplined here.


Henri Verdier: And you were, thank you very much. So I’m going online now, and I’m going back to Paris. Audrey, your main idea?


Audrey Plonk: Well, I think the main thing I would offer at this point is to join us at the Global Partnership on AI to advance on some of these topics. And with that, I’ll probably save you a lot of time to get through the other speakers, but there’s a lot of really exciting work happening. It’s founded on the OECD AI principles, which looks like deploying AI in agriculture, working on AI in transport systems. And so I invite you all to come work with us. Thank you. Thank you very much. And we are coming back to Caribbean region.


Henri Verdier: Andrea?


Andrea Jacobs: Okay, so I’m gonna choose my top two, even though I have maybe five. So until we progress. to becoming producers of the air products, we remain first and foremost consumers. So we need to understand that. And as consumers, we have a vested interest in how these technologies are built, governed, and applied. We need to understand that. First of all, we are consumers at the moment. We will progress to being producers, but until then, we remain consumers. And that is why the Global South must use our collective strength. We must use our collective voices to ensure that we advocate for inclusive, transparent, and accountable air governance frameworks. Then the second thing is we need to start to develop and invest in local data ecosystems, data rights, all that sort of stuff. We need to ensure that our people have the knowledge and the skills to retool and to upscale. So those are my top two. And I’ll pass it on to Sharad for brevity.


Henri Verdier: Thank you very much. Sharad?


Sharad Sharma: You know, I mentioned some points last time, but I’ll share another learning that we’ve had. But to place it in context, today, India will do more than 50% of the world’s digital transactions. These are not just commerce transactions. These are direct benefit transfer transactions, which the poor people in India rely on to get their benefits from the government. And those benefits, of course, come from our taxpayers. This also includes the taxpaying transactions. And again, India leads in that. More than 50% of the world’s taxpaying transactions by volume happen in India. And so therefore, all this has happened since 2012. Because many reasons, techno-legal, DPI, and stuff like that. But in addition to that, as Andre knows, we were relentlessly focused on this persona that we had to take care of. And that was a street vendor called Rajini. Some of you may have seen those slides. And by being relentlessly focused on that street vendor for the past 13 years, it kept us focused, determined to be able to solve this problem that we’re talking about. Now, when it comes to AI, we are gravitating to picking on young adults as our focus area. Because young adults, while the AI may lift them. and make them better students, but it has also the potential to have an enormously destructive effect on their lives. They may lose their cultural moodings, they may get distracted by pornography, they may get distracted by gambling and gaming. There are a number of concerns that arise when it comes to child safety. And adult safety is important, when I would say child safety is super important. And it is also important from this sovereignty perspective, is each country perpetuating the culture who these young children that are going to be, you know, living digitally and using AI systems. So that is our focus. And I would suggest that this ought to be a global focus, not just an India focus, not just a global South focus, it ought to be a global focus. And if we now rally around this and measure ourselves and say, are we making progress in protecting our children while we empower them with AI? I think that we will have more flexibility in deciding what works, what doesn’t work, because that will be the… If it’s not working, let’s try something else to make progress over the next 10, 15 years. So this would be my submission to all of you.


Henri Verdier: Thank you, Shahad. So thanks to all of you, because you did save time, so I can ask the same question to Abhishek. Then we’ll take a few questions. So if you are new in the IGF system, I tell you, if you want to ask a question, you go in line after the first speaker, and then Abhishek, you will conclude completely. So your two points regarding concrete outcome.


Abhishek Agarwal: Yeah, like what we need to do, like a lot has already been spoken, and I would say that if I have to list what we need to do individually as countries. In India, of course, our focus is to build in voice-enabled services so that we use the technology of AI, NLP, and Gen AI to empower those who are not part of the digital ecosystem. As a community, as a group of nations that we are working together, what we need to do is that can we create a framework in which we enable access to compute, to data sets and algorithms to larger countries of the global south? And how to do it? If we can build repositories of AI solutions, like we came up with the global DPI repository, like DPI solutions which can be shared across nations as an outcome of G20 summit that we hosted. Similarly, can we create a repository of AI applications across sectors which can be shared with different countries and they can be adopted and deployed? For example, if you have an AI-based application to diagnose cancer or diagnose tuberculosis or help farmers, they will have use cases across geographies, across countries. Even though one country has developed it, but it can be deployed elsewhere. So, repository of AI-based applications will be one of my wishes that we should work together. And similarly, another thing that is required, like we all talk about data sets, and when we talk about data sets, anonymization, privacy preservation becomes equally important. So, can we develop tools which can be shared across countries? Can we kind of fast forward the development of data sets platform, enabling data sharing within various stakeholders, not only within our own countries, but globally? If we are able to build that framework, Sharad mentioned about the DIPA framework that we can have, so that can have an application for global data sharing protocols, and that would really, really fast forward building AI applications and models across the world. So, I would conclude by saying that these are my wish lists within India about voice-based services and as a global company. building repository of AI applications and tools for enabling data sharing and


Henri Verdier: building applications. Thank you, Abhishek. So I’m supposed to be the moderator so I don’t contribute. Maybe my two cents, I just mentioned that the very, the utmost importance of public research and common knowledge. We need to have a common knowledge for humankind and we need to empower public research too. Not just this, but two. So please, we have three questions if I’m correct. Hello, my name


Audience: is Martina Legal Malakova, I’m president at GAIA-X Hub Slovakia. I’m vice chair at SME committee at business at OECD and I am also MAG 2024. My question is exactly to you, Mr. Henry Verrier. It’s a pity that you are not a speaker today, a very good speaker often. So I don’t know if you heard this idea from Joseph Gordon-Levitt, who shared today about that several companies earn money on our data and they should give back this money or this benefit what they have to us as a citizen and maybe also to SMEs. My question is, do you, in principle I agree with this idea, but I don’t know how to do it because it could change completely all the economy or the system. So my question is, do you have this idea? Do you have how to do it in the world, this model? Thank you. Complex question and I’m not supposed to be a speaker. In a nutshell, we have an


Henri Verdier: experience with social network. They did take some advertising revenue and they did weaken a bit the ecosystem of media. If we had asked those companies to pay us, it would have been, I don’t know, two or three euros a year. That’s not a lot compared to the benefits they do and the negative externalities they generate. So this is, it might… might be useful, and especially that’s why I did mention for the press, for example, for some content producers, it cannot be a global solution to finance the global development of humankind. But that’s an interesting point. Please, second question, for a real speaker.


Audience: It actually follows on from what the last question was asked. So my name is Deanne Hewitt-Mills, and I run a global data protection office consultancy. So essentially, we have responsibility for overseeing data protection, cyber, AI compliance for large multinationals. And I was actually one of the, we’re sort of UK-based, but we’re global. So I’m here in Norway, actually launching our Nordics branch. And I was actually one of the first data protection offices to attain what’s called the B Corp standard. And B Corp, well, as I say, the office is based in the UK. It’s a standard where organizations have demonstrated high levels in ESG, so environmental social governance. And what we have to do is demonstrate that we’re a business that’s a force for good. So you actually have to attest to what you’ve done to make a positive social impact, and actually have a report that sets this out on a yearly basis, and then you get to, you’re renewed every three years. And I’ve done this because I really believe in using business as a force for good. And I think actually it would be a great thing if many other organizations, because I’m not a large tech business with deep pockets, but I’ve seen the social impact that I’ve been able to have. And I think, you know, other organizations could be made to do the same. I’m really pleased to see all the women on this panel, because I think if you actually invest in women and invest in women-owned businesses, and then also have a structure where businesses are required to demonstrate their social impact. I think there’s a lot that can be done to improve governance in this space, so it’s actually just a recommendation based on a real-life case, which is the example of what I have done as a business owner.


Henri Verdier: Thank you. I’m not sure this is a question, but does someone want to answer?


Mariagrazia Squicciarini: I just would like to point to something that you pointed to, perhaps implicitly, and this trust, which is really fundamental for all the business of AI. And also for the data, because if we don’t trust now with all the regulations that we have, that finally try to protect us and say, look, you might want to take yes or no to giving this data, we will get more and more patchy data sets that in order to build AI on is going to be really challenging. We know there was someone talking before about AGI, but for instance, let’s talk about synthetic content. Let’s talk about how to use it in a decent way for a good reason, for instance, to fix patchy data in order to have representative data sets. So it all goes about, in my mind, also the trust that we need to have consensus. You were mentioning that it’s about let’s leverage the technology in the way we want. And again, because it actually does good to technology and the businesses themselves. And that’s what you were actually pointing to. Thank you.


Audience: Hi, I’m Nupur Chunchunwala. I run a foundation that unlocks the potential of neurodiverse individuals globally. We work with governments on this. And today I’ve heard a lot about inclusion and diversity. Unfortunately, it’s only in the context of the South or language and culture. But I think a good reminder is that humans are diverse. We have an aging population over 10 percent that’s going to get impacted. We have, of course, gender. We have ability in terms of disabilities that are coming on and a large population of neurodiverse individuals. Our latest data on Gen Z is 53 percent of Gen Z identify as being neurodiverse. These groups, if not included in the AI revolution, will have a big, you know, we will have a big issue of divide that goes beyond the global south or language. I think, I’m not sure if this is a question or a comment, but how do you include them in the conversations on international cooperation, the SDG goals, impact on children, because AI is also rewiring their brains. We see a lot around the anxious generation and their mental health employability, so.


Henri Verdier: So, I don’t know who wants to answer. Online, someone online?


Mariagrazia Squicciarini: One, two, three. Someone in the room? I don’t want to monopolize this conversation, but it’s true that at UNESCO, we do have a full program about inclusiveness of people with disabilities, from sport to AI, so that it’s addressed from many points of view. Actually, going towards the starting of your questions, it is about neurodiversity. UNESCO, perhaps you don’t know, but UNESCO, in the UN system, is tasked with dealing with the ethics of new technologies, hence the work on AI and what it brought us today. The latest recommendation that has been worked on is about neurotechnologies and the impact they have on rights, on the people, on, again, what society wants them to do or not to do. And the special attention is also put at the crossroad between AI and neurotech, because that’s where the biggest impact may be on societies. So, there are ways of actually bringing into the conversation these different aspects, and when we say inclusivity,


Henri Verdier: we say inclusivity 360 degrees. Thank you. Thank you. Just, I will let Abhishek conclude our work, but just to mention, I will quote you, Minister, but I will quote Thomas too. Thomas spoke about the optimist divide, and I remember you told me once, in the North, you are pretty sure that you will have some benefits from AI, so you try to fix the problems, risk, et cetera. We are not sure so far that we will benefit from AI enough. So that’s maybe the difference, and that’s why we did design this event today regarding this divide. And yes, we know and we respect that there are a lot of other divides, but this one is very important and has to be considered as itself. We have more than three minutes, Abhishek, to thank you for this initiative and to let you conclude our work.


Abhishek Agarwal: No, no. I must thank you all. Thank you especially, Henri, for moderating it so beautifully. In fact, I was initially thinking that we have 10 speakers. How would you manage? But you did it beautifully. You got everyone to contribute. And the thoughtful contribution that came from all of you and especially all the panelists, different perspectives from all over, it was very, very useful, very relevant. And we have given a lot of inputs as we frame the themes for the AI Impact Summit. Over the last 90 minutes, we not only kind of identified the various barriers, various obstacles, what needs to be fixed for moving ahead on the AI story that limits equitable access to AI, but we also found opportunities, identified solutions, identified interventions that can help shape us a future where AI will truly work for everyone. One very important message that also came out in the discussions today, especially with the references to the Friends, the Hiroshima process, the UNESCO efforts, the OECD, the GPA effort, the UN efforts, is that there is an urgent need for inclusive multilateralism, one that listens to and is shaped by experiences of the global majority. How do we ensure that countries of global south also become part of the conversations at every forum, whether we make them, the way the efforts which are made to make GPA more inclusive, the efforts to involve the developing countries in the Hiroshima process, the UNESCO’s work on ethics, or the UN’s efforts to kind of bring together a consensus with the Global Digital Compact Initiative. So this also, we also heard about the importance of addressing the gaps in access to infrastructure, how do we ensure culturally grounded datasets, how do we enable cross-border cooperation, and above all how do we move from high level commitments to real actionable pathways, that becomes very very important. And as we mentioned right in the beginning this event we had planned with IGF and support from ONRI as a precursor to the AI Impact Summit which will host in February 2026 and the ideas we can share today will become part of the themes as I mentioned as we move forward and I look forward to involving you in the in as we develop the concept notes and the themes and we create the sessions. This dialogue will continue through a participatory and transparent process including when we plan the sessions for the main summit, we’ll be doing public consultations, we’ll be doing online meetings, we’ll have a working groups which will work with the in the collaborative spirit and we’ll have an open call for side events, we’ll look forward to various entities whether they’re from the government or civil society or multilateral bodies or important stakeholders who hold side events during the summit. We invite all of you to stay connected, engaged as co-creators for the journey as we plan the summit in February. On behalf of Government of India and the India AI mission I would once again like to thank the IGF Secretariat, the Government of Norway and our distinguished moderator Ambassador Henri Werdier, each of our speakers on Her Excellency the Minister Yochi, Omaria, Amandeep, Sharad, Andre, Audrey for joining us today and making this session so meaningful and rich in substance. We look forward to building on this momentum and seeing you many of seeing most of you at the AI summit when February next year. Thank you and look forward for the remaining sessions of the IGF here. Thank you.


C

Cina Lawson

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

1323 words

Speech time

580 seconds

Infrastructure gaps including lack of connectivity, reliable electricity, GPUs, and data centers hinder AI development in Global South

Explanation

Minister Lawson identified infrastructure as the primary barrier to AI development in Togo and Africa. She emphasized that countries are still struggling with basic connectivity and reliable electricity, and lack access to GPUs and data centers necessary for AI development.


Evidence

Mentioned the need for new business models and funding mechanisms to support infrastructure development in the Global South


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Development | Infrastructure


Agreed with

– Abhishek Agarwal
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Three fundamental gaps hinder AI adoption: infrastructure, skills, and data sets


Skills shortage and declining interest in math and science education creates major challenges for AI adoption

Explanation

She highlighted that fewer children on the African continent are choosing to study mathematics and science, creating a significant skills gap. This educational challenge must be addressed to enable effective AI adoption and problem-solving capabilities.


Evidence

Noted the declining enrollment in STEM subjects across Africa as a concrete example of the skills challenge


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Abhishek Agarwal
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Three fundamental gaps hinder AI adoption: infrastructure, skills, and data sets


Data sets availability is crucial – countries need relevant local data to build effective AI applications

Explanation

Minister Lawson emphasized that if digital transformation is a challenge, many countries lack the necessary data to apply AI algorithms effectively. Building comprehensive datasets requires numerous projects and significant investment.


Evidence

Provided examples of Togo’s AI use during the pandemic using satellite imagery and mobile telco metadata, demonstrating successful AI applications with available data


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Development | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Abhishek Agarwal
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Three fundamental gaps hinder AI adoption: infrastructure, skills, and data sets


AI platforms designed in foreign languages exclude Global South populations from participation

Explanation

She argued that most AI platforms are designed in languages that are not native to Global South populations. This language barrier prevents meaningful participation and limits the relevance of AI solutions for local communities.


Evidence

Emphasized the need for AI systems designed in local languages to ensure better participation and relevant datasets


Major discussion point

Language and Cultural Representation in AI


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Abhishek Agarwal
– Amandeep Singh Gil

Agreed on

Language and cultural representation in AI systems is crucial for Global South inclusion


Cultural representation in AI datasets is crucial for ensuring Global South existence in future AI knowledge systems

Explanation

Minister Lawson expressed concern that if AI represents the totality of knowledge in the future, and Global South cultures are not represented in these platforms, it could mean these cultures effectively don’t exist. This makes cultural representation in AI datasets essential for preserving cultural identity and relevance.


Evidence

Used the hypothetical scenario of someone from another planet looking at AI platforms 20 years from now – if Global South cultures aren’t represented, they won’t exist in that knowledge system


Major discussion point

Language and Cultural Representation in AI


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Agreed with

– Abhishek Agarwal
– Amandeep Singh Gil

Agreed on

Language and cultural representation in AI systems is crucial for Global South inclusion


Research programs and joint funding initiatives are needed to make Global South part of AI solutions

Explanation

She emphasized that the Global South doesn’t want to be just consumers of AI technology but needs to be part of creating solutions. This requires more alliances and programs to fund research within the continent and joint research programs with other countries.


Evidence

Mentioned conversations with India and other countries about sending researchers and funding research programs


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Development | Economic


Agreed with

– Andrea Jacobs
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Agreed on

Global South countries must transition from AI consumers to producers and co-creators


Shared infrastructure models and new business cases must be developed for GPU and data center access

Explanation

Given the lack of GPUs and data centers in the Global South, new business models need to be developed that allow for shared infrastructure access. This requires creating viable business cases that take into account the reality of resource constraints.


Evidence

Referenced the need to build new programs and models for sharing infrastructure, particularly in the context of limited GPU and data center availability


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Infrastructure | Economic


Local talent training programs should be established within Global South rather than sending talent abroad

Explanation

Minister Lawson advocated for building effective talent training programs within the Global South rather than relying on sending talent abroad for training. This approach would help build local capacity and retain skilled professionals in their home regions.


Evidence

Emphasized the need for conversations about effective talent training and building models within the continent


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


A

Abhishek Agarwal

Speech speed

168 words per minute

Speech length

1823 words

Speech time

649 seconds

Compute infrastructure scarcity requires innovative solutions like India’s low-cost GPU sharing model

Explanation

Agarwal explained that while India has strong talent and skills, they faced challenges with compute infrastructure and datasets. India addressed this by making 50,000 GPUs available at very low cost (less than a dollar per GPU per hour) to researchers, academics, and startups.


Evidence

Provided specific details about India’s AI mission making 50,000 GPUs available at less than $1 per GPU per hour for Indian researchers, academicians, and startups


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Cina Lawson
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Three fundamental gaps hinder AI adoption: infrastructure, skills, and data sets


Voice-based AI in local languages is essential for including millions outside the digital ecosystem

Explanation

He emphasized that voice-based large language models (LLMs) in mother tongues are crucial for empowering people who are currently outside the digital ecosystem. When services can be accessed through voice commands in local languages, it can bring millions into the digital fold.


Evidence

Mentioned India’s Bhashini project for natural language processing and voice-based LLMs in all Indian languages


Major discussion point

Language and Cultural Representation in AI


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Agreed with

– Cina Lawson
– Amandeep Singh Gil

Agreed on

Language and cultural representation in AI systems is crucial for Global South inclusion


Repository of AI applications across sectors should be created for sharing between countries

Explanation

Agarwal proposed creating repositories of AI applications similar to the global DPI repository developed during India’s G20 summit. These applications, such as AI-based cancer diagnosis or agricultural tools, could have use cases across different geographies and countries.


Evidence

Referenced the global DPI repository created as an outcome of the G20 summit India hosted, and gave examples of AI applications for cancer diagnosis, tuberculosis diagnosis, and farmer assistance


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Development | Economic


Global data sharing protocols and anonymization tools need development for cross-border collaboration

Explanation

He emphasized the need for tools that can be shared across countries for anonymization and privacy preservation when building datasets. This includes developing platforms that enable data sharing among stakeholders while maintaining privacy and security.


Evidence

Mentioned India’s DEPA (Data Empowerment and Protection Architecture) framework and referenced it being mentioned at the Paris AI Summit


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


T

Tomas Lamanauskas

Speech speed

185 words per minute

Speech length

1804 words

Speech time

582 seconds

Digital infrastructure disparities are stark – Africa has only 1.8% of global data centers despite 18% of population

Explanation

Lamanauskas highlighted the severe infrastructure gap by providing specific statistics showing the disproportionate distribution of data centers globally. This disparity demonstrates the scale of the infrastructure challenge facing the Global South.


Evidence

Provided specific statistics: Africa has around 1.8% of global data centers while having more than 18% of the global population


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Infrastructure | Development


Agreed with

– Cina Lawson
– Abhishek Agarwal

Agreed on

Three fundamental gaps hinder AI adoption: infrastructure, skills, and data sets


Policy gaps exist with 55% of countries lacking AI strategies and 85% without regulatory frameworks

Explanation

He identified significant policy and regulatory gaps as barriers to AI development. The lack of proper policies and regulatory environments creates challenges for countries trying to develop their AI capabilities and governance structures.


Evidence

Cited ITU surveys showing 55% of countries don’t have proper AI policies or strategies, and 85% lack appropriate regulatory environments


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Trust divide shows 60% of people globally have AI trust issues

Explanation

Lamanauskas highlighted that trust in AI is a global challenge, with approximately 60% of people worldwide having concerns about AI. This trust gap affects AI adoption and acceptance across both developed and developing countries.


Evidence

Provided the statistic that around 60% of people around the world have issues with AI trust


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Innovation capabilities are concentrated in few countries as shown by patent distribution

Explanation

He pointed out that when looking at patents as a measure of innovation, only two countries dominate the AI innovation landscape. This concentration of innovative capabilities creates barriers for other countries trying to develop their own AI innovations and companies.


Evidence

Referenced patent distribution data showing two countries dominating AI innovation by significant percentages


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Economic | Legal and regulatory


Global South shows optimism divide with 70% viewing AI as helpful versus developed countries’ job displacement fears

Explanation

Lamanauskas identified an interesting paradox where people in developed countries are more fearful of AI taking their jobs (around 70%), while people in the Global South are more optimistic, with 70% believing AI will help them and their economies. This creates a ready population for AI adoption if other barriers are addressed.


Evidence

Provided statistics showing 70% of people in Europe and developed countries fear AI will take jobs, while 70% in Global South believe AI will help develop their economies


Major discussion point

Economic and Innovation Models


Topics

Economic | Sociocultural


AI for Good Global Summit provides platform for inclusive governance discussions with developing countries

Explanation

He highlighted ITU’s AI for Good Global Summit as an established platform that brings stakeholders together and has been running since 2017. The summit includes governance discussions and has seen increasing participation from developing countries, with some policymakers participating in AI governance discussions for the first time.


Evidence

Mentioned the summit has been running since 2017, had around 70 countries participate in governance discussions last year, with some saying it was their first time in AI governance discussions


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Yoichi Iida
– Amandeep Singh Gil
– Audrey Plonk

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder cooperation and inclusive governance frameworks are essential


A

Amandeep Singh Gil

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

816 words

Speech time

348 seconds

Language data sets are concentrated in only six or seven languages, missing cultural contexts

Explanation

Gil pointed out that most AI datasets are limited to a small number of languages and reflect very specific cultural contexts, primarily from North America and Western Europe. This creates a significant gap in representation for the majority of the world’s languages and cultures.


Evidence

Noted that most language datasets are in six or seven languages with cultural context specific to North American and Western European contexts


Major discussion point

Language and Cultural Representation in AI


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Agreed with

– Cina Lawson
– Abhishek Agarwal

Agreed on

Language and cultural representation in AI systems is crucial for Global South inclusion


Global Digital Compact established international scientific panel on AI and global dialogue on AI governance

Explanation

Gil explained that the Global Digital Compact led to key decisions including setting up an international independent scientific panel for regular AI assessments and establishing a regular global dialogue on AI governance within the UN. These mechanisms provide sustained, inclusive platforms for AI governance discussions.


Evidence

Referenced the Global Digital Compact adoption and the work of the high-level advisory body on AI that led to these institutional decisions


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Yoichi Iida
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Audrey Plonk

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder cooperation and inclusive governance frameworks are essential


AI capacity building requires innovative financing options to address the AI divide

Explanation

He mentioned that the Global Digital Compact asked for a report on innovative financing options for AI capacity building. This report, based on nearly 200 consultations, will provide governments and other actors with frameworks for investing in compute, data, talent development, and shareable use cases.


Evidence

Referenced a draft report based on nearly 200 consultations across the UN system that will be presented in September, covering aspects like compute, data, talent development, and shareable open use cases


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Development | Economic


Standards development needs regular engagement and clearing house approach for coherent soft regulation

Explanation

Gil emphasized the importance of building standards in various AI areas and having regular engagement to create a more coherent and impactful set of soft regulations. This includes work on AI safety institutes and children’s safety standards.


Evidence

Mentioned AI safety institutes started at Bletchley Park, children’s safety considerations, and the need for industry and tech community benefit


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


A

Audrey Plonk

Speech speed

167 words per minute

Speech length

1151 words

Speech time

412 seconds

Institutional and capacity divides limit countries’ ability to participate in global AI discussions

Explanation

Plonk identified institutional divides and capacity constraints as significant barriers preventing countries from participating effectively in AI governance and policy discussions. This includes the ability of governments to develop AI policies and strategies and participate in international dialogues.


Evidence

Referenced OECD’s database covering over 72 jurisdictions and noted there’s room for improvement in helping countries develop policies and learn from each other


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Global Partnership on AI expansion aims to include more countries at different AI development levels

Explanation

She explained that GPAI, now part of the OECD, is working to expand and include a larger set of countries that are at various levels of AI development. This expansion aims to bring more diverse perspectives to the table for collaborative work on different AI topics.


Evidence

Mentioned GPAI’s announcement last year in India about becoming part of OECD and the hope for expansion to include countries at different AI development levels


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Agreed with

– Yoichi Iida
– Amandeep Singh Gil
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder cooperation and inclusive governance frameworks are essential


Financial divides limit SME engagement in AI development and deployment

Explanation

Plonk highlighted that financial barriers and investment gaps in AI create challenges for small and medium enterprises, which are crucial for the global economy, to engage meaningfully in the AI ecosystem. This affects the diversity of actors in AI development.


Evidence

Referenced the reality of financial divides in terms of investment in AI and the importance of SMEs as the lifeblood of the global economy


Major discussion point

Economic and Innovation Models


Topics

Economic | Development


A

Andrea Jacobs

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

697 words

Speech time

297 seconds

Small developing states face weak data ecosystems and limited regulatory capacity

Explanation

Jacobs explained that Caribbean and small developing states face structural barriers including unreliable connectivity, particularly in rural and outer island areas, weak data ecosystems that limit context-relevant AI development, and limited regulatory and technical capacity for safe AI use.


Evidence

Specifically mentioned unreliable connectivity in rural areas and outer island areas, and weak data ecosystems limiting ability to develop context-relevant AI


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Infrastructure | Legal and regulatory


Caribbean and Global South are primarily consumers of AI technologies built elsewhere without their contexts in mind

Explanation

She emphasized that there’s a major imbalance where Global South countries are overwhelmingly consumers of AI technologies developed elsewhere, often without consideration for their realities, languages, or priorities. This creates risks from biased tools not built for their populations.


Evidence

Noted that AI companies often don’t consider people in the Global South or black and brown people when developing products, leading to embedded biases


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Economic | Human rights


Agreed with

– Cina Lawson
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Agreed on

Global South countries must transition from AI consumers to producers and co-creators


Global South must use collective voice to advocate for inclusive AI governance frameworks

Explanation

Jacobs argued that until Global South countries progress from being primarily consumers to producers of AI, they must leverage their collective strength and voices to advocate for inclusive, transparent, and accountable AI governance frameworks as equal partners in shaping the digital future.


Evidence

Emphasized the need for Global South to have ‘a seat at the table’ in AI meetings and to be part of co-creating values, rules, and technologies


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Cina Lawson
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Agreed on

Global South countries must transition from AI consumers to producers and co-creators


Local data ecosystems and data rights need development alongside skills training

Explanation

She advocated for developing and investing in local data ecosystems and data rights as essential components of building AI capacity. This should be coupled with ensuring people have the knowledge and skills to retool and upskill for the AI era.


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Y

Yoichi Iida

Speech speed

113 words per minute

Speech length

748 words

Speech time

395 seconds

Aging populations face unique challenges requiring trust and literacy in AI technology

Explanation

Iida explained that Japan faces unique challenges with a rapidly aging society and decreasing population, making it essential to use AI technology to maintain societal energy and liveliness. For this to work, trust in technology and skills/literacy among the population are crucial elements.


Evidence

Referenced Japan’s rapidly aging society and decreasing population as specific demographic challenges requiring AI solutions


Major discussion point

Focus on Vulnerable Populations and Inclusion


Topics

Sociocultural | Development


Hiroshima Process promotes AI company risk assessment and information sharing to foster trust

Explanation

He described Japan’s Hiroshima Process initiative that encourages AI companies to assess risks and challenges in their AI models, take appropriate measures, and share relevant information with the public openly. This approach aims to foster trust in AI technology among people.


Evidence

Mentioned Japan’s recent AI law enacted at the end of the previous month, which is called an AI promotion law rather than regulation law


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Disagreed with

– Henri Verdier

Disagreed on

Approach to AI regulation – promotion vs. risk management


Co-governance involving governments, businesses, civil society and academia is needed for trustworthy AI ecosystem

Explanation

Iida emphasized the need for collaborative governance that brings together all stakeholders – governments, businesses, civil society, and academia – to achieve a safe, secure, and trustworthy AI ecosystem across the world. This multi-stakeholder approach is essential for effective AI governance.


Evidence

Referenced the need for coherent and interoperable governance frameworks across regions and countries to enable safe use of AI technologies from abroad


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Amandeep Singh Gil
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Audrey Plonk

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder cooperation and inclusive governance frameworks are essential


Multi-stakeholder approach through forums like GPAI can create AI services responding to concrete user demands

Explanation

He argued that materializing AI applications based on concrete demands and necessities of people requires working in a multi-stakeholder way. Forums like the Global Partnership on AI provide opportunities to realize this approach and create AI services that respond to individual user needs.


Evidence

Mentioned GPAI, India Summit, and Hiroshima Process Friends Group as examples of forums where multi-stakeholder approaches can be realized


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


M

Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Speech speed

174 words per minute

Speech length

1722 words

Speech time

593 seconds

Within-country inequalities including generational divides need attention alongside global disparities

Explanation

Squicciarini emphasized that AI inequalities exist not just between developed and developing countries, but also within countries. She highlighted generational divides as particularly important, noting that it’s different to deal with AI when you have a young population versus an aging one.


Evidence

Referenced current G20 discussions about within-country inequalities and used the example of generational differences in AI adoption and skill development


Major discussion point

Focus on Vulnerable Populations and Inclusion


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Inclusive AI benefits everyone by improving system performance through better, more representative data

Explanation

She argued against the false notion that inclusion only benefits the included, explaining that biased data and lack of diverse representation actually makes AI systems perform worse. Including more actors, languages, and communities creates better-performing AI systems that benefit everyone.


Evidence

Explained that biased data and missing languages/communities lead to poor performance in ‘wild testing’ scenarios, making AI less fit for purpose


Major discussion point

Focus on Vulnerable Populations and Inclusion


Topics

Human rights | Economic


Current AI innovation concentration in few companies limits breakthrough innovation potential from startups

Explanation

Squicciarini pointed out that while AI is currently dominated by large corporations from certain countries, there are many startups trying to scale up but finding it difficult. This concentration limits innovation potential since breakthrough innovations typically come from young and small entities.


Evidence

Referenced research showing that radical innovation and breakthrough innovations tend to come from young and small entities


Major discussion point

Economic and Innovation Models


Topics

Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Cina Lawson
– Andrea Jacobs

Agreed on

Global South countries must transition from AI consumers to producers and co-creators


Disagreed with

– Sharad Sharma

Disagreed on

Innovation model emphasis – public vs. private sector balance


UNESCO’s AI ethics framework and readiness assessment methodology help countries evaluate their AI preparedness

Explanation

She described UNESCO’s readiness assessment methodology as a tool that gives countries a comprehensive picture of their AI preparedness without ranking them. This approach recognizes that no country has perfect solutions yet, but there are good practices that can be shared globally.


Evidence

Mentioned working with India to finalize their readiness assessment and emphasized that it’s not a ranking system but a comprehensive analysis tool


Major discussion point

Multilateral Cooperation and Governance Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Ethical-by-design approach should replace problem-fixing approach for better AI implementation

Explanation

Squicciarini advocated for moving from fixing problems after they occur to having ethical design from the beginning. This means ensuring AI systems abide by human rights, human dignity, and fundamental freedoms from the design stage, making implementation much easier.


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


S

Sharad Sharma

Speech speed

149 words per minute

Speech length

1252 words

Speech time

503 seconds

Public infrastructure for controlled data sharing is essential for global AI development

Explanation

Sharma emphasized the need for a new type of public infrastructure that enables controlled data sharing between companies and countries while allowing them to maintain control. This was identified as recommendation number six from the UN AI advisory body report on global training data sharing framework.


Evidence

Referenced UN AI advisory body recommendation number six on global training data sharing framework and mentioned India’s advanced work on DEPA (Data Empowerment and Protection Architecture)


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Techno-legal regulation must replace traditional regulation to prevent gaming by AI service providers

Explanation

He argued that traditional regulation can be easily gamed by producers of digital and AI services, as has happened over the past 10-15 years. A new regulatory paradigm called techno-legal regulation is essential to address this challenge effectively.


Evidence

Referenced India’s Prime Minister discussing techno-legal regulation at the AI Summit and mentioned learnings from India’s experience that are available to other countries


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Innovation architecture should combine public goods with private innovation rather than purely private sector approach

Explanation

Sharma emphasized that innovation must be built on both public goods and private innovation. Without public goods, countries become merely consumers rather than producers, missing out on value capture even when they benefit from AI applications like better education or healthcare.


Evidence

Used India as an example, noting that while India might have better AI-powered teachers and doctors, the value capture would not be in India if the innovation is purely private


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Economic | Development


Disagreed with

– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Disagreed on

Innovation model emphasis – public vs. private sector balance


Child safety should be global priority given AI’s potential destructive effects on young adults

Explanation

Sharma argued that while AI can enhance young adults’ capabilities as students, it also has enormous potential for destructive effects including loss of cultural moorings, distraction by pornography, and gambling/gaming addiction. Child safety should be a global focus, not just for India or the Global South.


Evidence

Mentioned specific risks including cultural displacement, pornography, gambling, and gaming as concerns for children using AI systems


Major discussion point

Focus on Vulnerable Populations and Inclusion


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Cultural preservation for children using AI systems is important for national sovereignty

Explanation

He emphasized the importance of each country perpetuating its culture among young children who will be living digitally and using AI systems. This cultural preservation aspect is crucial from a sovereignty perspective as children increasingly interact with AI systems.


Evidence

Referenced the focus on young adults in India’s AI strategy and the concern about cultural moorings in digital environments


Major discussion point

Focus on Vulnerable Populations and Inclusion


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


H

Henri Verdier

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1538 words

Speech time

630 seconds

Innovation is not always progress and progress is not always for everyone, requiring focus on ensuring AI benefits the global majority

Explanation

Verdier emphasized that technological innovation doesn’t automatically translate to progress for all people. With the AI revolution, there’s a critical need to ensure benefits reach emerging economies and the vast majority of humankind, not just a privileged few.


Evidence

Referenced the context of AI summits from Bletchley Park (existential risk) to Paris (innovation, governance, environmental impacts) to Delhi (development, inclusion, benefit for everyone)


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Development | Human rights


History shows brilliant technologies can fail to become tools for progress, requiring proactive measures to ensure AI serves humanity

Explanation

Verdier warned that history provides examples of great technologies that weren’t used optimally – television could have been brilliant for education but didn’t become a real educational resource, and GMOs could have solved agricultural problems in tropical areas but didn’t. This historical perspective suggests we need to think more deeply about ensuring AI becomes a force for good.


Evidence

Provided specific historical examples of television’s unrealized educational potential and genetically modified organisms’ missed opportunities in tropical agriculture


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Public research and common knowledge for humankind are of utmost importance for inclusive AI development

Explanation

Verdier emphasized the critical need to empower public research and create common knowledge that belongs to all humanity. This approach is essential for ensuring AI development serves broader societal interests rather than just private commercial interests.


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Development | Economic


The Global South’s optimism about AI stems from uncertainty about benefits, unlike the North’s focus on risk management

Explanation

Verdier identified a key difference in AI perspectives: the Global North is relatively confident about receiving AI benefits and focuses on managing risks, while the Global South is not yet sure they will benefit sufficiently from AI. This creates different priorities and approaches to AI governance and development.


Evidence

Referenced Minister Lawson and Thomas Lamanauskas’s discussion about the optimism divide


Major discussion point

AI Divide and Barriers to Equitable AI Adoption


Topics

Economic | Sociocultural


Disagreed with

– Yoichi Iida

Disagreed on

Approach to AI regulation – promotion vs. risk management


A

Audience

Speech speed

154 words per minute

Speech length

672 words

Speech time

260 seconds

AI companies should compensate citizens for using their data, though implementation challenges exist

Explanation

An audience member suggested that companies earning money from user data should provide financial compensation to citizens and SMEs. While agreeing with the principle, they acknowledged uncertainty about implementation as it could fundamentally change economic systems.


Evidence

Referenced Joseph Gordon-Levitt’s idea shared earlier about companies giving back benefits from data use


Major discussion point

Economic and Innovation Models


Topics

Economic | Human rights


B Corp certification demonstrates how businesses can be forces for good in AI governance

Explanation

An audience member shared their experience as a data protection officer who achieved B Corp certification, which requires demonstrating high levels of environmental, social, and governance standards. They advocated for requiring organizations to demonstrate positive social impact and suggested investing in women and women-owned businesses as part of improving AI governance.


Evidence

Provided personal example of running a global data protection consultancy that achieved B Corp standard and reports yearly on social impact


Major discussion point

Actionable Solutions and Pathways


Topics

Economic | Human rights


Neurodiversity and disability inclusion must be part of AI development conversations beyond geographic and cultural divides

Explanation

An audience member emphasized that human diversity extends beyond geographic, language, and cultural differences to include aging populations, gender, disabilities, and neurodiversity. They highlighted that 53% of Gen Z identify as neurodiverse and warned that excluding these groups from AI development would create significant divides beyond the Global South focus.


Evidence

Cited statistic that 53% of Gen Z identify as neurodiverse and referenced concerns about AI’s impact on mental health and the ‘anxious generation’


Major discussion point

Focus on Vulnerable Populations and Inclusion


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Agreements

Agreement points

Three fundamental gaps hinder AI adoption: infrastructure, skills, and data sets

Speakers

– Cina Lawson
– Abhishek Agarwal
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Arguments

Infrastructure gaps including lack of connectivity, reliable electricity, GPUs, and data centers hinder AI development in Global South


Skills shortage and declining interest in math and science education creates major challenges for AI adoption


Data sets availability is crucial – countries need relevant local data to build effective AI applications


Compute infrastructure scarcity requires innovative solutions like India’s low-cost GPU sharing model


Digital infrastructure disparities are stark – Africa has only 1.8% of global data centers despite 18% of population


Summary

Multiple speakers identified the same three core barriers to equitable AI adoption: inadequate infrastructure (connectivity, electricity, GPUs, data centers), skills shortages (particularly in STEM education), and lack of relevant datasets. This represents a clear consensus on the fundamental challenges.


Topics

Infrastructure | Development | Sociocultural


Language and cultural representation in AI systems is crucial for Global South inclusion

Speakers

– Cina Lawson
– Abhishek Agarwal
– Amandeep Singh Gil

Arguments

AI platforms designed in foreign languages exclude Global South populations from participation


Cultural representation in AI datasets is crucial for ensuring Global South existence in future AI knowledge systems


Voice-based AI in local languages is essential for including millions outside the digital ecosystem


Language data sets are concentrated in only six or seven languages, missing cultural contexts


Summary

Speakers agreed that AI systems must incorporate local languages and cultural contexts to be truly inclusive. They emphasized that current AI systems are predominantly designed in a few languages with Western cultural contexts, excluding the Global South.


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights | Development


Global South countries must transition from AI consumers to producers and co-creators

Speakers

– Cina Lawson
– Andrea Jacobs
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Arguments

Research programs and joint funding initiatives are needed to make Global South part of AI solutions


Caribbean and Global South are primarily consumers of AI technologies built elsewhere without their contexts in mind


Global South must use collective voice to advocate for inclusive AI governance frameworks


Current AI innovation concentration in few companies limits breakthrough innovation potential from startups


Summary

There was strong agreement that Global South countries cannot remain merely consumers of AI technology but must become active participants in AI development, governance, and innovation to ensure their needs and perspectives are represented.


Topics

Economic | Development | Human rights


Multi-stakeholder cooperation and inclusive governance frameworks are essential

Speakers

– Yoichi Iida
– Amandeep Singh Gil
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Audrey Plonk

Arguments

Co-governance involving governments, businesses, civil society and academia is needed for trustworthy AI ecosystem


Global Digital Compact established international scientific panel on AI and global dialogue on AI governance


AI for Good Global Summit provides platform for inclusive governance discussions with developing countries


Global Partnership on AI expansion aims to include more countries at different AI development levels


Summary

Speakers consistently emphasized the need for inclusive, multi-stakeholder approaches to AI governance that bring together governments, businesses, civil society, and academia, with particular attention to including developing countries in these discussions.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Development


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers argued against purely private sector-driven AI development, emphasizing that public goods and inclusive approaches actually benefit everyone, including those already advantaged, by creating better-performing systems.

Speakers

– Sharad Sharma
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Arguments

Innovation architecture should combine public goods with private innovation rather than purely private sector approach


Inclusive AI benefits everyone by improving system performance through better, more representative data


Topics

Economic | Development


Both speakers emphasized that AI inequalities are multifaceted, affecting not just Global South countries but also specific populations within countries, including marginalized communities and different demographic groups.

Speakers

– Andrea Jacobs
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Arguments

Caribbean and Global South are primarily consumers of AI technologies built elsewhere without their contexts in mind


Within-country inequalities including generational divides need attention alongside global disparities


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Both speakers identified a paradoxical ‘optimism divide’ where Global South populations are more optimistic about AI’s potential benefits while developed countries focus more on managing AI risks and job displacement concerns.

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Henri Verdier

Arguments

Global South shows optimism divide with 70% viewing AI as helpful versus developed countries’ job displacement fears


The Global South’s optimism about AI stems from uncertainty about benefits, unlike the North’s focus on risk management


Topics

Economic | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Trust and social acceptance as critical barriers to AI adoption

Speakers

– Yoichi Iida
– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Arguments

Aging populations face unique challenges requiring trust and literacy in AI technology


Trust divide shows 60% of people globally have AI trust issues


Inclusive AI benefits everyone by improving system performance through better, more representative data


Explanation

While much discussion focused on technical and infrastructure barriers, there was unexpected consensus that trust and social acceptance are equally critical challenges. This was surprising given the technical focus of many speakers’ backgrounds.


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights


Child safety and protection should be a global AI priority

Speakers

– Sharad Sharma
– Audience

Arguments

Child safety should be global priority given AI’s potential destructive effects on young adults


Neurodiversity and disability inclusion must be part of AI development conversations beyond geographic and cultural divides


Explanation

The emergence of child safety and protection of vulnerable populations as a priority was unexpected in a discussion primarily focused on Global South development challenges, showing broader consensus on protecting vulnerable groups.


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Need for new regulatory paradigms beyond traditional approaches

Speakers

– Sharad Sharma
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini
– Yoichi Iida

Arguments

Techno-legal regulation must replace traditional regulation to prevent gaming by AI service providers


Ethical-by-design approach should replace problem-fixing approach for better AI implementation


Hiroshima Process promotes AI company risk assessment and information sharing to foster trust


Explanation

There was unexpected consensus that traditional regulatory approaches are insufficient for AI governance, with speakers from different regions agreeing on the need for innovative regulatory paradigms that combine technical and legal approaches.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Infrastructure


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion revealed remarkably strong consensus on fundamental challenges (infrastructure, skills, data), the need for inclusive governance, and the importance of moving Global South countries from consumers to producers of AI technology. There was also unexpected agreement on trust issues, child safety, and the need for new regulatory approaches.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for AI governance. The agreement suggests a clear pathway forward focusing on: 1) Addressing the three fundamental gaps through innovative financing and sharing mechanisms, 2) Ensuring language and cultural representation in AI systems, 3) Creating inclusive multi-stakeholder governance frameworks, and 4) Developing new regulatory paradigms that combine technical and legal approaches. This consensus provides a strong foundation for coordinated international action on AI inclusion.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to AI regulation – promotion vs. risk management

Speakers

– Yoichi Iida
– Henri Verdier

Arguments

Hiroshima Process promotes AI company risk assessment and information sharing to foster trust


The Global South’s optimism about AI stems from uncertainty about benefits, unlike the North’s focus on risk management


Summary

Iida advocates for Japan’s promotion-focused AI law and trust-building approach, while Verdier highlights the fundamental difference in perspectives between Global North (risk-focused) and Global South (benefit-focused) approaches to AI governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Innovation model emphasis – public vs. private sector balance

Speakers

– Sharad Sharma
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Arguments

Innovation architecture should combine public goods with private innovation rather than purely private sector approach


Current AI innovation concentration in few companies limits breakthrough innovation potential from startups


Summary

Sharma emphasizes the need for public goods infrastructure to prevent countries from becoming mere consumers, while Squicciarini focuses on supporting small entities and startups within the existing private sector framework


Topics

Economic | Development


Unexpected differences

Scope of inclusion priorities

Speakers

– Multiple speakers
– Audience

Arguments

Focus on Global South inclusion and geographic divides


Neurodiversity and disability inclusion must be part of AI development conversations beyond geographic and cultural divides


Explanation

While the panel focused heavily on Global South inclusion, an audience member challenged this narrow focus by highlighting that human diversity includes neurodiversity, disabilities, and generational differences that cut across geographic boundaries. This created tension between geographic-focused inclusion and broader human diversity considerations


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Historical perspective on technology adoption

Speakers

– Henri Verdier
– Tomas Lamanauskas

Arguments

History shows brilliant technologies can fail to become tools for progress, requiring proactive measures to ensure AI serves humanity


Global South shows optimism divide with 70% viewing AI as helpful versus developed countries’ job displacement fears


Explanation

Verdier’s pessimistic historical view of technology adoption (citing TV and GMOs as missed opportunities) contrasts with Lamanauskas’s optimistic observation about Global South readiness to adopt AI. This unexpected disagreement reveals different philosophical approaches to technology’s potential


Topics

Development | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkable consensus on identifying problems (infrastructure gaps, skills shortages, data availability) but revealed subtle disagreements on solutions and approaches. Key tensions emerged around regulatory philosophy (promotion vs. risk management), innovation models (public vs. private sector emphasis), and the scope of inclusion priorities.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level with high implications. While speakers largely agreed on problems and goals, their different solution approaches reflect deeper philosophical and strategic differences that could significantly impact policy directions. The consensus on problems but divergence on solutions suggests the need for more nuanced, multi-faceted approaches that can accommodate different regional priorities and governance philosophies.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers argued against purely private sector-driven AI development, emphasizing that public goods and inclusive approaches actually benefit everyone, including those already advantaged, by creating better-performing systems.

Speakers

– Sharad Sharma
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Arguments

Innovation architecture should combine public goods with private innovation rather than purely private sector approach


Inclusive AI benefits everyone by improving system performance through better, more representative data


Topics

Economic | Development


Both speakers emphasized that AI inequalities are multifaceted, affecting not just Global South countries but also specific populations within countries, including marginalized communities and different demographic groups.

Speakers

– Andrea Jacobs
– Mariagrazia Squicciarini

Arguments

Caribbean and Global South are primarily consumers of AI technologies built elsewhere without their contexts in mind


Within-country inequalities including generational divides need attention alongside global disparities


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Both speakers identified a paradoxical ‘optimism divide’ where Global South populations are more optimistic about AI’s potential benefits while developed countries focus more on managing AI risks and job displacement concerns.

Speakers

– Tomas Lamanauskas
– Henri Verdier

Arguments

Global South shows optimism divide with 70% viewing AI as helpful versus developed countries’ job displacement fears


The Global South’s optimism about AI stems from uncertainty about benefits, unlike the North’s focus on risk management


Topics

Economic | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

There is a significant AI divide between developed and developing countries, with the Global South facing barriers in infrastructure, skills, and data access that risk excluding them from AI benefits


Three critical gaps hinder equitable AI adoption: infrastructure (connectivity, electricity, GPUs, data centers), skills (declining STEM education, lack of AI literacy), and data sets (absence of locally relevant, culturally appropriate data)


Language and cultural representation in AI systems is essential – current AI platforms are predominantly designed in a few languages and reflect limited cultural contexts, potentially erasing Global South presence from future AI knowledge systems


An ‘optimism divide’ exists where Global South populations (70%) view AI as helpful for development, while developed countries fear job displacement, suggesting readiness for AI adoption if barriers are addressed


Multilateral cooperation through existing frameworks (UN Global Digital Compact, GPAI, UNESCO ethics guidelines, ITU AI for Good) provides foundation for inclusive AI governance, but needs strengthening


Innovation architecture must shift from purely private sector-driven to combining public goods with private innovation to ensure equitable value capture and prevent Global South from remaining mere consumers


Child safety and protection of young adults should be a global priority given AI’s potential for both empowerment and harm to cultural identity and development


Traditional regulation is inadequate for AI governance – techno-legal regulation approaches are needed to prevent gaming by AI service providers


Resolutions and action items

Create a global repository of AI applications across sectors (healthcare, agriculture, education) that can be shared and adapted by different countries, similar to the Digital Public Infrastructure repository


Develop global data sharing protocols and anonymization tools to enable cross-border collaboration while preserving privacy and control


Establish public infrastructure for controlled data sharing (DEPA framework) that enables data empowerment and protection simultaneously


Build shared infrastructure models and new business cases for GPU and data center access in the Global South


Develop local talent training programs within Global South countries rather than relying on sending talent abroad for training


Expand participation in existing multilateral frameworks (GPAI, Hiroshima Process, UNESCO initiatives) to include more developing countries


Focus AI development on voice-based services in local languages to include populations outside the digital ecosystem


Implement ethical-by-design approaches rather than problem-fixing approaches for AI development and deployment


Establish regular scientific assessments through the international scientific panel on AI as mandated by the Global Digital Compact


Continue dialogue through participatory processes including public consultations, working groups, and open calls for the February 2025 AI Impact Summit in India


Unresolved issues

How to finance the massive infrastructure investments needed to bridge the AI divide in developing countries


Specific mechanisms for ensuring Global South countries transition from AI consumers to producers and co-creators


How to balance AI safety and risk management with the urgent need for AI access and development in the Global South


Concrete implementation details for global data sharing frameworks while respecting national sovereignty and privacy concerns


How to address within-country inequalities (generational, gender, disability, neurodiversity) alongside global disparities


Specific business models and financing mechanisms for shared AI infrastructure that are sustainable and scalable


How to ensure cultural preservation and representation in AI systems as they become more pervasive


Measurement and evaluation frameworks to track progress on inclusive AI adoption and impact


How to prevent AI from exacerbating existing inequalities while harnessing its potential for development


Coordination mechanisms between multiple multilateral initiatives to avoid duplication and ensure coherent global approach


Suggested compromises

Recognize that different regions have different AI priorities – developed countries focus on risk management while Global South focuses on access and development benefits


Combine global standards development with local adaptation to respect cultural contexts while maintaining interoperability


Balance public goods approach with private sector innovation through hybrid models that ensure equitable value distribution


Use existing multilateral frameworks as building blocks rather than creating entirely new governance structures


Focus on practical, implementable solutions (voice-based AI, shared repositories) while working toward longer-term systemic changes


Acknowledge that Global South countries may need to remain consumers initially while building pathways to become producers over time


Integrate AI governance with broader digital transformation and development agendas rather than treating as separate issue


Combine top-down policy frameworks with bottom-up innovation and local problem-solving approaches


Thought provoking comments

If we are not part of the conversation, we won’t exist in the future. One fear that we have is that imagine the world 20 years from now. And if AI represent the totality of knowledge, if you’re not part of this knowledge, people, if someone coming from I don’t know which planet 20 years from now, looking at the data on the platform, if we don’t exist on this platform, it will mean that we don’t exist at all.

Speaker

Cina Lawson (Minister for Digital Economy and Transformation of Togo)


Reason

This comment reframes the AI divide from a technical challenge to an existential threat. It introduces the profound concept that exclusion from AI systems could lead to cultural and societal erasure, elevating the stakes beyond economic disadvantage to questions of survival and representation in human knowledge.


Impact

This comment fundamentally shifted the discussion’s urgency and philosophical depth. It moved the conversation beyond technical barriers to existential concerns, influencing subsequent speakers to address cultural representation, language diversity, and the need for inclusive data sets as matters of survival rather than mere preference.


More of the same is a recipe for disaster. We must acknowledge as a group of people that we have to make a new beginning. If we don’t make a new beginning, just keep doing what we’ve been doing for the last 10, 15 years, we will not get good outcomes… The last 10, 15 years are years of failure and not perpetuate the things that we have been doing.

Speaker

Sharad Sharma


Reason

This is a bold challenge to the entire premise of incremental reform in digital governance. Sharma directly confronts the assumption that existing multilateral approaches can be adapted for AI, arguing instead for fundamental paradigm shifts including techno-legal regulation and public-private innovation models.


Impact

This comment introduced a critical tension into the discussion, challenging the optimistic tone about multilateral cooperation. It forced other speakers to defend or acknowledge limitations in current approaches, and influenced the conversation toward more radical solutions like India’s DPI model and new regulatory frameworks.


Including, bringing more actors around the table… does not only benefit those that are included, but actually those that included. So ultimately, inclusive AI is actually very good businesses because it’s more accessible and brings better benefits.

Speaker

Mariagrazia Squicciarini (UNESCO)


Reason

This comment flips the traditional charity-based framing of inclusion, presenting it instead as a technical and business imperative. It argues that AI systems perform better when they include diverse perspectives and data, making inclusion a quality issue rather than just an equity issue.


Impact

This reframing helped shift the discussion from moral arguments for inclusion to practical ones, making the case more compelling for stakeholders focused on AI performance and business outcomes. It influenced subsequent discussions about data quality and system effectiveness.


I find it very intriguing, what they would call maybe optimism divide. An optimism divide is inversely related to everything what I said now… 70% of the people [in Global South] say, actually, AI may help us… Whereas when you look at the developed countries… 70% are actually fearful that AI may take their jobs.

Speaker

Tomas Lamanauskas (ITU)


Reason

This observation reveals a counterintuitive paradox: those with less access to AI are more optimistic about it, while those with greater access are more fearful. This challenges assumptions about who wants AI development and suggests different regional priorities and perspectives.


Impact

This insight added nuance to the discussion by highlighting that the Global South isn’t just seeking inclusion out of necessity, but out of genuine optimism about AI’s potential. It influenced the moderator’s closing remarks and helped explain why different regions approach AI governance differently.


Innovation has to become an innovation that is built on public goods and private innovation. Because if you don’t have public goods and the innovation is entirely in the realm of private sector, then… the value capture of all this will not be in India.

Speaker

Sharad Sharma


Reason

This comment identifies a fundamental structural issue: that purely private innovation leads to value extraction rather than local value creation. It proposes a hybrid model that combines public infrastructure with private innovation, challenging the dominant Silicon Valley model.


Impact

This concept influenced discussions about data sharing frameworks, public infrastructure for AI, and the need for countries to become producers rather than just consumers of AI technology. It provided a theoretical foundation for several concrete proposals that followed.


We are overwhelmingly consumers of AI technologies that are developed elsewhere. And oftentimes our realities, languages or priorities in mind… Most of these companies don’t bear this in mind… the tools that we adopt are not built for us.

Speaker

Andrea Jacobs (Antigua and Barbuda)


Reason

This comment crystallizes the core problem of technological colonialism in AI, where Global South countries are relegated to passive consumption of technologies designed without their input, leading to systems that may not serve their needs or may even cause harm.


Impact

This stark framing reinforced Minister Lawson’s existential concerns and influenced the discussion toward concrete solutions for moving from consumption to production, including local data ecosystems and stronger participation in global governance frameworks.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally elevated and transformed the discussion from a technical problem-solving session into a deeper examination of power, representation, and systemic change in the global AI ecosystem. Minister Lawson’s existential framing set a tone of urgency that permeated the entire discussion, while Sharma’s call for paradigm change challenged participants to think beyond incremental reforms. Squicciarini’s business case for inclusion and Lamanauskas’s optimism divide observation added crucial nuance that prevented the discussion from becoming purely adversarial. Together, these comments created a rich, multi-layered conversation that moved beyond the typical ‘digital divide’ framing to address fundamental questions about technological sovereignty, cultural survival, and the need for new models of global cooperation in the AI era.


Follow-up questions

How can we develop effective business models to support AI infrastructure funding in the Global South?

Speaker

Cina Lawson


Explanation

Minister Lawson identified the need to think about funding infrastructure and what types of business models are needed to support filling the infrastructure gap, but didn’t provide specific solutions


How do we address the declining interest in math and science education among African children?

Speaker

Cina Lawson


Explanation

This was identified as a major challenge affecting skills development for AI, but no concrete solutions were discussed


How can we build hundreds or tens of data set projects needed for AI relevance in developing countries?

Speaker

Cina Lawson


Explanation

The scale of data set development needed was identified but the practical implementation pathway was not detailed


How do we measure and track compute capability availability across different countries?

Speaker

Audrey Plonk


Explanation

OECD is developing a new methodology but it’s not yet fully public, indicating need for further development and sharing


What are the effective models for talent training within the Global South without needing to send talent abroad?

Speaker

Cina Lawson


Explanation

This was identified as crucial but specific training models and programs were not elaborated upon


How can we create shared infrastructure models for GPUs and data centers for developing countries?

Speaker

Cina Lawson


Explanation

The need for shared infrastructure was identified but the business models and implementation mechanisms require further research


How do we implement techno-legal regulation effectively across different jurisdictions?

Speaker

Sharad Sharma


Explanation

This was presented as essential for AI governance but the practical implementation details across different legal systems need further exploration


How can we operationalize the global training data sharing framework (DEPA) internationally?

Speaker

Sharad Sharma


Explanation

While India is developing this framework, how it can be applied globally for data sharing protocols requires further research


What are the specific mechanisms for including neurodiverse individuals and people with disabilities in AI development?

Speaker

Nupur Chunchunwala


Explanation

This diversity aspect was raised but specific inclusion mechanisms in international AI cooperation were not detailed


How do we move from high-level commitments to real actionable pathways for AI inclusion?

Speaker

Abhishek Agarwal


Explanation

This was identified as a key challenge but the specific mechanisms for translating commitments into action require further development


How can we ensure AI systems protect and empower children while preserving cultural moorings?

Speaker

Sharad Sharma


Explanation

Child safety in AI was identified as a global priority but specific protective mechanisms need further research and development


What are the innovative financing options for AI capacity building in developing countries?

Speaker

Amandeep Singh Gil


Explanation

A UN report on this topic was mentioned as being finalized but the specific financing mechanisms and their implementation need further exploration


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WS #133 Platform Governance and Duty of Care

WS #133 Platform Governance and Duty of Care

Session at a glance

Summary

This workshop focused on platform governance and duty of care approaches to regulating online spaces, examining how different jurisdictions are moving beyond traditional self-regulation models to address digital harms like disinformation, hate speech, and coordinated harassment. The discussion brought together perspectives from Europe, Southeast Asia, Brazil, and the Philippines to explore what implementing duty of care frameworks actually means in practice.


Amelie Heldt presented the European approach, highlighting how Germany’s Digital Services Act incorporates trusted flaggers—certified organizations that can flag illegal content for expedited platform review. This creates a hybrid governance model involving state actors, platforms, and civil society organizations, though it raises complex questions about the legal status of private actors performing quasi-governmental functions. Janjira Sombatpoonsiri discussed Southeast Asian contexts, where survey data shows over 65% of experts distrust government regulatory frameworks due to concerns about autocratization and misuse of laws to suppress opposition voices. She advocated for a “pluralist approach” emphasizing participatory fact-checking, community moderation, and multi-stakeholder initiatives to build democratic legitimacy.


Bia Barbosa outlined Brazil’s current situation, where the Supreme Court is reinterpreting intermediary liability while civil society advocates for parliamentary regulation focused on systemic risks rather than individual content removal. The Brazilian Internet Steering Committee has proposed a typology distinguishing between different types of application providers based on their level of interference with content circulation. Yvonne Chua described the Philippines’ shift from punishing users through libel laws toward holding platforms accountable, noting a recent congressional report that explicitly recognizes platforms’ duty of care while warning against franchise requirements that could enable political retaliation.


The discussion revealed common challenges across jurisdictions, including legislative delays, definitional ambiguities around systemic risks, and the need for safeguards against government overreach while maintaining democratic legitimacy in content moderation approaches.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Diverse Regulatory Approaches to Platform Governance**: The discussion explored different models of duty of care implementation across jurisdictions, from the EU’s Digital Services Act with trusted flaggers, to Brazil’s Supreme Court reinterpretation of intermediary liability, to Southeast Asia’s preference for multi-stakeholder and pluralist approaches due to distrust in government frameworks.


– **Balancing Safety and Freedom of Expression**: A central tension emerged around how to create safer online environments while protecting free speech, with speakers highlighting concerns about over-censorship, government overreach, and the weaponization of content moderation laws against marginalized voices and political opposition.


– **Multi-stakeholder Governance Models**: Several speakers emphasized the importance of involving civil society, fact-checkers, journalists, and other stakeholders in platform governance rather than relying solely on government regulation or platform self-regulation, with examples from Malaysia’s Media Council and collaborative flagging initiatives.


– **Systemic Risk vs. Individual Content Liability**: The discussion revealed different interpretations of duty of care – some focusing on individual content removal and liability (as seen in Brazil’s Supreme Court case), while others emphasized addressing systemic risks through algorithmic transparency, process regulation, and platform design changes.


– **Implementation Challenges and Due Process Safeguards**: Speakers addressed practical concerns about defining systemic risks, ensuring adequate due process protections, preventing abuse by governments, and the need for clear legal frameworks that distinguish between different types of platforms and intermediaries.


## Overall Purpose:


The workshop aimed to examine how the concept of “duty of care” for platforms is being interpreted and implemented across different jurisdictions, sharing real-world experiences from Europe, Southeast Asia, Brazil, and the Philippines to understand what this regulatory approach means in practice and how it can build trust in online spaces while addressing harms like disinformation and hate speech.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a serious, academic tone throughout, characterized by cautious optimism tempered with significant concerns. While speakers acknowledged the potential benefits of duty of care approaches, the tone was notably apprehensive about implementation challenges, government overreach, and unintended consequences. The conversation was collaborative and constructive, with speakers building on each other’s insights, but there was an underlying urgency about getting the regulatory balance right to avoid both continued online harms and excessive censorship.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Beatriz Kira** – Assistant Professor in Law at the University of Sussex, on-site moderator, coordinates research project on platform governance funded by the British Academy


– **Amelie Heldt** – Works at the German Federal Chancery (speaking in personal capacity), affiliated researcher with the Leibniz Institute for Media Research in Hamburg


– **Janjira Sombatpoonsiri** – Political scientist at Chulalongkorn University in Thailand and the German Institute for Global and Area Studies in Hamburg, researches legal tools for tackling disinformation in South and Southeast Asia


– **Bia Barbosa** – Journalist, represents Communication Rights and Democracy organization, civil society representative of the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee


– **Yvonne Chua** – Journalism professor at the University of the Philippines


– **Ivar Hartmann** – Colleague of Beatriz Kira, co-coordinates research project on platform governance


– **Audience** – Various audience members who asked questions during the Q&A session


**Additional speakers:**


– **Phoebe Lee** – Professor at the University of Sussex, online moderator (mentioned but did not speak in transcript)


– **Ramon Costa** – Rapporteur for the workshop (mentioned but did not speak in transcript)


– **David Sullivan** – From the Digital Trust and Safety Partnership (audience member who asked questions)


– **Baron Soka** – Runs Tech Freedom think tank based in the U.S. (audience member who asked questions)


– **Brianna** – (audience member who asked questions, full title/organization not clearly stated)


– **Yuzhe** – Former legal counsel at a social media platform (audience member who asked questions)


– **Andrew Camping** – Trustee with the Internet Watch Foundation (audience member who asked questions)


Full session report

# Platform Governance and Duty of Care: A Cross-Jurisdictional Workshop Report


## Introduction and Context


This workshop examined the evolving landscape of platform governance through the lens of duty of care approaches, bringing together perspectives from Europe, Southeast Asia, Brazil, and the Philippines. The event was moderated by Beatriz Kira, Assistant Professor in Law at the University of Sussex, and co-coordinated with Ivar Hartmann as part of an ongoing research project on platform governance. The workshop built on a previous workshop held in Brazil and a published report, with Phoebe Lee serving as online moderator and Ramon Costa as rapporteur.


The discussion explored how different jurisdictions are moving beyond traditional self-regulation models to address digital harms including disinformation, hate speech, and coordinated harassment. As Kira noted in her opening remarks, the goal was to examine what implementing duty of care frameworks actually means in practice, with particular attention to building trust in online spaces that have become central to democratic participation and social interaction.


## European Approach: The Digital Services Act and Trusted Flaggers


Amelie Heldt, speaking in her personal capacity while affiliated with the German Federal Chancery and the Leibniz Institute for Media Research in Hamburg, presented the European Union’s approach through the Digital Services Act (DSA). The EU model includes a trusted flaggers system under Article 22 of the DSA, where certified organisations can flag illegal content for expedited platform review.


Heldt explained that this approach creates complex legal relationships between state actors, platforms, and civil society organisations, raising questions about the legal status of private actors performing quasi-governmental functions. She posed the critical question: “If private entities become trusted flaggers, are they state authorities now?” This uncertainty extends to whether organisations serving as trusted flaggers should be bound by freedom of expression requirements typically applied to state actors.


Heldt also referenced Germany’s Network Enforcement Act (NetzDG) and acknowledged that while the DSA addresses systemic risks, significant gaps remain. She noted that “there is actually no rule that really goes at the core of the business model of social media platforms,” highlighting a fundamental limitation in addressing the underlying economic incentives that drive harmful platform behaviours.


## Southeast Asian Context: Trust Deficits and Alternative Approaches


Janjira Sombatpoonsiri, a political scientist at Chulalongkorn University in Thailand and the German Institute for Global and Area Studies in Hamburg, presented findings from her research on legal tools for tackling disinformation across Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Philippines.


Her survey data revealed that over 65% of experts in Southeast Asia expressed distrust in government regulatory frameworks, primarily due to concerns about autocratisation trends and the potential misuse of laws to suppress opposition voices. This led Sombatpoonsiri to advocate for what she termed a “pluralist approach” to platform governance, emphasising community-driven initiatives including participatory fact-checking, pre-bunking efforts, and collaborative flagging systems.


Sombatpoonsiri highlighted Malaysia’s Media Council as a successful example, bringing together journalists, civil society organisations, and fact-checkers in collaborative content evaluation processes. She argued that such initiatives create greater democratic legitimacy than top-down regulatory approaches, particularly where “enforcement often becomes partisan with laws weaponised against opposition voices under the guise of combating disinformation.”


## Brazilian Developments: Supreme Court Intervention and Multi-Stakeholder Response


Bia Barbosa, representing the Communication Rights and Democracy organisation and serving on the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee, outlined Brazil’s complex regulatory landscape. She explained that the Supreme Court has begun reinterpreting the country’s intermediary liability regime through individual case decisions, with 8 out of 11 justices having voted and the 11th expected to vote that day.


This judicial intervention has created what Barbosa described as an “unclear duty of care framework,” raising concerns about potential strict liability regimes that could lead to increased private censorship. She explained concerns that the proposed duty of care could “result in practice in a change of the civil liability regime of platforms presupposing a duty of immediately removing such content in an automated manner.”


In response, the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee has developed a comprehensive approach distinguishing between different types of application providers based on their level of content interference. They have also launched a public consultation focusing on freedom of expression protection, information integrity, and harm prevention, while preparing technical notes for the Supreme Court that focus on systemic risks rather than individual content decisions.


Barbosa referenced Brazil’s Marco Civil da Internet and Article 19, emphasising the importance of multi-stakeholder regulatory bodies as safeguards against government abuse, arguing that such mechanisms are essential “to prevent abuse and protect freedom of expression regardless of government in power.”


## Philippines Experience: From User Punishment to Platform Accountability


Yvonne Chua, a journalism professor at the University of the Philippines, described her country’s shift from punishing users through cybercrime and libel laws towards holding platforms accountable. She provided stark statistics: over 3,800 cyber libel cases have been filed since 2012, whilst platforms have remained “virtually untouched” by regulatory oversight.


A significant development has been the Congressional Tri-Committee report, which Chua described as a “turning point by explicitly recognising platforms have duty of care that can be regulated.” The report includes 11 recommendations addressing platform regulation, governance oversight, and literacy enforcement.


However, Chua highlighted significant risks with certain regulatory approaches, particularly franchising requirements for platforms. She provided a historical example of regulatory abuse with ABS-CBN, the country’s largest radio and television network, which lost its congressional franchise due to political retaliation rather than media standards concerns. This example illustrates the risk of “turning speech regulation into partisan weapon.”


Despite these concerns, Chua noted that platforms have demonstrated capacity to respond effectively when regulatory expectations are clear, particularly during elections and emergency situations.


## Key Themes and Challenges


### Multi-Stakeholder Governance Approaches


All speakers emphasised the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches, though their implementations varied based on local contexts and trust levels in government institutions. The EU’s trusted flaggers system operates within a formal regulatory framework, while Southeast Asian approaches emphasise community-driven initiatives independent of government frameworks. Brazil and the Philippines both highlighted multi-stakeholder bodies as safeguards against government abuse.


### Trust Deficits and Political Weaponisation


A significant finding was the identification of trust deficits in government-led regulation across different political systems. Speakers from multiple jurisdictions raised concerns about the potential for platform regulation to be weaponised for political purposes, suggesting that regulatory approaches must include explicit safeguards against abuse.


### Systemic Risk versus Individual Content Approaches


The discussion revealed tension between systemic risk management approaches (focusing on platform processes and design features) versus individual content liability models (focusing on specific harmful content and removal obligations). The EU’s DSA and Brazilian Internet Steering Committee proposals represent systemic approaches, while court-led interventions tend toward individual content liability.


## Audience Engagement and Critical Questions


The workshop’s question-and-answer session raised several important issues. David Sullivan from the Digital Trust and Safety Partnership questioned how different legal frameworks define systemic risks and identify harms while avoiding restrictions on legitimate speech. Baron Soka from Tech Freedom asked about due process protections and their effectiveness “in the face of increasingly lawless governments.”


Yuzhe, a former legal counsel at a social media platform, questioned whether current regulations adequately address “core business model issues like attention-grabbing features like endless scrolling that exploit dopamine systems and cause addiction.” Andrew Camping from the Internet Watch Foundation explored whether duty of care frameworks could provide adaptable approaches to emerging technologies.


In response to questions about the DSA’s implementation, Heldt mentioned both the Digital Services Act and Digital Markets Act, noting ongoing developments including the Digital Fairness Act being considered by the European Parliament.


## Conclusions


The workshop revealed that duty of care approaches to platform governance represent a significant evolution from traditional self-regulation models, but face substantial implementation challenges related to political context, institutional trust, and definitional clarity. While speakers from different jurisdictions converged on the importance of multi-stakeholder approaches, their specific implementations varied significantly based on local contexts and trust levels in government institutions.


The identification of trust deficits in government-led regulation across different political systems suggests that building legitimate platform governance frameworks requires careful attention to democratic participation and safeguards against abuse. The discussion also highlighted limitations in current regulatory approaches for addressing fundamental business model issues that drive harmful platform behaviours.


As Kira noted in closing, the workshop demonstrated both the complexity of implementing duty of care frameworks and the importance of continued cross-jurisdictional learning and cooperation in developing effective approaches to platform governance that balance safety concerns with freedom of expression protections.


Session transcript

Beatriz Kira: Good afternoon, everyone. Welcome to our workshop, Platform Governance and Duty of Care, which is co-organised by INSPA, a higher education institution in Brazil, and the University of Sussex in the United Kingdom. My name is Beatriz Quira. I am an Assistant Professor in Law at the University of Sussex and I’m going to be your on-site moderator today. And I’d also like to thank our online moderator, my colleague Phoebe Lee, Professor at the University of Sussex, and our rapporteur, Ramon Costa, who is here today. The central challenge that we are going to gather here to address today is one that defines our digital era in 2025. How to build and maintain trust in the online spaces that have become so central in our lives. The threats that we face are neither abstract nor distant. They include, for example, disinformation campaigns that consume elections, hate speech that spills from screens into the streets and real-world harms, and co-ordinated harassment that could silence marginalised voices. For a long time, the debate on how to tackle these issues have often revolved around inadequate solutions. But with time, the conversation has matured and we have now decisively moved away from relying solely on self-regulation by platforms into a more regulatory model. Around the world, the ground is shifting and we see, for example, the European Union’s Digital Services Act, which addresses systemic risks. We see in the United Kingdom, where I’m based, the Online Safety Act, which pioneers the idea of a duty of care. And we also see in countries in the global south, like Brazil, where the Supreme Court is currently reinterpreting intermediary liability within the Marco Civil da Internati. And what we are seeing emerge here is not only kind of a new approach to regulation, but kind of different approaches altogether, different strategies. And duty of care, which is the topic of our workshop today, is one of them. It represents a departure from traditional intermediary liability models, and rather than solely focusing on what platforms should keep up or take down, it asks what can platforms do to create and to promote a safer environment online. With this shift, there are new opportunities for new spaces for more stakeholders. And, for example, oversight institutions, fact-check organizations, civil society, and users have the opportunity to play new roles. And these are the things that we want to discuss with you today. But I think the crucial question motivating us in this debate is precisely what does adopting a duty of care approach to platform governance actually mean? This question sits at the center of a research project that I coordinate with my colleague Ivar Hartmann, which is funded by the British Academy, and it compares experiences in the UK and in Brazil. Last year, we hosted a multi-stakeholder workshop in Brazil to explore this question, and insights that were discussed led to a publication of a report early this year where you can find the main findings that we published. It is freely available, and I really encourage you to read and to download. And building on that discussion and building on the findings from this report, one of the key issues that we learned is the importance of learning from different jurisdictions, not only Brazil and the UK. and other actors also considering in terms of duty-of-care approaches to platform governance. And this led us to organize this workshop here today and we are very thankful to IGF for hosting us. Today we have five speakers that bring to the discussion something very valuable, which are real experiences from different continents, different countries, different regulatory environments to tell us a little bit more about what it means for a duty-of-care approach to be embedded in platform governance, in platform regulation. So we have representatives with more public sector experience, internet governance bodies, journalism and academia. So just rounding up this introduction and housekeeping for the session, we are going to start with a round-the-table session with each of the speakers, making their initial remarks for around seven minutes. They are going to introduce themselves and make their initial remarks in about seven minutes. And then I’m going to open the floor for discussion, for debate. I really hope that you can engage with us, make this a really engaging conversation and not only me talking to you or them talking at you. So thank you again for being here. Let’s begin. We have the first speaker today, Amelie. Amelie is online with us, joining from Germany, I believe. But Amelie, I’m going to give you the floor. You can introduce yourself and tell us a little bit more about the kind of European perspective to this issue. Thank you.


Amelie Heldt: Thank you. Thank you for having me. Do you hear me well? Yes. Okay, good. Yes, I’m joining from Germany online today, unfortunately. My name is Amelie Helz. I work at the German Federal Chancery, but I’m here today in my personal capacity and as an affiliated researcher with the Leibniz Institute for Media Research in Hamburg. And I’m happy to talk a little bit about the situation in Germany and in Europe just briefly, and then we can go into details later on. So the German situation is that we already have a general duty of care between contractual partners. That’s something that is in the BGB, our civil code here in Germany. And it’s something that has been used in the past to actually test terms and conditions of online platforms specifically also to see to what extent platforms can be bound by freedom of expression. So in the framework of a horizontal effect of freedom of expression. So that’s like the starting point that we had. Then as you’re probably or maybe aware, there was the ECOMOS directive here in Europe. That’s the predecessor law of the DSA. And Germany then adopted in 2017 a law called the Network Enforcement Act, the NetzDG, which obliged platforms to implement a system of notification for users so they could actually flag content as being illegal. Later on or now that we have the DSA, this obviously replaced the NetzDG. And in the DSA, we have much more duties, quite specific duties for platforms to act against illegal content. One thing that I would like to highlight today, what I think would be interesting for the discussion is the role of trusted flaggers under the DSA. Trusted flaggers are in Article 22 DSA. It’s, as you may be aware of, an instrument that has been used by platforms in the past. So we could assume it’s sort of a best practice of online platforms that has then been integrated into the Digital Services Act. And the Digital Services Act contains rules, meaning that the regime of trusted flaggers is the following. They can notify or they can flag content, but only illegal content. So they have to—or it’s under the provision of Article 16 DSA. And how do you become a trusted flagger? You will be—there will be a process of certification with the Digital Services Coordinator, and that’s the main public authority in charge of the Digital Services Act in the respective member state. The flaggers—well, they flag the content, and then there will be a speedy check by the platforms, which then decide whether they want to remove it or not, whether they think it’s illegal or not. So it’s kind of, you could say, a multi-stakeholder instrument. And as I mentioned, it was already in use before the DSA. USA. And the discussion that has been going on around this is the question how to evaluate actually the role of private actors in this sector that are the organizations that will be trusted flaggers under Article 22. In a way, or some people say they act on behalf of the state, so they can be considered state actors, which will change their legal status in a way that they would be bound by other rules and will be closer to state action. And that’s relevant for anything that goes against freedom of expression or against user content. There’s also the question how to deal with organizations that are mainly focused on a private interest, such as intellectual property, that’s often in a context that’s commercially used. So this is the big discussion. Obviously, it helps when it comes to hate speech because the removal will be more speedy. And that’s something that has been advocated for a long time. So I’m happy to dive a bit deeper into this use case later on. But what I wanted to highlight here is, to sum it up, is sort of the hybrid governance that we have here between a law like the Digital Services Act, that’s not only about platforms being compliant and the state in charge of reviewing their compliance, but also private actors, such as NGOs, also that can be funded by the state, taking an active role in the implementation of the DSA. And it makes the whole context more difficult, and it needs to be assessed carefully how to jungle with these new instruments. And it’s quite complicated to untangle the legal relationships between all these actors. So that’s quite specific. I’m happy to also talk about the DSA more generally, but I thought that could be interesting for our discussion.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much, Amelie. And it was a really good opening in terms of highlighting not only kind of what’s the model or the kind of the groundings of a bit of care domestically, but also kind of the supranational model of the DSA. And I think we are going to continue in some form of this kind of national and supranational perspective, but now bringing the perspective from South and Southeast Asia. So we have Janjira, who’s going to tell us a little bit more about that. So yes, the floor is yours.


Janjira Sombatpoonsiri: You hear me, yeah? Okay. Thanks so much for having me. And so my name is Janjira. I’m a political scientist working at the University in Thailand, Chulalongkorn University, and the German Institute for Global and Area Studies, based in Hamburg. And so over the past years, I’ve been doing research, collecting data on legal tools used to tackle these information problems in South and Southeast Asia. And at the same time in Thailand, we also survey experts’ views on the impact of disinformation on electoral integrity, social cohesion, and information integrity. And so before we jump right into the conversation about platforms’ duty of care, I just want to begin by sharing some preliminary findings from our survey from the project in Thailand. So the survey actually explores experts’ views, as I said, and we launched the surveys in four Southeast Asian countries, Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Philippines. And what is so interesting is that the majority of respondents, around over 65 percent, expressed distrust in government regulatory frameworks. And I’m not really surprised, to be honest. Low trust in government’s genuine commitment to protecting citizens from online harms underpins public skepticism towards state-led regulation of platforms. And I think that’s why we kind of want to move forward to multi-stakeholder approach. And so I find the results quite telling, underscoring how political context shapes platform governance and, you know, the debate on platform governance. And I think when we discuss this issue, we have to look at various forms of threats that online users and citizens face. So it’s not only disinformation in Southeast Asia, but we also have trends in autocratization. And so the issue in the region isn’t whether governments can legislate, but whether they can enforce these laws in ways that uphold the rule of law and due process, right? And so public mistrust is further reinforced by the increasing misuse of such laws. And there are plenty of laws in the region to suppress freedom of expression, as seen in a host number of countries, including Thailand, where I’m from, Cambodia, and especially the Philippines under the Duterte administration. So online critics face harsh penalties, while platforms are pressured to remove politically sensitive content under the guise of combating disinformation. And so my point is, in practice, enforcement often becomes partisan, at least in Southeast Asia. And in the context where today’s opposition might be tomorrow’s government, these laws can be quite conveniently weaponized. My point is, while legal and regulatory tools are important, they are not a silver bullet. And I don’t know if this point would be considered contradictory to a lot of folks at the IGF, but my research shows that public preference leans toward not only a multi-stakeholder approach, but also greater synchronization across initiatives to improve the integrity of online information. And I like to call this approach a pluralist approach, which is slightly divergent from a multi-stakeholder approach, not completely new. So the approach includes not only regulatory frameworks grounded in platforms’ duty of care, but it also moves beyond the legal sphere to encourage participatory fact-checking, structured pre-banking efforts, and community moderation initiatives. So I’m just going to spend the last two and a half minutes giving you some illustrative examples of how this approach has been trialed in the region. I just remind you that each of the cases that we study doesn’t have the comprehensive package of this approach, right? And one example… The sample comes from each country, so it’s just quite fragmented still. Now, regarding the participatory fact-checking, in Malaysia, for example, after the repeal of the Anti-Fake News Act in 2018, journalists and civil society actors began advocating for the creation of the Malaysian Media Council, or the MMC, which is an independent self-regulatory body tasked with handling public complaints, countering disinformation, and engaging with tech companies. And in Myanmar, Thailand, and the Philippines, for example, civil society organizations have collaborated with platforms and parliamentary committees to flag accounts, I think actually an approach very similar to what the previous speakers suggested. So these CSOs have collaborated with platforms and parliamentary committees to flag accounts suspected of coordinating disinformation campaigns. So the idea is not only to flag and target false content, and I highlight content, but also to address a deeper political economic route of online influence operations, and to disrupt their financial incentives. Last but not least, the polarist approach helps ensure the regulatory frameworks are anchored in initiatives driven by broad-based segments of society. And this idea of a coalitional, a pluralist approach to platform governance is so important because at the end of the day, it’s about creating democratic legitimacy for such frameworks for society to adopt, accept, and pursue the goal of combating disinformation together. So I’ll stop here.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much, Njeri, and it was really interesting to hear how the relationship of trust between users and the government and users and platforms is now uniform across different settings, different jurisdictions, and how that informs also the governance arrangements, as you mentioned. So if we contrast with what Amelie was telling us about a more regulatory-driven effort, we heard from Njeri now a more civil society-driven, but similar in a way, trusted flagger participatory fact-checking initiative. Thank you so much. Wonderful. So we are going to move on to kind of a round-the-globe overview. We have now, to my right, Bia Barbosa from Brazil, who is going to introduce herself and talk a little bit about kind of the perspective from Brazil, and there’s a lot going on, so it is a challenging position to be in. In seven minutes. Yes. Thank you, Bia.


Bia Barbosa: Thank you so much, Beatriz, and Professor Rivar as well for the invitation for the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee to be here. I know that our member from the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee also helped to organize this activity, so thank you so much for everybody being here. I’m a journalist, and I’m speaking on behalf of a civil society where I belong to that’s called Communication Rights and Democracy, which is a member of a huge coalition, Rights in the Network coalition in Brazil that gathers more than 50 civil society organizations that struggles for different rights online, and a civil society representative of the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee. So I will begin, I’ll try to begin by summarizing a little bit the current state of discussions on due-to-health care in Brazil, focusing mainly on two different perspectives on the table, and then present the contributions that we have at the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee, the CGI.br. The idea of due-to-health care began being discussed in Brazil based on the proposal by the government, inspired by the debates in the UK, which included this concept in the bill on transparency, freedom, and responsibility on the Internet. At that time, in 2023, the government’s proposal was to establish a due-to-health care for social media in relation to the circulation of illegal and harmful content that could promote hate speech, racism, violation of children’s rights, and attacks to the democratic rule of law. It’s important to remember that this happened shortly after an attempt of coup d’état that our country suffered after the far-right lost the elections at the end of 2002. As in the British Online Safety Act, social media would not be responsible for individual content, but rather for their responses to the general circulation of such content. At the same time, the bill spoke of the duty of companies to mitigate the systemic risks generated by their services. The presence of these two different concepts in different articles of the text, in my opinion, raised concerns that the proposed duty of care would result in practice in a change of the civil liability regime of platforms presupposing a duty of immediately removing such content in an automated manner. This position has been enforced by different government actors, including the contents of the trial currently taking place in the Brazilian Supreme Court. There are two cases under joint discussion. Today we should hear the opinion of the last justice on that, the 11th justice. The case is Analyze the Liability Regime for Intermediaries. This has been in place since 2014 under the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework, Marco Civil Internet in Brazil, which in its Article 19 states that application providers, all of them, and I will go a little bit further on that, can only be held liable for damage caused by third-party content if they disobey a court order to remove it. The Brazilian Supreme Court already has a majority of votes to change this regime, so eight votes for now out of 11 justices have been cast in this direction, and the content of duty of care has been cited many times, mentioned many times by the justices. What is still unclear by the votes is whether the court will… We are going to talk about how to completely change the liability regime and consider social media as publishers, equivalent to the media outlets, for example, responsible for everything that is published, or whether it would only apply to content, illegal, harmful, we don’t know, that must be proactively removed. As this is a case that deals precisely with civil liability, that is, liability for individual content and not just systemic risks, there is a reinforcement of this interpretation that the concept of duty of care is related to civil liability. And it is also unclear how the Supreme Court will ensure the implementation of its decision, considering that under Brazil law, civil liability must be determined by the courts, and also considering that Brazil does not have a regulatory authority or body to deal with this topic. That is why a significant part of civil society, including organizations that are part of the Rights on the Network coalition, which I belong to, has raised important concerns about the idea of duty of care, especially in light of abuses already committed by platforms that have unduly silenced the voices and struggles of minority groups in Brazil. In a context where they may become legally responsible for this content, there is no doubt that abuses will multiply, and if we are to have, as we hope, a slightly healthier environment in terms of the removal of illegal content, we will also have an environment in which critical voices, journalists and human rights activists and defenders will become even more victims of private censorship. That is why this part of civil society strongly advocates that Brazil move forward with regulation through the Parliament, which can prioritize the regulation of process, algorithms and content moderation mechanisms rather than individual content, in a perspective close to the concept of addressing the systemic risks of this service. We understand that Supreme Court ruling is important in a context where the Brazilian Parliament has been unable to make progress on this issue. The bill I mentioned before was blocked in 2023 by pressure from big tech companies in alliance with the far right that was anything but republican. However, depending on how the court concludes this trial, we may have a situation where this decision is not implemented or, even worse, a worrying impact on all application providers. This is why the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee, which defends the constitutionality of the Article 19, precisely because it’s applicated to all providers, has prepared a technical note proposing a typology for application providers to assist the Supreme Court. This typology is based on the level of intervention of companies in distribution of third-party content and emphasizes the need to modulate the accountability of agents according to their functionalities, proposing appropriate and proportional liability. According to CGI’s technical note, the analysis of Article 19 should observe the following distinction. Application providers whose functionality does not interfere with the circulation of third-party content, those that operate in the Internet as a simple means of transport or storage, such as website hosting or email providers. A second typology would go for applications providers whose functionality has low interference with the circulation of third-party content, such as websites specializing in editing articles and entries. And application providers whose functionality has a high interference on the circulation of third-party content, potentially constituting a risky activity. This interference includes profiling, mass dissemination, algorithmic recommendation, micro-segmentation, strategies to continue engagement, paid content, targeted advertising, among others. So we believe that Supreme Court’s decision should apply to these providers, which are far from being neutral intermediaries. Finally, reinforcing the potential for multistakeholder construction of balanced and democratic regulatory proposals, I’d like to share that looking at the task assigned to the Brazilian Parliament, the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee has also launched a public consultation on principles for the regulation of social media. Three of these principles relate somehow to the idea of duty of care. The protection of freedom of expression, privacy and human rights online, the protection of information integrity, and prevention and harm in accountability. In this sense, and I’m finishing, I promise, in the sense CGI proposed for debate, the idea that social media should make their best effort to prevent and guard against potential harm arising from their activities, especially those arising from the circulation of content, understand that they are responsible for the harm arising from systemic risks inherent to the services provided, and should repair or mitigate them. Damage resulting from systemic risk is understood to be caused by network environment resulting from its policies of transparency, moderation, recommendation and content boosting. So thank you very much once again, and I’ll be happy to go further during the debate.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much, Bia. And I think it’s interesting to see how, in theory, the same concept of duty of care has been mobilized differently, not only across jurisdictions, but even within the same jurisdictions, by different kind of stakeholders. So the Supreme Court understanding and interpreting this from one perspective. perspective and more kind of linked to the idea of intermediary liability whereas the efforts that we see or have have saw in the power have seen in the past in terms of legislative efforts being more kind of the systemic approach in a way more similar to the UK and the EU and I think kind of in this in this tune and kind of how Parliament’s have been trying to kind of embed the idea of duty of care in legislation we are now joined online by Yvonne Chua who is going to bring us a perspective from the Philippines so Yvonne thank you so much for being with here with us here today I imagine it’s quite late for you so yes please go ahead and introduce yourself and you have the floor for your remarks thank you.


Yvonne Chua: Don’t worry it’s still evening early evening in the Philippines I’m Yvonne and I teach journalism at the University of the Philippines you know I’m really glad we’re having this conversation because in the Philippines we’ve been stuck for some time for years our lawmakers have been proposing to fight disinformation and online harm by focusing on punishing the users primarily tightening libel laws wrapping up cyber libel and proposing stiffer penalties but we’ve seen where the existing laws have led us citizens and journalists sued and even silenced and the platforms that enable virality amplification virtually untouched that’s why a report by a House or Congressional Tri-Committee released a few weeks ago feels like a turning point for the first time it explicitly recognizes that platforms have a duty of care and that duty can and should be regulated now just a bit of context the Cyber Crime Prevention Act in the Philippines combined with our colonial era libel law have put hundreds of citizens including journalists to libel libel is a crime in the Philippines and more than 3,800 cyber libel cases have been filed since 2012 when the law took effect this figure underscores the significant reliance on criminal libel as a tool against speech online and it doesn’t stop there we have the anti-terrorism law of 2020 for example widening the state’s surveillance powers and introducing dangerously vague speech restrictions so while we jail users no Philippine law holds platforms accountable that brings us to the House or Congressional Tri-Committee on public order information and communications technology and public information after months of hearing with government agencies academe the private sector fact checkers data scientists and and even influencers, the committee recently concluded, and let me quote, our putative toolkit is grossly inadequate and ill-equipped to counter well-funded disinformation ecosystems. The committee proposed something new, at least in the Philippines. Its 11 recommendations addressed three major themes, platform regulation and accountability, governance of oversight and ethics, and literacy and enforcement. In the interest of time, I’ll focus on those that are highly relevant to today’s conversation. First, the committee proposed a review and amendment of the Cybercrime Prevention Act of 2012 to explicitly define social media platforms, prescribe penalties for their participation in content-related offences and incorporate provisions on disclosure of data, parameters for auto-blocking of content and preservation and retention of data. In the case of access to platform data, this is really intended to address the problem when platforms keep refusing to accommodate requests for data by citing American laws, or US privacy laws in particular. Closely related to this is another committee recommendation to enact or pass a new law that would establish a comprehensive legal framework against false or harmful online content. It seeks to authorize government agencies to issue takedown, rectification and block access orders. Now, that’s the problem. While both recommendations emphasize intermediary obligations, the proposed provisions on content blocking or takedown could easily lead to overreach without clear limits. In the Philippines, a similar takedown clause in the Cybercrime Prevention Law was already struck down by our Supreme Court several years ago for bypassing judicial review. We don’t want to have Singapore’s POFMA in the Philippines. As worrisome is the franchise proposal. The Tri-Committee recommended that foreign platforms maintain an in-country office that can be held legally liable. No problem with that. and Yvonne Chua. And for that, it makes sense to clarify jurisdiction and ease enforcement. But the committee also recommended that platforms secure a congressional or legislative franchise, just like traditional broadcasters or certain public utilities, in order to operate in the country. This is deeply problematic. We’ve seen this before, when ABS-CBN, once our country’s largest radio and television network, lost its congressional franchise in 2020 because the allies of then-President Duterte refused to renew its franchise. It wasn’t about media standards. It was political retaliation. So franchising platforms risk turning speech regulation into a partisan weapon, and any accountability bill that includes a franchise requirement must guarantee ironclad due process and protection from political pressure, or better yet, just shelve the whole idea. I just want to point out that can platforms actually meet these obligations? The answer is, of course, yes. They’ve already shown us that they have the capacity. They’ve responded to crises, elections, and coordinated harm in the Philippines and elsewhere. When regulatory expectations are clear, just as they are in the EU, the UK, and several other countries, platforms adjust. They set up task forces, they take down harmful content, illegal content, and they would even tweak their algorithms. So where do we go from here in the Philippines? At noon of June 30, a new set of lawmakers will assume office. So the Tri-Committee’s work right now will be archived, but its findings certainly leave us a path. We can continue to criminalize users and chase trolls, or we can follow the path that it has pointed us to. And finally, hold platforms to account. Duty of care is not a silver bullet, but it shifts burden upstream where the harm begins. We’ve seen it work in other regions, in other countries. We’ve seen it can work here during elections and emergencies, but we need to build in safeguards. We need to make sure our laws protect free expression and human rights, even as we build a healthier, more trustworthy information space. Thank you.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much, Yvonne. I think it was heartening to hear from you in terms of how difficult the situation is not only in Brazil. So as you heard from Viva, kind of all the jurisdictions in the Philippines is a great example of kind of trying to kind of balance the very important goals of kind of promoting safety and trust while upholding freedom of expression and not really giving the government of the turn powers to kind of overstep and kind of interfere with this right. But also good to hear from you in terms of kind of, of course there are ways of doing that right, it’s a mix of kind of political will, collaboration, cooperation, compliance from the platforms but it’s not an easy task to put together the legislation or the regulation. Thank you very much for that and with this we’re moving to our final speaker for today, my colleague Ivar Hartmann who is going to bring a little bit more kind of the summary of the challenges that we heard today as we prepared the floor for questions. So just kind of let you know that after Ivar I’m going to open the floor for questions so you can start thinking about the questions you’re going to ask our speakers and you can pick up the different points and ask them to kind of unpack something, yes, so think of your questions while we hear Ivar’s presentation, Ivar the floor is yours.


Ivar Hartmann: Thank you Beatriz, thank you to our speakers who agreed to join us in this important yet complex discussion and thank you for everyone who is joining us in the conversation as well here on site and online. Different workshops and panels here at the IGF have different strategies to making sure that it’s actually a conversation, a debate and not just different people speaking in sort of an isolation, so our approach was that I’ll try to sum up obviously not 100% of all the important comments and contributions but connect, make an effort to connect the realities in all these four jurisdictions that were discussed here, trying to take a shot at interpreting the valuable information and lessons that we heard from all these. for jurisdictions. And I’ll do that by looking at this from two different perspectives. One is, what have been the challenges to creating and enforcing duty of care mechanisms and regulation in different jurisdictions? And what have been the concrete solutions that our speakers have shared with us, have been at least proposed, if not attempted, or have worked in these jurisdictions? One thing that I think unites, if not maybe, the European Union and the jurisdiction that Amélie so kindly talked to us about, but certainly unites Thailand, Philippines, and Brazil, is that there is a perception by civil society and many stakeholders that there is a delay by Congress to offer, to provide, to actually create a framework that will address these more pressing issues that maybe everyone knows about, how problematic this information is for at least 10 years. But the more current versions of this and how it operates, money trail, that sort of thing, that regulators in these countries have not been quick enough to adapt. That certainly has been the case in Brazil. As Beatriz has told us, basically, the main challenge is that because of the delay by Congress, as soon as the Brazilian Supreme Court steps up and strikes down the current rule for intermediary liability for platforms and offers in its place an unclear description of a duty of care supposed framework, that this will create a fear on platforms and therefore on its users that instead of the old regime, which was not strict liability, it was based on a trigger of there should be a court rule in order for a platform to be responsible for illegal content. In the first case, that court comes in, strikes down that rule, and then what’s left because of a void of Congress legislation, that what’s left is an unclear. framework, and that probably might lead in many cases to strict liability. The solution that is presented to this version of duty of care, which is obviously unwanted I think for everyone here, would be, as Beatriz has told us, a new bill that civil society is backing almost entirely, in its entirety, that would clearly separate types of providers and intermediaries based on their roles, so it should make clear, which is something that it seems the Supreme Court, creating its framework, will not do, separate cloud storage hosts from social media platforms to advertisers, a typology that would make predictable and safe for each company to understand what the law requires and then decide their course of action. Again, in the Philippines and in Thailand, it seems that civil society does not find the current frameworks as useful as they needed to be to ensure safe and protective online content moderation. It seems, as Janjira brought to our attention, a survey of four different Southeast Asian countries has shown that a majority of people distrust government regulatory frameworks, so merely creating a new law such as the DSA in the European Union is clearly not enough. She tells us of a pluralist approach, one that would ensure representation from all segments in society, creating roles, multi-stakeholder roles, embedded in this regulatory framework, because at the end of the day, it is about creating democratic legitimacy for content moderation, if I understood Janjira correctly. She tells us about citizen fact-checking. are working on a self-regulatory body tasked with engaging platforms and handling complaints. So there is an intermediary to the intermediaries and the government and the users. And to my understanding, it seems we have similar concerns also in the Philippines, as Yvonne has told us. It seems legislators have been stuck for many years. Overall, platforms are virtually untouched in either their failure to remove problematic content or when they over-censor. And she brings to us news of this important report by a congressional authority that is basically identifying one of the biggest problems with a version of duty of care framework or government framework, which is the excessive or, let’s say, undue use of government oversight in such a framework, whereby government, as in the past in the Philippines, she tells us has happened, would actually retaliate against digital platforms by forcing them to remove content that’s actually not illegal. So the solution then, the concrete solution, would be to guarantee in the law due process, to also guarantee access to platform data, to do a full review of cybercrime law, to avoid interpretations of libel laws that would mean legal content gets removed, even though it’s legal just under the guise of alleged defamation. And lastly, that would prevent against content blocking that is an overreach by platforms. So in summary, I think there are, of course, not identical challenges, but challenges in these platforms. These four jurisdictions that are very similar in their roots, because as we know, the problematic business model is a worldwide business model of algorithmic recommendation and advertising. And the solutions are not exactly the same. And so the DSA, to the challenge, as Amélie has brought to us, to the challenge of the question of if you have a duty of care framework and you hope that civil society does fact-checking as well and identifies hate speech as well, well then how do you figure out who becomes a flagger or a trusted flagger? How do you evaluate the role of private actors who take on this important task? Are they a state authority now or can they, for the purposes of the law, be considered a state representative? Because that would mean state action that restricts freedom of speech and so this has immense consequences. And so the solution there has been in the DSA and obviously we don’t have many, many years of enforcement yet, but we have some time of enforcement and just to finalize, and I think this is an important place to end because this is where it’s perhaps most advanced in terms of how far the implementation is going. Government certification for these flaggers such that there are rules on the DSA obviously, as Amélie has told us, that decide, that establish what needs to happen, what are the rules for someone or a private entity to become a trusted flagger so that we can avoid abuse whenever very specific commercial private interests are involved. Once again, lastly, just thank you to our four speakers and I apologize for any misinterpretation that I might have made here.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much, Ivar. I’m going to comment and continue the discussion, but I know that we have key members of the audience that want to ask questions. So I’m going to open the floor for questions on-site and online as well. So please, if you’re online and want to ask a question, use the chat function and then we’re going to be monitoring that. And for people in the room, there is a mic to my left-hand side. So we already have one question, two questions from the floor. Let’s take them in rounds, perhaps. Is that okay? Can you please start with your name and your organization? And let’s try to kind of make the most of this with kind of more quick questions with a question mark at the end. Thank you.


Audience: Thanks. I’m David Sullivan from the Digital Trust and Safety Partnership. We work with companies on best practices and standards for trust and safety. My question for all the speakers is how are the different legal frameworks that have been presented defining systemic risks? And how do you approach trying to identify risks that are not illegal content, but somehow would not wind up restricting access to information and freedom of expression? Thanks. Excellent question. Thank you. Yes, we have another one from the floor. I’m Baron Soka, Tech Freedom. I run a think tank based in the U.S. But I’m really here to thank you for focusing on the potential for abuse. I’m glad we’re talking about that. I would suggest that when it comes to franchising, there are no due process safeguards that could ever make franchising or licensing safe. We’ve seen how governments around the world use franchising and licensing to extort whatever they can get from the licensees. My question is when should we have confidence in due process protections? And what kinds of due process protections do we think will actually work in the face of increasingly lawless governments? The Trump administration clearly doesn’t care. They’ll run roughshod over whatever due process requirements are in place. I’ll give you two concrete examples to maybe frame your question. I have a couple of questions about my question. One, Article 73.2 in the Digital Services Act, I think, doesn’t get enough attention. It says that before the commission can issue a finding of liability, it has to explicitly say what the platform should have done or should now do. So I’d like to hear your thoughts about that as a due process safeguard. And then just to close, in the United States, we’ve had this debate over the Kids Online Safety Act. Republicans have been very clear that they think the bill will be weaponized against transgender content. The bill’s Democratic sponsors think that the safeguards they’ve put in place are adequate. I don’t think so. I want to know what kinds of safeguards, concretely, you think would be adequate to ensure that duties of care can’t be used against particular kinds of content.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much.


Audience: Yeah, hi, Brianna. I have a very similar question. Recently, we have done a huge study on the implementation or alignment with the DSA in the EU candidate countries. And it actually turned out, and something that is actually my question, maybe shifting the focus here a bit, but also, like, I understand completely the relevance of due care of platforms, but I also want to kind of shift the focus back to the duty of care of the states. And the previous colleague actually asked more about the safeguards. I’m really curious, because the DSA itself does not have these safeguards for the rule of law and due diligence. So I want to understand better whether your research in your respective countries and the legislative examples actually can provide us some more understanding of the due care of the states when implementing these laws to prevent any forms of abuse that will actually be detrimental not only to the citizens, but broadly, like, democratic setting, right? Leaving aside, for now, the platforms and how it will affect their business models.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much.


Audience: Hi, I’m Yuzhe. I worked at one of the social media platforms at legal council before. So what we see, there’s a lot of progress in regulation. I have a feeling that some issues with the platform governance that touched or caused by the core business model of these platforms, like the attention-grabbing platform, such as, for example, endless scrolling, for example, there’s some features that are really exploiting our dofamine system and cause excessive use and addiction, and I didn’t see their current regulation touch much on these kind of core issues, so I’m curious if there’s any thought from panelists, what’s the direction of resolving these issues or addressing these challenges?


Beatriz Kira: Thank you. I’m going to close the floor after the tall gentleman over there, so, yes, last two questions.


Audience: Hi, Andrew Camping, I’m a trustee with the Internet Watch Foundation, but I’m not speaking for them. Firstly, I think it’s really encouraging to hear this discussion, and that there’s at least an appetite for some action in this space when you consider the immense harm that approaches like Section 230 in the States are doing around the world, so this at least shows hope with appropriate guardrails, as the speakers have touched on. My question, though, is an aspect of it that you perhaps haven’t mentioned, which is, I believe that a general duty of care on platforms provides a lot of promise to cover new technological developments which otherwise have to be explicitly mentioned in legislation, and various sessions already this week have talked about how does legislation keep up with the pace of new developments. I think a general duty of care, in my view, is a way of doing that, putting the onus on the platforms to show appropriate risk assessment. Thank you very much for your time and I look forward to hearing your thoughts on this as well. DSA enforcement has become very geopolitically contentious under the Trump administration and I was wondering that in developing regulation in other parts of the world, this is something that is playing a part as well. DSA enforcement has become very geopolitically contentious under the Trump administration and I was wondering that in developing regulation in other parts of the world, this is something that is playing a part as well. Whether you guys feel pressure to align your social media regulation a little bit with the US administration’s take on that, so thanks a lot.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you so much. We have a wide range of questions. Please don’t feel compelled to all of you to answer all of them. You’re very welcome to pick and choose. I’m going to give each panelist, each speaker, two minutes and please stick to two minutes so we can hear from everyone. I know it’s challenging. But again, pick your favourite one or your couple of favourites and let’s start in the same order that we had the panel. Maybe Amélie Heldt, you can start with your two minutes and make this kind of also the closing remarks. We can hear you.


Amelie Heldt: Yes, can you hear me? Okay, now. Yes, okay, good. Yes, so there are many questions regarding the systemic risk definition. It’s a tricky one. There is a legal definition in Article 34 DSA. However, I mean, this is only one side or one, of course, the definition of the legislature. There are whole PhDs being written on that matter now that I can’t sort of sum up here. I think it’s something we have to look at quite intensively. Also, in the context of the second question regarding safeguards, because anything that is not clearly defined can then also be misused. And there’s a very thin line here that can be crossed. I’d like to address the question of the business model, which I think is a very relevant one. The Digital Services Act actually contains a lot of rules regarding content moderation mainly. And then there is the Digital Markets Act that addresses the market power of big tech, basically. But there is actually no rule that really goes at the core of the business model of social media platforms. That’s why there’s a discussion at the European Parliament right now on a Digital Fairness Act or an act that would actually look closer at addictive design of online platforms or of apps. But that’s very much under discussion and it’s difficult. And that bridges or goes to the last question in the actual context where there’s a lot of legislation coming out of Europe and of the EU. And we are thriving to not only be the regulators but also to develop tech ourselves. And so a lot of people are asking for less regulation. So I’m not sure we’ll see much more regulation in that space over the next month. We have to start implementing what we have right now first.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you. Thank you so much, Amélie. And thank you for sticking to a couple of minutes. Ginger, the floor is yours.


Janjira Sombatpoonsiri: All right. So many great questions. I’ll just speak broadly because of the two-minute limit. Now, I think there are two issues here I want to address. One is risks, right? In Southeast Asia and specifically the ASEAN, I mean, the sort of collective efforts to curb disinformation is very limited, unlike the EU. So far, there are limited frameworks to govern platforms together. Individually, in each country, there are different definitions of what poses risk in online space, in platforms. And that can get tricky because these notions can be very vague. In nonpolitical issues like public health, child pornography, gambling, violent graphics, these can be clearly identified and agreed on across different countries. But when it comes to political issues, each country comes up with its own identification or definition of what constitutes risk. And this, again, varies across political contexts. In Thailand, and I think we would go to the Philippines as well, Cambodia, Vietnam, the notion of anti-state, the notion of defamation of political elites are part of risk in online system. And therefore, it leads to abuse by state actors. to impose laws supposed to curb disinformation. So I think the definition when it comes to a collective identification of what constitutes risk is still fragmented in the region and I think it leaves room for politicization. Now… Oh, that’s it. Okay.


Beatriz Kira: That’s it. I mean, hold a thought because we can kind of follow up during lunch maybe, if you want to join us. Yes. Via, please.


Bia Barbosa: Yeah, I’m not going further on the problem of the lack of definition because I think it’s everywhere and not only regarding duty of care, but regarding risk assessment, systemic risks and everything. So this is one of a pretty important step of regulation that has to be debated and has to consider each situation and the context of each country. Regarding the due process, the provision that we had regarding due process in the Brazilian Bill on Transparency and Responsibility of Internet had to do with the right to information about moderation of each one content and the right to appeal to that moderation. I think that it’s at least something that we have to guarantee in any regulation that deals with social media platforms. And there are risks, but clearly I think that the situation now is not working. We have pretty much evidence on the negative impact. It’s enormous. So, of course, each country needs to consider its own reality, including the strength or the weakness of its democratic institutions to propose, determine specific things. But one way that I think that could help regulators to not abuse their power is to make this a multi-stakeholder process. Brazil has models of deliberative councils that establish rules for the implementations of law or public policies. So that’s why we, as a civil society perspective in Brazil, not the Brazilian Internet Steering Committee in general, because we have not arrived at that point, we understand that any Brazilian authority that takes on this task must necessarily have a multi-stakeholder body to ensure the protection of freedom of expression and the quality of the implementation of the law, independently of the governments in power.


Beatriz Kira: Wonderful. Thank you so much. I think to close us, Yvonne, you have the floor to answer questions and final remarks in a couple of minutes. Thank you.


Yvonne Chua: Yeah, this is so difficult. I know, I’m sorry. We don’t really have a definition, we really don’t have a definition of systemic risk. And I wouldn’t be surprised if our lawmakers would be looking to the EU’s Digital Services Act for inspiration, but you know, they really have to because our lawmakers are really so bad at defining things, including fake news, which is broadly and crudely defined, and it was a revelation during the congressional hearings that, you know, academics, fact-checkers, and everyone had to take time out just to explain to them the difference between misinformation, disinformation, and mal-information. It took like hours just to get the terminology right. As far as due process is concerned, things get so messed up in the Philippines, especially with the implementation of laws, and that’s why we’re very grateful that we have a strong independent judiciary that we can, you know, rely on whenever things get rough. About the general duty of care for platforms, the provision, this is really something that the Tri-Committee is trying to work towards, because the recommendations cover not only existing problems, but also AI and emerging technologies. So perhaps a well-crafted legal framework would be able to address that.


Beatriz Kira: Thank you. Thank you so much, and thank you. I just wanted to see if Iva wants some comments in one minute. I have less than others, but yes, just take the moment to thank everyone for participating. I do want to take on the questions about general duty of care, specific duties from the gentleman from IWF, but we can do it offline. So for the time being, we can please join me in thanking our panellists, our speakers and members of the audience for your engagement. We do hope to continue this conversation around duty of care and platform governance. I mean, I’m speaking on my behalf, and perhaps Iva’s, as we continue to work in our research projects. But I think, and I’m pleased. Please correct me if I’m wrong, all the panellists are also going to be looking at issues around platform governance and regulation and duty of care, so reach out to us if you want to continue this conversation in your other spaces, and thank you IJF for having us. Have a really good afternoon and see you next time. Phoebe, Amélie, and can you stay for one minute so we can take a photo? Yeah, stay online, we can have a photo of the panel. Thank you. Good Morning, welcome to Ivar’s Gap Kitchen! Best bread Straßenburg will Taylor next! Bye!


A

Amelie Heldt

Speech speed

124 words per minute

Speech length

1081 words

Speech time

520 seconds

Hybrid governance model combining DSA compliance with private actors like NGOs taking active roles in implementation creates complex legal relationships

Explanation

The Digital Services Act creates a governance system that involves not just platforms and state authorities, but also private actors such as NGOs that can be funded by the state. This multi-layered approach makes it difficult to untangle the legal relationships between all these actors and requires careful assessment of new instruments.


Evidence

Trusted flaggers system under Article 22 DSA where organizations get certified by Digital Services Coordinators to flag illegal content for speedy platform review


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance approach is essential for legitimate platform regulation


Disagreed with

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa

Disagreed on

Role of government vs. multi-stakeholder approach in platform regulation


Trusted flaggers system under DSA Article 22 allows certified organizations to flag illegal content for speedy platform review

Explanation

Under the Digital Services Act, trusted flaggers are certified through a process with Digital Services Coordinators and can notify platforms about illegal content. The platforms then conduct speedy checks to decide whether to remove the flagged content or not.


Evidence

Article 22 DSA provisions and the certification process with Digital Services Coordinators as the main public authority in charge


Major discussion point

Duty of Care Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Legal evaluation needed for private actors serving as trusted flaggers to determine if they act as state representatives bound by freedom of expression rules

Explanation

There is ongoing discussion about whether organizations serving as trusted flaggers should be considered state actors, which would change their legal status and make them bound by different rules. This is particularly relevant for content decisions that could impact freedom of expression.


Evidence

Discussion around organizations focused on private interests like intellectual property in commercial contexts


Major discussion point

Content Moderation and Freedom of Expression Balance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


DSA addresses systemic risks but questions remain about evaluating private actors’ roles in content moderation

Explanation

While the Digital Services Act contains provisions for addressing systemic risks, there are still unresolved questions about how to properly evaluate and regulate the role of private actors in the content moderation ecosystem.


Major discussion point

Systemic Risk and Business Model Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


J

Janjira Sombatpoonsiri

Speech speed

118 words per minute

Speech length

1030 words

Speech time

522 seconds

Multi-stakeholder approach with greater synchronization across initiatives is preferred over purely regulatory solutions due to public distrust in government frameworks

Explanation

Research shows that the majority of respondents express distrust in government regulatory frameworks, leading to preference for a pluralist approach that includes not only regulatory frameworks but also participatory fact-checking, pre-bunking efforts, and community moderation initiatives. This approach aims to create democratic legitimacy for platform governance.


Evidence

Survey in four Southeast Asian countries (Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, Philippines) showing over 65% of experts expressed distrust in government regulatory frameworks


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Amelie Heldt
– Bia Barbosa

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance approach is essential for legitimate platform regulation


Disagreed with

– Amelie Heldt
– Bia Barbosa

Disagreed on

Role of government vs. multi-stakeholder approach in platform regulation


Pluralist approach including participatory fact-checking, pre-bunking efforts, and community moderation creates democratic legitimacy

Explanation

The pluralist approach moves beyond the legal sphere to encourage various forms of community engagement in content moderation. This includes participatory fact-checking, structured pre-bunking efforts, and community moderation initiatives that help create broader social acceptance of platform governance frameworks.


Evidence

Examples from Malaysia (Malaysian Media Council), Myanmar, Thailand, and Philippines where civil society organizations collaborate with platforms and parliamentary committees to flag accounts suspected of coordinating disinformation campaigns


Major discussion point

Duty of Care Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Sociocultural | Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Over 65% of experts in Southeast Asian survey expressed distrust in government regulatory frameworks due to autocratization trends

Explanation

The survey results reveal significant public skepticism towards state-led regulation of platforms, which is underscored by low trust in government’s genuine commitment to protecting citizens from online harms. This distrust is reinforced by trends in autocratization across the region.


Evidence

Survey data from Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Philippines showing majority distrust in government frameworks


Major discussion point

Trust and Legitimacy in Platform Governance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua
– Ivar Hartmann

Agreed on

Current regulatory frameworks are inadequate and need comprehensive reform


Enforcement often becomes partisan with laws weaponized against opposition voices under guise of combating disinformation

Explanation

In practice, enforcement of platform governance laws often becomes partisan, with laws being used to suppress freedom of expression. Online critics face harsh penalties while platforms are pressured to remove politically sensitive content under the guise of combating disinformation.


Evidence

Examples from Thailand, Cambodia, and the Philippines under the Duterte administration where laws were misused to suppress opposition voices


Major discussion point

Content Moderation and Freedom of Expression Balance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Agreed on

Risk of government overreach and weaponization of platform regulation laws


B

Bia Barbosa

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1617 words

Speech time

661 seconds

Supreme Court is changing intermediary liability regime with unclear duty of care framework, creating concerns about strict liability and private censorship

Explanation

The Brazilian Supreme Court is striking down the current intermediary liability rule from the Marco Civil da Internet and replacing it with an unclear duty of care framework. This creates fear that platforms will face strict liability, leading to over-censorship and silencing of minority voices and activists.


Evidence

Eight out of 11 justices have voted to change the regime; Article 19 of Marco Civil da Internet currently requires court order for platform liability; concerns about abuses already committed by platforms against minority groups


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Yvonne Chua
– Ivar Hartmann

Agreed on

Current regulatory frameworks are inadequate and need comprehensive reform


Disagreed with

– Yvonne Chua

Disagreed on

Approach to intermediary liability and duty of care implementation


Typology of application providers based on level of interference with content circulation is needed for proportional liability

Explanation

The Brazilian Internet Steering Committee proposes a classification system that distinguishes between different types of providers based on their functionality and level of intervention in content distribution. This would ensure appropriate and proportional liability rather than a one-size-fits-all approach.


Evidence

CGI’s technical note proposing three categories: providers with no interference (hosting, email), low interference (websites), and high interference (algorithmic recommendation, micro-segmentation, targeted advertising)


Major discussion point

Duty of Care Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic


Civil society advocates for multi-stakeholder regulatory bodies to prevent abuse and protect freedom of expression regardless of government in power

Explanation

Civil society organizations propose that any Brazilian authority implementing platform regulation should have a multi-stakeholder body to ensure protection of freedom of expression and quality implementation. This approach draws on Brazil’s existing models of deliberative councils for public policy implementation.


Evidence

Brazil’s existing models of deliberative councils that establish rules for implementation of laws or public policies; Rights on the Network coalition with over 50 civil society organizations


Major discussion point

Trust and Legitimacy in Platform Governance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Amelie Heldt
– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder governance approach is essential for legitimate platform regulation


Disagreed with

– Amelie Heldt
– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri

Disagreed on

Role of government vs. multi-stakeholder approach in platform regulation


Concerns about platforms becoming legally responsible leading to increased private censorship of minority groups and activists

Explanation

There are significant concerns that if platforms become legally responsible for content under an unclear duty of care framework, they will engage in over-censorship to avoid liability. This would particularly harm minority groups, journalists, and human rights activists who are already victims of private censorship.


Evidence

Evidence of abuses already committed by platforms that have unduly silenced voices and struggles of minority groups in Brazil


Major discussion point

Content Moderation and Freedom of Expression Balance


Topics

Human rights | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Yvonne Chua

Agreed on

Risk of government overreach and weaponization of platform regulation laws


Brazilian Internet Steering Committee proposes principles focusing on systemic risks from network environment policies rather than individual content

Explanation

The CGI proposes that social media should make best efforts to prevent harm from systemic risks inherent to their services, focusing on policies of transparency, moderation, recommendation and content boosting rather than individual content liability. This approach emphasizes the network environment created by platform policies.


Evidence

CGI’s public consultation on principles for social media regulation including protection of freedom of expression, information integrity, and prevention of harm and accountability


Major discussion point

Systemic Risk and Business Model Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Y

Yvonne Chua

Speech speed

136 words per minute

Speech length

1109 words

Speech time

487 seconds

Congressional Tri-Committee report represents turning point by explicitly recognizing platforms have duty of care that can be regulated

Explanation

For the first time in the Philippines, a Congressional Tri-Committee report explicitly recognizes that platforms have a duty of care that can and should be regulated. This represents a significant shift from previous approaches that focused primarily on punishing users through libel laws.


Evidence

House Tri-Committee on public order, information and communications technology, and public information released report with 11 recommendations after months of hearings with various stakeholders


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Disagreed with

– Bia Barbosa

Disagreed on

Approach to intermediary liability and duty of care implementation


Platform regulation should focus on disclosure requirements, data access, and comprehensive legal framework rather than just user punishment

Explanation

The Tri-Committee recommends amending cybercrime laws to define social media platforms, prescribe penalties for their participation in content-related offenses, and incorporate provisions on data disclosure and content blocking parameters. This shifts focus from criminalizing users to holding platforms accountable.


Evidence

Over 3,800 cyber libel cases filed since 2012; platforms refusing data requests citing US privacy laws; recommendation for platforms to maintain in-country offices


Major discussion point

Duty of Care Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Franchising platforms risks turning speech regulation into partisan weapon, as seen with ABS-CBN case under Duterte administration

Explanation

The committee’s recommendation for platforms to secure congressional franchises is problematic because it could be used for political retaliation. The ABS-CBN case demonstrates how franchising can be weaponized when allies of President Duterte refused to renew the network’s franchise in 2020.


Evidence

ABS-CBN, once the country’s largest radio and television network, lost its congressional franchise in 2020 due to political retaliation by Duterte allies


Major discussion point

Trust and Legitimacy in Platform Governance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa

Agreed on

Risk of government overreach and weaponization of platform regulation laws


Existing cybercrime and libel laws have led to over 3,800 cases since 2012 while platforms remain virtually untouched

Explanation

The Philippines has relied heavily on criminal libel combined with the Cyber Crime Prevention Act to address online harm, resulting in thousands of cases against users. Meanwhile, the platforms that enable virality and amplification have faced no accountability under Philippine law.


Evidence

Over 3,800 cyber libel cases filed since the Cyber Crime Prevention Act took effect in 2012; libel is a crime in the Philippines; anti-terrorism law of 2020 expanded surveillance powers


Major discussion point

Content Moderation and Freedom of Expression Balance


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa
– Ivar Hartmann

Agreed on

Current regulatory frameworks are inadequate and need comprehensive reform


Platforms have demonstrated capacity to respond to crises and adjust when regulatory expectations are clear

Explanation

Platforms have shown they can meet regulatory obligations when expectations are clear, as evidenced by their responses to crises, elections, and coordinated harm in the Philippines and other countries. They adjust by setting up task forces, removing harmful content, and tweaking algorithms when needed.


Evidence

Platform responses during elections and emergencies in the Philippines; adjustments made in EU, UK and other countries with clear regulatory frameworks


Major discussion point

Systemic Risk and Business Model Concerns


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


I

Ivar Hartmann

Speech speed

125 words per minute

Speech length

1207 words

Speech time

574 seconds

Delay by Congress in multiple jurisdictions has led to unclear frameworks and potential for abuse

Explanation

There is a common pattern across Thailand, Philippines, and Brazil where Congress has been slow to create adequate frameworks for addressing platform governance issues. This delay has led to other institutions stepping in with unclear or potentially problematic solutions, such as Brazil’s Supreme Court creating an unclear duty of care framework.


Evidence

Brazilian Supreme Court stepping in due to Congressional delay; similar delays noted in Philippines and Thailand; problematic business models known for about 10 years without adequate regulatory response


Major discussion point

Platform Governance and Regulatory Frameworks


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Agreed with

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Agreed on

Current regulatory frameworks are inadequate and need comprehensive reform


Solutions vary across jurisdictions but address similar challenges from algorithmic recommendation and advertising business models

Explanation

While the specific solutions differ across the four jurisdictions discussed, they all address similar root challenges stemming from the worldwide problematic business model of algorithmic recommendation and advertising. The solutions include different approaches to multi-stakeholder governance, due process protections, and regulatory frameworks.


Evidence

DSA’s trusted flagger certification system; Brazil’s proposed typology of providers; Philippines’ comprehensive legal framework recommendations; Southeast Asia’s pluralist approach


Major discussion point

Duty of Care Implementation and Challenges


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Sociocultural


B

Beatriz Kira

Speech speed

161 words per minute

Speech length

2048 words

Speech time

759 seconds

Workshop aims to build trust in online spaces central to digital era by moving beyond inadequate self-regulation solutions

Explanation

The central challenge of the digital era in 2025 is building and maintaining trust in online spaces that have become central to our lives. The conversation has matured from relying solely on platform self-regulation to more comprehensive regulatory models that address threats like disinformation, hate speech, and coordinated harassment.


Evidence

Examples of regulatory shifts including EU’s Digital Services Act addressing systemic risks, UK’s Online Safety Act pioneering duty of care, and Brazil’s Supreme Court reinterpreting intermediary liability


Major discussion point

Trust and Legitimacy in Platform Governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


A

Audience

Speech speed

151 words per minute

Speech length

940 words

Speech time

371 seconds

Current regulations don’t adequately address core business model issues like attention-grabbing features and addictive design

Explanation

An audience member with platform legal experience noted that current regulations don’t touch on core business model issues that cause platform governance problems. Features like endless scrolling and other attention-grabbing mechanisms exploit dopamine systems and cause excessive use and addiction.


Evidence

Examples of endless scrolling and features exploiting dopamine systems causing addiction and excessive use


Major discussion point

Systemic Risk and Business Model Concerns


Topics

Economic | Human rights | Sociocultural


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder governance approach is essential for legitimate platform regulation

Speakers

– Amelie Heldt
– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa

Arguments

Hybrid governance model combining DSA compliance with private actors like NGOs taking active roles in implementation creates complex legal relationships


Multi-stakeholder approach with greater synchronization across initiatives is preferred over purely regulatory solutions due to public distrust in government frameworks


Civil society advocates for multi-stakeholder regulatory bodies to prevent abuse and protect freedom of expression regardless of government in power


Summary

All three speakers emphasize that effective platform governance requires involvement of multiple stakeholders including civil society, NGOs, and private actors, rather than relying solely on government regulation or platform self-regulation


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


Current regulatory frameworks are inadequate and need comprehensive reform

Speakers

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua
– Ivar Hartmann

Arguments

Over 65% of experts in Southeast Asian survey expressed distrust in government regulatory frameworks due to autocratization trends


Supreme Court is changing intermediary liability regime with unclear duty of care framework, creating concerns about strict liability and private censorship


Existing cybercrime and libel laws have led to over 3,800 cases since 2012 while platforms remain virtually untouched


Delay by Congress in multiple jurisdictions has led to unclear frameworks and potential for abuse


Summary

Speakers agree that existing regulatory approaches have failed to adequately address platform governance challenges, with laws either being too weak to hold platforms accountable or too broad and leading to abuse of user rights


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Risk of government overreach and weaponization of platform regulation laws

Speakers

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Arguments

Enforcement often becomes partisan with laws weaponized against opposition voices under guise of combating disinformation


Concerns about platforms becoming legally responsible leading to increased private censorship of minority groups and activists


Franchising platforms risks turning speech regulation into partisan weapon, as seen with ABS-CBN case under Duterte administration


Summary

All three speakers from developing countries share concerns about how platform regulation can be misused by governments to suppress opposition voices and silence minority groups, emphasizing the need for strong safeguards


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers advocate for differentiated approaches to platform regulation that distinguish between different types of providers and focus on platform accountability rather than user criminalization

Speakers

– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Arguments

Typology of application providers based on level of interference with content circulation is needed for proportional liability


Platform regulation should focus on disclosure requirements, data access, and comprehensive legal framework rather than just user punishment


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Both speakers support systems that involve civil society organizations in content moderation processes, though through different mechanisms – formal certification in the EU versus collaborative approaches in Southeast Asia

Speakers

– Amelie Heldt
– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri

Arguments

Trusted flaggers system under DSA Article 22 allows certified organizations to flag illegal content for speedy platform review


Pluralist approach including participatory fact-checking, pre-bunking efforts, and community moderation creates democratic legitimacy


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural | Human rights


Both recognize that platforms have the technical capacity to implement changes but current regulations fail to address fundamental business model problems that drive harmful behaviors

Speakers

– Yvonne Chua
– Audience

Arguments

Platforms have demonstrated capacity to respond to crises and adjust when regulatory expectations are clear


Current regulations don’t adequately address core business model issues like attention-grabbing features and addictive design


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Trust deficit in government-led regulation across different political systems

Speakers

– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Arguments

Over 65% of experts in Southeast Asian survey expressed distrust in government regulatory frameworks due to autocratization trends


Civil society advocates for multi-stakeholder regulatory bodies to prevent abuse and protect freedom of expression regardless of government in power


Franchising platforms risks turning speech regulation into partisan weapon, as seen with ABS-CBN case under Duterte administration


Explanation

Despite representing different countries with varying political systems (Thailand, Brazil, Philippines), all three speakers independently identified similar patterns of government overreach and public distrust in state-led platform regulation, suggesting this is a global rather than region-specific challenge


Topics

Human rights | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Need for systemic rather than content-focused approaches to platform governance

Speakers

– Amelie Heldt
– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Arguments

DSA addresses systemic risks but questions remain about evaluating private actors’ roles in content moderation


Brazilian Internet Steering Committee proposes principles focusing on systemic risks from network environment policies rather than individual content


Congressional Tri-Committee report represents turning point by explicitly recognizing platforms have duty of care that can be regulated


Explanation

Speakers from very different regulatory contexts (EU, Brazil, Philippines) converged on the importance of addressing systemic risks and platform design rather than focusing solely on individual content decisions, indicating a global shift in thinking about platform governance


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around the need for multi-stakeholder governance approaches, the inadequacy of current regulatory frameworks, and concerns about government overreach. Speakers also agreed on the importance of addressing systemic risks rather than just individual content, and the need for differentiated approaches to different types of platforms.


Consensus level

High level of consensus on fundamental principles despite representing different jurisdictions and regulatory contexts. This suggests these challenges are global in nature and that there are emerging best practices that transcend regional differences. The implications are significant as it indicates potential for international cooperation and learning across jurisdictions in developing more effective platform governance frameworks.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Role of government vs. multi-stakeholder approach in platform regulation

Speakers

– Amelie Heldt
– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri
– Bia Barbosa

Arguments

Hybrid governance model combining DSA compliance with private actors like NGOs taking active roles in implementation creates complex legal relationships


Multi-stakeholder approach with greater synchronization across initiatives is preferred over purely regulatory solutions due to public distrust in government frameworks


Civil society advocates for multi-stakeholder regulatory bodies to prevent abuse and protect freedom of expression regardless of government in power


Summary

Amelie presents the EU’s hybrid model as a working solution with government certification of trusted flaggers, while Janjira argues for a pluralist approach due to distrust in government frameworks in Southeast Asia. Bia supports multi-stakeholder bodies but within a regulatory framework to prevent government abuse.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


Approach to intermediary liability and duty of care implementation

Speakers

– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Arguments

Supreme Court is changing intermediary liability regime with unclear duty of care framework, creating concerns about strict liability and private censorship


Congressional Tri-Committee report represents turning point by explicitly recognizing platforms have duty of care that can be regulated


Summary

Bia expresses strong concerns about Brazil’s Supreme Court creating unclear duty of care frameworks that could lead to over-censorship, while Yvonne views the Philippines’ Congressional recognition of platform duty of care as a positive turning point.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of regulatory vs. civil society approaches

Speakers

– Amelie Heldt
– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri

Arguments

Hybrid governance model combining DSA compliance with private actors like NGOs taking active roles in implementation creates complex legal relationships


Multi-stakeholder approach with greater synchronization across initiatives is preferred over purely regulatory solutions due to public distrust in government frameworks


Explanation

Unexpectedly, the EU representative (Amelie) presents a more government-integrated approach while the Southeast Asian representative (Janjira) advocates for approaches that bypass government frameworks entirely. This reverses typical expectations about regulatory approaches in developed vs. developing regions.


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement center on the appropriate balance between government regulation and multi-stakeholder approaches, the implementation of duty of care frameworks, and the level of trust in government institutions to fairly enforce platform governance.


Disagreement level

Moderate disagreement with significant implications. While speakers agree on the need for platform accountability, their different political and regulatory contexts lead to fundamentally different approaches. This suggests that duty of care implementation will likely vary significantly across jurisdictions based on local trust in institutions and democratic governance quality.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers advocate for differentiated approaches to platform regulation that distinguish between different types of providers and focus on platform accountability rather than user criminalization

Speakers

– Bia Barbosa
– Yvonne Chua

Arguments

Typology of application providers based on level of interference with content circulation is needed for proportional liability


Platform regulation should focus on disclosure requirements, data access, and comprehensive legal framework rather than just user punishment


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Human rights


Both speakers support systems that involve civil society organizations in content moderation processes, though through different mechanisms – formal certification in the EU versus collaborative approaches in Southeast Asia

Speakers

– Amelie Heldt
– Janjira Sombatpoonsiri

Arguments

Trusted flaggers system under DSA Article 22 allows certified organizations to flag illegal content for speedy platform review


Pluralist approach including participatory fact-checking, pre-bunking efforts, and community moderation creates democratic legitimacy


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural | Human rights


Both recognize that platforms have the technical capacity to implement changes but current regulations fail to address fundamental business model problems that drive harmful behaviors

Speakers

– Yvonne Chua
– Audience

Arguments

Platforms have demonstrated capacity to respond to crises and adjust when regulatory expectations are clear


Current regulations don’t adequately address core business model issues like attention-grabbing features and addictive design


Topics

Legal and regulatory | Economic | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Duty of care approaches to platform governance are being implemented differently across jurisdictions, with some focusing on intermediary liability (Brazil’s Supreme Court) while others emphasize systemic risk management (EU DSA, UK approach)


Multi-stakeholder governance models are preferred over purely regulatory solutions due to widespread public distrust in government frameworks, particularly in Southeast Asia where over 65% of experts distrust government regulation


The shift from self-regulation to regulatory models represents a fundamental change in platform governance, moving from content-focused approaches to systemic risk and process-oriented regulation


Trusted flagger systems and participatory fact-checking initiatives show promise as hybrid governance mechanisms that involve civil society in content moderation processes


Legislative delays in multiple jurisdictions have created regulatory voids that courts are filling with unclear frameworks, potentially leading to unintended consequences like strict liability or private censorship


Platform capacity for compliance exists when regulatory expectations are clear, as demonstrated during elections and emergencies, but implementation requires careful balance between safety and freedom of expression


Resolutions and action items

Brazilian Internet Steering Committee launched public consultation on principles for social media regulation with three key areas: protection of freedom of expression, information integrity, and harm prevention


Brazilian Internet Steering Committee prepared technical note proposing typology for application providers to assist Supreme Court in modulating accountability based on functionality and level of content interference


Philippines Congressional Tri-Committee issued 11 recommendations addressing platform regulation, governance oversight, and literacy enforcement as comprehensive framework


Continued research collaboration between UK and Brazil through British Academy-funded project comparing duty of care experiences across jurisdictions


Unresolved issues

Lack of clear definitions for ‘systemic risk’ across jurisdictions creates uncertainty and potential for abuse in implementation


Uncertainty about legal status of private actors serving as trusted flaggers – whether they constitute state actors bound by freedom of expression requirements


How to prevent weaponization of duty of care frameworks by governments for political retaliation, particularly regarding franchising requirements for platforms


Inadequate regulatory frameworks to address core business model issues like addictive design features, endless scrolling, and attention-grabbing mechanisms


Geopolitical tensions around DSA enforcement under Trump administration and pressure to align regulations with US positions


How to maintain democratic legitimacy and due process protections in increasingly polarized political environments


Fragmented approaches to defining what constitutes ‘risk’ in online spaces, particularly for political content across different countries


Suggested compromises

Typology-based approach for platform regulation that differentiates between providers based on their level of interference with content circulation (simple transport/storage vs. algorithmic recommendation systems)


Multi-stakeholder regulatory bodies that include civil society representation to prevent government abuse while maintaining oversight capabilities


Hybrid governance models combining legal frameworks with private sector best practices, such as trusted flagger systems with government certification processes


Focus on procedural requirements (transparency, appeals processes, data access) rather than content-specific mandates to balance safety with freedom of expression


Pluralist approach combining regulatory frameworks with participatory fact-checking, community moderation, and civil society initiatives to create democratic legitimacy


Due process safeguards including explicit requirements for platforms to understand their obligations before liability findings, as seen in DSA Article 73.2


Thought provoking comments

The majority of respondents, around over 65 percent, expressed distrust in government regulatory frameworks… Low trust in government’s genuine commitment to protecting citizens from online harms underpins public skepticism towards state-led regulation of platforms.

Speaker

Janjira Sombatpoonsiri


Reason

This comment introduced crucial empirical evidence that challenged the assumption that government regulation is universally welcomed as a solution to platform governance issues. It revealed a fundamental tension between the need for regulation and public trust in regulators, particularly in contexts with histories of authoritarian overreach.


Impact

This insight reframed the entire discussion by highlighting that the effectiveness of duty of care frameworks depends not just on their design, but on the political context and public trust. It led other speakers to address similar trust deficits in their jurisdictions and influenced the conversation toward multi-stakeholder approaches as alternatives to purely state-led regulation.


I like to call this approach a pluralist approach, which is slightly divergent from a multi-stakeholder approach… it’s about creating democratic legitimacy for such frameworks for society to adopt, accept, and pursue the goal of combating disinformation together.

Speaker

Janjira Sombatpoonsiri


Reason

This comment was intellectually provocative because it distinguished between multi-stakeholder approaches (which are widely discussed in internet governance) and a ‘pluralist approach,’ introducing a more nuanced framework that emphasizes democratic legitimacy and broad-based societal participation rather than just including different stakeholder categories.


Impact

This conceptual distinction elevated the theoretical sophistication of the discussion and influenced later speakers, particularly Bia Barbosa, to emphasize multi-stakeholder deliberative councils as essential safeguards against regulatory abuse. It shifted the conversation from technical implementation details to fundamental questions of democratic governance.


The presence of these two different concepts in different articles of the text… raised concerns that the proposed duty of care would result in practice in a change of the civil liability regime of platforms presupposing a duty of immediately removing such content in an automated manner.

Speaker

Bia Barbosa


Reason

This comment was insightful because it identified a critical gap between theoretical policy intentions and practical implementation outcomes. It highlighted how the same concept (duty of care) can be interpreted and implemented in fundamentally different ways within the same jurisdiction, leading to unintended consequences.


Impact

This observation introduced a crucial analytical framework that distinguished between systemic risk approaches and individual content liability approaches. It influenced the moderator’s summary comments about how ‘the same concept of duty of care has been mobilized differently, not only across jurisdictions, but even within the same jurisdictions, by different kind of stakeholders.’


We’ve seen this before, when ABS-CBN, once our country’s largest radio and television network, lost its congressional franchise in 2020 because the allies of then-President Duterte refused to renew its franchise. It wasn’t about media standards. It was political retaliation.

Speaker

Yvonne Chua


Reason

This concrete historical example was particularly powerful because it demonstrated how seemingly neutral regulatory mechanisms (franchising requirements) can become tools of political retaliation. It provided empirical evidence for abstract concerns about regulatory capture and abuse.


Impact

This example significantly influenced the Q&A session, with Baron Soka directly referencing it in his question about due process safeguards, stating ‘when it comes to franchising, there are no due process safeguards that could ever make franchising or licensing safe.’ It shifted the discussion toward concrete examples of regulatory abuse and the practical limitations of procedural safeguards.


There’s also the question how to deal with organizations that are mainly focused on a private interest, such as intellectual property, that’s often in a context that’s commercially used… it makes the whole context more difficult, and it needs to be assessed carefully how to jungle with these new instruments.

Speaker

Amelie Heldt


Reason

This comment was thought-provoking because it identified an underexplored tension within trusted flagger systems – the risk that commercial interests might capture supposedly neutral content moderation processes. It highlighted the complexity of hybrid governance arrangements where private actors take on quasi-governmental roles.


Impact

This observation influenced Ivar Hartmann’s synthesis, where he emphasized the challenge of determining ‘if private entities become trusted flaggers, are they state authorities now?’ It contributed to a more sophisticated understanding of the blurred boundaries between public and private authority in platform governance.


I have a feeling that some issues with the platform governance that touched or caused by the core business model of these platforms, like the attention-grabbing platform… I didn’t see their current regulation touch much on these kind of core issues.

Speaker

Yuzhe (audience member)


Reason

This question was particularly insightful because it challenged the entire premise of the discussion by suggesting that duty of care approaches might be addressing symptoms rather than root causes. It highlighted the potential inadequacy of content-focused regulation when the fundamental business model incentivizes harmful design.


Impact

This question prompted Amelie to acknowledge a significant limitation: ‘there is actually no rule that really goes at the core of the business model of social media platforms.’ It revealed a fundamental gap in current regulatory approaches and suggested that duty of care frameworks, while important, may be insufficient without addressing underlying economic incentives.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by introducing three critical analytical frameworks: (1) the importance of political context and trust in determining regulatory effectiveness, (2) the distinction between theoretical policy intentions and practical implementation outcomes, and (3) the tension between addressing symptoms versus root causes in platform governance. The comments collectively moved the conversation from a technical discussion of regulatory mechanisms to a more sophisticated analysis of power dynamics, democratic legitimacy, and systemic limitations. They revealed that duty of care approaches, while promising, face significant challenges related to political capture, definitional ambiguity, and the fundamental misalignment between platform business models and public interest goals. The discussion evolved from presenting different national approaches to identifying common underlying tensions that transcend jurisdictional boundaries.


Follow-up questions

How are the different legal frameworks defining systemic risks and how do you approach trying to identify risks that are not illegal content but somehow would not wind up restricting access to information and freedom of expression?

Speaker

David Sullivan from the Digital Trust and Safety Partnership


Explanation

This is crucial for understanding how different jurisdictions operationalize duty of care without overreaching into legitimate speech


When should we have confidence in due process protections and what kinds of due process protections will actually work in the face of increasingly lawless governments?

Speaker

Baron Soka from Tech Freedom


Explanation

This addresses the fundamental challenge of creating safeguards that can withstand political abuse and authoritarian tendencies


What are the thoughts on Article 73.2 in the Digital Services Act as a due process safeguard, which requires the commission to explicitly say what the platform should have done before issuing a finding of liability?

Speaker

Baron Soka from Tech Freedom


Explanation

This explores specific mechanisms within existing legislation that could serve as models for due process protection


What kinds of safeguards would be adequate to ensure that duties of care can’t be used against particular kinds of content, such as transgender content?

Speaker

Baron Soka from Tech Freedom


Explanation

This addresses the risk of duty of care being weaponized against marginalized communities and specific types of content


What understanding can research provide about the duty of care of states when implementing platform governance laws to prevent abuse that would be detrimental to citizens and democratic settings?

Speaker

Brianna (audience member)


Explanation

This shifts focus from platform obligations to state responsibilities and the need for safeguards in how governments implement and enforce these laws


What is the direction for resolving issues caused by core business models of platforms, such as attention-grabbing features like endless scrolling that exploit dopamine systems and cause addiction?

Speaker

Yuzhe (former platform legal counsel)


Explanation

This addresses whether current regulations adequately tackle the fundamental design features that create harm, beyond just content moderation


How does a general duty of care on platforms provide promise to cover new technological developments without having to explicitly mention them in legislation?

Speaker

Andrew Camping from Internet Watch Foundation


Explanation

This explores whether duty of care frameworks can be future-proof and adaptable to emerging technologies like AI


Whether jurisdictions feel pressure to align their social media regulation with the US administration’s approach, given that DSA enforcement has become geopolitically contentious under the Trump administration?

Speaker

Audience member (unnamed)


Explanation

This examines how geopolitical tensions and US policy changes might influence regulatory approaches in other countries


How to evaluate the role of private actors (trusted flaggers) and whether they should be considered state actors when they take on content moderation responsibilities?

Speaker

Amelie Heldt


Explanation

This addresses the complex legal relationships in hybrid governance models and the implications for freedom of expression


How to ensure regulatory frameworks have democratic legitimacy and broad societal acceptance through multi-stakeholder approaches?

Speaker

Janjira Sombatpoonsiri


Explanation

This explores how to build public trust and legitimacy in platform governance frameworks, especially in contexts where government trust is low


How will the Brazilian Supreme Court ensure implementation of its decision on intermediary liability, considering Brazil lacks a regulatory authority for this topic?

Speaker

Bia Barbosa


Explanation

This addresses the practical challenges of enforcement when judicial decisions create new obligations without corresponding regulatory infrastructure


How to create ironclad due process protections for platform franchising requirements, or whether franchising should be abandoned entirely?

Speaker

Yvonne Chua


Explanation

This examines whether legislative franchising of platforms can ever be made safe from political abuse, given historical examples of retaliation


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

WS #69 Beyond Tokenism Disability Inclusive Leadership in Ig

WS #69 Beyond Tokenism Disability Inclusive Leadership in Ig

Session at a glance

Summary

This discussion focused on disability leadership in internet governance, examining how to move beyond tokenistic representation to meaningful participation of persons with disabilities in digital policy-making spaces. The roundtable workshop, moderated by Muhammad Shabbir at the Internet Governance Forum 2025, brought together practitioners, researchers, and advocates to analyze current achievements and identify future strategies for inclusive internet governance.


Vint Cerf opened the session by emphasizing that accessibility is a high priority and the internet should truly be for everyone, noting that universal design benefits all users, not just those with disabilities. Gunela Astbrink discussed how global frameworks like WSIS+20 and the Global Digital Compact are incorporating disability inclusion language, but stressed the need to move from policy to implementation, citing the Internet Society’s accessibility framework as a successful case study.


Sarah Armstrong from the Internet Society Foundation outlined their philanthropic efforts, including disability-focused grant programs, accessibility training courses, and website compliance with WCAG standards. She emphasized the importance of senior leadership commitment and suggested that philanthropic organizations should require accessibility features in funded events and support mentorship programs for disability leaders.


Professor Derek Cockburn presented research evidence showing that disability advocacy networks have been among the most effective and sustained voices in internet governance spaces since the IGF’s inception. He highlighted the importance of using data analytics and AI tools to monitor progress and build research capacity in the disability community.


Several barriers to meaningful participation were identified, including lack of awareness about internet governance forums, insufficient funding for attendance, limited exposure to broader policy discussions beyond accessibility topics, and inadequate continuity support for sustained engagement. Participants emphasized that true inclusion requires preparing spaces for persons with disabilities, not just inviting them to participate. The discussion concluded with calls for integrating accessibility across all internet governance discussions, investing in leadership development pipelines, and establishing accountability mechanisms to ensure genuine progress toward inclusive digital governance.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Moving Beyond Tokenistic Representation**: The central theme focused on transitioning from symbolic participation of persons with disabilities in internet governance to meaningful leadership roles and decision-making positions, addressing the gap between participation and actual influence in policy-making.


– **Barriers to Meaningful Participation**: Multiple structural barriers were identified including lack of awareness about IGF among disability advocates, insufficient funding and logistical support, limited exposure to broader internet governance issues beyond accessibility, and challenges with continuity of engagement after events.


– **Institutional Commitment and Implementation**: Discussion of how organizations like the Internet Society are implementing accessibility frameworks, developing training programs, and creating accountability measures, while emphasizing the need for senior leadership commitment and systematic approaches to inclusion.


– **Research, Data, and Evidence-Based Approaches**: The importance of using data analytics, text mining, and research to track progress on disability inclusion in internet governance, with emphasis on building research capacity and utilizing available datasets to guide policy decisions.


– **Global Policy Frameworks and Implementation**: Analysis of how major international frameworks (WSIS+20, Global Digital Compact, UN Disability Inclusion Strategy) address disability inclusion and the challenges of translating high-level commitments into practical implementation at national and organizational levels.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to evaluate the current state of disability leadership in internet governance spaces, identify systemic barriers preventing meaningful participation, and develop actionable strategies for moving beyond tokenistic representation toward genuine inclusion and leadership opportunities for persons with disabilities in digital policy-making.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a constructive and collaborative tone throughout, characterized by professional expertise and shared commitment to the cause. While speakers acknowledged significant challenges and gaps in current approaches, the tone remained optimistic and solution-oriented. There was a notable shift toward more critical examination when audience members raised concerns about low participation rates and the need for more concrete action plans, but this enhanced rather than diminished the productive nature of the dialogue. The conversation consistently emphasized practical solutions and collective responsibility for creating change.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Muhammad Shabbir** – Moderator for the roundtable workshop, described as having limited understanding but proposing the workshop on disability leadership in internet governance


– **Gunela Astbrink** – Has wide experience in promoting, educating and making systems and policies accessible for people with disabilities; Leader of accessibility standing group of the Internet Society; MAG member; Extensive experience in policy making


– **Sarah Armstrong** – Executive Director of the Internet Society Foundation; Has vast experience in philanthropy


– **Vinton Cerf** – Chairman of the leadership panel of the Internet Governance Forum; Known as “the father of the internet” (provided video message)


– **Cogburn Derrick** – Academic and researcher in disability studies; Professor in disability and internet governance; Professor in information technology and analytics and environment development and health at American University; Co-director of internet governance lab; Executive director of Institute on Disability and Public Policy


– **Nirmita Narasimhan** – Accessibility advocate; Policy expert on accessibility


– **Participant** – Role/expertise not specified (appears to be session facilitator/moderator assistant)


– **MODERATOR** – Role/expertise not specified


– **Audience** – Various audience members asking questions


**Additional speakers:**


– **Judith Hellestein** – Co-moderator and online moderator


– **Emmanuel Orok** – From Uganda, one of the online fellows (asked question via online)


– **Jacqueline Jijide** – From Malawi, African Youth Ambassador on Internet Governance; Digital inclusion practitioner from the African Digital Inclusion Alliance


– **Nigel Casimir** – From the Caribbean Telecommunications Union


– **Francis Akwa Amini** – From Ghana, Executive member of ISOC Ghana chapter for the past 10 years


Full session report

# Comprehensive Report: Disability Leadership in Internet Governance – Moving Beyond Tokenistic Representation


## Executive Summary


This workshop (number 69) at the Internet Governance Forum 2024, moderated by Muhammad Shabbir, brought together leading practitioners, researchers, and advocates to examine the current state of disability leadership in internet governance and develop strategies for meaningful inclusion. The discussion centered on transitioning from symbolic participation of persons with disabilities to genuine leadership roles in digital policy-making spaces. Key participants included Gunela Astbrink (Internet Society accessibility leader), Sarah Armstrong (Internet Society Foundation Executive Director), Professor Derrick Cogburn (disability studies researcher), and Nirmita Narasimhan (accessibility advocate), alongside a video message from Vint Cerf and various international participants.


The session revealed both significant progress and persistent challenges in achieving meaningful disability inclusion in internet governance. While global policy frameworks increasingly incorporate disability inclusion language and organizations like the Internet Society have implemented comprehensive accessibility frameworks, substantial barriers remain to translating these commitments into widespread practice and genuine leadership opportunities for persons with disabilities.


## Opening Context and Purpose


Muhammad Shabbir opened by explaining the workshop’s significance in relation to the WSIS+20 review process and changes to the IGF mandate. He defined tokenism in the context of internet governance as “having persons with disabilities present in meetings or forums without giving them meaningful opportunities to influence decisions or policies.” The goal was to move beyond this tokenistic representation toward genuine leadership and decision-making roles.


Shabbir emphasized that digital accessibility means building internet infrastructure following universal design principles for all users, noting that devices designed for people with disabilities often prove useful for others in different contexts.


## Foundational Perspectives


### Vint Cerf’s Vision


In a video message, Vint Cerf emphasized that accessibility represents a high priority for internet governance, noting that the internet should truly be for everyone. He highlighted that universal design principles benefit all users, not just those with disabilities, citing examples of how hands-free interaction helps people while driving or multitasking. Cerf pointed to emerging opportunities with artificial intelligence and intelligent agents, suggesting these technologies may provide alternative interaction methods beyond traditional keyboards and mice, potentially making applications more usable through conversational negotiation rather than linear navigation.


## Global Policy Frameworks and Implementation


### International Framework Development


Gunela Astbrink provided comprehensive analysis of how major international frameworks are incorporating disability inclusion. She highlighted that WSIS+20 and the Global Digital Compact represent significant opportunities for embedding disability inclusion language in global policy instruments, with concrete consultation opportunities for stakeholders to influence global digital governance frameworks.


Astbrink emphasized that these high-level global policies must transition to national implementation through legislation and regulation at local levels. However, she identified this transition as one of the most significant challenges facing the disability inclusion movement, noting the gap between international commitments and practical implementation.


### Internet Society’s Systematic Approach


Astbrink explained how the Internet Society achieved board-level resolution on accessibility, creating a comprehensive framework that moves beyond ad-hoc accommodations to systematic inclusion. This approach demonstrates the importance of senior leadership commitment and institutional change rather than individual advocacy efforts.


Sarah Armstrong from the Internet Society Foundation outlined their philanthropic implementation strategy, which includes disability-focused grant programs, accessibility training courses, and operational frameworks based on the “nothing about us without us” principle. Armstrong detailed their five-week disability leadership training program in internet governance, which builds capacity while embedding accessibility considerations in broader policy discussions.


## Research Evidence and Advocacy Impact


Professor Derrick Cogburn presented compelling research evidence demonstrating the sustained impact of disability advocacy in internet governance spaces. Using text analytics of IGF transcripts, his research shows that DCAD (Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability) language on accessibility has been consistently present since the first IGF, demonstrating the effectiveness of sustained advocacy efforts.


Cogburn highlighted the availability of multiple data sources for monitoring progress, including CRPD state reports, Washington Group Short Set census data, and accessibility mapping initiatives. He emphasized that open data and open source tools like Python and R enable research capacity building, while generative AI tools may enhance participation for those without traditional programming backgrounds.


## Barriers to Meaningful Participation


Nirmita Narasimhan provided detailed analysis of the multiple barriers preventing meaningful participation by persons with disabilities in internet governance. She identified four primary categories of challenges:


**Awareness and Outreach**: Limited awareness about IGF among disability advocates in various countries creates the first barrier to participation. Many advocates working on relevant technology issues remain unaware of international internet governance forums and their relevance to disability rights.


**Logistical and Financial Barriers**: Funding for travel, need for personal assistants, language barriers, and technology access issues create significant obstacles. These challenges are particularly acute for advocates from underrepresented regions who may require additional support for meaningful participation.


**Limited Exposure to Broader Issues**: Persons with disabilities often lack exposure to broader IGF discussions beyond accessibility topics, limiting their ability to contribute to other important areas like artificial intelligence, digital literacy, and cybersecurity.


**Continuity and Ongoing Support**: Participants need sustained engagement and connections to continue working on issues after returning to their countries. Current approaches often provide one-time participation opportunities without follow-up support or ongoing networking opportunities.


### Integration Versus Segregation


Narasimhan argued that meaningful participation requires integration across all IGF sessions rather than confining disability discussions to dedicated accessibility sessions. She advocated for mainstreaming accessibility discussions across all internet governance topics, noting that this approach would both broaden the contributions of persons with disabilities and increase awareness among other stakeholders.


## Capacity Building and Success Stories


### Regional Training Programs


Astbrink detailed successful train-the-trainer workshops conducted in South Asia, which effectively built disability leaders in internet governance through experiential learning and peer interaction. These programs combine online prerequisite courses with face-to-face workshops, creating effective learning pathways for disability advocates.


### Specific Project Examples


In response to Emmanuel Orok’s question about success stories and how to join programs, Armstrong highlighted specific Internet Society Foundation chapter projects in Puerto Rico, Bosnia Herzegovina, Kyrgyzstan, and Indonesia that demonstrate successful disability inclusion initiatives.


## Critical Challenges and Direct Accountability


### Pointed Criticism of Current Practices


The discussion took a critical turn when Jacqueline Jijide, African Youth Ambassador on Internet Governance from Malawi, provided pointed criticism, noting that “we cannot advocate for inclusion while excluding the very voice we claim to empower.” She specifically challenged the session’s lack of sign language interpretation and assistive tools, emphasizing that representation must be standard and intentional rather than symbolic.


This critique exposed contradictions in the session itself – discussing disability leadership while having limited actual participation accommodations for people with disabilities. The organizers responded by explaining they had asked DCAD members about international sign language needs but received no responses.


### Employment and Systemic Change


Francis Akwa Amini from Ghana raised fundamental questions about the effectiveness of current approaches, arguing that without clear pathways to employment and leadership positions, current efforts risk perpetuating dependency rather than creating self-sufficiency. He specifically advocated for employment quotas, suggesting that organizations should implement policies requiring a percentage of positions (such as 5%) to be filled by persons with disabilities.


This intervention shifted the conversation from discussing participation to questioning whether current approaches actually lead to systemic change, demanding concrete employment outcomes and measurable goals rather than just participation in forums.


## Areas of Consensus and Disagreement


### Strong Agreement


All speakers demonstrated consensus on several key principles:


– Universal design and accessibility benefit everyone, not just persons with disabilities


– Meaningful accessibility progress requires commitment from senior organizational leadership


– Sustainable capacity building approaches combining training, networking, and ongoing support are essential


– The gap between high-level policy commitments and practical implementation represents a critical challenge


### Key Tensions


The primary disagreement centered on approaches to achieving meaningful participation. Audience members criticized current efforts as insufficient and demanded immediate structural changes, while panelists defended incremental approaches through capacity building and organizational development. This tension reflects broader debates about reform versus transformation in disability rights advocacy.


## The Moderator’s Vision


Shabbir concluded by articulating an “ideal world” where accessibility would be built-in by default and persons with disabilities would not need to request accommodations or have separate discussions about accessibility – it would simply be standard practice. This aspirational framework provides guidance for the transformative changes required to achieve genuine disability leadership in internet governance.


## Conclusion and Future Directions


This workshop revealed both progress made and significant challenges remaining in achieving meaningful disability leadership in internet governance. While policy frameworks and organizational commitments have advanced, the transition from policy to practice remains incomplete.


The critical interventions from audience members demonstrated the importance of accountability and the need for more ambitious approaches to inclusion. The tension between celebrating incremental progress and demanding transformative change reflects broader challenges in disability rights advocacy.


The combination of emerging technological opportunities, global policy windows, and growing awareness of inclusion challenges creates potential for significant progress. However, realizing this potential requires coordinated action across organizations, sustained funding for meaningful participation, and continued pressure for accountability and systemic change.


The workshop demonstrated that while significant work remains, there is growing consensus on fundamental principles and increasing sophistication in approaches to disability inclusion. The challenge now lies in translating this understanding into widespread practice and ensuring that the voices of persons with disabilities are not just heard, but genuinely influential in shaping the future of internet governance.


*The organizers acknowledged Google LLC’s support for participant attendance at this workshop.*


Session transcript

MODERATOR: 👋 👋 📱 👋 👋


Muhammad Shabbir: 📢Share this video with your friends on social media and leave a thoughtful COMMENT below. Thank you for watching! Hello and good afternoon ladies and gentlemen I am Mohammed Shabbir Your moderator for the roundtable workshop number 69 Beyond tokenism disability leadership in internet governance Thank you very much for joining us today in the IGF 2025 for this very important discussion as We move forward and look towards the future where WSIS 20 is being reviewed IGF is Mandate is getting a new direction It is very important that we discuss and analyze that how? Persons with disabilities have been participating in the IGF discussions What have we so far achieved and what should be done next in this context? In my limited understanding while we were proposing this workshop We thought that though persons with disabilities have been participating in internet governance spaces they come they participated discussed highlighted accessibility issues, but the Representation at the decision-making table or in the room where decisions were made with regards to internet governance Digital accessibility We had a very tokenistic representation of persons with disabilities there though some would arguably also say that even the tokenistic Nomenclature or expression can also be expanded to internet governance spaces to some extent as well to explore different dimensions and aspects of This question and this topic that what has happened so far and what can be done next I have a very excellent and eminent panelists on the stage here and online. I thank everyone for Sparing their time to join us on this panel But before we go to the panelists and ask some very critical questions We need to understand what digital accessibility means and who better to talk about what digital accessibility means is the father of the internet known as Vint Cerf so we have a video message from Vint Cerf talking about The digital accessibility and what it means for persons with disabilities May I request the support team to kindly play the video by Vint Cerf


Vinton Cerf: Hello, my name is Vint Cerf. I’m chairman of the leadership panel of the Internet Governance Forum Today, I’d like to talk a little bit about Accessibility of the internet and the World Wide Web and in general accessibility for a lot of digital applications This is not easy In order to understand how to make applications accessible to someone with a disability Is a non-trivial exercise you really have to have intuition and that’s hard to get unless you happen to have a particular Disability or you happen to make use of certain kinds of applications like screen readers So that you have an appreciation for how well or how poorly some of these ideas work one thing that I can assure you of is that if you’re Responsible for user interfaces or what’s called user experience? It will be very very helpful for you to see examples of successful Applications and also examples of not so successful ones and to try to understand what made them either succeed or fail It also occurs to me that in addition to these kinds of examples from which you can gain intuition That we may discover with artificial intelligence that our ability to interact with the services of the World Wide Web and the Internet Through alternative means than keyboards and mice might turn out to be important. I’m thinking of course of Intelligent agents we may be able to make an application a lot more usable if it’s a question of negotiating With a system as opposed to trying to work your way through a two-dimensional space in a linear way, which is what? Of course the screen readers will do for someone who has vision impairment So it may very well be that AI is our friend here in a number of different dimensions This is relatively unexplored territory Although we’re seeing a great deal more oral interaction hands-free kinds of interaction which is helpful for people who Don’t have a visual impairment or an auto audio impairment But who just don’t have the ability to use their hands at the moment There are often situations where hands-free is really very very important and valuable So the message here is that accessibility is a high priority The Internet should be for everyone and that’s inclusive of people with various disabilities and second It’s important to recognize that everyone who has one or more disabilities will have different combinations and flavors And so there’s no simple single solution for audio impairment or visual impairment We really have to design interfaces that are adaptable to people’s needs Once again a very very important topic to make sure that the Internet really is for everyone So I’m glad to see that the DCAD the DCAD the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility Is active in the Internet Governance Forum. I’m looking forward to Your conclusions and your discussion as you search for better ways of making the Internet an accessible place


Muhammad Shabbir: Thank you very much Vint Cerf we heard right from the top of the Internet Governance leadership that how Accessibility is important. I just want to add number one when Vint was speaking about Building Internet which is for everyone He meant that following the universal design which everyone can use And if it is made accessible the common misunderstanding is that it is made accessible for persons with disabilities, but everyone else can use that so a device which is used or Prepared to make it accessible for people who lack hands or physical disabilities It can also be used by other people who are driving or who want to do some other tasks while commanding to the machines now Before we move forward the discussion I want to go to the speaker on the stage Gunela Espring She has a very wide experience of promoting educating and Making systems and policies accessible for people with disabilities She has vast experience of policy making as well. So with her experience of being the accessibility Being the leader of accessibility standing group of the Internet Society being the MAG member I would want to ask her Gunela. What in your opinion? Do you think that? WIS WS is GDC and inclusion strategy mean for persons with disabilities and What policy make mechanisms can be? there or improved To make the environments digital environments, particularly accessible for people with disabilities Gunela over to you


Gunela Astbrink: Thank you very much. Dr. Shabir and That’s a big question But I will try to answer in terms of such frameworks as dr. Shabir mentioned WSIS 20 plus global digital compact and also the UN disability inclusion strategy. We are right in the middle of these discussions when it comes to WSIS plus 20 and the global digital compact. We will see results according to plan by the end of the year. And these are very complex negotiations. And we will have to find ways to be able to input into that. So the WSIS plus 20 has recently released an elements paper. And this is based on consultation with member states and other stakeholders. And there are a number of paragraphs in there. And I won’t go into great detail. But it does talk about digital divide. It talks about accessibility for persons with disability and also reinforcing existing frameworks for multi-stakeholder cooperation. So we need to read that. We need to make comments by the 15th of July into what’s called the zero draft. And we have the opportunity to input just like any other stakeholder does. I will also talk about the global digital compact. And this is another instrument that is being ‑‑ well, it has been drafted. But it’s now a matter of how that harmonizes or not with the WSIS plus 20. And I want to refer to digital literacy skills and competencies. And it says we, as in the GDC, commit by 2030 to provide accessible user interfaces. These are based on some of the sustainable development goals. And in that case, it’s number 4 and 10. And also to target and tailor capacity building for underrepresented groups, including persons with disability, to ensure meaningful engagement in design and implementation of programs. And that’s really important when we are talking about disability leadership. That here there is something stated about that meaningful engagement. So we have to ask ourselves, how is this going to be implemented? Because this is a high level global instrument. And obviously, it requires national legislation and regulation in many cases to do so. So I just wanted then to go into how do we move from policies to implementation? And there are a number of complexities with that. And I want to refer to basically a case study. And this is the Internet Society. It is important to have senior staff who are accessibility champions. It makes a huge, big difference. And the Internet Society has an accessibility standing group. And it has developed an accessibility framework. And we’re very fortunate that we do have a disability leader in Dr. Mohammad Shabir, who was on the board of trustees of the Internet Society for two years. And then during that time, a resolution was unanimously approved on an accessibility framework. So then how do we move to the implementation stage? And again, I want to emphasize the importance of senior staff being accessibility champions. And it’s been a long and winding road. But now we have a possibility to achieve that through the Internet Society, talking about building a culture of accessibility and minimizing barriers to participation. And through that, we feel that the Internet Society can benefit from having more people with disabilities being part of the organization in a number of different ways. So I think I’ll stop there. But that gives just a flavor. So thank you very much. Thank you very much, Gunela Espring,


Muhammad Shabbir: for your wonderful insights. Your discussion has a lot to unpack. And we may come to you during the discussion session to unpack some of the statements that you have made. Audience may have some questions. But you talked about Internet Society while presenting the case study. And we are fortunate to have the Executive Director of the Internet Society Foundation right on the stage. And this gives me a sort of more motivation to bring her in now and ask her, because Sarah Armstrong is the Executive Director of ISOC Foundation. And she has a very vast experience of philanthropy. So Sarah, I have a couple of questions for you for your intervention. First relates to your philanthropic experience. And that is that what role the philanthropic organizations can play in making the organizations and Internet governance accessible for people with disabilities. And focusing on the more narrow part, what Internet Society and Internet Society Foundations are doing in this context to train persons with disabilities in leadership. And what more as a philanthropic experienced person you would recommend that can be done. Sarah, the floor is yours.


Sarah Armstrong: Thank you so much, Dr. Shabir. Can everybody hear me okay? All right. Thanks. It’s a pleasure to be here, especially with such special people here on the panel. And I appreciate the opportunity to discuss the work of the Internet Society Foundation, as well as discussing the philanthropic environment. It is definitely an issue we all need to be focused on. And that is because we know that there’s a large percentage of the population who is in many cases permanently disabled. And they really need to have the opportunity to enjoy all of the things that the Internet brings into our life. We are committed as an organization to be sure that we have content, services, policies, and programs that are in fact accessibility oriented. And we want to make sure that accessibility is all about what we do because of the fact that digital inclusion means the Internet really is for everyone. And that is our vision statement. We have, as Dr. Shabir noted, we have been working with the standing group, the accessibility standing group. And I just want to go through a couple of the different things that the Internet Society Foundation is doing specifically. And then I’ll move on to what we believe the philanthropic arena can do as well. So we are accessibility champions, again, as Gunela mentioned. We have, for example, a very large portfolio of grant programs. And a number of our grant programs are in fact very much focused on targeting the audience of people with disabilities and being sure that they are funding or we are funding organizations and people who are very sensitive to the needs. So we have training programs with some of our grantees from skills, which is all about teaching digital literacy. We have other programs with our Beyond the Net chapter program. And then finally we have Connecting the Unconnected, which is about community networks, also focusing on people with disabilities. We also, as Gunela mentioned, have an operational framework. This was something that was approved by our board and in fact has become a really, really big focus for the organization. And that is a strategy that is based on the nothing about us without us. So it’s guiding what the Internet Society and the Internet Society Foundation is doing in this area. We also have been working on our website and making sure that all new content meets the WCAG 22.1 AA standard. And also we do an annual audit to make sure that that continues. And those are our most recent score was a 99 out of 100. in terms of our desktop. So that was good to see that we’re making such progress in those areas. In addition to the grant programs focused on persons with disability, we also have a training course. And this training course is entitled Distability Leadership Training in Internet Governance and Digital Rights. This program is a five-week program, about 15 to 20 hours long, and it’s developed specifically with the ISOC Accessibility Standing Group. It builds leadership and embeds accessibility in Internet governance discussions. It’s designed for persons with disabilities and advocates and trainers, and it covers accessibility policy and links to Internet governance. So this program here does, in fact, advance disability leadership. But the question is, is there more that can be done? Is there more that can be done by us? And then talking about the other possible philanthropic organizations who may be looking at the same important issue. It’s an ongoing journey. So there are some things that we’ve done. I’ve discussed those so far, but there are also other things that we can look at. Explore opportunities for funding for disability leadership is one concept. Encourage grantees to offer more training and support systems. Introduce possibly the tracking and the publishing of participation data. So these are things that we’re looking at as we go on this journey. So we’re gonna continue to move forward and stay committed. As I mentioned, we have, from the board level down, a real support for this direction. And so that’s the place right now where the foundation and the Internet Society are. And then in addition, the second question is, what role can philanthropic organizations play in enabling leadership by persons with disability in Internet governance? This is where I split it into three different areas of things that I believe the philanthropic community can do to make a better world. Encourage inclusiveness in funded events, such as IGFs or NRIs or SIGs. For example, what we’re doing on our webpage on the Internet Governance Forum webpage for our Internet Governance Forum program, we have that disclaimer, a line that we encourage people to strongly make sure that the dialogues that they’re having in these IGFs and these NRIs and in these schools of Internet governance, that they’re strongly encouraged to review and follow the accessibility guidelines that have been developed by the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability when planning any type of event. So we are keeping an eye on that and keeping in touch and seeing how that move is going forward. We also would recommend that philanthropic organizations require accessibility features, such as captioning and sign language, accessibility platforms and venues. And we definitely feel it’s important for people to reference and enforce the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability accessibility guidelines. Furthermore, for the ideas for philanthropic organizations, supporting mentorships, linking new leaders with experts, funding and facilitating disability-specific networks and coalitions, convening dialogues and embedding accessibility in IG agendas, and also back leadership of those who are facing intersecting challenges such as gender geography. And finally, some other key roles for philanthropic organizations to play, prioritize funding for underrepresented regions, invest in research on barriers and solutions, support impact measurement to refine the strategies and ensure accountability. So what I’ve described here are ideas for what we believe other philanthropic organizations can do. And that, of course, is built on the recommendations that have come to us that we have now followed through and implemented for our website, for our training program, for our grant program, et cetera. And we believe that very, very strongly that all of these different areas together have a unique opportunity to drive equity by investing in accessibility and leadership, ensuring the internet is, in fact, for everyone. So with that, I will thank you. And Dr. Shabir, I’ll turn it back to you.


Muhammad Shabbir: Thank you very much, Sarah, for this wonderful intervention and outlining some of the activities and also illustrating the plans that Internet Society, particularly the fellowships that Internet Society is doing and trying to advance the work on digital accessibility for people with disabilities. We have heard from practitioners. I think it is now high time that we talk about evidence and research-based evidence on the accessibility and digital accessibility for people with disabilities. And we are fortunate to have Dr. Derek Cockburn join us online, who is an academic and a researcher in disability studies. And he is a professor in disability and internet governance. Dr. Derek Cockburn, I have a couple of questions for you as well. And while you are making your intervention, we can deep dive while in the question and answer session. But I would want you to focus on the evidence that are there that how people with disabilities can access the leadership corridors of the internet governance. And how can research and data from your experience, would you like to enlighten us that it can guide us and internet governance spaces to make these spaces accessible for people with disabilities? Dr. Derek, floor is yours.


Cogburn Derrick: Thank you very much, Dr. Shabir. I appreciate that. I thank you for your leadership of the DICAD. And I wanna thank all of my fellow panelists and moderators as well. I wanna congratulate the DICAD on this panel and the 20th anniversary of IGF. I attended the initial IGF and it is wonderful to see this continued progress. And I also wanna acknowledge the 20th anniversary of Giganet as well, the Global Internet Governance Academic Network, which was founded at the beginning of IGF as a community of researchers to be able to focus on interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary aspects of internet governance. So it’s a nice partnership to have our discussion in this panel also linked with Giganet. I also apologize for not being there in person, as you can tell I’m a little under the weather, but there’s also a parallel conference going on here in Washington at the National Academy of Sciences. And it’s focused on what are called cyber hard problems. And I know that our fellow panelists, Vint Cerf is also involved in that event. And it shows that when we talk about being involved in internet governance and digital policy leadership, there are so many overlapping venues and spaces and locations where we need to continue to insert disability inclusive ideas. And this is helpful for me. As you know, I wear multiple hats at American University. I’m a professor in information technology and analytics and also environment development and health. And I also co-direct our internet governance lab and serve as executive director of our Institute on Disability and Public Policy. So that allows me to bring these multiple areas together as we think about how do we identify data, build datasets, conduct research projects that shed light on these questions. And one of the things that we found is that there has been a range of disability inclusive leadership in internet governance spaces and in some of the broader disability inclusive development strategies related to the SDGs, the digital compact and other areas. If you remember, some of you in my book published by Palgrave Macmillan in 2017, we examined transnational advocacy networks in the information society, partners or puns. And one of the things we focused on in that book was the way in which transnational advocacy networks can bring advocates together in a particular issue area to influence these global spaces. And a chapter in that book highlighted the dynamic coalition on accessibility and disability. This is one of many transnational advocacy networks for the disability community that are active in the SDGs, that are active in disaster risk reduction and a number of other spaces. there are about seven transnational advocacy networks focused on disability inclusive development in a variety of perspectives. You also may remember my book published by MIT Press on researching internet governance. And one of the things that we looked at there were all of the text, we analyzed the text coming from the captions from the IGF going back to the beginning of the IGF. So text analytics has been a very powerful way for us to think about how do we analyze what is actually happening in these spaces and who is participating and engaging and shaping ideas in these spaces. And a chapter in that book that looks at the internet governance transcripts showed that the DICAD language and the language of accessibility and disability is one of the earliest and seemingly most effective of the dynamic coalitions having from the first IGF and maintaining those ideas and concepts in IGF transcripts and in IGF language going forward. And I was quite surprised to see that level of sustained reference to accessibility language and it is a testament to the impact that the DICAD has had in this space. So these approaches for us are very important. So being able to use text mining and natural language processing and now using generative AI tools helps us to take advantage of the kind of data that is available to us. So this kind of large-scale text analytics really lets us understand what kind of impact our ideas are having in these global policy spaces. So two weeks ago, my team organized a side event in New York at the UN for the 18th Conference of States Parties. This side event was entitled Enhancing Community Engagement and Monitoring CRPD Implementation Through AI, Text Mining, Economic Data, and Accessibility Mapping. So one of the things that this side event showed is that when we use various ways of various forms of data, whether it be large-scale text data, so our project looked at analyzing all of the CRPD state reports to be able to understand how much progress is being made on implementing the CRPD around the world and by regions. But some of the other projects looked at data that comes from the Washington Group Short Set that has been able to influence various national census data so we can do traditional statistical analysis and we can also use data that’s called mapping data for accessibility. So there are a number of programs that are mapping accessibility in locations around the world. So for us, this approach gives us lots of opportunity and hope for being able to continue to monitor progress on disability inclusion around the world in different policy spaces. Now most of this data is open data, so all of the text data that I’m talking about can usually be downloaded from websites, all the transcripts from the IGF, for example, that we’ve downloaded, state reports, side reports, alternative reports, committee reports, all of that text data is available. And we have two really, really good sources of disability data. One is called the Disability Data Initiative, which is led by Fordham University, and the Disability Data Hub, led by the World Bank. Both of these data sets, as well as the text data, provides tremendous data for us to be able to analyze how persons with disabilities are faring in this current period, but also how do we understand who’s involved in each of these areas. Now this requires us to be able to focus on continuous capacity development in research capacity. So even though this data is free and open, and we have tremendous open source data analytics tools like Python and R, which are open source programming languages that let us analyze this kind of data, we still need to focus on capacity building in these areas and making sure people are trained to be able to use these tools. Now we believe that the generative AI tools will help to enhance multi-stakeholder participation by those that are not trained in programming. And we have a paper that is just coming out in Data and Policy, which compares our traditional NLP approach with the generative AI approach. But I think that focusing on capacity building for research is going to be an important area for us going forward.


Muhammad Shabbir: Yeah. Thank you very much, Dr. Derrick, for sharing with us the data and data sets that are available and how they are used to advance the cause of disability leadership in Internet governance and other spaces. Let’s hear about the disability and leadership and barriers from another online speaker, Nirmita Narasimhan. I’m sorry if I’m pronouncing your name wrong. And she is one of the accessibility advocates, policy experts on accessibility. And Dr. Nirmita, I would want you to focus on the barriers, if there are any, in the way of persons with disabilities and their leadership in the Internet governance spaces and how those barriers can be removed. What are your experiences? Dr. Nirmita, the floor is yours.


Nirmita Narasimhan: Sure. Thank you. Thank you, Dr. Shabbir. So let me approach this from a perspective of somebody who would want to be, you know, so set to attend the IGF. So there are barriers at every level, right? And the first barrier is that people don’t know about it, about IGF, especially disability advocates working in different countries. There is not enough outreach to them about IGF and the issues which are discussed. And also that many of them are quite relevant to what the technologies that we use, the content that we access and the engagement and interaction that we have with the Internet. So the first barrier for me would be that there is probably a handful of people in a country with hundreds and hundreds of disability advocates who actually know about the IGF and what takes place there and the fact that they can contribute to it. Once you cross that barrier, how do you engage with the IGF, right? If you want to get there, where do you get the support to get there? There would be logistic issues maybe that, you know, people may need to take somebody along with them to help them navigate the system or to help them communicate. So where do you get the funding from? Who are the organizations you need to be in touch with? And also other issues, maybe language, maybe technology issues. But once you get there, I think one of the chief problems which I feel as a person having been in association with the IGF from 2008, I feel that people with disabilities do not have enough exposure to other issues which are getting discussed at the IGF. So right now it’s probably the only thing they know about is accessibility and disability and the topic they are covering or they’re talking about. But meaningful participation goes beyond just talking in your session about accessibility. You need to be able to engage with other forum. You need to be able to absorb other discussions which are going on and see how you can contribute. And it works both ways. You need to be able to participate in other discussions which are also very important. I mean, AI, for example, is a critical technology for persons with disabilities these days, right? And there’s so much which you would unearth if you, you know, talk to people with disabilities. There is so much that they can contribute to the way the Internet is shaping in terms of AI, in terms of literacy, in terms of safety. And that representation is not coming across. And it’s not coming across on both sides. So I think one needs to pay some more thought to how this people with disabilities and other people can work together for them to, you know, contribute to different discussions. So I think these are primarily the kind of structural barriers one encounters. And finally, after that, what? So remote participation has really helped persons with disabilities be part of the forum. But visibility is also important. And continuity is important. So what happens from one forum to the other? Once you go back, so what? Do you get support or motivation or do you have the connects to work on these issues when you go back to your country? Because at the end of the day, it’s not a one-time thing. It’s not a one-time thing, right? It’s something you need to continue, you need to work at to be able to participate meaningfully. So continuity is, again, an issue, both in terms of being able to work in your country and move beyond just the other kind of projects which you are working on, and the support internationally to continue to work with different members at the IGF. So these are some of the barriers which I see affect meaningful participation of persons with disabilities.


Muhammad Shabbir: Thank you very much, Nirmita, for highlighting these barriers and I think we can explore what are the strategies and how those barriers can be removed. Before I ask some more questions to the panelists, I want to see if there are any comments or questions from the audience in person or online.


Participant: Yes, thank you, Dr. Shabbir. We do have a comment from the online and it’s from Emmanuel Orok from Uganda who’s one of our online fellows. And his question is addressed to the ISOC Foundation and he asks, could you share success stories with practical examples of specific projects or initiatives for people, for persons with disabilities and how does one join them?


Sarah Armstrong: Okay, so I would definitely say that the work that the Internet Society and the Internet Society Foundation have been doing just to include more and to do more towards persons with disabilities is an opportunity for people to find ISOC and the Foundation more accessible. So the fact that we have the mandate and that we are following through on it means that more people can be involved in the types of things that the Internet Society and the Foundation are doing. In addition, I can give some examples of our chapters. Beyond the Net, the Puerto Rico chapter is organizing conferences with the University of Puerto Rico around technology for students with disabilities. So there’s an opportunity there. Bosnia and Herzegovina chapters have a project to train sightless journalists. The Kyrgyzstan chapter is working with women with disabilities and with a minister who is visually impaired and working on, again, on things that they can do in those different countries. We are working on incorporating screen readers in some of our programs for connecting the unconnected. And our skills program through Koda Kida, which is the name of our Indonesian grantee, they are equipping women businesses owners and disabilities in greater Solo with digital skills and economic opportunities. So these are just further examples of the types of things that are happening as a result of our commitment to expanding accessibility. And in terms of being able to access information specifically on the Foundation, because of what we’re doing with the website, we are making it easier for people with disabilities to be much more informed about the programs that we offer. So I hope that helps answer the question.


Participant: Yeah, thanks so much. I’m wondering, do we have any questions from the audience in person? You do, okay, yes. So please come to the mic and state your name and your organization you’re with.


Audience: Okay, so my name is Jacqueline Jijide, and I’m from Malawi. I am an African Youth Ambassador on Internet Governance, and I’m also a digital inclusion practitioner from the African Digital Inclusion Alliance. First of all, let me thank you for hosting this session, especially on disability inclusion leadership. However, as somebody who advocates for digital inclusion, I was a bit worried because when I was coming to participate into this conversation, I anticipated to have a high level of this target group participating for this particular event, but the participation is low, and that is also giving me some sort of like a concern, because we cannot advocate for inclusion while excluding the very voice we claim to empower. So representation must not be symbolic, but it must be standard and intentional. And I also want to extend that true inclusion must mean more than just inviting people into the room, but also preparing the room for them. With that being said, I was looking throughout the room to see people providing sign language interpretation. Also, I looked for the take assistive tools that helps the people with disability issues, but it’s not there. And also the environment where everybody can participate like the people that we are trying to empower these people. So my question is, what steps have we put as the organizers or partners to make sure that we have a high level of participation from the people that are living with disabilities and also to equip them and support them to be equal contributors, especially in high level forums like IGF in the future event. Thank you very much.


Participant: Thank you so much for your question. To touch on the sign language issue, we did ask our DCAD members who will be coming online if they wanted, if they need international sign, but we didn’t hear back from them. Currently the event here has human captioning and we also do have several of our disability fellows in the audience and here. The question is, we did promote the event, but there’s a lot of different competing events that are very, that are pulling people away. And oftentimes what people do here is since they can’t go to an event live, they watch the replay of it in their time because there’s so many events that they cannot go to and they cannot split themselves in many different people. So that is one of the reasons, but we do promote the event, the internet government promotes the event. It’s on the YouTube channels too, but it’s always a question of how do we get people here? And that’s the age old question for everyone.


Muhammad Shabbir: Yes, and in addition to what Judith has said, I totally acknowledge your point and that’s where the exact title of this session states beyond tokenism. We need to move beyond tokenism, be that the leadership or the IGF spaces. We all do much to make persons with disabilities a part of these discussions. Now, having said that there, as Nimita said, that bringing persons with disabilities to these spaces requires a lot of effort and finances and DCAD in its limited capacity tries to fulfill that gap. And I know that what we are doing is not enough. We need to do more. Your point is well acknowledged. We do have two persons with disabilities in person attending this IGF, supported by the DCAD and one online. So, and this is courtesy of our first speaker, Vint Cerf, and his organization, Google LLC, that we are doing so. More organization can come forward to contribute to this cause, but as Judith said, with regards to participation in these sessions by the other participants, we are competing with other sessions and priorities that the participating people would have. So it’s the priorities and the priorities of the people and their personal preferences that which sessions they want to attend. But thank you, your point is well taken. Any other points?


Participant: Any other, yes, we do have another question here. If you can come to the mic.


Audience: Thank you so much, Nigel. Hello, I’m Nigel Casimir from the Caribbean Telecommunications Union. And in our work around the Caribbean, when we do events, at least annually, we tend to have some workshops in ICT for persons with disabilities. Our focus, though, is more on the local community, and I guess helping persons with disabilities in the local community to understand the value or the power of ICTs maybe to make their life easier. We haven’t actually. We haven’t actually had, and this has not been our focus, we haven’t actually had persons, even advocates for the disabled community, expressing a level of interest in things like these international events or whatever. And I’m wondering how might one try to develop such an ambition, you know, in the persons with disabilities to look just beyond the local community and maybe see how you could make life better for maybe the wider society and make an influence in the world. I’m wondering if there’s any experience people have had or if it’s just up to the individual ambition of persons with disabilities to do something like that. Thanks.


Muhammad Shabbir: Yes, thank you very much. Does any of the panelists want to respond to this comment? Yeah, I could. Okay, Gunela, please do. Yes, and then Darragh goes, but he has to get upgraded again.


Gunela Astbrink: Yeah, thank you very much for that question. And I think as Nirmita also stated, that there is limited knowledge in some communities about internet governance and often there’s a struggle to even get people with disabilities online and build digital literacy. But we can work on that and I’m going to mention some work that we have done in South Asia to build disability leaders in internet governance. And that is through support of the Asia Pacific School of Internet Governance and local chapter in Bangladesh and other supporters to run train-the-trainer workshops in internet governance and digital leadership and digital rights. And that was bringing people from South Asian countries, Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, Nepal to Bangladesh and they are experienced advocates, but not necessarily experienced in internet governance. But bringing those people together to learn by doing, by interacting about the internet governance discussions, the various internet groups and how they connect with disability and accessibility global instruments and so forth. So the idea then was for those advocates to go back to their own countries and run workshops and that has happened over the past three years. And we would like that to have possibilities in other regions of the world as well. It is very important that the people who participate in that can continue the work in their communities and that might be through advocacy to their governments, to the private sector, when it comes to policy implementation in IT. And it could also be working with committees, for example, the local chapter. And it could be working with DCAD, for example, helping in various ways, going on committees to assist in building workshops on this topic in a particular country or region. So there’s a lot of work to be done and we need to make it sustainable. And we are starting, but there’s a lot of work to be done. And I should also mention that we do have, through ISOC, an online course, which Sarah has mentioned, and that is a prerequisite for any of these type of face-to-face workshops. So we’re trying to align with, for example, DCAD in the fellowships that are provided each year where you have remote participants. We just heard a question from him, Emanuel Oruc, and also from our participants here in the room. And that is Sarah and Jalanta, so you might want to just put your hands up. Yeah.


Muhammad Shabbir: Okay, thank you very much, Ganella. But before we take another question, I think Professor Derek wants to contribute to the question. So, Professor Derek, the floor is yours, but if you can be brief, we can take more questions.


Cogburn Derrick: Yes. Yes. Thank you for reminding me to be brief. I think that’s a great question. And what I wanted to say in my answer is tying in something that Dr. Numita and our previous questioner also said. So participating effectively in these kinds of global spaces requires a sustained, engaged, committed set of activities. And it’s very difficult for an individual to do that unless that individual works for an organization that is able to fund their participation in multiple meetings that are overlapping and related meetings and so forth. And that’s why I have found that it’s these networks, these transnational advocacy networks that are so important. So they allow you in your local community to connect with a group of local advocates who are aware of these issues and ready to get involved, but they are participating in a larger network of like-minded activists around the world. So the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability is one example where the advances in this kind of remote participation technology allows the DICAD to have regular meetings and to have people prepare for the IGF, to participate in the IGF, and then to follow up on the IGF, all using these tools and combining those people who will be remote with those people who will be in person. When we first started the IGF and WSIS, these kinds of remote participation processes were not existent and slowly came on board over the years, and we need to be able to take advantage of the fact that they are so robust now and allow people to participate effectively remotely. So to the original questioner, my recommendation is to find these networks like the DICAD and others that are focused on disability inclusion and start participating in those networks, trying to help raise money and encourage fellow participants to engage in those kinds of transnational advocacy networks.


Muhammad Shabbir: Thank you very much, Professor Derrick, for your insights, and Ganella as well. Gentlemen, you have been very patient. Thank you very much. So you can introduce and ask your question. Please.


Audience: All right. Thank you. My name is Francis Akwa Amini. Looks like I’m very tall. All right. Comfortable now. All right. So my name is Francis from Ghana. I’ve been an executive member of ISO Ghana chapter for the past 10 years, and we have a policy plan or a framework for them to take up leadership role or employment again, because at the end goal, we want them to see them at the top. We have a certain policy which is going to enforce that if probably the various positions in ICANN, Internet Society, ISOC Foundation, when we’re employing, we have a certain position that will say, okay, let me say 5% should be persons with disability if we’re employing, so that at least once we are empowering them to be able to be part of this conversation, we can also let them be sufficient, because until then, once we don’t have a clear plan to make themselves sufficient, they will still become dependent on people. At the end of the day, we’ll be bringing them to forums, trying to empower them, but if you don’t have a clear end goal, I don’t think it’s going to solve the problem. So my question is, is there a clear vision, a clear plan to end this? Thank you.


Muhammad Shabbir: Thank you very much, Francis. This is a very interesting question, and who of the speaker wants to respond to this?


Sarah Armstrong: Well, I can start by saying for the Internet Society, as I mentioned earlier, it’s a journey, but it is a commitment that we’ve made, that we backed up with a resolution from the Board of Trustees, that we will continue to find ways to include more people with disabilities. And it’s, you know, the work that we’re doing to try to make it so that work that we do is accessible, that’s a journey that we’re taking and that we’re making real progress on. As I mentioned, our website is considered really stellar for people to be able to access information. information and then in terms of you know bringing on more staff I think it’s a question that you were asking whether or not we can have that just something that we are again examining this is something again to which we’re committed and we’re looking ahead at the different ways that we can do that my co-moderator


Muhammad Shabbir: who is the online moderator as well wants to say something so Judith yes


Participant: thanks so much thanks so much yes that is an important question what don’t what we DCAT has been doing is we’ve been advocating for persons with disabilities and also our disability fellows then advocate in their own countries what they’ve been doing is they’ve been advocating for online form for forms to be accessible online we work with different other organizations to make sure that they are aware about week not only about WCAG but also they may be aware and make the websites accessible but they’re nationally not necessarily aware how to make accessible documents how to make infographics accessible how to make all that so it’s a work in progress and what we can do is work on advocacy and work to enable other governments we have governments that put in the WCAG guidelines in their legislation so we could do a lot in advocacy and trying to do all that it is up to the others to actually then to


Muhammad Shabbir: make the next step yes thank you very much Judith but if you ask me what’s the end goal as the organizer of this panel I would say in an ideal world we would not be having this discussion but persons with disabilities would not have to ask for certain facilities services to be made accessible websites to be made but they would already be given to them without asking but I know we don’t live in an ideal world so we are moving towards that goal I know that may be called idealistic not reachable or something some other connotations but I say that we if we don’t have that goal in the side we won’t be reaching anywhere as you said Internet Society what Sara has said it has started by making the organization itself accessible that’s the first step DICAD is trying to make persons with disabilities participate in these discussions and make these meetings accessible for people with disabilities that’s another step there is a whole internet governance ecosystem there needs to be other organizations who would work towards this end goal so I hope to some extent we were able to answer your question are there any other comments or


Nirmita Narasimhan: questions before I go to the mod to the speakers may I contribute to this discussion yes no matter okay so yes I’d say the end goal for us is not any different than other people see the way I see it making things accessible and getting people there in leadership positions is just what you need to do to have the end goal of being able to contribute to the discussion and shape the way the internet is emerging and the technologies are emerging so I don’t see it necessarily as a shift in goal and and we are trying to move beyond the policy and implement things so for me I would say the end goal is still what you can contribute to the discussions what was in there from your experience and being accessible being user-friendly being present these are all just things


Muhammad Shabbir: we need to do to get there Thank You Nimita thank you very much I would give 30 seconds to each of my speakers if they have any wrap-up thoughts to share those with us otherwise I’ll go towards the wrap-up and I’m sorry Sarah oh okay


Sarah Armstrong: wrap up again thank you very much for including me in this important discussion I mentioned when I made my remarks about the importance of the commitment and we really feel like we have an opportunity at the Internet Society and Internet Society Foundation to lead by example to drive equity by investing in accessibility and leadership because we again are very committed to our mission and our vision of the internet is for everyone and that needs to continue and that means to be inclusive so those are the things I would like to reinforce on the importance of that in the we are setting an example and we feel very strongly about the progress that we’re making


Muhammad Shabbir: thank you very much Sarah professor Derek and please remember 30 seconds yes


Cogburn Derrick: yes I would just say that in response to the last question for three years we led a program a master’s program for persons with disabilities in Southeast Asia and I think that kind of program is something that’s really helpful in making sure more advocates are trained in this space and I would just encourage everyone to think about using the data that’s available and joining and participating actively in some of these transnational networks thank you very


Nirmita Narasimhan: much professor Derek dr. Nimita I won’t take up more time I think I’ve given my thoughts and I hope I’m happy to take more questions or respond later what I would like to see going forward is not more sessions on accessibility but also accessibility covered across more sessions as part of other discussions and and let’s see how we can take it forward thank you thank you dr. Nimita


Muhammad Shabbir: now we are moving towards the wrap-up of this session and I would request the my co-organizer Ganella Espring to give us the key takeaways and actionable points that she has listed and also use her 30 seconds for her wrap-up thoughts


Gunela Astbrink: if there are any. Ganella over to you. Thank you very much dr. Shabir yes so there really are quite a lot of key takeaways and and I think the question about the end goals we just need to keep that in mind all the time and also we heard about transnational advocacy networks and how to link across those and we we just need to look at disability inclusive leadership that it’s central to equitable digital governance and we talked about that in a variety of ways global frameworks that we talked about must move from principles to practice and we will be looking at particular strategies to do that in these very pivotal times at the moment and we know about the lived experience that that strengthens policy outcomes when we as persons with disabilities can talk about our experiences and what difference that makes if we are able to live in that ideal accessible world so then we have calls to action shall I go on dr. Shabir okay so well just to follow up again that let’s try and join up with some transnational advocacy networks identify them and and work with them because the more we work together then the more we can achieve but it’s it’s integrating accessibility and disability inclusion in internet governance structures and that is coming together that’s that coming together in various ways we need to invest in leadership pipelines for persons with disabilities and that includes a range of stakeholders including donors and regulators because we are working in a multi-stakeholder mechanism and finally institutionalize accountability for inclusion and that can be through a lot of benchmarking metrics and we’ve heard a lot about the particular work that Derek Coburn’s team has been doing so I think that’s enough for me so thank you very much thank you very much Ganella


Muhammad Shabbir: and this brings me to thank everyone the speakers Ganella Espring, Sarah Armstrong, Nirmita, Dr. Derek, my co-moderator Judith Hellestein and also the captioners the participants and the wonderful sports staff here in this room for joining us today in this session we shall meet in some other session until then bye bye


V

Vinton Cerf

Speech speed

160 words per minute

Speech length

497 words

Speech time

185 seconds

Accessibility requires intuition and understanding of how applications work for people with disabilities – examples of successful and unsuccessful applications are crucial for learning

Explanation

Cerf argues that making applications accessible is a non-trivial exercise that requires intuition, which is difficult to obtain unless one has a particular disability or uses assistive technologies like screen readers. He emphasizes the importance of seeing examples of both successful and unsuccessful applications to understand what makes them work or fail.


Evidence

Examples of screen readers and the need to understand how well or poorly applications work for users with disabilities


Major discussion point

Digital Accessibility and Universal Design


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Agreed with

– Muhammad Shabbir

Agreed on

Universal design and accessibility benefits everyone, not just persons with disabilities


AI and intelligent agents may provide alternative interaction methods beyond keyboards and mice, potentially making applications more usable through negotiation rather than linear navigation

Explanation

Cerf suggests that artificial intelligence could be beneficial for accessibility by enabling interaction with web services through intelligent agents rather than traditional input methods. This could make applications more usable by allowing negotiation with systems instead of linear navigation that screen readers currently require.


Evidence

Examples of oral interaction and hands-free interaction that are helpful for people with various impairments and situations where hands are not available


Major discussion point

Digital Accessibility and Universal Design


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


M

Muhammad Shabbir

Speech speed

123 words per minute

Speech length

1869 words

Speech time

905 seconds

Universal design benefits everyone, not just persons with disabilities – accessible devices can be used by people driving or multitasking

Explanation

Shabbir clarifies that when accessibility is built into devices and systems, it benefits all users, not just persons with disabilities. He explains that devices designed for people with physical disabilities can also be used by others in situations like driving or multitasking.


Evidence

Example of devices made accessible for people who lack hands being useful for people who are driving or doing other tasks while commanding machines


Major discussion point

Digital Accessibility and Universal Design


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Agreed with

– Vinton Cerf

Agreed on

Universal design and accessibility benefits everyone, not just persons with disabilities


Digital accessibility means building Internet infrastructure that follows universal design principles for all users

Explanation

Shabbir defines digital accessibility as following universal design principles when building Internet infrastructure, emphasizing that it should be designed for everyone to use. He corrects the common misunderstanding that accessibility is only made for persons with disabilities.


Major discussion point

Digital Accessibility and Universal Design


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


G

Gunela Astbrink

Speech speed

106 words per minute

Speech length

1299 words

Speech time

730 seconds

WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact provide frameworks for disability inclusion, with opportunities for stakeholder input through consultation processes

Explanation

Astbrink explains that these major policy frameworks include provisions for digital divide, accessibility for persons with disabilities, and multi-stakeholder cooperation. She emphasizes that stakeholders have opportunities to provide input through consultation processes and comment on draft documents.


Evidence

WSIS+20 elements paper with paragraphs on digital divide and accessibility, Global Digital Compact commitment to provide accessible user interfaces by 2030 based on SDGs 4 and 10


Major discussion point

Policy Frameworks and Implementation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Moving from high-level global policies to national implementation requires legislation and regulation at local levels

Explanation

Astbrink highlights the complexity of implementing high-level global instruments at the national level. She emphasizes that these global frameworks require translation into national legislation and regulation to be effective.


Major discussion point

Policy Frameworks and Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Agreed with

– Nirmita Narasimhan

Agreed on

Moving from policy frameworks to practical implementation is a major challenge


Senior staff accessibility champions are crucial for organizational change – Internet Society’s accessibility framework was achieved through board-level commitment

Explanation

Astbrink emphasizes the importance of having senior staff who champion accessibility within organizations. She uses the Internet Society as a case study, noting that having a disability leader on the board of trustees led to unanimous approval of an accessibility framework.


Evidence

Internet Society case study with Dr. Mohammad Shabir on the board of trustees for two years, leading to unanimous approval of accessibility framework resolution


Major discussion point

Policy Frameworks and Implementation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Agreed with

– Sarah Armstrong

Agreed on

Senior leadership commitment is essential for organizational accessibility


Global frameworks must transition from principles to practice through specific implementation strategies

Explanation

Astbrink argues that while global policy frameworks provide important principles, the real challenge lies in moving from these high-level commitments to practical implementation. She emphasizes the need for concrete strategies to bridge this gap.


Major discussion point

Policy Frameworks and Implementation


Topics

Legal and regulatory


Train-the-trainer workshops in South Asia successfully built disability leaders in Internet governance through experiential learning and peer interaction

Explanation

Astbrink describes a successful capacity building model where experienced disability advocates from South Asian countries were brought together to learn about Internet governance through hands-on interaction. The goal was for these trained advocates to return to their countries and conduct similar workshops.


Evidence

Workshops supported by Asia Pacific School of Internet Governance bringing advocates from Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, Nepal to Bangladesh over three years


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Regional Development


Topics

Capacity development | Rights of persons with disabilities


Agreed with

– Sarah Armstrong
– Cogburn Derrick

Agreed on

Capacity building requires sustainable, multi-faceted approaches


Regional capacity building requires sustainable models where trained advocates return to run workshops in their own countries

Explanation

Astbrink emphasizes that effective capacity building must be sustainable, with trained advocates taking knowledge back to their home countries to continue the work. This creates a multiplier effect and ensures long-term impact beyond the initial training.


Evidence

Advocates going back to work with governments, private sector, local chapters, and DCAD committees in their own countries


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Regional Development


Topics

Capacity development | Rights of persons with disabilities


Online prerequisite courses combined with face-to-face workshops create effective learning pathways for disability advocates

Explanation

Astbrink describes a blended learning approach where online courses serve as prerequisites for face-to-face workshops. This model aligns with fellowship programs and creates structured pathways for building expertise in Internet governance among disability advocates.


Evidence

ISOC online course as prerequisite for face-to-face workshops, alignment with DCAD fellowships


Major discussion point

Capacity Building and Regional Development


Topics

Capacity development | Rights of persons with disabilities


S

Sarah Armstrong

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

1644 words

Speech time

675 seconds

Internet Society Foundation implements accessibility through grant programs, training courses, and operational frameworks based on “nothing about us without us” principle

Explanation

Armstrong describes the Foundation’s comprehensive approach to accessibility, including targeted grant programs, specialized training courses, and an operational framework approved by the board. The strategy is explicitly based on the disability rights principle of “nothing about us without us.”


Evidence

Grant programs including Skills, Beyond the Net chapters, and Connecting the Unconnected; five-week Disability Leadership Training course; board-approved operational framework


Major discussion point

Organizational Leadership and Commitment


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Gunela Astbrink

Agreed on

Senior leadership commitment is essential for organizational accessibility


Website accessibility standards (WCAG 2.1 AA) and annual audits demonstrate measurable progress – achieving 99/100 desktop accessibility score

Explanation

Armstrong provides concrete evidence of the Foundation’s commitment to accessibility through technical standards implementation and regular monitoring. The high accessibility score demonstrates measurable success in making their digital platforms accessible.


Evidence

All new website content meets WCAG 2.1 AA standard, annual audits conducted, recent score of 99 out of 100 for desktop accessibility


Major discussion point

Organizational Leadership and Commitment


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital standards


Five-week disability leadership training program in Internet governance builds capacity and embeds accessibility in policy discussions

Explanation

Armstrong describes a structured training program specifically designed to build leadership skills among persons with disabilities in Internet governance. The program is developed in partnership with accessibility experts and covers both policy and practical aspects of Internet governance.


Evidence

15-20 hour program developed with ISOC Accessibility Standing Group, covers accessibility policy and Internet governance links, designed for persons with disabilities and advocates


Major discussion point

Organizational Leadership and Commitment


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Gunela Astbrink
– Cogburn Derrick

Agreed on

Capacity building requires sustainable, multi-faceted approaches


Philanthropic organizations should require accessibility features, support mentorships, and prioritize funding for underrepresented regions

Explanation

Armstrong outlines specific recommendations for how philanthropic organizations can advance disability inclusion in Internet governance. She emphasizes both technical requirements and capacity building approaches, with particular attention to geographic equity.


Evidence

Examples include requiring captioning and sign language, supporting mentorships linking new leaders with experts, funding disability-specific networks, and investing in research on barriers and solutions


Major discussion point

Organizational Leadership and Commitment


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


C

Cogburn Derrick

Speech speed

139 words per minute

Speech length

1565 words

Speech time

672 seconds

Text analytics of IGF transcripts shows DCAD language on accessibility has been sustained from the first IGF, demonstrating effective advocacy impact

Explanation

Cogburn presents research findings from analyzing IGF transcripts using text mining and natural language processing, showing that accessibility and disability language has been consistently present since the first IGF. This demonstrates the sustained impact of the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability’s advocacy efforts.


Evidence

Analysis of IGF captions and transcripts from the beginning of IGF using text analytics, published research in MIT Press book on researching Internet governance


Major discussion point

Research and Evidence-Based Approaches


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Interdisciplinary approaches


Multiple data sources including CRPD state reports, Washington Group Short Set census data, and accessibility mapping provide comprehensive monitoring capabilities

Explanation

Cogburn describes a multi-faceted approach to monitoring disability inclusion progress using various types of data sources. This includes policy documents, statistical data, and geographic mapping data to create a comprehensive picture of accessibility implementation worldwide.


Evidence

UN side event analyzing CRPD state reports, Washington Group Short Set influencing national census data, accessibility mapping programs, Disability Data Initiative at Fordham University, Disability Data Hub at World Bank


Major discussion point

Research and Evidence-Based Approaches


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Data governance


Open data and open source tools like Python and R enable research capacity, while generative AI tools may enhance participation for non-programmers

Explanation

Cogburn emphasizes that most relevant data for disability research is freely available and can be analyzed using open source programming tools. He suggests that generative AI tools may democratize access to data analysis for those without programming skills, though capacity building remains important.


Evidence

IGF transcripts, state reports, and other policy documents available for download; Python and R as open source programming languages; upcoming paper in Data and Policy comparing traditional NLP with generative AI approaches


Major discussion point

Research and Evidence-Based Approaches


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Interdisciplinary approaches


Transnational advocacy networks are essential for sustained engagement in global policy spaces, allowing local advocates to connect internationally

Explanation

Cogburn argues that individual participation in global Internet governance is difficult without organizational support, making transnational advocacy networks crucial. These networks allow local advocates to participate in larger international efforts while maintaining their community connections.


Evidence

Research on transnational advocacy networks published in 2017 Palgrave Macmillan book, example of DCAD as one of seven transnational advocacy networks focused on disability inclusive development, three-year master’s program for persons with disabilities in Southeast Asia


Major discussion point

Research and Evidence-Based Approaches


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Gunela Astbrink
– Sarah Armstrong

Agreed on

Capacity building requires sustainable, multi-faceted approaches


Disagreed with

– Nirmita Narasimhan

Disagreed on

Individual vs. organizational responsibility for sustained engagement


N

Nirmita Narasimhan

Speech speed

155 words per minute

Speech length

870 words

Speech time

335 seconds

Limited awareness about IGF among disability advocates in various countries creates the first barrier to participation

Explanation

Narasimhan identifies lack of knowledge about IGF as the primary barrier preventing disability advocates from participating in Internet governance discussions. She notes that despite hundreds of disability advocates in countries, only a handful know about IGF and its relevance to their work.


Evidence

Personal observation of handful of people in countries with hundreds of disability advocates who know about IGF


Major discussion point

Barriers to Meaningful Participation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Logistical challenges include funding for travel, need for assistants, language barriers, and technology access issues

Explanation

Narasimhan outlines the practical barriers that prevent persons with disabilities from attending IGF even after they become aware of it. These include financial constraints, need for support persons, communication barriers, and technical challenges.


Evidence

Need for funding to travel, requirement for assistants to help navigate or communicate, language and technology issues


Major discussion point

Barriers to Meaningful Participation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital access


Persons with disabilities lack exposure to broader IGF discussions beyond accessibility topics, limiting their ability to contribute to other important areas like AI and digital literacy

Explanation

Narasimhan argues that meaningful participation requires engagement beyond just accessibility sessions. She emphasizes that persons with disabilities have valuable contributions to make to discussions about AI, digital literacy, and safety, but current participation patterns limit this cross-pollination of ideas.


Evidence

AI as critical technology for persons with disabilities, potential contributions to discussions on literacy and safety


Major discussion point

Barriers to Meaningful Participation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Online education


Continuity and ongoing support are lacking – participants need sustained engagement and connections to work on issues after returning to their countries

Explanation

Narasimhan emphasizes that one-time participation in IGF is insufficient for meaningful impact. She argues that participants need ongoing support, motivation, and international connections to continue working on Internet governance issues in their home countries after the forum ends.


Evidence

Need for support and motivation to work on issues beyond one-time participation, importance of maintaining international connections


Major discussion point

Barriers to Meaningful Participation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Agreed with

– Gunela Astbrink

Agreed on

Moving from policy frameworks to practical implementation is a major challenge


Disagreed with

– Cogburn Derrick

Disagreed on

Individual vs. organizational responsibility for sustained engagement


Integration of accessibility across all IGF sessions is needed, rather than limiting disability discussions to dedicated accessibility sessions

Explanation

Narasimhan calls for mainstreaming accessibility considerations throughout all IGF discussions rather than confining them to specific sessions. She argues that this approach would better reflect the cross-cutting nature of accessibility issues and enable more meaningful participation.


Major discussion point

Structural and Systemic Issues


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


A

Audience

Speech speed

143 words per minute

Speech length

680 words

Speech time

283 seconds

True inclusion requires preparing spaces for people with disabilities, not just inviting them – including sign language interpretation and assistive technologies

Explanation

An audience member from Malawi pointed out that meaningful inclusion goes beyond simply inviting persons with disabilities to participate. She observed the lack of sign language interpretation and assistive technologies in the session itself, arguing that spaces must be prepared to accommodate participants with disabilities.


Evidence

Observation of low participation by persons with disabilities in the session, absence of sign language interpretation and assistive tools in the room


Major discussion point

Structural and Systemic Issues


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Disagreed with

– Participant
– MODERATOR

Disagreed on

Approach to achieving meaningful participation vs. addressing structural barriers


Representation must be standard and intentional rather than symbolic tokenism

Explanation

The audience member emphasized that representation of persons with disabilities should be systematic and deliberate, not merely symbolic. She expressed concern about advocating for inclusion while potentially excluding the very voices being discussed.


Evidence

Observation of low participation levels in the session despite it being focused on disability leadership


Major discussion point

Structural and Systemic Issues


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Employment quotas and clear pathways to leadership positions are needed to ensure persons with disabilities become self-sufficient rather than dependent

Explanation

An audience member from Ghana argued for concrete employment policies, suggesting quotas like 5% of positions in organizations like ICANN and Internet Society should be reserved for persons with disabilities. He emphasized the need for clear end goals that lead to self-sufficiency rather than continued dependence on support.


Evidence

Suggestion of 5% employment quota for persons with disabilities in Internet governance organizations


Major discussion point

Structural and Systemic Issues


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Future of work


P

Participant

Speech speed

140 words per minute

Speech length

452 words

Speech time

192 seconds

Remote participation has helped persons with disabilities participate in IGF, but competing sessions and personal priorities affect attendance at specific workshops

Explanation

A participant explained that while remote participation technology has made IGF more accessible for persons with disabilities, the challenge of low attendance at specific sessions is due to multiple competing events and individual priorities. People often watch session replays when they cannot attend live due to scheduling conflicts.


Evidence

Observation that people watch replays of sessions they cannot attend live due to multiple competing events at IGF


Major discussion point

Barriers to Meaningful Participation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital access


Disagreed with

– Audience
– MODERATOR

Disagreed on

Approach to achieving meaningful participation vs. addressing structural barriers


DCAD promotes events through multiple channels but faces ongoing challenges in maximizing participation

Explanation

A participant noted that the Dynamic Coalition on Accessibility and Disability actively promotes events through IGF channels and YouTube, but acknowledged that getting people to attend remains a persistent challenge. The organization works within its limited capacity to support participation.


Evidence

Promotion through IGF and YouTube channels, DCAD supporting persons with disabilities to attend IGF


Major discussion point

Barriers to Meaningful Participation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


DCAD advocates for accessibility standards and works with organizations to implement comprehensive accessibility beyond just websites

Explanation

A participant explained that DCAD’s work extends beyond basic website accessibility to include advocacy for accessible documents, infographics, and other digital materials. The organization works with governments to incorporate WCAG guidelines into legislation and provides broader accessibility awareness.


Evidence

Work with organizations on WCAG implementation, advocacy for accessible documents and infographics, collaboration with governments on accessibility legislation


Major discussion point

Policy Frameworks and Implementation


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Legal and regulatory


M

MODERATOR

Speech speed

9 words per minute

Speech length

5 words

Speech time

30 seconds

The ideal end goal is a world where accessibility is built-in by default, eliminating the need for persons with disabilities to request accommodations

Explanation

The moderator articulated an aspirational vision where accessibility would be automatically integrated into all systems and services, making special requests unnecessary. While acknowledging this may seem idealistic, they argued that having such a goal is essential for making meaningful progress toward true inclusion.


Evidence

Vision of persons with disabilities not having to ask for accessible websites, services, or facilities because they would already be provided by default


Major discussion point

Digital Accessibility and Universal Design


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital standards


Moving beyond tokenism requires systemic change across the entire Internet governance ecosystem, with multiple organizations working toward accessibility

Explanation

The moderator emphasized that achieving meaningful disability inclusion requires coordinated efforts across all Internet governance organizations, not just isolated initiatives. They acknowledged current limitations while calling for broader organizational commitment to accessibility goals.


Evidence

Examples of Internet Society making itself accessible and DCAD working to make meetings accessible as initial steps in a broader ecosystem transformation


Major discussion point

Structural and Systemic Issues


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Legal and regulatory


Disagreed with

– Audience
– Participant

Disagreed on

Approach to achieving meaningful participation vs. addressing structural barriers


Agreements

Agreement points

Universal design and accessibility benefits everyone, not just persons with disabilities

Speakers

– Vinton Cerf
– Muhammad Shabbir

Arguments

Accessibility requires intuition and understanding of how applications work for people with disabilities – examples of successful and unsuccessful applications are crucial for learning


Universal design benefits everyone, not just persons with disabilities – accessible devices can be used by people driving or multitasking


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that accessibility and universal design principles create benefits for all users, not just those with disabilities. Cerf notes that hands-free interaction helps people in various situations, while Shabbir explains that devices designed for people with disabilities can be used by others in different contexts.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital standards


Senior leadership commitment is essential for organizational accessibility

Speakers

– Gunela Astbrink
– Sarah Armstrong

Arguments

Senior staff accessibility champions are crucial for organizational change – Internet Society’s accessibility framework was achieved through board-level commitment


Internet Society Foundation implements accessibility through grant programs, training courses, and operational frameworks based on “nothing about us without us” principle


Summary

Both speakers emphasize that meaningful accessibility progress requires commitment from senior organizational leadership. They both reference the Internet Society’s board-level resolution and systematic approach to implementing accessibility across operations.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Capacity building requires sustainable, multi-faceted approaches

Speakers

– Gunela Astbrink
– Sarah Armstrong
– Cogburn Derrick

Arguments

Train-the-trainer workshops in South Asia successfully built disability leaders in Internet governance through experiential learning and peer interaction


Five-week disability leadership training program in Internet governance builds capacity and embeds accessibility in policy discussions


Transnational advocacy networks are essential for sustained engagement in global policy spaces, allowing local advocates to connect internationally


Summary

All three speakers advocate for structured, sustainable capacity building approaches that combine training, networking, and ongoing support. They emphasize the importance of creating pathways for disability advocates to develop expertise and maintain engagement over time.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Moving from policy frameworks to practical implementation is a major challenge

Speakers

– Gunela Astbrink
– Nirmita Narasimhan

Arguments

Moving from high-level global policies to national implementation requires legislation and regulation at local levels


Continuity and ongoing support are lacking – participants need sustained engagement and connections to work on issues after returning to their countries


Summary

Both speakers identify the gap between high-level policy commitments and practical implementation as a critical challenge. They emphasize the need for sustained support and local-level action to translate global frameworks into meaningful change.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Legal and regulatory


Similar viewpoints

Both emphasize that meaningful inclusion requires systemic integration rather than tokenistic approaches. They argue for mainstreaming accessibility across all activities rather than confining it to specialized sessions or symbolic gestures.

Speakers

– Nirmita Narasimhan
– Audience

Arguments

Integration of accessibility across all IGF sessions is needed, rather than limiting disability discussions to dedicated accessibility sessions


True inclusion requires preparing spaces for people with disabilities, not just inviting them – including sign language interpretation and assistive technologies


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Both speakers advocate for network-based approaches to capacity building that connect local advocates with international movements while ensuring sustainable impact through train-the-trainer models and ongoing collaboration.

Speakers

– Cogburn Derrick
– Gunela Astbrink

Arguments

Transnational advocacy networks are essential for sustained engagement in global policy spaces, allowing local advocates to connect internationally


Regional capacity building requires sustainable models where trained advocates return to run workshops in their own countries


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Both speakers emphasize the importance of leveraging available resources and tools to democratize access to Internet governance participation, whether through philanthropic support or open source technologies.

Speakers

– Sarah Armstrong
– Cogburn Derrick

Arguments

Philanthropic organizations should require accessibility features, support mentorships, and prioritize funding for underrepresented regions


Open data and open source tools like Python and R enable research capacity, while generative AI tools may enhance participation for non-programmers


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Unexpected consensus

AI as a solution for accessibility challenges

Speakers

– Vinton Cerf

Arguments

AI and intelligent agents may provide alternative interaction methods beyond keyboards and mice, potentially making applications more usable through negotiation rather than linear navigation


Explanation

While the session focused primarily on traditional accessibility approaches, Cerf’s emphasis on AI as a potential game-changer for accessibility represents an unexpected technological optimism that wasn’t challenged by other speakers, suggesting implicit agreement about AI’s potential despite limited discussion of this topic.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital standards


Need for concrete employment and leadership pathways

Speakers

– Audience
– MODERATOR

Arguments

Employment quotas and clear pathways to leadership positions are needed to ensure persons with disabilities become self-sufficient rather than dependent


The ideal end goal is a world where accessibility is built-in by default, eliminating the need for persons with disabilities to request accommodations


Explanation

The convergence between audience calls for concrete employment quotas and the moderator’s vision of built-in accessibility represents unexpected consensus on the need for systemic rather than charitable approaches to disability inclusion, moving beyond traditional advocacy to structural change.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Future of work


Overall assessment

Summary

The speakers demonstrated strong consensus on fundamental principles including universal design benefits, the importance of senior leadership commitment, the need for sustainable capacity building, and the challenge of implementing policy frameworks. There was also broad agreement on moving beyond tokenistic approaches toward systemic integration of accessibility.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with significant implications for the field. The agreement spans theoretical principles, practical implementation strategies, and long-term vision, suggesting a mature understanding of disability inclusion challenges. This consensus provides a strong foundation for coordinated action across organizations and regions, though speakers acknowledged significant work remains in translating shared principles into widespread practice.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Approach to achieving meaningful participation vs. addressing structural barriers

Speakers

– Audience
– Participant
– MODERATOR

Arguments

True inclusion requires preparing spaces for people with disabilities, not just inviting them – including sign language interpretation and assistive technologies


Remote participation has helped persons with disabilities participate in IGF, but competing sessions and personal priorities affect attendance at specific workshops


Moving beyond tokenism requires systemic change across the entire Internet governance ecosystem, with multiple organizations working toward accessibility


Summary

The audience member criticized the session itself for lacking proper accessibility features and low participation, while participants defended current efforts by citing remote participation improvements and competing priorities. The moderator acknowledged limitations while calling for broader systemic change.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital access


Individual vs. organizational responsibility for sustained engagement

Speakers

– Cogburn Derrick
– Nirmita Narasimhan

Arguments

Transnational advocacy networks are essential for sustained engagement in global policy spaces, allowing local advocates to connect internationally


Continuity and ongoing support are lacking – participants need sustained engagement and connections to work on issues after returning to their countries


Summary

Cogburn emphasizes the importance of joining existing transnational networks as the solution, while Narasimhan focuses on the lack of individual support and continuity after participation, suggesting different perspectives on where responsibility lies.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Unexpected differences

Effectiveness of current accessibility efforts within IGF itself

Speakers

– Audience
– Participant
– MODERATOR

Arguments

True inclusion requires preparing spaces for people with disabilities, not just inviting them – including sign language interpretation and assistive technologies


DCAD promotes events through multiple channels but faces ongoing challenges in maximizing participation


Moving beyond tokenism requires systemic change across the entire Internet governance ecosystem, with multiple organizations working toward accessibility


Explanation

Unexpected because this was a session specifically about disability leadership, yet participants disagreed about whether the session itself was adequately accessible. The audience member’s direct criticism of the session’s accessibility created tension with organizers who defended their efforts.


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Digital access


Overall assessment

Summary

The main areas of disagreement centered on implementation approaches rather than fundamental goals. Speakers agreed on the importance of disability inclusion but differed on whether to focus on capacity building, structural changes, or immediate accommodations.


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Most disagreements were about methods and priorities rather than fundamental principles. The consensus on core goals (accessibility, inclusion, moving beyond tokenism) was strong, but speakers emphasized different pathways to achieve these goals. This suggests a healthy debate about implementation strategies rather than fundamental ideological divisions, which could lead to complementary approaches if properly coordinated.


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both emphasize that meaningful inclusion requires systemic integration rather than tokenistic approaches. They argue for mainstreaming accessibility across all activities rather than confining it to specialized sessions or symbolic gestures.

Speakers

– Nirmita Narasimhan
– Audience

Arguments

Integration of accessibility across all IGF sessions is needed, rather than limiting disability discussions to dedicated accessibility sessions


True inclusion requires preparing spaces for people with disabilities, not just inviting them – including sign language interpretation and assistive technologies


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities


Both speakers advocate for network-based approaches to capacity building that connect local advocates with international movements while ensuring sustainable impact through train-the-trainer models and ongoing collaboration.

Speakers

– Cogburn Derrick
– Gunela Astbrink

Arguments

Transnational advocacy networks are essential for sustained engagement in global policy spaces, allowing local advocates to connect internationally


Regional capacity building requires sustainable models where trained advocates return to run workshops in their own countries


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Both speakers emphasize the importance of leveraging available resources and tools to democratize access to Internet governance participation, whether through philanthropic support or open source technologies.

Speakers

– Sarah Armstrong
– Cogburn Derrick

Arguments

Philanthropic organizations should require accessibility features, support mentorships, and prioritize funding for underrepresented regions


Open data and open source tools like Python and R enable research capacity, while generative AI tools may enhance participation for non-programmers


Topics

Rights of persons with disabilities | Capacity development


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Digital accessibility requires moving beyond tokenism to meaningful leadership participation by persons with disabilities in internet governance


Universal design principles benefit everyone, not just persons with disabilities, and should be embedded in all digital infrastructure


AI and intelligent agents offer promising alternative interaction methods that could make applications more accessible through conversational interfaces rather than traditional navigation


Global policy frameworks like WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact provide opportunities for disability inclusion, but implementation requires sustained advocacy and national-level legislation


Organizational commitment at senior levels is crucial – accessibility champions and board-level resolutions drive real change


Research and data analytics demonstrate that sustained advocacy works – DCAD’s language has been consistently present in IGF discussions since the beginning


Transnational advocacy networks are essential for connecting local disability advocates to global policy spaces and providing sustained engagement opportunities


Multiple barriers exist to meaningful participation including lack of awareness, funding challenges, limited exposure to broader internet governance topics, and insufficient continuity support


Capacity building through train-the-trainer models and regional workshops can effectively develop disability leadership in internet governance


True inclusion requires preparing spaces for people with disabilities, not just inviting them – including proper accessibility infrastructure and moving beyond symbolic representation


Resolutions and action items

Join and actively participate in transnational advocacy networks like DCAD to connect local advocacy with global policy spaces


Integrate accessibility and disability inclusion into internet governance structures rather than treating it as a separate topic


Invest in leadership pipelines for persons with disabilities through training programs, mentorships, and funding opportunities


Institutionalize accountability for inclusion through benchmarking, metrics, and regular auditing of accessibility progress


Expand train-the-trainer workshop models to other regions beyond South Asia to build global capacity


Philanthropic organizations should require accessibility features in funded events and support disability-specific networks


Move accessibility discussions beyond dedicated sessions to integration across all IGF topics and discussions


Provide input to WSIS+20 zero draft by July 15th deadline to influence global policy frameworks


Develop clear pathways and employment opportunities for persons with disabilities in internet governance organizations


Use available open data and research tools to monitor progress and demonstrate impact of disability inclusion efforts


Unresolved issues

How to significantly increase participation of persons with disabilities in IGF beyond the current limited representation


Sustainable funding mechanisms for supporting persons with disabilities to attend and meaningfully participate in international forums


Effective strategies for raising awareness about internet governance among disability advocates in various countries


How to ensure continuity of engagement and support for disability advocates after they return to their home countries


Balancing remote participation benefits with the need for in-person visibility and networking opportunities


Developing practical implementation mechanisms for translating high-level global policy commitments into national legislation and regulation


Creating effective cross-sector collaboration between disability advocates and other internet governance stakeholders


Addressing intersectional challenges faced by persons with disabilities from underrepresented regions or with multiple marginalized identities


Establishing clear metrics and accountability measures for meaningful inclusion beyond basic accessibility compliance


Suggested compromises

Use hybrid participation models that combine remote and in-person engagement to maximize accessibility while maintaining visibility


Start with organizational self-improvement (like Internet Society’s accessibility framework) while advocating for broader systemic change


Focus on capacity building and training as intermediate steps toward the ultimate goal of full inclusion and leadership representation


Leverage existing data and research tools while building toward more comprehensive monitoring and evaluation systems


Work within current multi-stakeholder frameworks while pushing for more inclusive decision-making processes


Balance dedicated disability-focused sessions with integration of accessibility topics across other IGF discussions


Thought provoking comments

We cannot advocate for inclusion while excluding the very voice we claim to empower. So representation must not be symbolic, but it must be standard and intentional… true inclusion must mean more than just inviting people into the room, but also preparing the room for them.

Speaker

Jacqueline Jijide


Reason

This comment directly challenged the panel’s own practices and exposed a fundamental contradiction – discussing disability leadership while having limited actual participation from people with disabilities. It highlighted the difference between tokenistic representation and meaningful inclusion.


Impact

This comment created a pivotal moment that forced the moderator and panelists to acknowledge shortcomings in their own event organization. It shifted the discussion from theoretical policy recommendations to immediate, practical accountability, leading to defensive but important explanations about funding, outreach, and competing priorities.


At the end goal, we want them to see them at the top… until then, once we don’t have a clear plan to make themselves sufficient, they will still become dependent on people. At the end of the day, we’ll be bringing them to forums, trying to empower them, but if you don’t have a clear end goal, I don’t think it’s going to solve the problem.

Speaker

Francis Akwa Amini


Reason

This comment challenged the entire approach of the discussion by questioning whether current efforts actually lead to systemic change or merely perpetuate dependency. It demanded concrete employment quotas and measurable outcomes rather than just participation in forums.


Impact

This fundamentally shifted the conversation from discussing participation to questioning the effectiveness of current approaches. It forced speakers to articulate their long-term vision and led to the moderator’s idealistic but honest response about living in a world where accessibility wouldn’t need to be requested.


What I would like to see going forward is not more sessions on accessibility but also accessibility covered across more sessions as part of other discussions.

Speaker

Nirmita Narasimhan


Reason

This comment reframed the entire approach to disability inclusion in internet governance, suggesting that segregating accessibility discussions into dedicated sessions actually perpetuates marginalization rather than achieving true integration.


Impact

This insight challenged the fundamental structure of how disability issues are addressed in IGF, suggesting that the very existence of separate accessibility panels might be counterproductive. It introduced the concept of mainstreaming disability perspectives across all internet governance discussions.


Meaningful participation goes beyond just talking in your session about accessibility. You need to be able to engage with other forum… And it works both ways. You need to be able to participate in other discussions which are also very important… And that representation is not coming across.

Speaker

Nirmita Narasimhan


Reason

This comment identified a critical barrier – that people with disabilities are often siloed into accessibility-only discussions, missing opportunities to contribute their perspectives to broader internet governance issues like AI, safety, and literacy.


Impact

This observation deepened the discussion by revealing how current participation models actually limit the potential contributions of people with disabilities. It connected to later discussions about the need for cross-cutting integration rather than isolated participation.


In an ideal world we would not be having this discussion but persons with disabilities would not have to ask for certain facilities services to be made accessible… but they would already be given to them without asking.

Speaker

Muhammad Shabbir


Reason

This comment articulated the ultimate vision – a world where universal design principles are so embedded that accessibility is automatic rather than requested. It provided philosophical grounding for why the work matters beyond immediate policy goals.


Impact

This response helped synthesize the various critiques and challenges raised during the session, providing an aspirational framework that acknowledged both the idealistic nature of the goal and its necessity as a guiding principle for current efforts.


Overall assessment

The most impactful comments in this discussion were those that challenged the status quo and exposed contradictions between stated goals and actual practices. Jacqueline’s critique of the panel’s own lack of disability representation created a crucial moment of accountability that elevated the entire conversation. Francis’s demand for concrete employment outcomes and measurable goals forced speakers to move beyond theoretical discussions to practical implementation strategies. Nirmita’s insights about mainstreaming accessibility across all discussions rather than segregating it fundamentally reframed how disability inclusion should be approached in internet governance. These challenging comments transformed what could have been a routine policy discussion into a more honest examination of current limitations and a more ambitious vision for systemic change. The discussion evolved from celebrating existing efforts to critically examining their effectiveness and demanding more transformative approaches.


Follow-up questions

How can the WSIS+20 and Global Digital Compact frameworks be effectively implemented at national levels to ensure meaningful disability inclusion?

Speaker

Gunela Astbrink


Explanation

She mentioned these are high-level global instruments that require national legislation and regulation for implementation, but the specific mechanisms for this transition remain unclear


How can we increase outreach to disability advocates in different countries about IGF and internet governance issues?

Speaker

Nirmita Narasimhan


Explanation

She identified that many disability advocates don’t know about IGF despite working on relevant technology issues, representing a significant participation barrier


What funding mechanisms and support systems can be established to help persons with disabilities attend and meaningfully participate in IGF events?

Speaker

Nirmita Narasimhan


Explanation

She highlighted logistical and financial barriers that prevent persons with disabilities from attending IGF, including need for accompaniment and travel support


How can persons with disabilities be better integrated into non-disability-specific IGF sessions and discussions?

Speaker

Nirmita Narasimhan


Explanation

She emphasized that meaningful participation requires engagement beyond just accessibility sessions, particularly in areas like AI where persons with disabilities have valuable contributions


What continuity and follow-up support systems can be developed for disability advocates after they participate in IGF?

Speaker

Nirmita Narasimhan


Explanation

She noted that one-time participation isn’t sufficient and advocates need ongoing support and connections to continue working on these issues in their home countries


How can organizations implement specific employment quotas or targets for persons with disabilities in internet governance organizations?

Speaker

Francis Akwa Amini


Explanation

He suggested implementing policies requiring a percentage of positions (e.g., 5%) be filled by persons with disabilities to create self-sufficiency and reduce dependency


What strategies can be used to develop ambition and interest among persons with disabilities to participate in international internet governance beyond local community work?

Speaker

Nigel Casimir


Explanation

He observed that while local ICT training for persons with disabilities exists, there’s limited interest in international advocacy and policy work


How can the train-the-trainer model for disability leadership in internet governance be expanded to other regions beyond South Asia?

Speaker

Gunela Astbrink


Explanation

She described successful regional training programs but indicated need to scale this approach globally


What specific metrics and benchmarking systems can be developed to measure progress on disability inclusion in internet governance?

Speaker

Gunela Astbrink


Explanation

She mentioned the need to institutionalize accountability for inclusion through metrics, building on Derek Cockburn’s research work


How can generative AI tools be leveraged to enhance multi-stakeholder participation by those not trained in traditional programming and data analysis?

Speaker

Cogburn Derrick


Explanation

He mentioned upcoming research comparing traditional NLP approaches with generative AI approaches for analyzing policy participation


What are the practical examples and success stories of ISOC Foundation’s disability-focused projects, and how can others join these initiatives?

Speaker

Emmanuel Orok (online participant)


Explanation

He requested specific examples and pathways for participation in Internet Society Foundation programs for persons with disabilities


How can accessibility be integrated across all IGF sessions rather than being confined to disability-specific sessions?

Speaker

Nirmita Narasimhan


Explanation

She advocated for mainstreaming accessibility discussions across all internet governance topics rather than treating it as a separate issue


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.

Open Forum #40 Building a Child Rights Respecting Inclusive Digital Future

Open Forum #40 Building a Child Rights Respecting Inclusive Digital Future

Session at a glance

Summary

This UNICEF-hosted discussion focused on creating safe online environments for children and closing digital equity gaps, particularly for women and girls. The session was divided into two segments, with the first examining how different stakeholders can contribute to child online safety, and the second addressing gender divides in digital solutions.


In the first segment, speakers from China, South Africa, Norway, and the Netherlands shared diverse perspectives on protecting children online. Ms. Zhao from China outlined comprehensive legal frameworks including dedicated online protection laws and industry self-regulation initiatives. Advocate Lindhorst from South Africa described regulatory approaches combining platform accountability, digital literacy education, and enforcement mechanisms involving social workers and law enforcement. Caroline Eriksen from Norway’s sovereign wealth fund highlighted how investors can influence companies across sectors to respect children’s rights, noting that failure to do so creates material risks. Alex Galt from IKEA demonstrated how brands can take responsibility for child rights impacts throughout their digital marketing value chains, even when working with third-party platforms.


The second segment focused on addressing gender inequalities in digital access and design. Speakers noted that 31% of women globally are not in education, employment, or training, and that nearly half of documented AI bias targets women and girls. Lisa Sivertsen from NORAD and Silje Dahl from Sweden’s development agency discussed supporting digital public goods and innovative financing mechanisms to bridge these gaps. Tawhida Shiropa from Bangladesh shared how her mental health app was co-designed with girls to ensure emotional safety and privacy protection. Annina Wersun from OpenCRVS explained how open-source civil registration systems can challenge assumptions and promote inclusive design by default. The discussion concluded with calls for increased investment in women-led startups, sustainable funding models for digital public goods, and the recognition that digital infrastructure is as essential as roads or electricity for inclusive societies.


Keypoints

## Major Discussion Points:


– **Multi-stakeholder approaches to child online safety**: The discussion explored how different stakeholders (governments, regulators, investors, brands, and civil society) can collaborate to create safer digital environments for children, with examples from China, South Africa, Norway, and the Netherlands showing various regulatory frameworks, industry self-discipline measures, and public-private partnerships.


– **Gender equity in digital innovation and access**: A significant focus on addressing the digital gender divide, highlighting that women and girls face systemic barriers in accessing and benefiting from digital technologies, with statistics showing that only 2-3% of investment goes to women-founded companies and female-focused health solutions.


– **Digital Public Goods and open source solutions as enablers of inclusion**: The conversation emphasized how open source technologies and digital public goods can promote transparency, accountability, trust, and accessibility, particularly for marginalized communities, with concrete examples from mental health apps in Bangladesh and civil registration systems.


– **Innovative financing mechanisms for inclusive technology**: Discussion of how traditional development funding can be leveraged to de-risk private investment, including guarantee schemes, blended finance approaches, and the need for donors to support digital public goods infrastructure as essential public infrastructure.


– **Design principles for women and girls’ safety and empowerment**: Emphasis on co-designing solutions with end users, ensuring emotional safety alongside technical security, implementing human rights standards, and moving beyond passive protection to active empowerment of women and girls in digital spaces.


## Overall Purpose:


The discussion aimed to explore concrete strategies and partnerships for creating more inclusive, safe, and equitable digital environments, with particular focus on protecting children’s rights online and closing gender divides in digital access and innovation. The forum sought to move beyond identifying problems to sharing practical solutions and successful models from different sectors and regions.


## Overall Tone:


The discussion maintained a consistently collaborative and solution-oriented tone throughout. Speakers demonstrated mutual respect and built upon each other’s insights, creating a constructive dialogue. The tone was professional yet passionate, with participants clearly committed to the causes they discussed. There was an underlying sense of urgency about addressing digital inequities, balanced with optimism about the potential for positive change through coordinated action. The atmosphere remained engaging and forward-looking, with speakers offering concrete examples and actionable recommendations rather than dwelling on problems.


Speakers

**Speakers from the provided list:**


– **Sunita Grote** – Lead of UNICEF Ventures team, exploring how openly built emerging technologies can accelerate results for children


– **Josianne Galea Baron** – Co-moderator from UNICEF’s Child Rights and Business function


– **Zhao Hu** – Associate Professor and Secretary General of China Federation of Internet Societies, PhD in political science and theory from School of Government at Peking University


– **Makhosazana Lindhorst** – Advocate, Executive responsible for research, regulatory development, registration, and licensing compliance and enforcement at South Africa’s Film and Publication Board


– **Caroline Eriksen** – Head of social media and active ownership at Norges Bank Investment Management (NBIM)


– **Alexander Galt** – Digital ethics leader for Inter-IKEA Group with responsibility to develop digital ethics practices across the IKEA value chain


– **Lisa Sivertsen** – Director of Human Development at NORAD


– **Silje Dahl** – First Secretary for Development Corporation at the Embassy of Sweden in Pretoria


– **Tawhida Shiropa** – Founder and CEO of Monar Bandhu (Bangladesh), recipient of UNICEF Venture Fund


– **Annina Wersun** – Co-Founder and Chief Impact Officer of OpenCRVS


**Additional speakers:**


None identified – all speakers mentioned in the transcript were included in the provided speakers names list.


Full session report

# UNICEF Forum on Child Online Safety and Digital Gender Equity


## Executive Summary


This UNICEF-hosted discussion brought together stakeholders from government agencies, international organizations, private sector companies, and civil society to examine child online safety and digital gender equity. The forum was structured in two segments, with speakers participating both in-person and online, addressing how different actors can contribute to protecting children in digital spaces and reducing barriers to women’s and girls’ participation in digital innovation.


## Opening Framework and Context


Josianne Galea Baron, co-moderator from UNICEF’s Child Rights and Business function, framed the discussion with a key insight: “So our task is to protect and empower children as active participants and pioneers of the digital world as opposed to protecting them from the digital world.” She noted that research shows “children who experience online sexual abuse or exploitation and online bullying have significantly higher levels of anxiety, more suicidal thoughts and behaviors, and are more likely to self-harm.”


Sunita Grote, Lead of UNICEF Ventures, explained their role in exploring “openly built emerging technologies” and provided context for gender equity challenges, highlighting that 31% of women globally are not in education, employment, or training, and that nearly half of documented AI bias targets women and girls. She noted that only 2-3% of investment goes to women-founded companies.


## Segment One: Child Online Safety


### Government and Regulatory Approaches


Zhao Hu, Associate Professor and Secretary General of China Federation of Internet Societies, outlined China’s comprehensive legal framework for child online protection. He noted that China has “the world’s largest population of child internet users” and emphasized that “industry self-discipline and collaboration between public-private sectors strengthens child protection efforts.” He announced plans for an international conference on child online protection in September.


Advocate Makhosazana Lindhorst from South Africa’s Film and Publication Board described their balanced regulatory approach combining platform accountability with digital literacy education and accessible harm reporting mechanisms. She highlighted the role of social workers and law enforcement in investigating online child abuse cases.


### Private Sector Responsibility


Caroline Eriksen, head of the social media and active ownership at Norges Bank Investment Management (NBIM), demonstrated how investors can leverage influence across portfolio companies. She noted that “companies beyond tech sector impact child rights through digital advertising and marketing practices” and that failure to respect children’s rights creates material risks for businesses.


Alexander Galt, Digital ethics leader for Inter-IKEA Group, explained how brands can take responsibility throughout their digital marketing value chain: “brands like IKEA are the companies that fund this digital marketing ecosystem. We buy the media space to engage with people who want to buy our products. And we think that comes with responsibilities and ability to influence.”


Eriksen announced the official launch of disclosure recommendations and guidance for companies on child rights impacts through a webinar on June 27th, demonstrating a QR code for registration.


## Segment Two: Digital Gender Divides


### Barriers to Women’s Digital Participation


Lisa Sivertsen, Director of Human Development at NORAD, explained how “gender-blind digital tools enhance existing gaps and structural discrimination against women and girls.” She emphasized that women face multiple barriers including lack of access to devices, internet connectivity, and financial services. She highlighted DHIS2 as an example of a Norwegian-supported digital public good now used by over 100 countries.


Silje Dahl, First Secretary for Development Corporation at the Embassy of Sweden in Pretoria, discussed addressing technology-facilitated gender-based violence through coordinated policy responses. She mentioned how anonymous and safe information access is vital for youth in regions where topics like sexual health are controversial, noting that one partner’s app has reached “9 million young people.”


### Inclusive Design Examples


Tawhida Shiropa, Founder and CEO of Monar Bandhu in Bangladesh and UNICEF Venture Fund recipient, shared insights from developing mental health solutions for girls. She explained their approach to ensuring both technical security and emotional safety, emphasizing co-design with target users and implementation in local languages. Her organization has served thousands of students and adolescents through their mental health services.


Annina Wersun, Co-Founder and Chief Impact Officer of OpenCRVS, explained how their birth registration system challenges traditional assumptions. She described how “OpenCRVS shows an alternative, and that is a birth registration form that does not mandate the father’s information,” demonstrating how design choices can address systemic inequalities. She mentioned their use of a fictitious default country called “Farajaland” to demonstrate inclusive configurations.


### Open Source and Digital Public Goods


Several speakers emphasized the value of open source approaches for promoting inclusion. Sivertsen explained how open source systems allow for external audits and adaptability to different user needs. She provided an example of how a solution designed for low-resource contexts proved valuable even for wealthy nations: “During the pandemic, it actually proved so easy to use and such a safe tool that it spread also and it was taken into use also by a lot of middle-income and high-income countries, including Norway.”


### Financing Challenges


Speakers identified significant financing gaps, noting that less than 1% of venture capital funding goes to Africa, and only 2-3% goes to women-founded businesses globally. Dahl described alternative financing mechanisms like guarantees and capital mobilization to reduce donor dependency while de-risking private investment, with SIDA planning to expand these models to health and sexual and reproductive health sectors.


Wersun explained that “digital public goods need upfront investment to become self-sustainable while maintaining their public benefit mission,” with OpenCRVS committed to achieving self-sustainability within five years. Shiropa suggested that “the VC mind should be slightly changed” to better understand open source business models.


## Key Themes


### Multi-Stakeholder Collaboration


Speakers across both segments emphasized the need for coordination between governments, regulators, investors, brands, civil society, and affected communities to address both child online safety and gender digital divides.


### User-Centered Design


Multiple speakers highlighted the importance of involving end users, particularly marginalized communities, in the design process. This was demonstrated through examples from Bangladesh’s mental health services to birth registration systems.


### Digital Infrastructure as Essential Infrastructure


Speakers treated digital infrastructure as comparable to roads or electricity, influencing discussions about financing, sustainability, and public investment in equitable access.


## Concrete Commitments


– UNICEF and BSR committed to launching disclosure recommendations through a June 27th webinar


– China Federation of Internet Societies committed to hosting an international conference on child online protection in September


– OpenCRVS committed to achieving self-sustainability within five years


– SIDA committed to expanding guarantee and capital mobilization models to health and SRHR sectors


## Ongoing Challenges


The discussion identified several areas requiring continued attention: changing investment patterns to value impact alongside innovation, scaling local solutions while maintaining cultural relevance, addressing technology-facilitated gender-based violence across jurisdictions, and ensuring meaningful participation of marginalized communities in digital system design.


The forum established frameworks for ongoing collaboration through international conferences, webinars, and collaborative initiatives, providing a foundation for continued progress on child online safety and digital gender equity.


Session transcript

Sunita Grote: Good morning, everyone. Welcome. It is my honor to welcome you to this session on behalf of UNICEF. My name is Sunita Grota. I lead the UNICEF Ventures team where we explore how openly built emerging technologies can accelerate results for children. I’m joined for this session by my co-moderator online, Josia and Galia Brown from our Child Rights and Business function at UNICEF. We have prepared for you today a two-segment open forum. The first one will look at and bring together a diverse perspective on the unique role that different stakeholders can play play in creating a safe online environment for children. In the second segment, we’ll be looking specifically at how to close equity divides that we still find in the online world and in the design and implementation of digital solutions. We’re going to be focusing particularly on the gender divide and looking at how to design and implement solutions for women and girls. For the first segment, I’m going to hand over to Josie, who will take us through that discussion Excuse us while we try and sort out the technology. There we go. That looks promising. Josie, can you- Hi. Can you hear me? Excellent. Okay. Fantastic. So over to you for the first segment, please.


Josianne Galea Baron: Thank you so much. Forgive the technical issues. It’s great to be live now. It’s great to see everybody in the room. Thank you, Sunita, for setting the scene. Let’s get started with the first part. of this open forum. As has already been introduced, the first part of our forum today will focus on one key question, which is how can different stakeholders from across sectors play their part in delivering a digital world that works for children, one that keeps them safe, respects their rights, and positively supports their well-being. This task represents one of the defining challenges of our times, as we know, with countries around the world grappling with some critical questions, like how will digital technologies, including generative AI, impact children’s lives positively, negatively now and in the future? Or what is the right age for children to participate in online platforms? Or what emerging risks and dangers await children as they explore new digital environments? These worries about what happens online speak to real-world harms and challenges experienced by children today that demand urgent action. Research published by UNICEF Innocenti earlier this month found that children who experience online sexual abuse or exploitation and online bullying have significantly higher levels of anxiety, more suicidal thoughts and behaviors, and are more likely to self-harm. So these are real-world challenges. Having said all that, meaningful access, as we’ll hear more about later, are oftentimes a critical lifeline to opportunities. So our task is to protect and empower children as active participants and pioneers of the digital world as opposed to protecting them from the digital world. So with that, I’m delighted today to be joined by four distinguished speakers to help us understand and explore these issues. Our panelists will take us on a tour around the world, from China to South Africa to Norway and the Netherlands, to see also different perspectives representing distinct stakeholder groups, from regulators to investors to brands and beyond, and explore. how these issues are being addressed in different contexts. We have limited time, so we’ll do our best to engage. We will ask you to put questions or comments in the Zoom chat only if you’d like to engage with us, and we’ll do our best to either address them at the end of this Part 1 or follow up with you later. So with that, let me turn to our first distinguished speaker, Ms. Zhao, Associate


Sunita Grote: Professor and Secretary General of China Federation of Internet Societies, which is a body that convenes the industry under the leadership of the government. Ms. Zhao graduated with a PhD degree of political science and theory from School of Government at Peking University, and she has many years of public management experience in the field of education and a great deal of international experience as well. Ms. Zhao, thank you for joining us today. With the world’s largest population of child internet users and a rapidly growing digital ecosystem, we’d love to hear from you. What measures is China putting in place to guide its internet industry to respect children’s rights


Zhao Hu: in the digital age? Over to you. Hello everyone. Good morning. It’s a great honor to address this forum. The China Federation of Social Societies started in May 2018. We are honored to hold special consecutive status with the UN ECOSOC. Currently, we have 528 members, including major internet corporations like Tencent, Baidu, and Alibaba. Our goal is to promote the development of the digital economy and informatics carry out China has the world’s largest population of child internet users. We have made sustained efforts in protecting minors online. First, strengthening legal safeguards. In 2020, Law of the People’s Republic of China on Protection of Minors introduced a dedicated online protection chapter. In 2021, the Personal Information Protection Law further specifies special protections for children’s personal data. In 2024, the regulations on the protection of minors in cyberspace addresses critical issues such as cyber bullying, data breaches, and internet addiction. Complementary regulations like the provisions on the cyber protection of children’s personal information and the interim measures for the management of generative artificial intelligence services have been enacted under the guidance of the Cyberspace Administration of China. Second, enhancing government oversight. The CAC conducts annual campaigns to regulate minors’ online environments, particularly during summer breaks, urging platforms to standardize use focus. Communities. Leading internet companies have improved minor mode functions, established rapid reporting mechanisms, adopted restrictive measures to against cyber bullying. Collaborative efforts among public security, market regulation and the culture and the tourism, target game accounting trading and anti-addiction system circumvention. Third, mobilizing social forces. The CFIS has established a professional community called Committee on Minors on Life Protection and launched the ad-spread public welfare initiative, protecting the rights and the interests of minors. The online security and digital literacy courses we produced have received over 10 million views. Compiled and published the Minors on Life Protection Annual Report 2024, promoted the preparation of national standards such as guidelines for the safety of AI technology involving minors. Enhancing the protection of children’s rights through industry self-discipline. Fourth, deepening international cooperation. China has learned from international best practices and shared with the world the results of its experience. CFIS partners with the UNICEF China in 2024 to launch the safety by design corporate case collection activity. The selected cases will introduce China’s progress to global internet companies. Distinguished guests, building an inclusive digital future that respects children’s rights is our shared responsibility. In September this year, we will hold the international conference on the child online protection in China. We sincerely invite all of you to come to China at that time to share and discuss practical experiences and the future prospects of China’s online protection with us. Let us collaborate to create a safe, empowering online environment. Thank you, thank you.


Josianne Galea Baron: Excellent, thank you so much Ms. Zhao for so clearly and succinctly outlining also the importance of crafting strategies across a range of different levers and building blocks. The role of building digital literacy skills, the role of lawmakers, and the importance of knowledge exchange and also cooperation really appreciate that intervention. Now let’s move from China to South Africa, turning to our second speaker to bring the perspective of a national regulator for online services. I’m very delighted to introduce advocate Lindhorst joining us online, who is an executive responsible for research, regulatory development, registration, and licensing compliance and enforcement at South Africa’s Film and Publication Board. She has more than 10 years experience in regulatory policy, legal, compliance, and enforcement. Welcome to you, Advocate Lindhorst. The South African Film and Publication Board has taken a proactive stance on child online safety through regulatory frameworks, public education and community outreach. In your efforts to protect children in digital spaces, how do you navigate the balance between driving systemic accountability among digital platforms, equipping users, especially children and caregivers with digital literacy and ensuring accessible mechanisms for address when harm occurs? So, very easy question for you. Thank you so much for joining us. Over to you. Good morning, and thank you very much for


Makhosazana Lindhorst: having us. So, as the Film and Publication Board, we are an online safety regulator that is really responsible for ensuring that South Africans are protected from online harms. So as a regulator, we have regulation frameworks that we have. So streamers of films, games and certain publications are required to register with us as the Film and Publication Board. So that gives us an opportunity to ensure that we are able to have the checks and balances, but through the law, we are able to ensure that the measures that they have ensures that there’s online safety for children. But more importantly, when it comes to social media platforms, as a regulator, we ensure that where there is a prohibited content, harmful content that is brought to their attention through issuing our takedown notice to ensure that prohibited content that might cause a psychological harm to children, it’s being removed. So when it comes to the issue of education and awareness, that is also an area that we focus on as a regulator, because giving digital skills, just like China, that is our priority to ensure that South Africans are given digital skills, especially parents. That becomes the most important part because children have a right to responsible parenting and they also have the right to privacy. Whilst outside the mandate of the FPB, but as a country, we also have privacy laws that ensures that children’s rights are also protected and platforms are required to ensure that they comply with those laws. But on a day-to-day basis, we have a team of dedicated advocacy officers who goes to schools and ensures that children are protected and educated in terms of how they’re supposed to conduct themselves online. We also have toolkits that empowers them, including the teachers and parents. So that is the work that we do as the Filament Publication Board. We work closely with law enforcement. agencies, especially on issues of child sexual abuse material, where we have a team of social workers who are also our investigators that works on the case close with the police to make sure that they compile the reports that we take to court and serves as evidence. We have a dedicated committee, so if one feels their right is being affected by online content, they can lodge a complaint with us and that can be taken to the enforcement committee, which is a quasi-judicial body. And what makes it important is that we are not competing with any other mentors through the court process. This is a dedicated quasi-judicial body that is focusing on issues of online safety and other compliance issues within our mandate.


Josianne Galea Baron: Wonderful. Thank you so much, Advocate Lindhorst, for giving us that very different perspective of a regulator. You’re using different keywords that tease out such an important groups of people and professionals that play an important role in this. Social workers, law enforcement, investigators, these are very important elements for us to think about. But with that, we’re going to take another shift of gears. When we think about children’s online experiences, it’s natural to think of regulators or the responsibility of social media companies or other players in the tech sector. We also have our two next speakers who will help to shed a light on the important roles and responsibilities of other players and influencers in the broader ecosystem that also have a very critical part to play in delivering positive change for children. They will also share about work being done with UNICEF. I’ll turn to Caroline Erickson, who joins you in the Karum, who is the head of the social media and active ownership at Norges Bank Investment Management, or MBIM. Caroline heads the social team within the active ownership area of MBIM. In this role, she leads the work on policy development and engagement with portfolio companies on social sustainability topics, including children’s rights. Welcome to the panel, Caroline. As an investor, MBIM interacts with a large number of companies all around the world. What is the role that investors can play in advancing responsible business conduct for child rights and safety online, and how is MBIM addressing the topic of child rights and responsible business in the digital space?


Caroline Eriksen: Over to you, Caroline. Thank you so much, Josie. I’m delighted to be here. Thanks to everyone following here in the room and online. MBIM is a global financial investor in almost 9,000 companies in 70 markets. So we own a small slice of most of the companies in the world. As a global investor, we depend on well-functioning markets and a long-term sustainable development in economic, environmental, and social sense. We want companies to operate responsibly and with a long-term horizon. And to ensure long-term returns, as a minority shareholder, we can use our leverage to influence companies and improve market practices. Child rights in the digital environment is an important topic for us. We are a fund for future generations, and about 30% of today’s population are children, and they spend an increasing amount of time online. Failure to respect children’s rights can be a material risk for companies. It can entail legal, financial, reputational risk, and they can affect their license to operate. And it goes beyond digital companies, right? As Josie mentioned, for example, think about retail. They may not consider themselves a tech company, but they may impact children’s rights through digital advertising, through other ways of their operation. So it’s a topic that’s relevant to companies across sectors and across markets. It’s also an area where we see an increasing amount of regulation. I can mention the EU Digital Services Act or other types of regulation in other markets. This is regulation that asks companies to be open about how they’re addressing and managing impacts on children’s rights online. This is why we have entered a partnership with UNICEF over the last few years addressing exactly this topic. Together, BSR and UNICEF have done research on companies’ reports and looked at more than 200 reports to see how they address child rights impacts online. They found that only a few of them actually meaningfully address how the companies impact children’s rights. We also experienced this in our bilateral dialogue with companies. They see it as a material topic, but how to address this in reporting is still an area of development. UNICEF and BSR, together with industry, academia and civil society, have developed a set of disclosure recommendations and a guidance that we will soon publish and share with everyone. In fact, I can give a little teaser today. We will launch this officially on Thursday, the 27th of June. I’m really excited about this. It will be a webinar and I’m going to actually show… So yes, here on the screen, you can scan this QR code and sign up to attend the launch webinar. Really excited about this, watch this space, and thank you so much. Hope to see you there. Thank you so much for that intervention, Caroline.


Josianne Galea Baron: I think it’s so important for us to expand our minds and think about the different roles that actors who might be more of the quote-unquote unusual suspects and the very important influence and role that they can play in advancing the goals that we’re talking about. And I hope to see all of you joining us in two days on Thursday for the launch of the disclosure recommendations, which will also include the research that Caroline described. So with that, I will move us on to our final speaker. But before I do, a quick reminder, if you are joining in person or on the Zoom, you are very welcome to make a comment or a question in the chat, and hopefully we will have time to address some of those at the end. So again, and this is something also that Caroline gestured towards, is that when thinking about the variety of industry players that are relevant for child rights and safety online, the deployers of digital technologies are also key stakeholders, not only those that develop digital technologies. Alex Gelt joins us online. He’s the digital ethics leader for Inter-IKEA Group with responsibility to develop digital ethics practices across the IKEA value chain. He has experience of initiating and embedding digital ethics in several public and private organizations through his work with the UK Civil Service and Deloitte. Alex, what does Inter-IKEA mean to you? inter-IKEA group have to do with child rights and safety online? This is a question that I’m sure you get asked in different places. And what actions are you taking? How can other brands play an active role in understanding and addressing their impacts on child rights and safety online? Over to you, Alex. I don’t think we can hear you, Alex, if we can test the mic. It looks like it’s working now.


Alexander Galt: Thanks, I see. And good morning to those of you in Norway and hey to everyone joining online. And thanks for having me here today, IGF, and great speakers that we’ve had so far. And thank you to the fellow panelists. And echoing a lot of what Caroline has just said in terms of being a responsible business. So, first of all, what does IKEA have to do with child rights? We’ve made the commitment to integrate child rights into everything we do across all of the IKEA organizations. And we take that responsibility to ensure that children come to no harm as a result of the direct contact that we have with children and the indirect contact that we have wherever we do business in the IKEA value chain. And whilst we think that coming to the stores is a key part of the IKEA experience, we know that contact with people happens increasingly in an online context. So, actually, most of our shopping journeys start online through the more established e-commerce websites and applications that we have, but also through platforms. search or social media, and other types of emerging platform engagement, whether that’s peer-to-peer reselling marketplaces or social gaming. And where we have direct contact, we put measures in place to protect child rights. So whether that’s our policy and processes on child safeguarding, the data protection mechanisms that we put in place when we engage with children when we’re developing our products, or for the technologies that we put in the home. So this is our IKEA smart product range, where we’ve taken an inclusive design approach with diverse families to hear the voice of the child in relation to design choices that we should make when we’re developing those products. And as mentioned there by Caroline a bit, marketing and digital marketing, I think, is a big area where we have contact with children. So when it comes to marketing, we have a strong point of view already for many years on how we portray children in marketing material. So these are the images and the media content that goes out into the world. And we make sure that we show and express children in a respectful way, in a way that brings them no harm and shows them in the positive light that they need to be. So this is largely what’s in our control and can be directly governed within the IKEA value chain. However, we also want to take a child rights perspective in the more indirect contact places that we have across the value chain. And that needs a more nuanced approach based mostly on the relationships that we have with partners. So again, on this marketing topic, we’re pretty clear or very clear on what we require when we are addressing children, that there is no direct targeting of children in our commercial messages. However, we don’t just stop there. And we know that a lot of child rights harms can also come from other types of practices other than and direct targeting. So whether that’s new monetization techniques like gamification or new models of engagement from influencer marketing or content creator marketing that represent a new form of child labor. And we know this happens on the platforms that we’re engaged with, and we want to take responsibility of how that conduct happens. And brands like IKEA are the companies that fund this digital marketing ecosystem. We buy the media space to engage with people who want to buy our products. And we think that comes with responsibilities and ability to influence. And we want to influence because we know that there is a growing knowledge that these interactions have the potential for harm. So in the partnership that we’ve had with UNICEF, we’ve wanted to research those harms and understand how to best counteract them, especially through the complexity of the different actors in the digital marketing ecosystem. It’s not just a binary of brands and platforms, there’s many actors within the space and many leverage points that we need to engage with. And this allows us to make informed decisions when we’re partnering with media agencies or ad tech companies and the partners that we choose to engage with. And we pass this through our value chain and how we then govern our brand and marketing operations. So this research has enabled the development of a toolkit to break down the due diligence actions and responsibilities that each actor in the value chain should take. So us and those that we are then giving our money to. Helps us to move from this kind of binary thinking of yes, no, or good or bad, should we be online or not, to have a more holistic picture of what, when, who, and how we should engage. So this toolkit will be openly available to all organizations who want to use it, but especially encourage brands who are at the start of this value chain to adopt it and work with the organizations that they outsource their actions to, in order for them to adopt their requirements and recommendations, and that we can uplift the child rights perspective. Thank you, Alex, and for rounding off the panel of different perspectives, right?


Josianne Galea Baron: I think that you tease out such an important element that we return to in so many different areas of business and human rights, which is to take a value chain approach to not only look at one particular actor, but also the bigger picture of the connections in the industry, the different leverage that different actors might have on other players, and the importance of human rights due diligence, which is certainly a very important red thread that goes through the different resources that we’ve discussed. And again, I hope to engage with many of you in the room and online around the digital marketing work that we will be issuing later this year as well. So definitely watch that space. We do have some moments for engagement, so please do engage with us on the chat. Thank you to one participant who’s sharing some research that they have. This is wonderful. And if you are in the room and would like to engage, then please also do it in the chat. I will give a moment or two to anybody who’d like to participate. And if no questions, I will very happily hand over to Sunita to guide us through part two of the forum. Fabulous. It was all very clear. No questions at all. I will hand over back to you, Sunita.


Sunita Grote: Thank you so much. Very much looking forward to the part two of this forum. Thank you. Thank you very much, Josiane. I’m going to ask you both to exit the stage, please, on that side, and we’ll move over to the second segment. of this forum. We are again going to be joined by two panelists online as well as two in the room, so I’ll ask Silje and Lisa please to join me on stage. So in this segment we’re going to be keeping our focus on the importance and concrete actions that various stakeholders can take, particularly to ensure that the digital world, the value and the impact that it has to offer is more accessible and available to those who could benefit the most. So for this panel today I am joined here on stage by Lisa Sivertsen, Director of Human Development at NORAD. I’m joined also by Silje Dahl, First Secretary for Development Corporation at the Embassy of Sweden in Pretoria. And online we’re joined by two speakers, Tawhida Shiropa, Founder and CEO of Monar Bandhu, she joins us from Bangladesh, and Annina Wersun, Co-Founder and Chief Impact Officer of OpenCRVS. So keeping in mind the reflections and recommendations we heard in the first segment, we’re going to focus our discussion further to an often still overlooked and excluded half of the world’s population, women and girls. What we know is that at present 31% of women worldwide are not in education, employment or training. 740 million women in developing economies remain unbanked. One in five adolescent girls are married before the age of 18. These are some of the wicked challenges, some of the big problems that many of us here in the room and definitely those of us on stage are working to tackle on a day-to-day basis. Digital technologies do in fact hold significant promise to help us address some of these challenges, but we are currently falling far short in realizing that potential. In fact we see that not only are we missing a lot of opportunities for women to be successful in the digital world, but we’re also missing a lot of opportunities for women to be successful in the digital world. are missing solutions to address those challenges, often completely in the market. When they do exist, we’re not able to access them. We’re not able to scale them because they are behind often closed or prohibitory intellectual property regimes. When they are accessible, when solutions are being designed for everybody, we often see that actually they fail to meet the needs of women and girls. For instance, we know that almost half of publicly documented bias in AI systems is bias against women and girls. We know that only about 2% of medical research funding goes towards pregnancy, childbirth and reproductive health. If we look at the private sector, only 3% of investment going into digital health is actually focused on solutions that are addressing female health challenges. Similarly, in private capital, only 2% of investment in 2023 went to companies that are co-founded or founded by women. We at the Venture Fund, UNICEF runs a venture fund that provides seed funding to entrepreneurs in developing countries, really had to learn that the hard way. We realized that when we did investing as usual, we just mirrored what we saw in the private capital industry. But at the same time, the investment opportunities in women’s health in particular are massive. The industry is projected to grow to $1.2 trillion by 2030. And so clearly for all stakeholders around the table, there are massive gains to be made if we start focusing our efforts more deliberately on meeting the needs of women and girls. So what can we do to close this gap? How can we make inclusive technology for everyone? How can we leverage this opportunity? So I’d like to start with you, Lisa, please. Thank you for joining us today. I think you had the shortest commute of all of us to get here. We have partnered for a number of years together, particularly around digital public goods, and we co-founded the Digital Public Goods Alliance. Would you be able to share with us your observations of some of the gaps that you’ve seen in your work, where efforts around digitalization, around innovation at country level have really failed to meet the needs of women and girls? Thank you, thank you Sunita, and thank you for inviting us. Yeah, I did have a short commute, but I was delayed because the trains were delayed, so sorry to everyone about


Lisa Sivertsen: that on behalf of Oslo. Thank you so much for inviting us to be here, and I think your introduction really highlighted so many of the gaps and the structural barriers that women and girls are facing, and I think gender-blind digital tools and infrastructures will really enhance those gaps and disparities, and also the structural discrimination. So, from NORAD and Norwegian side, we are very committed to do what we can from our side to build down those structural barriers, and I think even though the gaps really do still exist, and even though we also see some very worrying negative trends when it comes to gender and marginalization in terms of access to digital tools, but also the failure of designing gender diverse tools, and I think also there is a lot of research pointing to the lack of trust in those systems, which I think is a big issue for all societies in the world. What gives me hope is that there are also so many examples. of partners and also governments working together with the private sector, research institutions, civil society, women’s social movements to close those gaps. If I could highlight some of those examples, there are so many. I think from the Norwegian side and NORAD, we try to do what we can to support initiatives and new tools, but we also really try to focus on the system approach. What can we do to enhance and support global digital public goods, but also the infrastructure that every country in the world really needs to invest in to make sure that you have inclusive digitalization. We are so grateful about the opportunity to work with UNICEF and also with UNESCO. We work on engaging more women and girls to get education and work within the STEM sectors. I think that’s a really crucial investment that we need to do for the years and the future to come. We are also really excited about the digital education strategy of UNICEF. Norway has been supporting for more than 20 years this digital public good infrastructure that is being designed by the University of Oslo. It has a really complicated name, DHIS2, but it’s an excellent tool. It was designed to be a low-cost open source. infrastructure for dealing with health data for lower-income countries. During the pandemic, it actually proved so easy to use and such a safe tool that it spread also and it was taken into use also by a lot of middle-income and high-income countries, including Norway. We actually started using it ourselves. So that’s an excellent and important tool that we will continue. More than 100 countries are now using it. And then OpenCR-VS is also another system that we have invested in. So that’s an open source system for birth registration and a lot of other official tools as well to use, which I think provides, being open source, it also builds trust and it makes it possible to adjust to the needs of women and girls.


Sunita Grote: Yeah, fantastic. And you’ve set the scene really nicely for some of the discussion points we’ll dig into a little bit later. We’ve actually got Annina joining us from OpenCR-VS. I think she can probably speak to that specific example even more. And we’ll try and talk a little bit more about this crossover between safety and trust and open source as well in the second half with two of the product owners that are going to be joining us online. So thank you for that. Silja, I’d be interested to hear from your experience leading Sida’s engagement regionally, what successful approaches you’ve seen in your region around digital innovations that’s being designed with and for women and girls. Maybe specifically how that’s influenced your viewpoint, your engagement, your choices and approaches in the region.


Silje Dahl: Thank you, Sunita, and thank you for inviting me. I think it’s great that we have both Sida and Norad in the same room since we are, of course, allies and working closely with a lot of different thematics. At the Swedish Embassy in South Africa, we work specifically on integrating the Swedish government’s strategy for sexual reproductive health and rights in Africa. So we work with, of course, many different stakeholders, UN agencies, civil society, social businesses, entrepreneurs. And I think globally CIDA has about 140 partners working specifically on digitalization as well. So it is a priority for us and also, of course, for the Swedish government. But I think for CIDA it’s very important that we support programs and partners that actually are bridging that digital gap and the gender divide as well. And ensuring that women and girls actually can access digital tools that are useful for them as well. And that’s one of the reasons why we have recently joined into a partnership with UNICEF for this specific FEMTIC initiative. Because we also know that entrepreneurs are the ones who will develop the new models. They will come up with the new technologies, with the new ideas that can potentially enable economic growth, but also lift people out of poverty. Which is, of course, our end goal. However, as you very well said, Sunita, women are very underrepresented in this area. And we see that there is a lot of digital products being developed that are not at all addressing the actual needs of women and girls. And especially within SRHR, where we work a lot. And we also know that in many rural areas, in many countries, women and girls, they don’t have access to digital devices. They don’t have internet. So how do we reach them with information? So for us it’s important also to support initiatives that not only support women and girls, but also women and girls. not only cover this gap, but also work on providing correct data. They might work on domestic financing, for example, or trying to have inclusive policies and legislations in their specific countries. But most importantly, that the solutions that we are supporting are locally adapted and actually are for the groups that we are intended to work with and also for the groups that normally are left behind, like the LGBTQI community, for example. A few examples from our region of partners that we support, and I think that in the previous sessions it was touched upon as well, the backside of digitalization and the harm of children online. So we have one partner working specifically on ending gender-based violence and they have developed different tools on how to work with that. And they work specifically on addressing technology-facilitated GBV, which is a new word I just learned in the Southern Africa region. But it’s very interesting because they also see that GBV has increased online and is also posing a risk of normalizing violence. And so they work with both civil society organizations, but also governments in ensuring that technology-facilitated GBV is incorporated into national legislation and policies. So that’s one example of how we can work with that in regards to women and girls. We also have another partner working on improving access to SRHR information in Western Central Africa, which is a region in Africa that is very difficult to work with SRHR and it’s sometimes very controversial as well. So you need to find ways to share information in a way that is not super controversial. And we also know that youth are more vulnerable. for example, to HIV, to other sexually transmitted diseases, and also early and unwanted pregnancies. And with this app, they can gain access and information that is anonymous and also safe, and they can also get information on how to find health facilities where they can get support. And so far, this app has reached about 9 million young people in that region. So, just two examples on how we work on that.


Sunita Grote: Yeah, fantastic. Thank you. And you called out specifically, I think, the ingenuity of entrepreneurs in kind of putting forward and trying new approaches. So, I’d like to turn now to our online speakers. We have Tawhida joining us from Bangladesh. And she’s a recipient of the UNICEF Venture Fund as part of our health cohort that we launched last year. And her team provides holistic well-being services in person and online in Bangladesh for children and young adults. And they’ve developed an app where, with support of the UNICEF Venture Fund, they’re looking at building an open machine learning model to help them enhance detection and also recommendations to parents. So, Tawhida, I’d love to hear from you if we can kind of dig into a little more deeper into actual, a specific solution, a specific product. Kind of hear from you how this idea of really putting the needs and rights, like safety, like data privacy and others, of women and girls at the center of how you’ve developed your product. Over to you, please.


Tawhida Shiropa: Thank you. Thank you very much, Sunita. And a very good morning, very good afternoon from my side. And thank you for having me today. And, yeah, first of all, I wanted to really show my gratitude to the UNICEF Innovation Team, especially UNICEF Venture Fund. And because I’m here because of the journey. And now I’d like to talk more about the technology and the product. We will be talking more about the passion that we are building right now in Bangladesh. So, at Moner Buntu, it’s a woman-led start-up company, so we’re building and transforming the mental health and well-being for all, especially the women, girls, because it’s a woman-led company, so we’re always considering the women in our first priority. And where we develop the technological team and the other things, we always mention and prioritize that. So, Moner Buntu is transforming the mental health and well-being using AI and the machine learning model and human-centric approaches, including the counseling, the psychometric assessments, and well-being tips and techniques, and all this assessment as well. And when we talk about the girls’ and women’s safety, this is something we always think about. The first thing we have to make sure of, because when we start the conversation from the very scratch and building our technology, especially the Manushi app, which is for the child well-being, and we’re using the open source and very much aligned with the digital public goods. So, we’re keeping those in mind, and with this spirit, we make sure that it’s co-designed with the girls. It’s not like something we build, I mean, like considering our idea, our thoughts. But I think thousands of students, not only from the urban area, then the rural and the semi-urban, even the remote area girls who are taking our services every day. So we wanted to build this app with them. We sat with them. We talked like the, I think, hours after hours, what are their struggles, what are the things they have been going through. And they told us about their being afraid to report their abuse, especially in their abuse by their, sometimes their community. or something happened is the gender-based violence they face, even about hiding their anxiety, especially the anxiety in the exam, anxiety, another anxiety that sometimes they thought about the cell phone issues. So, and they shared like at the time when they are going through this kind of issue, there was no private space so they can share those things because they think like maybe it would be like, it would be public or they will be, I mean like again, they will be bullied from their peers or in the social media or that online platform. So, we built and considering their thoughts and when we sat with them, so and we always, you know, make sure those things like we build the anonymized assessment and of course we designed this quick checking space in our app and make sure we could choose a female counselor so anytime they can reach out to us through our platform. And another thing we always wanted to make sure like the safety, you know, the for girls safety is not about the encryption, you know, we said like our model or our app is end-to-end encrypted, but for girls what we have seen, we have experienced for girls safety is the emotional safety. So, when a girl fills out the, I think the check-in, well-being check-ins or fill out anything assessment, so we wanted to make sure from our side we prioritize their data protected security. Sometimes they are under arrest might be so that they don’t have the access on the mobile phones or smartphone. So, we take the variable concept from their parents, but sometimes parents are not that much educated and those times we also call them and, you know, discuss with them these other things. So, this would be helpful for your child well-being and then we get the concept from them. Of course, we wanted to make sure the data and security with that note and of course and with that sense we said. like our back-end system. And we have the rest flags, like the high-risk flag to responses in the real time. So whenever we can see any time kinds of the gender-based or trauma-centric anonymized data, we said. So immediately, our counselors or our female counselor, they respond to the client. And of course, we maintain all the sensitive escalation protocol. We always maintain those. And number three, I wanted to mention the privacy. When we developed our whole process, even the UX design, we always got the feedback from the customer and always input those feedback into our site and the app as well. And with that means, like what we want to say, like this, of course, is encrypted, distorted, the very rooted access controlled by our tech team. And we also maintain the global standards things. And it is true, I think Sunita mentioned the first part. And I think I heard all the conversation from our amazing panelists. So this is true, like the AI models can be biased to some point. And that includes also the large language model and the ML and the machine learning models. So we always wanted to make sure like, of course, this data have to be protected, have to have the guided and accurate, as much as accurate data. Then we can provide those things. And of course, I think that later on, maybe that we will discuss more on the open source. But what we have seen so far with when we’re deploying this, the 10, almost 10,000 students and adolescents, including the majority of the adolescence girls in the rural school and some schools in the urban area. So and what we have seen, like we got that, I think, huge response from their side. And that will help us to accurate more data processing system. And of course, with that note, we maintain this like that. We wanted to make sure like the whole protocols, the whole sensitive things would be the gender. We maintained the gender-sensitive framework, and of course this had to be very human-centric. And we wanted to really get all those advantages from AI and technology so it can be more accessible for everyone. And one thing I really wanted to make sure from my side, and this is our vision, is that the Manushio app is not just an app, it’s an upcoming technology. We wanted to make sure it’s a promise to all the young girls so they can feel safe, so they will be heard. And the most important thing, whatever they have gone through, they don’t need to be gone through at their site. So this is something we built from our side. And yes, here we are. And thank you to the UNICEF Venture Fund. They gave us lots of ideas and insights about the digital public good, and of course the open source. So we wanted to make sure it’s very cost-effective and low maintenance costs, and very transparent with what we’re building right now.


Sunita Grote: Thank you very much. Thanks so much, Tawhida. Really good points, I think, around – thank you, you’re getting some applause in the room in case you can’t hear it. Really good points around really emphasizing that product development and product design is a necessary part but in no way sufficient if we think of inclusivity of an entire program and making sure we reach women and girls and provide them that emotional safety that you spoke to. I’d like to dig a little bit deeper into an aspect that several speakers have already touched on, which is this idea of creating digital solutions that are digital public goods. If you haven’t already and you’re not familiar with the concept, there’s a great booth just outside by the Digital Public Goods Alliance where you can learn a little bit more about the concept and meet some of the partner organizations. There’s also a high-level panel this afternoon that’s going to bring together major players in the digital public goods space. My little plug. But here we share this commitment and we have panelists that are very active. chosen to develop in the open and to develop open source solutions. So I’d like to turn, Annina I’m gonna start with you because we haven’t heard from you yet, really and hear your perspective about what role does this approach and focus on open source actually play in improving inclusivity and safety of solutions? How does that approach enable us to build that trust and to actually


Annina Wersun: operationalize this commitment that we have? Yeah, absolutely. Thank you so much Sunita and good morning, good afternoon to all of you. It’s an honor to join the panel and I feel truly inspired as I so often do when listening to the work that other people are doing in this area. So thank you as well for all the work that you’re doing. So as Sunita mentioned I’m from OpenCRBS and we are a digital public good for civil registration and vital statistics. So that’s the registration of births, deaths, marriages, divorces, adoptions and the use of that data for vital statistics purposes. And when we talk about inclusivity by design it’s really not just a principle, it’s something that we can demonstrate in practice. And as a digital public good, OpenCRBS gives countries a chance to see what inclusive digital services can look like right out of the box. So when a country starts to use OpenCRBS they will see a pre-configured version of the system based on our default country. It’s a fictitious country that we’ve created called Farageland and it supports a number of different vital events. And so the forms that they see initially are designed specifically to spark important conversations. So these countries can then subsequently configure the forms, they can make them work exactly as they need, that’s the whole premise of OpenCRBS, that it’s configurable for a range of different country contexts. But they can see out of the box what is possible. So what’s an example of trying to spark these conversations? Take birth registration, for example. In many countries, the father’s details are either assumed or required. But OpenCRBS shows an alternative, and that is a birth registration form that does not mandate the father’s information. And that simple design choice opens the door to discussions, even at the highest levels, about how to create more inclusive services for single mothers, for survivors of gender-based violence, or for any situation that doesn’t fit a narrow norm. And we’ve seen in many countries, when this comes up and we do a demonstration of the system, we have the reaction, oh, well, you know, why are the father’s details not there? Of course, you know, a woman would always be married. And these conversations at the highest level really allow us to explore these assumptions and also inform and educate those who may just not have access to this information. We’ve had some really, really interesting, engaging discussions where people have come away with a different perspective. It’s a powerful example of how design can lead policy and how a digital public good can educate and influence across government just by showing what’s possible. We also use data to reinforce this idea. So OpenCRBS includes dashboards specifically configured to highlight insights into the experiences of women and girls, insights that too often go unseen. And as civil registration is the only continuous source of population data, it really is so rich if you just ask it the right questions. Imagine if a government could pinpoint where young mothers were giving birth, so they could direct maternity services to those areas, or whether they could understand where and how women are dying to target life-saving interventions. Just being able to visualise this, and Sarah Walsh. So, we have to visualise these options. So, out of the box, OpenCRBS comes with this option and countries can take it away if they don’t want it. But more often than not, they see this data and they accept the data. And in fact, they might bring in another ministry, for instance, Ministry of Women’s Affairs in many countries, that they can take away from this data. So, we have to think about how we can make it more inclusive and how we can make it more specific interventions. And this really for us is the power of inclusive design, backed by meaningful data. It’s not just about technology, and as Tawhida said, there’s so much more to an implementation of OpenCRBS than just this design. But it certainly allows us to begin shifting systems and showing governments what good and how we want to start things, in order to ensure what we want to accomplish and what we want to change. So, we have bought these already. They have actually been built by GodforSoce. And as you imagine, they are incredibly different. If you want to be heeders of them, you have to build them by yourself first.


Sunita Grote: Thank you. Thank you very much, Anita.


Tawhida Shiropa: Of course, this the first thing from our experience is wonderful. What we do is we have the thousands of millions of people, they are getting our service. We have to do a lot of things to ensure the inclusivity and the safety, especially when we are working with the vulnerable communities, young girls, adolescent girls, and marginalized communities, and the women, of course, definitely. So one thing we wanted to make sure for, and to, I think, using the open source, because when we’re starting working with the open source code, like this is very, I think, very transparent, right? What our code like is open. So of course, like the anonymous data, the encrypted data. So we don’t want to show anyone’s personalized information, but the whole coding system that can be open, and the communities, the stakeholders, including the government can see exactly how the systems are going, right? What a decision already made. Even the, I think, the safeguard policy, what we have taken so far. And one of the things, like the vital things we wanted to make sure within these things, like that dealing with the sensitive data, like the, you know, the mental health, and the well-being data is one of the very personalized and very sensitive data, what we are dealing at this moment. And that’s the open source, one of the things, like, we believe that open source align with the digital, a public course, make us very accountable to our customer, to the people, like to the young girls. Maybe they don’t understand open source, they don’t understand the data and security, but they understand their privacy, right? So I think open source and the digital public, that’s really aligned us to accountable to the girls who share their data with us, or their parents, or the mothers, right? And another thing is like the accountability, you know, builds the trust. So I think that’s the fundamental things when you, I think, providing the mental health services to everyone, there’s a trust, the confidentiality. So that’s the things of, I think, we, I think, align with that. And then another two things, like the, of course, the, you know, the localizations and the tools, like the market, the meaningful things, what we We are building. So as communities, sometimes we went to many communities when even deploying and developing the Manoshi app. So there is many communities, they don’t have the proper applications and some of the, I think, parents, they’re very low income and they don’t understand the data and everything. So we contextualize all those things in their language, sometimes in our language in Bangla, and sometimes in their language, more local things. So we make sure that they understand what we are taking from them, right? So that’s the, I think, open source and the whole digital public goods. When I read all the digital public goods alliance, there’s missions, there’s, I think, statements. So we feel like this is something that’s very good for us and I think proper things. One of the things when we act with the open system, like the local developers and organization customize those things, and that’s also very cost effective because they don’t need to start these things from the very scratch from their side. So they can, you know, anywhere around the world, I think, across the world, so they can just remodeling those things they develop from, I think, deploy in their local context. And of course, there is a flexibility. I think this is one of the things that’s what turns the digital public goods into a human solution. So that’s one of the things that’s very fascinating, what we found. And I think that number three, which I think the last things I wanted to mention, like the removing all those license fees, like, you know, when we start Moner Bandhu and we suffered and struggled with the license fees because sometimes we have the credit card, but we can’t pay from the rules and regulations from the Central Bank of Bangladesh. So we struggled a lot. So I think the upcoming people who are, I think, very… They are very much passionate in the tech industry and especially the females, the entrepreneurs. I really wanted to cheer for them and advocate for them so they can take all these leverages for this. I think the open source code what we are building. So this is something, this makes all those things more inclusive and of course the safety because I mentioned all this accountability makes sure the safety and the trust. So that’s why we are here. And of course it helps with the low resource institutions so they don’t need to spend lots of money on that. And of course they can add up, they can share, they can scale the tool. So there’s all those things that are there. So they just need to hold those things and make sure the accountability and the trust. And of course it’s not about the code, it’s the values, right? So the digital public goods have the values. The UNICEF Venture Fund, they taught us how can we leverage all those, I think, good values and good values incorporate to our impactful business. So I think that’s the things we are doing right now and we are really making sure there’s no one left behind. So we have to be accountable to everyone and I think open source and digital public goods are the two fundamental things that can make sure that. Yeah, we are ready to scale those things in our program and in our app to across the world. Thank you very much.


Sunita Grote: Thanks so much, Toheedan. I think you touched really nicely on all the different benefits we see from open source. So from a product design development, but also a business model perspective around having to tackle questions around fees and licensing and how really that model enables others to pick up your work, adapt it and scale it more easily. So thank you. The other piece that I appreciated is that often we associate digital public goods just with its open sourceness, but you spoke also very nicely and brought us to our attention how the digital public goods standard isn’t just about licensing. It’s also around safety. It’s also around protection. It’s about human rights being standards. And so that digital public goods standards really is something that many of us are trying to hold ourselves to in order to ensure we are respecting human rights in our digital efforts, as well as access and inclusivity. So thanks so much for highlighting those different elements. Lisa, I’d like to come to you on the same question, probably from a different perspective, though I don’t know whether you have built and coded open source products yourself, maybe. It’s just to reflect a little bit more with us on what value you’ve really seen in your focus on digital public goods and on open source, how that’s been kind of a conduit and a facilitator of your focus on safety and inclusivity.


Lisa Sivertsen: So yeah, thank you so much. It’s really interesting to hear from OpenCR, yes, but also entrepreneurs that are building these systems, and I think you mentioned it already, how these systems make it possible to build accountability and trust, because they are transparent, they are open for external audits, and they are also adaptable. And from our side, we’ve actually developed our own open source data policy that we are trying to use across the different areas we work, and there is a lot of resistance, you know, there is a lot of resistance from different companies that are, you know, selling systems that are not open sourced. So this is something that we are really trying to push across areas such as education and health, but also the work that we are doing on environment and climate. So it’s a bit challenging, but I think also it’s crucial. It’s the only way forward, I think, to build these accountable and open systems. It’s also a lot about costs, because open standards makes it possible for different systems to talk to each other and work together. I think we’ve all been frustrated trying to access different digital systems that are not working together. It has a lot of costs, it’s very challenging for everyone. I like the term that Anita was using about emotional safety, giving up your data and engaging with digital systems within national ID systems or health and education. It’s a lot of very sensitive data and you need to have that trust that it’s not going to be misused by someone at the other end. And then of course open source systems do have that potential for being more adapted to the different kinds of users, also marginalized parts of the population in any country. And we really need that to be able to continue to work against those gaps. I think particularly some of those privacy concerns are really relevant to those that tend to be more marginalized, tend to be traditionally more excluded.


Sunita Grote: That’s almost of even higher importance when we work with those sorts of communities. As we move towards the last piece of our discussion, I’m going to ask each of the panelists to reflect a little bit on the role of stakeholders that are not present on this panel and kind of what their calls might be or what their reflections might be. Before we do that, I wanted to specifically turn to Celia. And as part of our ongoing discussions around how we partner together on the Venture Fund, we also have started exploring how we can actually leverage private capital, different finance. modalities beyond traditional grant, beyond traditional development funding to actually move capital flows more towards inclusive technology. So I’d love to hear a little bit from you on Sida’s approach to engaging those different financing instruments. What have you seen happen in that space? Thank you, Sunita. And also, first of all, thank you to all the panelists.


Silje Dahl: Very interesting. And I think that this is what you touched upon now is so important. And I think we all have seen the changing in the donor landscape for the past year. And it’s been, of course, challenging, both as donors and as partners working on the other side to find financing for the work that they do. For the Swedish government, it’s a very high priority that the Swedish Development Corporation should focus on leverage funding from other kind of sources and also supporting our partners in doing that. I think we believe that the part of the additional financial flows to long-term solutions that will empower women and girls and youth needs to come from other, for example, private investments and also that our partners shouldn’t be so donor dependent, to be honest. And in doing that, I think we as donors have a very important responsibility as well. And we know that, for example, today there are very limited opportunities for private actors to do business in fragile contexts or in emerging markets. Local entrepreneurs, they have very limited risk observation capacity, for example. So how can we as donors support them? So at Sida, we have different financial models that have been quite successful, I would say. And one of them is, for example, a guarantee. And that’s where Sida will help reduce the risk to a lender. So for example if we have a new startup, an organization working on health for women and rights in a country in Africa and they want to expand their business, they want to enter new markets, they want to sell products in markets that they haven’t been in before, for example. The local bank might be hesitant saying it’s too big of a risk. Then Sida can cover that potential risk for the bank and enable the organizations to grow and start a business. So that’s something we’ve done a lot in other sectors such as energy and the transport sector, environment and this year we will start doing it in health and SRHR. So very excited about that, but I think it’s a very successful model for trying to find other kind of funding. Another model that we use is mobilizing of capital and that’s where I think Sida has a very important role in being catalytic in connecting different partners with each other. So we can help our partners meet other potential financial partners that can provide support to them and this has been something we’ve been working on for many, many years. But it’s also a way of creating sustainability for our partners and less dependency on us and also forcing them to leverage new money. So what we do is that we say if you can find X amount of money from other funders, we will match that. And I think that’s a model that works really well and especially now when we want to expand into Femtech and work more closely on that and work more on new kind of partnerships. I think it’s very important that we look at different financial models as well. to create more sustainability for our partners, which I think should be an end goal with aid. The government donors should be less, and then there will be other kinds of financing flows coming in.


Sunita Grote: Yeah, thanks so much Silje. I think there’s a really long way to go to close that financing gap, so I really appreciate those efforts. We know, for instance, that less than 1% of VCs, so venture capital funding, goes to Africa. It’s crazy once you think about how unequal that distribution is. And then I spoke earlier about the small proportion that goes to female-founded businesses. So if you put that on top of each other, you end up with a very skewed picture of where private capital is currently flowing. On the UNICEF Venture Fund side, we’ve seen similar experiences, and what we’ve been really excited about is seeing how the development funding, that you’ve mentioned as well, can be catalytic. It can de-risk, right? It can sort of showcase that those risks can be managed. How can they be addressed? What do those markets actually have to offer? How competitive those solutions actually are from an investment opportunity perspective? And so, you know, we’re really looking forward to having more of these conversations with private investors to see how that capital can support some of the aims we’ve discussed here today. I’ll turn my attention to our two speakers online first, and Lisa, I’ll come back to you at the end to just reflect a little bit more on the question as sort of a final call to action in a minute about who else should be at this table to move from kind of maybe what are still fairly niche approaches to shifting entire systems, and what role do you think that they need to play? Anina, I’ll start with you.


Annina Wersun: Yeah, thanks so much. And I think we could probably talk for a long time just on this topic. But I’m going to build, if I may, just on what Celia was talking about, and I am going to call also to the donors. I mean, we are incredibly lucky at OPA. from CRVS, we have the support of NORAD, who really as a donor are gold for us because they see the importance of funding the core product. And as a digital public good, that’s something really, really difficult to find, to find funding that’s very flexible, that understands that we need to manage and maintain a digital product that is ultimately supporting critical government infrastructure and not tying that to specific implementations, for instance. But I would call further to build also on Silje’s point, the challenge we have as digital public goods is to be able to invest in, well, in a few different things. One is absolutely to become sustainable. So we have to think about how we can generate revenue and at OpenCRVS, we’re spending a significant amount of time on this, looking at how we can in a market that really thinks and expects us to be free forever, how we can change that, how we can start charging for our services. And in fact, actually, you know, several countries and partners have seen the value that we can bring to the table, but we do have to start operating more like a business. And sometimes that can be very uncomfortable for partners working in our domain, which is totally understandable. But in the same way to become sustainable, we need to think about creative ways of generating revenue. And just like for-profit companies may, well, most of them invest in research and development, we also want to invest in research and development. And in fact, we would love to establish a research and development branch specifically for women and girls, because we truly believe that there’s so much potential to unlock, both in their experiences and from a protection perspective, but also in the economy. And we have to, you know, we have to recognize also the values, obviously, that women bring to the economy. And so, obviously, civil registration, touching on all these different Thank you so much for joining us today. As we think about life events, there are so many opportunities where we can protect women and girls and prevent them from experiencing a life that doesn’t allow them to become active members, for instance, in society and within the economy. But we do need donors to be able to also invest in that. In the donor landscape, as Silje mentioned, we ask that donors take a risk to support digital public goods upfront to invest. And our promise to donors now in the conversations that we’re having is that in five years’ time, we want to be self-sustainable. But in order to get there, we need upfront investment. We need to invest in R&D. We need to invest in our business development strategies. We need to invest in trying out different business services. And it’s really not traditional. It’s different. It’s not necessarily what our industry is used to. But we’re certainly excited about that future because we want to become self-sustaining. We believe that the value of OpenCRBS has been realized. We’re working with eight countries at the moment, and there’s many more who are kind of lined up to explore. And if we think about the potential of, for instance, preventing child marriage, you know, through understanding the age of children or having data to be able to actively take steps in order to do that, that’s something we want to explore more within our research and development capacity. Just think about the long-term effects that that could have on women and girls, on the economy, and for businesses around the world as well. So really a call to donors to, there are always immediate challenges and problems. The world we live in, unfortunately, is experiencing too many of them at this time. But we truly believe that with upfront investment, we can become self-sustainable. And we do think that digital public goods can do that, and they can bring about more and more positive outcomes for those around the world. Thank you very much.


Sunita Grote: Thanks so much, Nina. Tawhida Shiropa?


Tawhida Shiropa: Yeah, I think this is the question. I want to start with a change in the mindset. First, we need to change the mindset of the stakeholder and to some point the investor. Because I met many investors, sometimes they are not convinced about the open source models. What we are building, they wanted to see the revenue from day one. But throughout the process, we learned how we can generate the revenue. And right now we are generating revenue, we are in the cash positive side and we are profitable as a startup. But I think this journey was quite difficult because access to finance as an entrepreneur, I wanted to mention as a woman entrepreneur, is always very difficult. Especially in the banks and the banking system. I think I wanted to mention in Bangladesh, it’s really difficult to access the finance, especially in the banking system. And of course, we need the investors who really value the impact and who really value alongside with the innovation. And that’s one of the things I really wanted to mention. As Sunita mentioned in the whole conversation, less than 2% of the VC fund goes to women-led startups. So I think we really wanted to change the picture. And I think we have all the capacity and the capability. We have the resources, we just need to trust from the VC side. And because we have the scalability option, we have the safety security, we make sure the inclusivity. We wanted to make sure the proper service to our young girls, the future underserved people. So yes, this is something I really wanted to mention. I think the BC mind should be slightly changed so maybe that can make a bigger difference and of course the huge impact in this world and of course ensuring all this open source model and we are the proved example like it can be profitable, it can be generating revenue so you just need to trust a bit on us and thank you very much.


Lisa Sivertsen: Thanks Tawhida. Lisa. Thank you. I think we definitely need to continue to develop those public-private partnerships in order to mobilize funding, we need to engage emerging donors more, it’s great to have IKEA and others on board but we need to have more participation from the private sector but then also the tools and the systems will not be really meeting their goals unless they also engage the users and a diversity of users also finding ways of how to engage the marginalized communities and people to make sure that the systems actually work for everyone. I think also one last point from me, we need to recognize that digital public infrastructures and goods are essential infrastructures for any society just like roads or electricity, we need those systems to be able to build inclusive digital societies so I think that’s a recognition as well that we need to continue to champion across any geographical context.


Sunita Grote: Thank you. Thank you so much to all of the panelists. including in the first segment, for all of your openness and anecdotes and reflections today. I think it was a very rich discussion. And from my side, I hope that as we go about our business here at the Forum and back home, that this discussion maybe gave each of you one specific action point that you feel you can take home with you as you look at either designing or building products. And we heard very much around the need to be deliberate in design and research to ensure diversity, to be deliberate in how products are designed, what code we choose, what models we choose, what data sets we choose. And also how important it is to be able to look under the hood of a product, to be able to create actual safety, actual data privacy, but also that emotional safety, that empowerment. So that we don’t just have passive users, but we have empowered, informed users that can engage with the digital solutions we’re putting out there in the market and can question us. We heard from Tawhida Shiropa about accountability and how that raises the bar on accountability, which I thought was a really powerful framing. And maybe not surprisingly, I think as all of us are facing completely unprecedented challenges when it comes to the financial landscape, we heard so much about how and where each dollar, each kroner, each euro is put, can really shape not just what’s in the market, but who uses it, and to what extent those users are actually builders and owners of what’s put out there in the world. Today, in terms of digital landscape. So I encourage you to approach those panelists that are in the room for any further discussion that you might be interested in. Thank you very much for choosing us and for spending your precious time listening to this discussion. I, for one, really enjoyed the dialogue. And maybe at the next IGF, I’ll be facilitating a panel of four men talking about the importance of women’s health and looking at inclusive solutions. That’s my hope as I walk away from this panel today. So thank you all and enjoy the rest of your day.


Z

Zhao Hu

Speech speed

75 words per minute

Speech length

462 words

Speech time

369 seconds

Legal frameworks and government oversight are essential for protecting minors online

Explanation

China has implemented comprehensive legal protections including the Law on Protection of Minors with a dedicated online protection chapter, Personal Information Protection Law for children’s data, and regulations addressing cyber bullying, data breaches, and internet addiction. Government oversight through annual campaigns and collaborative efforts among agencies ensures platform compliance and standardization.


Evidence

2020 Law of the People’s Republic of China on Protection of Minors with online protection chapter; 2021 Personal Information Protection Law; 2024 regulations on protection of minors in cyberspace; annual CAC campaigns during summer breaks; collaborative efforts among public security, market regulation and culture/tourism departments


Major discussion point

Child Online Safety and Protection


Topics

Children rights | Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Disagreed with

– Makhosazana Lindhorst

Disagreed on

Role of government oversight vs. industry self-regulation in child protection


Industry self-discipline and collaboration between public-private sectors strengthens child protection efforts

Explanation

The China Federation of Internet Societies mobilizes social forces and promotes industry self-discipline through professional committees and public welfare initiatives. Leading internet companies have improved minor mode functions, established reporting mechanisms, and adopted measures against cyber bullying under this collaborative framework.


Evidence

CFIS has 528 members including Tencent, Baidu, and Alibaba; Committee on Minors Online Protection; online security courses with over 10 million views; Minors Online Protection Annual Report 2024; national standards for AI technology involving minors


Major discussion point

Child Online Safety and Protection


Topics

Children rights | Economic | Cybersecurity


Agreed with

– Makhosazana Lindhorst
– Caroline Eriksen
– Alexander Galt

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for effective child online protection


International cooperation and knowledge sharing are vital for effective child online protection

Explanation

China emphasizes learning from international best practices while sharing its own experiences globally. The partnership with UNICEF and hosting international conferences demonstrates the importance of collaborative approaches to child online protection across borders.


Evidence

CFIS partnership with UNICEF China in 2024 for safety by design corporate case collection; upcoming international conference on child online protection in China in September; sharing China’s progress with global internet companies


Major discussion point

Child Online Safety and Protection


Topics

Children rights | Development | Cybersecurity


M

Makhosazana Lindhorst

Speech speed

146 words per minute

Speech length

446 words

Speech time

182 seconds

Regulatory frameworks must balance platform accountability, digital literacy, and accessible harm reporting mechanisms

Explanation

South Africa’s Film and Publication Board requires platform registration and compliance while issuing takedown notices for harmful content. The regulator combines enforcement with education through dedicated advocacy officers who provide digital skills training to children, teachers, and parents.


Evidence

Registration requirements for streamers of films, games and publications; takedown notices for prohibited content; dedicated advocacy officers visiting schools; toolkits for children, teachers and parents; quasi-judicial enforcement committee


Major discussion point

Child Online Safety and Protection


Topics

Children rights | Legal and regulatory | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Zhao Hu
– Caroline Eriksen
– Alexander Galt

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for effective child online protection


Disagreed with

– Zhao Hu

Disagreed on

Role of government oversight vs. industry self-regulation in child protection


Law enforcement and social workers play critical roles in investigating and addressing online child abuse

Explanation

The Film and Publication Board works closely with law enforcement agencies on child sexual abuse material cases, employing dedicated social workers as investigators. This collaborative approach ensures proper evidence compilation and court proceedings for online child protection cases.


Evidence

Team of social workers who are investigators; collaboration with police; compilation of reports for court evidence; focus on child sexual abuse material cases


Major discussion point

Child Online Safety and Protection


Topics

Children rights | Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


C

Caroline Eriksen

Speech speed

121 words per minute

Speech length

467 words

Speech time

230 seconds

Investors can leverage their influence to promote responsible business conduct regarding child rights across portfolio companies

Explanation

As a global investor in almost 9,000 companies, NBIM uses its leverage as a minority shareholder to influence companies and improve market practices. The fund depends on sustainable development and well-functioning markets, making child rights protection a material concern for long-term returns.


Evidence

NBIM invests in almost 9,000 companies in 70 markets; 30% of today’s population are children who spend increasing time online; failure to respect children’s rights creates legal, financial, and reputational risks


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Roles in Digital Child Rights


Topics

Children rights | Economic | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Zhao Hu
– Makhosazana Lindhorst
– Alexander Galt

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for effective child online protection


Companies beyond tech sector impact child rights through digital advertising and marketing practices

Explanation

Child rights in digital environments extend beyond traditional tech companies to include retail and other sectors that may impact children through their digital advertising and operational practices. This broader perspective recognizes that various industries affect children’s digital experiences.


Evidence

Retail companies may not consider themselves tech companies but impact children’s rights through digital advertising; relevant to companies across sectors and markets


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Roles in Digital Child Rights


Topics

Children rights | Economic | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun
– Alexander Galt

Agreed on

User-centered design and co-creation are fundamental for inclusive technology


Due diligence and transparency in reporting child rights impacts need significant improvement across industries

Explanation

Research examining over 200 company reports found that only a few meaningfully address how companies impact children’s rights online. Despite companies recognizing this as a material topic, there’s a significant gap in how they report and address these impacts in practice.


Evidence

Research by BSR and UNICEF on more than 200 company reports; only a few meaningfully address child rights impacts; companies see it as material but struggle with reporting; increasing regulation like EU Digital Services Act


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Roles in Digital Child Rights


Topics

Children rights | Legal and regulatory | Economic


A

Alexander Galt

Speech speed

157 words per minute

Speech length

882 words

Speech time

336 seconds

Brands must take responsibility for their entire digital marketing value chain and its impact on children

Explanation

IKEA recognizes that most shopping journeys start online and that brands fund the digital marketing ecosystem, creating responsibilities for how that conduct affects children. The company takes a value chain approach to understand and address potential harms through various actors in the digital marketing space.


Evidence

Most IKEA shopping journeys start online through e-commerce, search, social media, peer-to-peer marketplaces, and social gaming; brands fund digital marketing ecosystem by buying media space; research partnership with UNICEF on digital marketing harms


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Roles in Digital Child Rights


Topics

Children rights | Economic | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Zhao Hu
– Makhosazana Lindhorst
– Caroline Eriksen

Agreed on

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for effective child online protection


Companies beyond tech sector impact child rights through digital advertising and marketing practices

Explanation

IKEA demonstrates how non-tech companies have both direct and indirect contact with children through digital channels. The company has developed policies for child safeguarding, data protection, and inclusive design while also addressing indirect impacts through marketing partnerships and platform engagement.


Evidence

IKEA’s commitment to integrate child rights across all organizations; direct contact through e-commerce and smart products; inclusive design approach with diverse families; clear policies on portraying children in marketing; no direct targeting of children in commercial messages


Major discussion point

Stakeholder Roles in Digital Child Rights


Topics

Children rights | Economic | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun

Agreed on

User-centered design and co-creation are fundamental for inclusive technology


S

Sunita Grote

Speech speed

172 words per minute

Speech length

2736 words

Speech time

950 seconds

Massive investment gaps exist with only 2-3% of funding going to women-founded companies or female health solutions

Explanation

Despite the women’s health industry being projected to grow to $1.2 trillion by 2030, only 2% of private capital investment in 2023 went to women co-founded or founded companies. Similarly, only 3% of digital health investment focuses on female health challenges, while medical research funding for women’s health remains at 2%.


Evidence

Only 2% of investment in 2023 went to women co-founded companies; 3% of digital health investment focuses on female health solutions; 2% of medical research funding goes to pregnancy, childbirth and reproductive health; women’s health industry projected to grow to $1.2 trillion by 2030


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Women’s Exclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Economic | Development


Agreed with

– Silje Dahl
– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun

Agreed on

Alternative financing mechanisms are needed to support inclusive technology development


Women face multiple barriers including lack of access to devices, internet, and financial services in developing economies

Explanation

Significant structural barriers prevent women’s participation in the digital economy, with 31% of women worldwide not in education, employment or training, 740 million women in developing economies remaining unbanked, and one in five adolescent girls married before age 18. These challenges limit their ability to benefit from digital technologies.


Evidence

31% of women worldwide not in education, employment or training; 740 million women in developing economies unbanked; one in five adolescent girls married before age 18


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Women’s Exclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Economic


AI systems demonstrate significant bias against women and girls in almost half of documented cases

Explanation

When digital solutions are designed for everyone without specific consideration for women and girls, they often fail to meet their needs. The prevalence of bias in AI systems against women and girls represents a systemic problem in how technology is developed and deployed.


Evidence

Almost half of publicly documented bias in AI systems is bias against women and girls


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Women’s Exclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles | Legal and regulatory


L

Lisa Sivertsen

Speech speed

114 words per minute

Speech length

1003 words

Speech time

527 seconds

Gender-blind digital tools enhance existing gaps and structural discrimination against women and girls

Explanation

Digital tools and infrastructures that don’t consider gender differences will amplify existing disparities and structural discrimination. NORAD recognizes that without deliberate attention to gender inclusion, digitalization efforts can worsen rather than improve outcomes for women and girls.


Evidence

Worrying negative trends in gender and marginalization regarding access to digital tools; failure of designing gender diverse tools; lack of trust in systems as a big issue


Major discussion point

Gender Digital Divide and Women’s Exclusion


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Human rights principles


Open source systems allow for external audits and adaptability to different user needs, especially marginalized populations

Explanation

Open source systems enable transparency, accountability, and trust-building because they can be externally audited and are adaptable to different contexts. This is particularly important for marginalized communities who may have greater privacy concerns and need for customized solutions.


Evidence

Norway’s open source data policy across different areas; resistance from companies selling non-open source systems; DHIS2 used by more than 100 countries; systems need to work together and reduce costs


Major discussion point

Open Source and Digital Public Goods


Topics

Digital standards | Development | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun

Agreed on

Open source and digital public goods enable transparency, accountability, and inclusivity


Public-private partnerships are essential for mobilizing diverse funding sources for inclusive technology

Explanation

Building inclusive digital societies requires recognizing digital public infrastructures as essential infrastructure like roads or electricity. This necessitates continued development of public-private partnerships and engagement with diverse stakeholders to mobilize funding and ensure systems work for everyone.


Evidence

Need for more participation from private sector; engagement with emerging donors; tools must engage diversity of users and marginalized communities; digital public infrastructures as essential infrastructure


Major discussion point

Financing and Sustainability Models


Topics

Development | Economic | Infrastructure


T

Tawhida Shiropa

Speech speed

156 words per minute

Speech length

2506 words

Speech time

958 seconds

Co-design with target users, especially girls, is essential for creating safe and relevant digital solutions

Explanation

Moner Bandhu’s approach involved extensive consultation with thousands of students from urban, rural, and remote areas to understand their struggles and needs. This co-design process revealed issues like fear of reporting abuse, anxiety, and lack of private spaces to share concerns, which directly informed the app’s development.


Evidence

Consultation with thousands of students from urban, rural, semi-urban, and remote areas; girls shared struggles with reporting abuse, gender-based violence, anxiety, and lack of private spaces; anonymized assessment and female counselor options developed based on feedback


Major discussion point

Inclusive Technology Design and Development


Topics

Children rights | Gender rights online | Sociocultural


Agreed with

– Annina Wersun
– Alexander Galt

Agreed on

User-centered design and co-creation are fundamental for inclusive technology


Emotional safety and trust-building are as important as technical security measures for vulnerable users

Explanation

Beyond technical encryption, emotional safety is crucial for girls using mental health services. This includes providing anonymized assessments, female counselor options, and maintaining sensitive escalation protocols while ensuring data protection and real-time response to high-risk situations.


Evidence

End-to-end encryption; anonymized assessments; female counselor choice; high-risk flags for real-time response; sensitive escalation protocols; parental consent processes for users without phone access


Major discussion point

Inclusive Technology Design and Development


Topics

Children rights | Gender rights online | Privacy and data protection


Digital solutions must address local contexts and be available in local languages for true inclusivity

Explanation

Effective digital solutions require contextualization for different communities, including language localization and consideration of varying levels of digital literacy and income. This ensures that parents and users understand what data is being collected and how services work.


Evidence

Contextualization in Bangla and local languages; consideration of low-income parents and digital literacy levels; explanation of data collection and services in understandable terms


Major discussion point

Inclusive Technology Design and Development


Topics

Development | Multilingualism | Digital access


Open source approaches enable transparency, accountability, and trust-building with users and communities

Explanation

Open source development makes the system transparent to communities, stakeholders, and government while maintaining data privacy. This transparency builds accountability to users, especially young girls, and creates trust through the ability to see how decisions are made and safeguard policies are implemented.


Evidence

Open coding system visible to communities and government; encrypted anonymous data protection; alignment with digital public goods principles; accountability to customers and young girls


Major discussion point

Open Source and Digital Public Goods


Topics

Digital standards | Privacy and data protection | Development


Agreed with

– Lisa Sivertsen
– Annina Wersun

Agreed on

Open source and digital public goods enable transparency, accountability, and inclusivity


Digital public goods reduce costs and licensing barriers while enabling local customization and scaling

Explanation

Open source and digital public goods approaches eliminate licensing fees and enable local developers to customize solutions without starting from scratch. This is particularly important for entrepreneurs in developing countries who face banking and payment restrictions, making solutions more cost-effective and accessible globally.


Evidence

Struggled with license fees due to Central Bank of Bangladesh restrictions; local developers can customize without starting from scratch; cost-effective for low-resource institutions; enables sharing and scaling globally


Major discussion point

Open Source and Digital Public Goods


Topics

Development | Economic | Digital access


Investor mindsets need to change to value impact alongside innovation and understand open source business models

Explanation

Many investors are not convinced about open source models and expect immediate revenue, but the journey demonstrates that profitable, cash-positive businesses can be built with open source approaches. Women entrepreneurs particularly need access to finance and investor trust in their capabilities and scalable solutions.


Evidence

Difficulty convincing investors about open source models; expectation of revenue from day one; achieved cash positive and profitable status; less than 2% of VC funding goes to women-led startups; demonstrated scalability and impact


Major discussion point

Financing and Sustainability Models


Topics

Economic | Gender rights online | Development


Agreed with

– Sunita Grote
– Silje Dahl
– Annina Wersun

Agreed on

Alternative financing mechanisms are needed to support inclusive technology development


Disagreed with

– Annina Wersun

Disagreed on

Approach to financing sustainability for digital public goods


S

Silje Dahl

Speech speed

142 words per minute

Speech length

1236 words

Speech time

518 seconds

Technology-facilitated gender-based violence requires incorporation into national legislation and policies

Explanation

Sida supports partners working on ending gender-based violence who have developed tools to address technology-facilitated GBV in the Southern Africa region. This emerging form of violence is increasing online and poses risks of normalizing violence, requiring integration into national legal frameworks.


Evidence

Partner working on technology-facilitated GBV in Southern Africa; GBV has increased online and risks normalizing violence; work with civil society and governments to incorporate into national legislation and policies


Major discussion point

Regional Approaches and Local Solutions


Topics

Gender rights online | Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Anonymous and safe information access is vital for youth in regions where topics like sexual health are controversial

Explanation

In Western Central Africa, where SRHR topics are controversial, innovative approaches are needed to share information safely. An app providing anonymous access to SRHR information and health facility locations has reached 9 million young people, demonstrating the importance of safe, accessible platforms.


Evidence

App in Western Central Africa reached 9 million young people; anonymous and safe access to SRHR information; helps find health facilities; addresses vulnerability to HIV, STDs, and early pregnancies


Major discussion point

Regional Approaches and Local Solutions


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Sociocultural


Alternative financing mechanisms like guarantees and capital mobilization can reduce donor dependency

Explanation

Sida uses financial models like guarantees to reduce risk for lenders and capital mobilization to connect partners with other funders. These approaches help organizations become less donor-dependent while leveraging additional funding sources for sustainable growth.


Evidence

Guarantee model where Sida covers potential risk for banks; capital mobilization connecting partners with financial partners; matching funding model requiring partners to find other sources; expansion into health and SRHR sectors


Major discussion point

Financing and Sustainability Models


Topics

Economic | Development | Inclusive finance


Agreed with

– Sunita Grote
– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun

Agreed on

Alternative financing mechanisms are needed to support inclusive technology development


Supporting locally adapted solutions that address specific cultural and regulatory contexts is crucial

Explanation

Sida prioritizes supporting programs and partners that bridge the digital gap and gender divide by ensuring women and girls can access useful digital tools. This includes supporting solutions that are locally adapted and address the needs of groups normally left behind, including the LGBTQI community.


Evidence

140 partners working on digitalization; partnership with UNICEF for FEMTIC initiative; focus on locally adapted solutions; attention to LGBTQI community and other marginalized groups


Major discussion point

Regional Approaches and Local Solutions


Topics

Development | Gender rights online | Digital access


A

Annina Wersun

Speech speed

165 words per minute

Speech length

1480 words

Speech time

534 seconds

Design choices can spark important policy conversations and challenge assumptions about inclusive services

Explanation

OpenCRVS demonstrates inclusive practices through its default configuration, such as birth registration forms that don’t mandate father’s information. This design choice opens discussions about creating more inclusive services for single mothers, survivors of gender-based violence, and non-traditional family structures.


Evidence

Default country ‘Farageland’ with pre-configured inclusive forms; birth registration form not mandating father’s information; sparks high-level discussions about assumptions; reactions questioning why father’s details aren’t required


Major discussion point

Inclusive Technology Design and Development


Topics

Gender rights online | Legal and regulatory | Human rights principles


Agreed with

– Tawhida Shiropa
– Alexander Galt

Agreed on

User-centered design and co-creation are fundamental for inclusive technology


Default configurations in digital systems should demonstrate inclusive practices to influence government adoption

Explanation

OpenCRVS includes dashboards specifically configured to highlight insights into women and girls’ experiences, using civil registration as a continuous source of population data. This approach shows governments what’s possible and often leads to adoption of inclusive features and involvement of additional ministries.


Evidence

Dashboards highlighting women and girls’ experiences; civil registration as continuous population data source; examples of targeting maternity services and understanding women’s mortality; involvement of Ministry of Women’s Affairs


Major discussion point

Inclusive Technology Design and Development


Topics

Gender rights online | Development | Data governance


Digital public goods need upfront investment to become self-sustainable while maintaining their public benefit mission

Explanation

OpenCRVS faces the challenge of becoming sustainable in a market that expects digital public goods to be free forever. The organization is working to generate revenue through service charges while investing in research and development, particularly for women and girls, requiring donor support for this transition.


Evidence

Working with eight countries with more lined up; need to change market expectations about being free; establishing R&D branch for women and girls; five-year sustainability goal; potential for preventing child marriage through age data


Major discussion point

Financing and Sustainability Models


Topics

Economic | Development | Children rights


Agreed with

– Sunita Grote
– Silje Dahl
– Tawhida Shiropa

Agreed on

Alternative financing mechanisms are needed to support inclusive technology development


Disagreed with

– Tawhida Shiropa

Disagreed on

Approach to financing sustainability for digital public goods


Agreements

Agreement points

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for effective child online protection

Speakers

– Zhao Hu
– Makhosazana Lindhorst
– Caroline Eriksen
– Alexander Galt

Arguments

Industry self-discipline and collaboration between public-private sectors strengthens child protection efforts


Regulatory frameworks must balance platform accountability, digital literacy, and accessible harm reporting mechanisms


Investors can leverage their influence to promote responsible business conduct regarding child rights across portfolio companies


Brands must take responsibility for their entire digital marketing value chain and its impact on children


Summary

All speakers emphasized that protecting children online requires coordinated efforts across government, industry, civil society, and other stakeholders rather than siloed approaches


Topics

Children rights | Economic | Legal and regulatory


Open source and digital public goods enable transparency, accountability, and inclusivity

Speakers

– Lisa Sivertsen
– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun

Arguments

Open source systems allow for external audits and adaptability to different user needs, especially marginalized populations


Open source approaches enable transparency, accountability, and trust-building with users and communities


Digital public goods need upfront investment to become self-sustainable while maintaining their public benefit mission


Summary

Speakers agreed that open source approaches provide transparency, enable customization for diverse needs, and build trust through accountability, particularly important for marginalized communities


Topics

Digital standards | Development | Human rights principles


User-centered design and co-creation are fundamental for inclusive technology

Speakers

– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun
– Alexander Galt

Arguments

Co-design with target users, especially girls, is essential for creating safe and relevant digital solutions


Design choices can spark important policy conversations and challenge assumptions about inclusive services


Companies beyond tech sector impact child rights through digital advertising and marketing practices


Summary

Speakers emphasized the importance of involving end users, particularly marginalized groups, in the design process to ensure solutions meet actual needs and challenge existing assumptions


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles | Sociocultural


Alternative financing mechanisms are needed to support inclusive technology development

Speakers

– Sunita Grote
– Silje Dahl
– Tawhida Shiropa
– Annina Wersun

Arguments

Massive investment gaps exist with only 2-3% of funding going to women-founded companies or female health solutions


Alternative financing mechanisms like guarantees and capital mobilization can reduce donor dependency


Investor mindsets need to change to value impact alongside innovation and understand open source business models


Digital public goods need upfront investment to become self-sustainable while maintaining their public benefit mission


Summary

All speakers acknowledged significant funding gaps for inclusive technology and the need for innovative financing approaches that value impact alongside financial returns


Topics

Economic | Development | Gender rights online


Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the critical role of government regulation and law enforcement in child online protection, highlighting the need for comprehensive legal frameworks and specialized personnel

Speakers

– Zhao Hu
– Makhosazana Lindhorst

Arguments

Legal frameworks and government oversight are essential for protecting minors online


Law enforcement and social workers play critical roles in investigating and addressing online child abuse


Topics

Children rights | Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Both speakers highlighted how technology can amplify existing gender inequalities when not designed with deliberate attention to women’s and girls’ needs

Speakers

– Sunita Grote
– Lisa Sivertsen

Arguments

AI systems demonstrate significant bias against women and girls in almost half of documented cases


Gender-blind digital tools enhance existing gaps and structural discrimination against women and girls


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles | Development


Both speakers emphasized the importance of creating safe spaces for vulnerable users, particularly young people, to access sensitive information and services

Speakers

– Silje Dahl
– Tawhida Shiropa

Arguments

Anonymous and safe information access is vital for youth in regions where topics like sexual health are controversial


Emotional safety and trust-building are as important as technical security measures for vulnerable users


Topics

Gender rights online | Children rights | Sociocultural


Unexpected consensus

Non-tech companies have significant responsibility for child rights online

Speakers

– Caroline Eriksen
– Alexander Galt

Arguments

Companies beyond tech sector impact child rights through digital advertising and marketing practices


Brands must take responsibility for their entire digital marketing value chain and its impact on children


Explanation

It was unexpected to see strong consensus that companies like IKEA and retail brands have substantial responsibility for child rights online, extending the conversation beyond traditional tech companies to the broader ecosystem of digital marketing and commerce


Topics

Children rights | Economic | Sociocultural


Emotional safety is as important as technical security

Speakers

– Tawhida Shiropa
– Lisa Sivertsen

Arguments

Emotional safety and trust-building are as important as technical security measures for vulnerable users


Open source systems allow for external audits and adaptability to different user needs, especially marginalized populations


Explanation

The consensus on emotional safety being equally important as technical security measures was unexpected, showing a sophisticated understanding that goes beyond traditional cybersecurity approaches to include psychological and social dimensions of safety


Topics

Privacy and data protection | Human rights principles | Sociocultural


Overall assessment

Summary

Strong consensus emerged around multi-stakeholder collaboration for child protection, the value of open source approaches for inclusivity, user-centered design principles, and the need for alternative financing mechanisms. Speakers also agreed on the importance of addressing gender digital divides and the role of non-tech companies in digital rights.


Consensus level

High level of consensus with complementary rather than conflicting viewpoints. This suggests a mature understanding of the challenges and potential solutions in digital child rights and gender inclusion. The agreement across diverse stakeholder perspectives (government, private sector, civil society, entrepreneurs) indicates strong potential for coordinated action and policy development in these areas.


Differences

Different viewpoints

Role of government oversight vs. industry self-regulation in child protection

Speakers

– Zhao Hu
– Makhosazana Lindhorst

Arguments

Legal frameworks and government oversight are essential for protecting minors online


Regulatory frameworks must balance platform accountability, digital literacy, and accessible harm reporting mechanisms


Summary

Zhao Hu emphasizes strong government oversight through comprehensive legal frameworks and annual campaigns, while Lindhorst focuses more on balanced regulatory approaches that combine enforcement with education and community engagement


Topics

Children rights | Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Approach to financing sustainability for digital public goods

Speakers

– Annina Wersun
– Tawhida Shiropa

Arguments

Digital public goods need upfront investment to become self-sustainable while maintaining their public benefit mission


Investor mindsets need to change to value impact alongside innovation and understand open source business models


Summary

Annina advocates for traditional donor support with a transition to self-sustainability, while Tawhida emphasizes the need for investors to fundamentally change their mindset about open source business models and immediate revenue expectations


Topics

Economic | Development | Children rights


Unexpected differences

Emphasis on emotional safety vs. technical security

Speakers

– Tawhida Shiropa
– Makhosazana Lindhorst

Arguments

Emotional safety and trust-building are as important as technical security measures for vulnerable users


Law enforcement and social workers play critical roles in investigating and addressing online child abuse


Explanation

While both work on child protection, Tawhida emphasizes emotional safety and user empowerment while Lindhorst focuses on enforcement and investigation mechanisms. This represents different philosophical approaches to protection – empowerment vs. enforcement


Topics

Children rights | Privacy and data protection | Legal and regulatory


Overall assessment

Summary

The discussion showed remarkable consensus on core principles (need for inclusive design, importance of child protection, value of open source) with disagreements primarily on implementation approaches and emphasis


Disagreement level

Low to moderate disagreement level. Most differences were complementary rather than contradictory, representing different stakeholder perspectives (government, private sector, civil society, entrepreneurs) rather than fundamental philosophical divisions. The implications are positive – showing multiple viable pathways toward shared goals rather than irreconcilable conflicts


Partial agreements

Partial agreements

Similar viewpoints

Both speakers emphasized the critical role of government regulation and law enforcement in child online protection, highlighting the need for comprehensive legal frameworks and specialized personnel

Speakers

– Zhao Hu
– Makhosazana Lindhorst

Arguments

Legal frameworks and government oversight are essential for protecting minors online


Law enforcement and social workers play critical roles in investigating and addressing online child abuse


Topics

Children rights | Legal and regulatory | Cybersecurity


Both speakers highlighted how technology can amplify existing gender inequalities when not designed with deliberate attention to women’s and girls’ needs

Speakers

– Sunita Grote
– Lisa Sivertsen

Arguments

AI systems demonstrate significant bias against women and girls in almost half of documented cases


Gender-blind digital tools enhance existing gaps and structural discrimination against women and girls


Topics

Gender rights online | Human rights principles | Development


Both speakers emphasized the importance of creating safe spaces for vulnerable users, particularly young people, to access sensitive information and services

Speakers

– Silje Dahl
– Tawhida Shiropa

Arguments

Anonymous and safe information access is vital for youth in regions where topics like sexual health are controversial


Emotional safety and trust-building are as important as technical security measures for vulnerable users


Topics

Gender rights online | Children rights | Sociocultural


Takeaways

Key takeaways

Multi-stakeholder collaboration is essential for child online safety, requiring coordination between governments, regulators, investors, brands, and civil society


Legal frameworks and regulatory oversight must be complemented by industry self-discipline and digital literacy education to effectively protect children online


The gender digital divide represents a massive missed opportunity, with only 2-3% of investment going to women-founded companies or female health solutions despite projected $1.2 trillion market growth by 2030


Inclusive technology design requires deliberate co-design with target users, especially marginalized communities like women and girls, to ensure solutions meet actual needs rather than assumptions


Open source and digital public goods approaches enable transparency, accountability, and trust-building while reducing costs and barriers to access for vulnerable populations


Emotional safety and trust are as critical as technical security measures when serving vulnerable users, particularly in sensitive areas like mental health and reproductive health


Digital public infrastructure should be treated as essential infrastructure like roads or electricity, requiring sustained investment and maintenance


Alternative financing mechanisms including guarantees, blended finance, and public-private partnerships are needed to reduce donor dependency and achieve sustainability


Design choices in digital systems can influence policy conversations and challenge discriminatory assumptions, particularly around inclusive services for women and marginalized groups


Resolutions and action items

UNICEF and BSR will officially launch disclosure recommendations and guidance for companies on child rights impacts on Thursday, June 27th via webinar


China Federation of Internet Societies will host an international conference on child online protection in September, inviting global participation


OpenCRVS commits to becoming self-sustainable within five years through business development and revenue generation strategies


Digital public goods organizations need to invest in research and development, particularly focused on women and girls’ experiences and protection


Donors should develop open source data policies across education, health, environment and climate work areas


SIDA will expand guarantee and capital mobilization models to health and SRHR sectors to support women-led organizations


Industry players should adopt human rights due diligence approaches and value chain responsibility for child rights impacts


Unresolved issues

How to effectively change investor mindsets to value impact alongside innovation and understand open source business models


Addressing the massive financing gap where less than 1% of VC funding goes to Africa and only 2-3% to women-founded businesses globally


Overcoming resistance from companies selling proprietary systems when pushing for open source alternatives


Balancing the need for digital public goods to become financially sustainable while maintaining their public benefit mission


Scaling successful local solutions to address global challenges while maintaining cultural and contextual relevance


Ensuring meaningful participation of marginalized communities in digital system design beyond tokenistic consultation


Addressing technology-facilitated gender-based violence through coordinated policy and legislative responses across different jurisdictions


Suggested compromises

Digital public goods should explore creative revenue generation models while maintaining core open source principles and public benefit mission


Donors should provide flexible, upfront investment in digital public goods with the understanding that organizations will work toward self-sustainability within defined timeframes


Companies should adopt graduated approaches to child rights due diligence, starting with transparency in reporting and moving toward comprehensive value chain responsibility


Regulatory frameworks should balance platform accountability with user empowerment through digital literacy rather than purely restrictive approaches


Investment strategies should combine traditional development funding with innovative financing mechanisms like guarantees to de-risk private capital investment in inclusive technology


Thought provoking comments

So our task is to protect and empower children as active participants and pioneers of the digital world as opposed to protecting them from the digital world.

Speaker

Josianne Galea Baron


Reason

This reframes the entire approach to child online safety from a restrictive paradigm to an empowerment paradigm. It challenges the traditional binary thinking of ‘protection vs. access’ and introduces a more nuanced view that children should be empowered digital citizens rather than passive recipients of protection.


Impact

This comment set the philosophical foundation for the entire first segment, influencing how subsequent speakers framed their approaches. It moved the discussion away from purely regulatory/restrictive measures toward more holistic strategies that include digital literacy, empowerment, and active participation.


For girls safety is not about the encryption… for girls safety is the emotional safety. So, when a girl fills out the, I think the check-in, well-being check-ins or fill out anything assessment, so we wanted to make sure from our side we prioritize their data protected security… but sometimes parents are not that much educated and those times we also call them and, you know, discuss with them these other things.

Speaker

Tawhida Shiropa


Reason

This insight distinguishes between technical safety measures and emotional/psychological safety, revealing that true safety for vulnerable populations requires understanding their lived experiences. It challenges the tech industry’s tendency to focus primarily on technical solutions while overlooking human-centered needs.


Impact

This comment deepened the conversation about what ‘safety’ actually means in practice, moving beyond technical specifications to human-centered design. It influenced subsequent discussions about trust, accountability, and the importance of understanding user contexts, particularly for marginalized communities.


Take birth registration, for example. In many countries, the father’s details are either assumed or required. But OpenCRVS shows an alternative, and that is a birth registration form that does not mandate the father’s information… these conversations at the highest level really allow us to explore these assumptions and also inform and educate those who may just not have access to this information.

Speaker

Annina Wersun


Reason

This demonstrates how seemingly small design choices can challenge systemic assumptions and create policy change. It shows how digital public goods can be vehicles for social change by making alternative approaches visible and sparking important conversations about inclusion.


Impact

This concrete example shifted the discussion from abstract concepts about inclusivity to tangible demonstrations of how design choices can challenge social norms. It reinforced the theme that technology design is inherently political and can either perpetuate or challenge existing inequalities.


We are so grateful about the opportunity to work with UNICEF and also with UNESCO. We work on engaging more women and girls to get education and work within the STEM sectors… During the pandemic, it actually proved so easy to use and such a safe tool that it spread also and it was taken into use also by a lot of middle-income and high-income countries, including Norway. We actually started using it ourselves.

Speaker

Lisa Sivertsen


Reason

This reverses the typical narrative of technology transfer from developed to developing countries, showing how solutions designed for low-resource contexts can prove superior even for wealthy nations. It challenges assumptions about where innovation comes from and demonstrates the value of inclusive design.


Impact

This comment introduced a powerful counter-narrative that influenced how participants thought about innovation and technology transfer. It reinforced the business case for inclusive design and challenged traditional hierarchies in global development.


And brands like IKEA are the companies that fund this digital marketing ecosystem. We buy the media space to engage with people who want to buy our products. And we think that comes with responsibilities and ability to influence… It’s not just a binary of brands and platforms, there’s many actors within the space and many leverage points that we need to engage with.

Speaker

Alexander Galt


Reason

This expands the conversation beyond the typical focus on tech platforms to include the entire ecosystem of actors who fund and enable digital spaces. It introduces the concept of shared responsibility across the value chain and challenges the binary thinking about who is responsible for child safety online.


Impact

This comment broadened the scope of stakeholder responsibility and influenced the discussion toward systems thinking. It helped establish the framework for understanding how different actors can use their leverage points to create change, which became a recurring theme throughout both segments.


I think the BC mind should be slightly changed so maybe that can make a bigger difference and of course the huge impact in this world and of course ensuring all this open source model and we are the proved example like it can be profitable, it can be generating revenue so you just need to trust a bit on us.

Speaker

Tawhida Shiropa


Reason

This directly challenges investor biases and demonstrates that open source, impact-focused models can be financially viable. It provides concrete evidence against the false dichotomy between profit and social impact, particularly for women-led ventures.


Impact

This comment provided a powerful counter-narrative to traditional investment thinking and reinforced the discussion about changing financial flows. It gave concrete evidence for the business case arguments that other speakers were making and highlighted the intersection of gender bias and investment bias.


Overall assessment

These key comments fundamentally shaped the discussion by challenging binary thinking and introducing more nuanced, systems-based approaches to child rights and gender equity in digital spaces. The comments moved the conversation from traditional regulatory/technical solutions toward more holistic approaches that consider emotional safety, inclusive design, value chain responsibility, and alternative business models. They established recurring themes of empowerment over protection, the importance of understanding lived experiences, the power of design to challenge social norms, and the need for systemic change across multiple stakeholder groups. Most importantly, these insights demonstrated how seemingly technical decisions about digital products are inherently political and social, requiring deliberate choices to either perpetuate or challenge existing inequalities.


Follow-up questions

How will digital technologies, including generative AI, impact children’s lives positively and negatively now and in the future?

Speaker

Josianne Galea Baron


Explanation

This represents one of the defining challenges of our times that countries around the world are grappling with, requiring ongoing research to understand evolving impacts.


What is the right age for children to participate in online platforms?

Speaker

Josianne Galea Baron


Explanation

This is a critical policy question that requires further research and evidence-based approaches to determine appropriate age thresholds for different types of online participation.


What emerging risks and dangers await children as they explore new digital environments?

Speaker

Josianne Galea Baron


Explanation

As digital environments rapidly evolve, continuous research is needed to identify and understand new risks to children’s safety and wellbeing online.


How can different stakeholders from across sectors play their part in delivering a digital world that works for children?

Speaker

Josianne Galea Baron


Explanation

This was the central question of the first forum segment, requiring ongoing exploration of roles and responsibilities across various stakeholder groups.


How can we make inclusive technology for everyone and leverage opportunities in women’s health?

Speaker

Sunita Grote


Explanation

With the women’s health industry projected to grow to $1.2 trillion by 2030, research is needed on how to better design and scale inclusive solutions.


How can we close equity divides in the online world, particularly the gender divide?

Speaker

Sunita Grote


Explanation

This was the focus of the second forum segment, requiring research on specific approaches to address digital gender gaps and design solutions for women and girls.


How can digital public goods become self-sustainable while maintaining their open source nature?

Speaker

Annina Wersun


Explanation

This represents a critical challenge for digital public goods organizations that need to balance sustainability with accessibility and openness.


How can donors and investors change their mindset to better support open source models and women-led startups?

Speaker

Tawhida Shiropa


Explanation

Research is needed on effective approaches to shift investment patterns, given that less than 2% of VC funding goes to women-led startups.


How can we prevent child marriage through better use of civil registration data?

Speaker

Annina Wersun


Explanation

This represents a specific research and development opportunity to use data analytics for child protection that requires further exploration.


How can we better measure and address technology-facilitated gender-based violence?

Speaker

Silje Dahl


Explanation

This emerging form of violence requires research on prevalence, impacts, and effective intervention strategies.


Disclaimer: This is not an official session record. DiploAI generates these resources from audiovisual recordings, and they are presented as-is, including potential errors. Due to logistical challenges, such as discrepancies in audio/video or transcripts, names may be misspelled. We strive for accuracy to the best of our ability.